(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

mm 



iwm- 





5( I & on9 

\ College 



1985-86 Catalog- 
Savannah, Georgia 



HIGH SCHOOL 
PREPARATION FOR COLLEGE 



Based upon a careful review of the high school curriculum and public colle 
admissions requirements, the State Board of Education and the Board of Regei 
recommended the following courses as being essential for success in college: 



n 



Course (Units) 

English (4) 

Science (3) 

Mathematics (3) 
Social Science (3) 

Foreign Language (2) 



Instructional Emphasis 

-Grammar and usage 
-Literature (American & World) 
-Advanced composition skills 

-Physical Science 
-At least two laboratory courses 
from Biology, Chemistry, or Physics 

-Two courses in Algebra and one 
in Geometry 

-American History 

-World History 

-Economics and Government 

-Skill-building courses emphasizing speaking, 
listening, reading, and writing. 



Additional courses selected from the following are also strongly recommend* 

Trigonometry 

An additional laboratory course in science 

A third course in a foreign language or study in a second foreign language 

Fine Arts (art, dance, drama, music) 

Computer Technology 

Physical and Health Education 

Typing 

For information on specific prerequisites related to given majors, students shoi 
consult college catalogues and their high school counselors. 



A Senior College in the 
University System of Georgia 




h [Armstronq 
4 State * 
\ College 



11935 ABERCORN STREET 
SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 
31419-1997 



1985-1986 



Accredited by the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools 
Commission on Colleges 

— Reaffirmed December, 1982 — 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



From the President 

This Armstrong State College catalog contains 
policies, regulations, academic programs, and 
general information about our college. While 
this is useful information, it will not provide you 
a feeling for the exciting Armstrong educa- 
tional experience. Only living it will. 



Contents 



Academic Calendar 



History, Purpose, Programs 



Admissions 



Academic Regulations 



Fees 



Financial Aid 



Student Services and Activities 



Degree Requirements 



Acting President 



Degree Programs 



Undergraduate Faculty 



20 



27 



30 



34 



38 



45 



168 



Special Notice 



The statements set forth in this Catalog are for information purposes only and should not be 
construed as the basis of a contract between a student and this institution. 

While the provisions of the Catalog will ordinarily be applied as stated, Armstrong State College 
reserves the right to change any provision listed in this Catalog, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, without actual notice to individual students. Every effort 
will be made to keep students advised of any such changes. Information on changes will be 
available in the Offices of the Registrar, the Vice President of Student Affairs, and the academic 
deans. It is especially important that students note that it is their responsiblity to keep themselves 
apprised of current graduation requirements for their particular degree program. 



Armstrong State College is an affirmative action/equal opportunity educational institution and 
does not discriminate on the basis of sex, race, age, creed, or national origin in employment, 
admissions, or activities. The College does not discriminate on the basis of physical handicap. 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 

h — On-Campus Student Housing Facilities 
Degrees Awarded: A — Associate; B — Baccalaureate; J — Juris Doctor; 

M — Masters; S — Specialist in Education; D — Doctorate 

cD — Doctorate offered in cooperation with a University System university, 

with degree awarded by the university 



Athens 30602 

University of Georgia — h; B,J,M,S,D 
Atlanta 30332 

Georgia Institute of Technology — h; 



Universities 

Atlanta 30303 

Georgia State University — A.B.J.M.S.D 
Augusta 30912 
B.M.D Medical College of Georgia — h, A.B.M.D 



Mbany 31705 

Albany State College — h; B.M 
<Vmericus 31709 

Georgia Southwestern College 
Augusta 30910 

Augusta College — A.B.M.S 
3arrollton 30118 

West Georgia College — h; A.B.M.S 
Columbus 31993 

Columbus College — A.B.M.S 
Dahlonega 30597 

North Georgia College — h; A.B.M 
r ort Valley 31 030 

Fori Valley State College — h; A.B.M 



Mbany31707 

Albany Junior College — A 
Atlanta 30310 

Atlanta Junior College — A 
'3ainbridge31717 
' Bainbridge Junior College — A 



• Locations of 
Universities 
and Colleges 




Senior Colleges 

Marietta 30061 

Kennesaw College — A,B 
Marietta 30060 
h; A.B.M.S Southern Technical Institute — h; A.B.M 
Milledgeville 31061 

Georgia College — h; A.B.M.S 
Savannah 31 41 9 

Armstrong State College — A.B.M 
Savannah 31404 

Savannah State College — h; A.B.M 
Statesboro 30460 

Georgia Southern College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 
Valdosta31698 

Valdosta State College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 

Junior Colleges 

Barnesville 30204 

Gordon Junior College — h; A 
Brunswick 31 523 

Brunswick Junior College — A 
Cochran 31014 

Middle Georgia College — h; A 
Dalton 30720 

Dalton Junior College — A 
Douglas 31 533 

South Georgia College — h; A 
Gainesville 30503 

Gainesville Junior College — A 
Macon 31297 

Macon Junior College — A 
Morrow 30260 

Clayton Junior College — A 
Rome 30163 

Floyd Junior College — A 
Swainsboro 30401 

Emanuel County Junior College — A 
Tifton 31793 

Abraham Baldwin Agri. College — h; A 
Waycross 31501 

Waycross Junior College — A 



University System of Georgia 

244 Washington Street, S.W. 

Atlanta. Georgia 30334 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






Academic Calendar 

Fall, 1985 Winter, 1986 Spring, 1986 Summer, 1986 

(11 weeks) (11 weeks) (11 weeks) (7 weeks) (9 weeks 

Registration September 18 January 2 March 27 June 18 June 18 

First Day of Classes September 19 January 3 March 28 June 19 June 19 

Mid-Term Examinations October 23 February 7 May 1 July 14 July 21 

Last Day to Withdraw October 23 February 7 May 1 July 14 July 21 

Early Registration and Advisement Oct 28-Nov 8 Feb. 1-21 Apr. 28-May 9 July 14-25 July 14-25 

Last Day of Classes November 27 March 14 June 5 August 7 August 21 

Reading Day December 2 March 17 June 6 August 11 August 25 

Final Examinations Begin December 3 March 18 June 9 August 12 August 26 

Final Examinations End Decembers March 20 June 1 1 August 13 August 27 

Graduation December 5 June 1 1 

Holiday Nov. 28. 29 Jan. 20 July 4 July 4 

Institutional Scholastic Aptitude 

Test (SAT) Aug 31 Nov. 23 March 8 

Basic Skills Examination (BSE) Sept. 6. 11.16 December20 March18 June 9. 23. July 7.1421, 

30 28. Aug 4.11 

Diagnostic Tests (Eng. & Math) Sept. 6, 11.16 Dec. 3. 20 March 18 June 9.23. July 7.1 4.21 

October 15 January 28 April 15 30 28. Aug.4.11 

College Level Examination October 16 January 15 April 16 
Program (CLEP) 

Regents' Test Application Deadline October 8 January 15. 21 April 15 

Regents' Test Administration October 29 February 1 1 May 6 

General Orientation Sessions September 17 January 2 March 25 

CHAOS Orientation Sessions July 1 2. 1 9, 26 

August 2. 9 

Board of Regents College Commission 

John. Jr Hawkinsville 

Bishop, Julius Athens Victor. Irving Chairman 

Divine, William Albany Beall. Y.A.. Jr. 

Dodd, Marie W Atlanta Bell, Joseph 

Frier, Thomas Douglas Kole. Kay 

Gignilliat, Arthur Savannah Ranitz, John, Jr. 

Greene, Joseph Augusta Stegall, John 

Hill, Jesse, Jr Atlanta Bargeron, Saxon 

McMillan, Elridge Atlanta Brooks. Charles 

Rhodes, Edgar Bremen Etheridge, Ronald 

Robinson, John, III Americus Rousakis. John 

Skandalakis, John Atlanta Young. David A. 

Smith, Sidney Gainesville Burnett. Robert 

Summer, Lloyd, Jr Rome Groach, Maureen Secretary and 

Ward. Jackie Atlanta Treasurer 



PRINCIPALS 



Staff of the Board 



Propst, H. Dean Chancellor 

Neal, Henry Executive Secretary 

Wamsley. Jacob Vice Chancellor- 
Fiscal Affairs and Treasurer 
Branch, Frederick Vice Chancellor- 
Facilities 
Jordan, Howard, Jr Vice Chancellor- 
Services 

McDonald, Thomas Vice Chancellor- 
Student Services 
O'Rear, Harry Vice Chancellor- 
Health Affairs 
Pounds, Haskm Vice Chancellor- 
Research and Planning 
Cleere, Ray W Vice Chancellor- 
Academic Affairs 

Cannon, Robert Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Affirmative Action 

Carmon. James Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Computing Systems 

iCheek, Wanda K Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Planning 

Funk. Gordon M Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Fiscal Affairs 

Hickman, Mary Ann Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Academic Affairs 
Jenkins, Guy Assistant Vice Chancellor- 
Facilities 

Joiner, Robert Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Communications 

Mann, Thomas E Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Facilities 

Mosshart, Roger Assistant Vice 

Chancellor-Fiscal Affairs 

Schwarzmueller, E. Beth Assistant 

Vice Chancellor-Research 



Officers of Administration 

Burnett, Robert President 

Butler, Frank Vice President and 

Dean of Faculty 

Buck, Joseph Vice President of 

Student Affairs and 

Development 

Stegall, John . . . Vice President for Business 

and Finance 

Adams, Joseph Dean, School of 

Arts and Sciences 

Anderson, Donald Dean, College and 

Community Services 

Nash, Charles . . . Dean, School of Education 

Norsworthy, Gary . . . Dean, Coastal Georgia 

Center for Continuing Education 

Repella, James Dean, School of Health 

Professions 

Urbanz, Ed Director of Plant 

Operations 

Groach, Maureen Director of Finance 

Harris, Alvis Director of Student 

Activities 

Struck, Ellen Director of Personnel 

Hunnicutt, George Registrar 

Miller, Thomas Director of Admissions 

and Recruitment 

Morrison, Margaret Director of Computer 

Services 

Bryner, Renald Director of Athletics 

Winters, James .... Director of Financial Aid 
and Veterans Affairs 

Benson, Lynn Director of 

Counseling Services 

Cox, Patrick Counselor/ 

Housing Coordinator 
Martucci, Karen . . . Dir. Career Development 

and Placement 

Lee, Michele Coordinator 

College Communications 

Shaw, Ellen Asst. Dir. Financial 

Aid and Veterans Affairs 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



n 



History of the College 

Armstrong State College was founded on 
May 27, 1 935, as Armstrong Junior College, by 
the Mayor and Aldermen of the City of Savan- 
nah to meet a pressing need for a college in 
the community. The college was housed in the 
Armstrong Building, a gift to the city from the 
family of George F. Armstrong, and over the 
years built or acquired five additional buildings 
in the Forsyth Park and Monterey Square 
areas. The college, as Armstrong College of 
Savannah, became a two-year unit in the 
University System of Georgia on January 1, 
1 959, under the control of the Regents of the 
University System. In 1962, the Mills B. Lane 
Foundation purchased a new campus site of 
over 200 acres located on Abercorn Exten- 
sion. The new campus, with eight new build- 
ings, was occupied in December, 1965. 

In 1964, the Regents conferred upon Arm- 
strong the status of a four-year college, with 
the right to offer the degrees of Bachelor of 
Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of 
Business Administration. The college now 
offers more than twenty major programs lead- 
ing to baccalaureate degrees, and, in addition, 
the two-year associate degree in a number of 
academic areas. 

The academic community includes approxi- 
mately 2,700 students and 1 65 full-time faculty 
members. Armstrong State College was fully 
accredited as a senior institution by the South- 
ern Association of Colleges and Schools in 
December, 1968, with accreditation retroac- 
tive to January 1 , 1 968, and was last reaccred- 
ited in December 1982. 

Purpose of the College 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose 
institution offering degree programs in the 
health professions, human services, liberal 
arts and teacher education. Graduate pro- 
grams are also available in selected academic 
areas. As a service to the community, it also 
provides a continuing education program for 
those who have nondegree objectives. The 
College strives to maintain the flexibility and 
adaptability which activated its growth and 
change of status in less than thirty-five years 
from a small city-supported junior college to a 
senior college in the University System of 
Georgia. Therefore, the College defines its 
present purpose in the following terms: 



to provide a professional staff and modern 
facilities in an environment that promotes the 
free exchange of ideas; 

to bring each student to a better realization 
of his own intellectual, emotional, and spiritual 
potential by providing academic programs in 
the humanities, natural sciences, and social 
sciences; 

to develop the student's technical and ana- 
lytical skills through programs leading to pro- 
fessional degrees in a number of areas, includ- 
ing Health Professions, Criminal Justice, and 
Teacher Education; 

to offer opportunities for continuing educa- 
tion through symposia, conferences, institutes, 
and courses unrelated to degree programs; 

to make available the full resources of the 
College through involvement in research proj- 
ects, public service activities, and other pro- 
grams sponsored by the community. 

Accreditations 

Armstrong State College has earned the fol- 
lowing regional and special purpose accredi- 
tations: 

Armstrong State College - by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools for the 
period 1982-1992. 
Associate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1977- 
1985. 
Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice 
Accreditation Council for the period 1 981 - 
1991. 
Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Ac- 
creditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary 
Educational Programs for the period 
1979-1984. 
Health Information Management - by the 
Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation for the period 1 981 -1 984. 
Music - by the National Association of 
Schools of Music for the period 1 984-1 990 
Respiratory Therapy Department - by the 
Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation for the period 1 983-1 988. 
Teacher Education Programs - by the National 
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher 
Education for the period 1 982-1 989. 

Two- Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered 
as preparation for higher degrees in the liberal 



PROGRAMS 



arts and professions or as terminal profes- 
sional degrees: 
Associate in Arts 

Associate in Science in Criminal Justice 
Associate in Science in Dental Hygiene 
Associate in Science in Health Information 

Management 
Associate in Science in Nursing 
Associate in Science in Radiologic 

Technologies 
Associate in Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four-Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drama- 
speech, English, history, music, political sci- 
ence, and psychology. 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, 
chemistry, computer science, criminal justice, 
and mathematical sciences. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Early Elementary Education; Middle School 
Education; Health, Physical Education and 
Recreation; and Secondary Education in the 
teaching fields of Art Education, Biology Edu- 
cation, Business Education (with concentra- 
tions in bookkeeping and business manage- 
ment, comprehensive, or data processing: 
cooperative arrangement with Savannah State 
College), Chemistry Education, English Edu- 
cation, General Science Education, Industrial 
Arts Education (cooperative arrangement with 
Savannah State College), Social Science Edu- 
cation (with concentrations in history, political 
science, and behavioral science), and Trade 
and Industrial Education (cooperative arrange- 
ment with Savannah State College). 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Education. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher 
Education programs, preparing students for 
certification by the Georgia State Department 
of Education in the following areas: art, behav- 
ioral science, biology, business education, 
chemistry, early elementary education, En- 
glish, general science, history, industrial arts, 
library media, mathematics, middle school 
education, music, physics, political science, 
social studies, trade and industrial education. 



Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses ap- 
propriate for the first two years of baccalau- 
reate programs such as business, engineer- 
ing, forestry, industrial management, pharmacy, 
physical therapy, physics, etc , not offered 
among its degree programs, and it offers the 
pre-professional study appropriate for dentist- 
ry, law, medicine, veterinary medicine, and 
other professional fields. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

Upon completion of the first three years of 
academic work at Armstrong, the student may 
enroll for two subsequent years at Georgia 
Institute of Technology, University of Florida or 
Auburn University. After completing the re- 
quirements of the two cooperating institutions, 
the student will be awarded a baccalaureate 
degree from Armstrong State College and a 
baccalaureate degree in one of a number of 
academic areas from the second school For 
further information on this dual-degree pro- 
gram, the student should contact the Head of 
the Department of Chemistry and Physics, 
who is the local coordinator of the Duai- 
Degree program. 

Coastal Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education 

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing 
Education was established in 1 979 to combine 
the resources of Armstrong State College's 
Community Services Division and Savannah 
State College's Extended Services Division. 
Utilizing a Downtown Center located at 428 
Bull Street, the Center operates a unified 
continuing education program dedicated to 
serving the people of Savannah, Chatham 
County, the State of Georgia and, for some 
programs, persons beyond those boundaries. 

A wide variety of programs is offered at 
Armstrong State College, Savannah State Col- 
lege, the Downtown Center and, when it is 
appropriate, at job sites, schools, community 
centers, and other locations in Savannah. 
Instructors are drawn from the faculties of both 
institutions, from qualified experts in the 
Savannah community, and from consultants 
throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the major com- 
munity services/continuing education com- 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ponent of the college is the short-course/ 
conference program. This unit administers 
non-degree courses, conferences, and semi- 
nars designed for area residents who do not 
wish to participate in the regular credit classes 
offered by the college. These activities vary 
widely — some are related to professional 
development, others reflect personal interests, 
while others are recreational in nature. The 
Registrar maintains permanent records of per- 
sons participating in activities that meet 
certain criteria. 

The Coastal Georgia Center cooperates 
with the University of Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education through service as a 
center at which examinations are proctored 
for students enrolled in independent study 
(correspondence) courses. A booklet describ- 
ing these courses is available upon request. 
Examinations from other colleges and exami- 
nations by professional societies can also be 
proctored. Examination proctoring is by prior 
arrangement only. 

Student Cooperative 
Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State Col- 
lege or at Armstrong State College as a full- 
time student has the privilege of taking one 
course with his Dean's approval at the other 
college without paying an additional fee. A stu- 
dent may obtain in the Office of the Registrar 
the proper form for permission to register for 
courses at Savannah State College. 



ADMISSIONS 

General Information 

Application forms for admission to Arm- 
strong State College are provided by the Office 
of Admissions upon request. Applications can- 
not be considered until all required forms are 
completed and returned to the Office of 
Admissions. 

Applicants must be at least sixteen years old 
on or before registration date and must give 
evidence of good moral character, promise of 
growth and development, seriousness of pur- 
pose, and a sense of social responsibility. 
Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
examine and appraise the character, the per- 
sonality, and the physical fitness of applicants 
by the use of tests and to require additional 



biographical data and an interview before 
applicants are accepted or rejected. If an 
interview is required, the applicants will be 
notified. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right 
to refuse to accept any or all of the credits from 
any high school or other institution, notwith- 
standing its accredited status, when the Col- 
lege determines through investigation or oth- 
erwise that the quality of instruction at such 
high school or institution is, for any reason, 
deficient or unsatisfactory. The judgment of 
the College on this question shall be final. 

On the basis of achievement as reflected by 
high school or college grades and academic 
potential as shown by scores on the Scholas- 
tic Aptitude Test, an evaluation of each appli- 
cant's readiness to undertake college work will 
be made. The Admissions Officer may refer 
any application to the Admissions Committee 
of the College for study and advice. 

The decision as to whether applicants shall 
be accepted or rejected will be made by the 
Admissions Officer in accordance with admis- 
sions policies and subject to the applicants' 
right of appeal as provided in the policies of the 
Board of Regents of the University System. 
The Admissions Officer shall, as promptly as 
practicable, inform applicants of the action 
taken upon their application. 

The College reserves the right to reject an 
applicant who is not a resident of the State of 
Georgia. All students enrolled at Armstrong 
State College are required to affirm that they 
will abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

Information Required of 
Freshmen Applicants 

All freshmen applicants must submit the 

following: 

1. a. Certificate of graduation from an accred- 
ited high school. A transcript of the high 
school record must be submitted by the 
high school directly to the College. 
OR 
b. Evidence of successful completion of 
the General Education Development Test 
(GED), with no scores less than 45. A 
score report form must be submitted 
directly to the college from the GED test- 
ing center where the student took the 
test or by DANTES, 2318 South Park 
Street, Madison, Wisconsin 5371 3 (if the 
student took the test through the United 



ADMISSIONS 



States Armed Forces Institute whr> 
military service) 
2 Satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Apti- 
tide Test of the College Entrance Examina- 
tion Board Specific scores required are 
listed under the categories of admission. 
Official results of the SAT must be filed with 
the Office of Admissions by the final date 
for the submission of an application for the 
Quarter in which a student wishes to enroll. 
Students wishing to make application to 
take the SAT may secure application forms 
from their secondary school principal or 
counselor or from the College Entrance 
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, 
New Jersey 08540. 

An Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(ISAT) is given quarterly through the Office of 
Counseling and Placement at the College. 
ISAT scores can be used only for admission to 
Armstrong State College and registration forms 
are available through the Office of Admissions. 

Regular Admission 

Applicants who meet all three of the follow- 
ing requirements will be granted regular ad- 
mission to the College: 

1. A total score on the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test of at least 750 (combined verbal and 
mathematics sections) 

2. A score of not less than 330 on the verbal 
section of the Scholastic Aptitude Test 

3. A score of not less than 330 on the mathe- 
matics section of the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test. 



Conditional Admission 

An applicant who qualifies for admission to 
the College but who does not qualify for regu- 
lar admission will be granted conditional ad- 
mission. A student is conditionally admitted to 
the College if the SAT score total is less than 
750 or if any part of the SAT score (verbal or 
math) is less than 330. 

All conditionally admitted students must 
take the Basic Skills Examination (BSE) in 
order to qualify for regular admission. This 
examination should be taken before the stu- 
dent's first registration at the College. If a con- 
ditionally admitted student fails to take the BSE 
before registering, the choice of courses (until 
the test is taken) will be limited by the student's 
SAT scores as follows: 



If the verbal SAT score is less than 330 — 

must take English 098 and Reading 098 
If the verbal SAT score is 330-440— may 

take English 099 
If the verbal SAT score is 450-490 — may 

take English 100 
If the verbal SAT score is 500 and up— may 

take English 101 
If the math SAT score is less than 41 — 

eligible for Math 098 only 

Any other courses taken prior to taking and 
passing the BSE must be approved by the 
Head of the Department of Developmental 
Studies, or by the Counselor of that department. 

A student in the Developmental Studies 
Program must have a schedule of classes 
approved by the Head of the Department of 
Developmental Studies or the Counselor each 
time the student registers or preregisters. The 
Head of the Department may refuse to allow a 
student in the Developmental Studies Program 
to enroll in any course for which the student 
lacks a prerequisite or for which the student's 
academic preparation appears inadequate. 

Once a student is conditionally admitted, 
regular admission status may be obtained only 
through the following: 

1 . Passing all parts of the Basic Skills Exami- 
nation on the first attempt. 

2. If any part of the BSE is not passed on the 
first attempt the student will be required to 
enroll in the appropriate remedial course. 
Upon successful completion of all required 
Developmental Studies courses, the stu- 
dent will be granted regular admission 

A student in the Developmental Studies 
Program will not be allowed to continue as a 
student at the College if the student receives 
three grades other than P for a course required 
in the Developmental Studies Program. Grades 
other than P include U, I, W, WU, and WF. 
Copies of the policies of the Developmental 
Studies Program may be obtained from the 
Developmental Studies Office. 

Provisional Admission 

A student who has been a graduate from an 
accredited high school for a period of eight 
years or more may be granted provisional 
admission to the college without submitting 
scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The 
student will be required to take the institutional 
diagnostic tests for course placement. A stu- 



10 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






dent admitted underthe Provisional Admission 
Category must complete 30 hours of college 
credit with a minimum 2.0 grade point average 
in order to be granted regular admission to the 
college. 

Advanced Placement and 
Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College gives advanced 
placement, or in some cases college credit, for 
college-level high school courses, on the 
basis of the student's grade on the College 
Board Advanced Placement Examination or 
the Admissions Testing Program achievement 
tests and approval by the appropriate depart- 
ment head at Armstrong State College. 

College credit may be granted for satisfac- 
tory scores on selected tests of the College- 
Level Examination Program (CLEP), for satis- 
factory completion of appropriate courses and 
tests offered through the United States Armed 
Forces Institute (USAFI), and for military ser- 
vice schools and experience as recommended 
by the Commission on Accreditation of Ser- 
vice Experiences of the American Council on 
Education. Credit by examination and cor- 
respondence or extension study may not 
exceed one-fourth of the work counted toward 
a degree. 

Specifically, students with a strong aca- 
demic background may, through certain exam- 
inations, demonstrate competence in: AN- 
THROPOLOGY 201 ; ART 200; BIOLOGY 1 01 , 
102; ENGLISH 101, 102; FOREIGN LAN- 
GUAGE 101, 102, 103; HISTORY 114, 115, 
251 , 252; MATHEMATICS 101,1 03, 206, 207; 
MUSIC 200; NATURAL SCIENCE without labo- 
ratory; POLITICAL SCIENCE 1 1 3; SOCIOLOGY 
201. For information concerning the exami- 
nations which apply to the specific areas, 
please make inquiry to the Office of Admis- 
sions, the Office of the Registrar, the Office of 
Counseling and Placement, or the head of the 
appropriate academic department. 

Requirements of Transfer 

1. Transfer applicants will follow the same 
procedures as freshmen applicants except 
that transfer applicants who will have 
achieved sophomore standing at the time 
of their entrance will not be required to 
submit their high school records. Such 
records may be required by the Office of 



Admissions but normally the transcripts of 
previous college records will suffice in 
place of the high school record. Transfer 
applicants must ask the Registrar of each 
college they have previously attended to 
mail an official transcript of their records to 
the Office of Admissions at Armstrong 
State College, regardless of the transfer- 
ability of the credits. 

2. Transfer applicants who will enter with less 
than 36 quarter hours completed must 
meet entrance requirements of both fresh- 
men and transfer applicants and will be 
required to submit their high school records 
as well as transcripts of college records. 

3. Transfer applicants will not be eligible for 
admission to Armstrong State College un- 
less they are eligible to return to the last 
college attended on the date they expect to 
enter Armstrong. Students who are on sus- 
pension from another college because of 
poor scholarship or for disciplinary reasons 
will not be eligible for admission. 

4. Transfer applicants will be considered for 
admission to Armstrong State College, if, on 
all work attempted at other institutions, their 
academic performance as shown by their 
grade-point-average is equivalent to the 
minimum standard required by Armstrong 
State College students by comparable 
standing. (See chart under Academic Pro- 
bation and Dismissal Policy in the "Aca- 
demic Regulations" section of this Catalog.) 

5. Credit will be given for transfer work in 
which students received a grade of "C" or 
above. Credit will also be given for transfer 
work in which the students received grades 
of "D", with the limitation that such credit 
will not exceed twenty-five percent of the 
total amount of credit accepted with grades 
of "C" or above. College credit will not be 
allowed for such courses as remedial En- 
glish or remedial mathematics or courses 
basically of secondary school level. 

6. Credits earned at an institution which is not 
a member of the appropriate regional accred- 
iting agency can be accepted on a provi- 
sional basis only. Students transferring from 
an institution which is not a member of a 
regional accrediting agency must achieve 
a "C" average on their first fifteen quarter 
hours of work at Armstrong in order to be 
eligible to continue. In certain areas they 
may be required to validate credits by 
examination. In computing cumulative grade 



ADMISSIONS 



11 



averages, only the work attempted at Arm- 
strong will be considered. 

7 The amount of credit that Armstrong will 
allow for work done in another institution 
within a given period of time may not 
exceed the normal amount of credit that 
could have been earned at Armstrong dur- 
ing that time A maximum of 100 quarter 
hours may be transferred from a junior col- 
lege. At least half of the courses in the 
major field must be taken at Armstrong. 

8 Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may be taken 
through correspondence extension cour- 
ses or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet requirements 
in the major field or the related field for the 
bachelor's degree. No correspondence 
course may be taken while enrolled at 
Armstrong State College without prior 
approval of the Vice President and the head 
of the department in which the student is 
majoring. Correspondence credit will not 
be accepted for courses in English com- 
position or foreign language. 

9. If the Core Curriculum requirements in 
Area I (Humanities), Area II (Sciences), 
and/or Area III (Social Sciences) have 
been completed in a University System of 
Georgia institution, each completed area 
will be accepted as having met the respec- 
tive area requirement at Armstrong State 
College. 

English Composition 
Placement of Transfer 
Students 

Transfer students who have not completed 
the required English composition courses pre- 
scribed by Armstrong degree programs will be 
required to take an English diagnostic test to 
place the students in the appropriate English 
course. The exceptions to this requirement are 
those students with an SAT verbal of 500 or 
above or a TSWE score of 45 or above. 

The transferred English composition credits 
will show the number and title of the sending 
institution so that the composition courses 
taken at Armstrong will not necessarily be 
shown as repeats. These transferred courses 
may then be used as elective credits to com- 
plete degree requirements. 



Readmission 

Students who have not been enro 
Armstrong during the current academic year 
academic year begins with the Fall 
Quarter) must apply for readmission on a form 
provided by the Office of The Registrar 
Former students who have not attended 
another college since leaving Armstrong may 
be readmitted, provided they are not on sus- 
pension at the time they wish to reenter. 
Former students who have attended another 
college since leaving Armstrong must meet 
requirements as listed in the bulletin in effect at 
the time of return. 



Transient Students 
Entering Armstrong 

Transient status means that students are 
admitted only for a specified period of time, 
normally for one quarter. Applicants for tran- 
sient status must file a regular application form 
and submit a statement from their Dean or 
Registrar that they are in good standing and 
have permission to take specific courses at 
Armstrong to be transferred to their own insti- 
tution when satisfactorily completed. Since 
transient students are not admitted as regular 
students, transcripts of college work com- 
pleted elsewhere are not usually required of 
such applicants. Transient students who wish 
to remain at Armstrong longer than one quarter 
must submit additional statements from their 
Dean of Registrar or must meet all require- 
ments for regular admission as transfer 
students. 



Armstrong Students 
Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take course 
work at another college with the intent of apply- 
ing the courses to their academic record at 
Armstrong may do so in accordance with regu- 
lations for transient status to another college. 
The student must meet the requirements stipu- 
lated by the other college, and in order to apply 
the credits toward his or her academic record 
at Armstrong, must meet the academic regula- 
tions of Armstrong. Consult with the Registrar's 
Office for details. 



12 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



\ 



Accelerated Program for 
High School Students 

High school students who have completed 
the eleventh grade, who have met the criteria 
for admission to the program and who maintain 
its standards will be permitted to enroll for col- 
lege credit in at least one course but not more 
than two courses each quarter while they 
complete the senior year of high school. Upon 
graduation from high school, these students 
will be admitted as regular students to the 
College. 

Through this program, students may com- 
plete over two-thirds of the freshman year of 
college before beginning a regular college 
career. Students accepted in the program may 
choose any freshman course for which they 
meet all the prerequisites, with permission of 
their high school principal or counselor and 
college advisor. 

Students forfeit the privilege of this program 
if in any quarter a grade in a college course is 
below C or the high school average in aca- 
demic courses is below B. 

The College will consider students for this 
program only upon written recommendation of 
high school principals or counselors. In the 
view of the College, it is only these individuals 
who can judge the circumstances that may 
make the program valuable and practicable for 
any student. 

To be admitted to the program students 
must satisfy all of the following criteria: 

1 . written recommendation by the principal or 
counselor of the high school; 

2. completion of the eleventh grade in an 
accredited high school; 

3. a combined verbal and mathematics SAT 
score of 1 ,000; 

4. a minimum grade-point-average of 3.0 in 
high school work. 

Early Admission and Joint 
Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early 
admission program for those students who 
have completed the eleventh grade in high 
school and who have demonstrated outstand- 
ing academic potential. The criteria for admis- 
sion to this program are the same as those 
listed for the Accelerated Program. 

Additionally, the college cooperates with the 
Chatham County School System in the offering 



of a joint enrollment program which is an early 
admission program allowing students to enroll 
full time at the College while remaining on the 
rolls of a local high school. After successfully 
meeting all established criteria for the early 
admission program, students will be awarded 
high school diplomas at the end of their fresh- 
man year in college. For further information on 
this program prospective applicants should 
consult their high school counsel- 
ors and request information from the Office of 
Admissions. 



Foreign Students 

It is recommended that foreign students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall 
Quarter. The college also recommends that 
foreign students attend an ELS language cen- 
ter prior to enrollment. (Applications for ELS 
are available from the Admissions Coordina- 
tor, ELS Language Center, 3331 Ocean Park 
Blvd. Suite 201, Santa Monica, California 
90405.) 

Students from a country other than the Unit- 
ed States who are interested in attending Arm- 
strong must meet the following requirements 
before application is made: 

1. Meet the requirements of freshman ap- 
plicants. 

2. Have an official transcript of academic 
records mailed to the Office of Admissions 
at Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. Take the SAT of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and ask that the results 
be sent to Armstrong. 

4. Take the Test of English as a Foreign Lan- 
guage (TOEFL) and score a minimum of 
500 for consideration for admission to the 
college. 

5. Submit a statement of financial resources 
prior to attendance. 

6. Show proof of adequate health and life 
insurance. 

If applicants meet the academic require- 
ments for admission, they will be sent an appli- 
cation form. After it has been returned and 
approved, the applicants will be sent an I-20 
Form (I-20A and I-20B), student visa. Upon 
arrival, they will be tested in English composi- 
tion for class placement. 



Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrong 






ADMISSIONS 



13 



State College and upon receipt of Certification 
of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans 
Administration, veterans may attend under 
Public Law 358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit 
Act of 1 966). Public Law81 5 (disabled), Public 
Law 894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war 
orphans), or Public Law 631 (children of per- 
manently disabled veterans). Students under 
Public Laws 358, 361. 634 should be pre- 
pared to pay tuition and fees at the time of 
registration. 

Vocational Rehabilitation 
Applicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocational 
Rehabilitation or other community agencies 
must apply at least six weeks before the begin- 
ning of any quarter to insure proper processing 
of applications. 

Requirements for Admission 
to Fine Arts Programs 

The college-level study of art and music 
requires considerable background as well as a 
basic proficiency level. Those students who 
wish to major in art are expected to show the 
faculty a portfolio of previous work in at least 
one medium. In music, placement examina- 
tions are required of all entering students in 
music theory and applied music. 

Requirements and 
Procedures for Admission 
to Health Programs 



Health Insurance 

Because of contractural requirements, Health 
insurance is required of students in Asso- 
ciate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing, Health Information Management, 
Medical Technology, Radiologic Technologies 
and Respiratory Therapy. Malpractice/ 
Liability insurance is required of students in 
Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate 
Degree Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Health Infor- 
mation Management, Medical Technology, 
Radiologic Technologies and Respiratory 
Therapy. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee formal admission to 
the Associate Degree Nursing Program It is 
important that the applicant for admission to 
this program file all papers required as early as 
possible in the academic year preceding the 
Fall Quarter in which the applicant wishes to 
enroll. 

The Admissions Committee of the Depart- 
ment of Associate Degree Nursing will act only 
on completed applications. Admission deci- 
sions will normally be made in April. After 
admission to the Associate Degree Program, 
the student must pay a $50.00 non-refundable 
Health Programs Deposit to reserve a seat in 
the program. This deposit is applied to the stu- 
dent's first quarter matriculation fee. Students 
who qualify for admission but who are not 
admitted because of lack of space may re- 
apply for the following year's class, repeating 
all application procedures. Students admitted 
for a given academic year must enter the pro- 
gram during that academic year or re-apply for 
admission for any subsequent year. Determi- 
nation of admission to the program is a func- 
tion of the faculty. 

Transfer students must meet the minimum 
criteria for admission to the Department of 
Associate Degree Nursing as stated. Credit for 
nursing courses and science courses taken 
prior to application to the program must be 
approved by the Department of Associate 
Degree Nursing. Students wishing to be given 
transfer credits for nursing and science courses 
which are five years old or older may be 
required to validate the credits by taking depart- 
mental examinations or be required to repeat 
these courses for credit. 

Applicationsfor admission should beclearly 
marked "Associate Degree Nursing". 

The Associate in Science degree program in 
Nursing is approved by the Georgia Board of 
Nursing and is fully accredited by the National 
League for Nursing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
is major on a space available basis and is 
limited to the best qualified students as deter- 
mined by the Associate Degree Nursing faculty. 
Admission criteria include: 



14 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



1 . A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

2. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350. 

3. A minimum SAT combined verbal/mathe- 
matics score of 750. 

4. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school 
curriculum which includes natural and social 
sciences. 

5. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0 for 
both all college coursework taken and for 
general requirements of the Associate 
Degree Nursing curriculum, with no more 
than one repeat grade from among the 
general requirement courses. 

6. Completion of mathematics and English 
diagnostic tests prior to entry into the 
program. 

Applicants who do not meet the preceding 
criteria may apply for admission after having 
met the following: 

1. Completion of two courses selected from 
CHE 201 , ZOO 208, ZOO 209 with grades 
of "C" or better; three courses selected 
from ENG 101, ENG 102, HIS 251 or HIS 
252, POS 1 1 3, PSY 1 01 with a minimum 2.0 
average. Completion of these five courses 
must be no later than the end of the Winter 
Quarter prior to the Fall Quarter for which 
admission is sought. 

2. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0 for 
both all college coursework taken and for 
general requirements of the Associate 
Degree Nursing curriculum, with no more 
than one repeat grade from among the 
general requirement courses. 

Time Limit for Program 
Completion 

Students must complete the Associate 
Degree Nursing Program within three con- 
secutive academic years from the date of their 
initial admission to the program. Students who 
do not complete the program within this time 
limit must reapply for admission, meet current 
criteria for admission, and have their previous 
credits evaluated at the time of their sub- 
sequent admission. Students who are re- 
admitted must meet course requirements in 
effect at the time of their readmission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 



The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect 
at the time of readmission. 
The student's readmission will be based 
upon space available and recommendation 
by the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing. 

Students who have been dismissed are 
ineligible for readmission. 






Baccalaureate Nursing 
Department 

Applicants to the program must be regularly 
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to 
making application to the nursing major. Stu- 
dents must meet the admission requirements 
of the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing 
to be eligible for admission to the nursing 
major. Admission to the nursing major is the 
function of the Faculty. Only completed appli- 
cations will be considered. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing 
major during Winter Quarter, Sophomore year. 
When the class is filled, the Departmental 
Admissions Committee will close admissions. 
Students who are not admitted may reapply 
when they meet admission criteria. 

Applicants may address the Head of the 
Department of Baccalaureate Nursing if they 
require additional information concerning ad- 
mission procedures. 

The Bachelor of Science degree program is 
approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and 
is fully accredited by the National League for 
Nursing (NLN). 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the nursing major is on a 
space-available basis and is limited to the best 
qualified students as determined by the Depart- 
ment of Baccalaureate Nursing Admissions 
Committee. Admission criteria include: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong State 
College. 

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 
350. 

4. A verbal/mathematics combined SAT of 
not less than 750. (SAT scores will not be 
required forthose applicants with Associ- 
ate, Bachelor's or Master's Degrees). 

5. A grade of "C" or better in each science 
course. 






ADMISSIONS 



18 



6. An adjusted GPA of 2 5 in all prerequisite 
course work attempted 

Transfer Applicants and those with degrees 
in other fields must meet the criteria estab- 
lished for admission to the nursing major 
Transfer credit will be awarded depending 
upon equivalency of courses. These decisions 
will be determined by the Nursing Faculty who 
will use actual course outlines, descriptions, 
etc , supplied by the student. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet the 
criteria established for admission to the nurs- 
ing major and must also submit proof of 
licensure. 

Time Limit For 
Program Completion 

Students must complete the Baccalaureate 
Nursing Program within four consecutive years 
from the date of their initial admission to the 
nursing major. Students who do not complete 
the program within this time limit must apply for 
readmission, meet current criteria for admis- 
sion, and have their previous credits evalu- 
ated. Students who are granted readmission 
must meet course requirements in effect at the 
time of readmission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege and the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet admis- 
sion and curriculum requirements in effect 
at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based 
upon space available and recommendation 
by the Admissions Committee of the Depart- 
ment of Baccalaureate Nursing. 

4. Students who have been dismissed are 
ineligible for readmission. 



Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee admission to the 
Associate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. 
Applicants must first be accepted for admis- 
sion to the College with regular admission sta- 
tus; they then must meet the requirements for 



admission to the Associate Degree Program in 
Dental Hygiene before being accepted as stu- 
dents in that program 

Admission to the program is limited in each 
class. Students matriculate in the Fall Quarter 
of each year Applications for admission should 
be completed as soon as possible for the Fall 
Quarter and must include a transcript of all 
academic work 

The major part of the applicant's high school 
work should be in the college preparatory 
area. Because of the heavy emphasis on 
science in the dental hygiene curriculum, it is 
important that the applicant have a strong 
foundation in biology and chemistry. 

Applicants who are on academic probation 
or suspension from another college will not be 
considered for admission to the program. 
Unless specifically approved by the Head of 
the department, credit will not be accepted for 
courses taken in another school of dental 
hygiene. 

Applicationsfor admission should beclearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only" 

Applicants may contact the Head of the 
Department of Dental Hygiene if they require 
additional information concerning admission 
procedures. 

After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram, the student must pay a $50.00 non- 
refundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve 
a seat in the program. This deposit is applied to 
the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene major is on a space available basis 
and is limited to the best qualified students as 
determined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee. Regular admission criteria include: 

1. A 2.5 or better high school grade-point 
average. 

2. An SAT score (composite verbal and math- 
ematics) of 750 or above. 

3. A grade-point-average of 2.0 on all pre- 
vious college work, if applicable. Students 
transferring from another college must have 
this average to be considered for admis- 
sion. The 2.0 average must be maintained 
to date of actual matriculation in the 
program. 

The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee 
will give special consideration to applicants 
who have completed one year of college work 



16 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



1 



and who have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 
208 (or their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or 
better. Conditional admission criteria include: 

1. Conditional Admissions status may be 
granted to an applicant when the applicant 
does not meet the regular admissions 
criteria. 

2. An expressed interest in being admitted to 
the Associate in Science Dental Hygiene 
Program as evaluated by the Admissions 
Committee must be demonstated. 

The conditionally admitted student must 
have a G.P.A. of 2.0 at the conclusion of the 
first year in the program. 

After all credentials have been received, the 
applicant should request a personal interview 
with the Dental Hygiene Admissions Commit- 
tee to discuss the application. 



Readmission Procedures 

Students who have been admitted to and 
have enrolled in the Associate Degree Pro- 
gram in Dental Hygiene, but who have either 
withdrawn or have been dropped from the 
program, may apply for readmission to the 
program only if they have a cumulative college 
GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. The 
student's readmission will be based upon 
space available and recommendation by the 
Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee. 



Applicants may contact the Head of the 
Department of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong 
State College if they require additional infor- 
mation concerning admission to the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 . One year of professional experience pre- 
ferred. This may include any dental-related 
work experience. 

2. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college 
work. Students transferring from another 
college must have this average to be con- 
sidered for admission. The 2.0 average 
must be maintained to date of actual matricu- 
lation in the program. 

How to Apply 

1 . Complete all papers required for admission 
to Armstrong State College. Mark the appli- 
cation For Dental Hygiene Only. These 
forms are to be returned to the Office of 
Admissions. 

2. Complete and return to the Department of 
Dental Hygiene, the Dental Hygiene Bache- 
lor of Science Application Form and a 
recent photograph. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the Depart- 
ment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants should 
contact the Head of the Department of Den- 
tal Hygiene if they require additional infor- 
mation. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Dental Hygiene Education 

Candidates for the program must be gradu- 
ates of accredited associate degree dental 
hygiene programs and licensed as registered 
dental hygienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced 
dental hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. 
Application for admission should be completed 
as soon as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses 
other than the professional sequence. A min- 
imum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at 
Armstrong State College for the Bachelor of 
Science Degree in Dental Hygiene Education 
to be awarded from this institution. The Office 
of the Registrar will evaluate all transfer credits. 

Applicationsfor admission should beclearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only". 



Associate Degree Health 
Information Management 

It is suggested that students planning to 
apply to this program have a minimum of one 
course in each of the following: typing, secre- 
tarial or business courses, English, biological 
science, mathematics, and speech on the high 
school level. 

New classes in the HIM program begin each 
Fall Quarter. Since a limited number of stu- 
dents is accepted, applicants should submit 
completed applications by June 1 of each 
year. 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
clinical sites, the HIM program requires stu- 
dents to submit a completed health history 
form and evidence of health insurance cover- 



ADMISSIONS 



17 



age prior to participation in clinical practicums 
This documentaion is submitted to the HIM 
Program Office 

Graduates are eligible to take the national 
accreditation examination to become "Ac- 
credited Record Technicians." (ART) through 
the American Medical Record Association. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "Health Information Management" 
Applicants may address the Head of the 
Health Information Management program if 
they require additional information concerning 
admission procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 
1. A total SAT score of 750. with minimum 

scores of 350 on the verbal section and 350 

on the mathematics section. 
2 A minimum GPA of 2.0 on any previous high 

school or college work. 
3. A demonstration of typing proficiency of 40 

wpm. 
4 A satisfactory medical examination by a 

physician (Physical Exam forms can be 

obtained in the HIM office.) 

5. A letter of recommendation mailed to the 
Program Director. 

6. An interview with a member of the HIM 
faculty. 

Time Limit for Program 
Completion 

The HIM program is a seven quarter pro- 
gram. Students must complete the associate 
degree in HIM within four consecutive aca- 
demic years from the date of their initial 
admission to the program. Students who do 
not complete the program within this time limit 
must reapply for admission, meet current crite- 
ria for admission, and have their previous cred- 
its evaluated at the time of their subsequent 
admission. Students who are readmitted must 
meet course requirements in effect at the time 
of their readmission. 



Associate Degree 
Respiratory Therapy 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 



not guarantee admission to the Respiratory 
Therapy Department The department has a 
separate formal admissions process in addi- 
tion to the admission process to Armstrong 
State College 

Students are only admitted to the program 
during the Fall Quarter The application pro- 
cess begins during the Winter break preceding 
the desired admission date. Deadline for com- 
plete applications is June 1 Applications 
received after that date will be considered on a 
first come-first serve, space-available basis 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
clinical affiliates, the program requires stu- 
dents to submit a complete health history form 
and evidence of liability (malpractice) insur- 
ance priorto participation in clinical practicums 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Respiratory Therapy Only." Appli- 
cants may address the Head of the Respira- 
tory Therapy Department if they require addi- 
tional information concerning admissions pro- 
cedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong State 
College. 

2. Good standing with college at the time of 
student selection. 

3. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350 

4. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 350. 

5. A minimum SAT combined verbal/mathe- 
matics score of 750. 

6. A minimum GPA of 2.0 for all previous col- 
lege and high school work. 

Readmission to the 
Program 

Students who have been admitted to and 
have enrolled in the Associate Program in 
Respiratory Therapy but who have either with- 
drawn or have been suspended from the pro- 
gram may apply for readmission provided they 
have an adjusted GPA of 2.0 at the time they 
wish to reenter. 

A student who has been dismissed from the 
program for any reason will not be eligible for 
readmission. 



18 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 









Associate Degree Radiologic 
Technologies Program 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Radiologic 
Technologies Program. The Program has a 
separate formal admissions process in addi- 
tion to the admission process to Armstrong 
State College. 

Students are only admitted to the program 
during the Fall Quarter. The Application pro- 
cess begins during the Winter quarter preceding 
the desired admission date. Deadline for com- 
pletion of the application process is June 1. 
Applications received after that date will be 
considered on a first come-first serve, space- 
available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
clinical affiliates, the program requires stu- 
dents to submit a complete health history form, 
evidence of health insurance, and evidence of 
liability (malpractice) insurance prior to partic- 
ipation in clinical practicums. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Radiologic Technologies Only." 
Applicants may addressthe Head of the Radi- 
ologic Technologies program if they require 
additional information concerning admissions 
procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

The actual determination of admission of 
applicants to the program is a function of the 
Radiologic Technologies Program Admissions 
Committee. Admissions are competitive in 
nature and based on scholastic history, work 
experience, personal references, and a per- 
sonal interview. 

The following are specific criteria for ad- 
mission: 

1 . A combined score of 750 on the verbal and 
mathematics sections of the SAT of the 
College Entrance Examination Board, with 
a score of not less than 350 on the verbal 
section or a score of not less than 350 on 
the mathematics section. 
2 A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school 
curriculum. 

3. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and 
mathematics courses in the high school 
curriculum. 

4. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA of 
2.0, if applicable. 

5. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics 



and science courses at the college levels. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for 
admissions outlined above may still apply for 
admission. Please contact the Program for 
information. 

After admission to the Radiologic Technol- 
ogy Program, the student may pay a $50.00 
non-refundable Health Programs Deposit to 
reserve a seat in the program. This deposit is 
applied to the student's first quarter matricula- 
tion fee. 

Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and 
have enrolled in the Associate Degree Pro- 
gram in Radiologic Technologies, but who 
have either withdrawn or been dismissed 
without prejudice from the program, may apply 
for readmission to the program only if they 
have a cumulative college GPA of 2.0 at the 
time they wish to reenter. The student's read- 
mission will be based upon space availability 
and recommendation by the Radiologic Tech- 
nologies Admissions Committee. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Health Science 

Criteria for Admission to 
Program 

1. Regular admission to Armstrong State 
College 

2. Completed Health Science Program appli- 
cation (Send to Health Science Program 
Office). 

3. If applicant is currently a health practi- 
tioner, include: 

A. A copy of your health credential 

B. Confidential Appraisal Forms (2) Send 
to Health Science Program Office. 

Criteria for Admission to 
Courses 

1 Completion of 90 hours of appropriate 
coursework. 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.0 in all courses with 
not more than one science repeat. 

3 Advanced Standing: All credit for previous 
coursework will be subject to faculty eval- 
uation. Admission to and progression 



ADMISSIONS 



19 



through the program is a function of the 
faculty 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Medical Technology 
Program 

General Information 

The two year professional phase of the Med- 
ical Technology curriculum begins in the Fall 
quarter of each year with the junior year level 
MT courses. Students desiring acceptance to 
the Medical Technology Program should make 
application to the program during the early 
spring of the preceding academic year. 

Duetothecompetitionforthe limited number 
of seats in the class, all students submitting a 
complete application before the announced 
deadline will be ranked. The applicants receiv- 
ing the highest "Applicant Score" will be 
offered a seat in the class before those appli- 
cants with lower scores. Applications received 
after the announced deadline will be consid- 
ered on an individual basis provided space is 
available. 

Minimum Admission 
Requirements 

1 . SAT of at least 800 with 350 or more in Math 
and 350 or more in Verbal 

2. Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.2 or 
more. 

3. Completion of 95 quarter hours which is to 
include an adequate number of required 
chemistry and biology courses such as to 
permit the student time to complete all non- 
professional course requirements prior to 
the senior year. 

4. Science course (Chemistry and Biology) 
average of 2.25 or better with no more than 
one required science course with a grade 
of "D". 

5. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Test- 
ing Program. 



past seven years Updating coursework can 
be done by completion (a grade of "C" or 
better) of the appropriate course or by a 
challenge examination 

Currently enrolled Armstrong State College 
students must also meet the requirements for 
admission to the MT program and apply to the 
program. 

Transfer students must be accepted to the 
college with "Regular Status" admission 

Certified associate degree medical labora- 
tory technicians may receive transfer credit for 
junior level MT courses upon presentation of 
acceptable certification scores and/or transfer 
credit and satisfactory completion of written 
and/or practical examinations in the profes- 
sional content areas. 

An applicant with B.S. degree not desiring 
the B.S. in Medical Technology degree must 
meet the National Accrediting Agency for Clin- 
ical Laboratory Sciences academic prerequi- 
sites for Medical Technology. These students 
will be awarded a certificate upon completion 
of the professional coursework. 

Foreign applicants must meet the require- 
ments for admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege as outlined in the college catalog 

Application Process 

1. Complete all requirements for Application 
for Admission to Armstrong State College if 
not currently enrolled at ASC. 

2. Complete an Application to Medical Tech- 
nology Program form. 

3. Have official transcripts sent to Program 
Director. 

4. If certified, have scores sent to Program 
Director. (Ask Program Director for form 
letter.) 

5. Applicants meeting the minimum admis- 
sion requirements will be invited for an 
interview with at least two of the Admission 
Committee members, one of whom is the 
Program Director. 

6. Request two references to complete Confi- 
dential Appraisal Form to be forwarded to 
Program Director. 

7. All applicants will be informed by letter of 
their application status. 



Other Requirements 

Per NAACLS requirement, all applicants 
must have taken the organic or biochemistry 
course and the microbiology course within the 



Applicant Ranking 

As previously indicated, all applicants will be 
ranked to determine priority for admission to 
the class. An applicant score will be deter- 



20 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






mined by evaluating the applicant in the follow- 
ing categories. The value of each category is 
as given: 

Overall GPA 20% 

Science GPA 35% 

SAT 1 5% 

Interview 20% 

Reference 5% 

Profile 5% 

A detailed explanation of the calculation of the 

Applicant Score may be obtained from the 

Program Director. 

ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 

Academic Advisement 

All students are required to participate in the 
advisement system at Armstrong State Col- 
lege. The Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
gives overall direction to the advisement pro- 
gram, with the appropriate department heads 
coordinating advisement activities within the 
various departments. Students who have se- 
lected a major or general field of study are 
advised by the appropriate department. De- 
velopmental Studies students are advised by 
the Developmental Studies Counselor. All 
other students are advised by Core Curric- 
ulum Advisors. Freshmen and transfers who 
have selected a major will be advised in the 
academic department of their major. Fresh- 
men and transfers who have not selected a 
major and have not completed the core 
requirements will be advised by Core Curric- 
ulum Advisors. 

The student's course selections must be 
approved by an advisor as an integral part of 
the registration process. Students are respon- 
sible for fulfilling the requirements of their 
degree program and must observe all regula- 
tions for admission to courses, including meet- 
ing prerequisite requirements. 

English Composition 
Requirements 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at 
Armstrong State College students must enroll 
in the appropriate sequence of English com- 
position courses until the sequence has been 
completed and/or the Regents' Test has been 
passed. Students must not delay this sequence 



beyond their second quarter of attendance. 
For assistance with identifying the appropriate 
English composition courses, students should 
consult advisors in the department of their 
declared major or the Office of Admissions, or 
the Department of Languages, Literature and 
Dramatic Arts. See Language, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts Departments, for further informa- 
tion. 



Degree Requirements 

1 . Each student is responsible for fulfilling the 
requirements of the degree program chosen 
in accordance with the regulations of the 
college catalog. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a 
degree are permitted only with the written 
approval of the appropriate Dean, upon the 
recommendation of the department head. 

3. A student will normally graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission to 
the College. In the School of Health Profes- 
sions, a student will graduate under the 
catalog in effect at the time of admission or 
readmission (whichever is more current) to 
a particular Health Professions program. 
Armstrong State College, however, reserves 
the right to change any provision listed in 
this catalog, including but not limited to 
academic requirements for graduation, with- 
out actual notice to individual students. If 
students have been absent from the Col- 
lege for two or more consecutive years, 
they should expect to meet all require- 
ments in effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or related fields for 
the Bachelor's degree or in English compo- 
sition of foreign language. No correspon- 
dence courses may be taken while a stu- 
dent is enrolled, without prior approval of 
the appropriate Dean and the head of the 
department in which the student is majoring. 

5. By State law, one of the requirements for a 
diploma or certificate from schools sup- 
ported by the State of Georgia is a demon- 
stration of proficiency in United States his- 
tory and government and in Georgia history 
and government. A student at Armstrong 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



21 



State College may demonstrate such profi- 
ciency by: 

A Examinations — Students may take 
either the relevant CLEP, College Board 
Admissions Testing Program Achievement 
Test, or Advanced Placement Test 
B Credit in the following — for U.S. and 
Georgia Constitution: POS1 1 3; for US and 
Georgia History HIS 251 or 252 or any 
upper divison course in U.S. History 
To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a 
student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward 
the degree. Additionally, the student must 
complete successfully at Armstrong a 
majority of the upper division credits re- 
quired in the major field of study. For 
students in teacher education programs, 
the major field of study is the teaching field. 
For the Associate Degree, the student must 
complete at least 45 quarter hours of course 
work at Armstrong State College. Armstrong 
students enrolled in the cooperative degree 
programs with Savannah State College in 
Business Education. Industrial Arts Educa- 
tion, and Trade and Industrial Education 
may be exempted from these requirements 
by'a recommendation of the Dean of the 
School of Education, concurrence by the 
School of Education Curriculum Commit- 
tee and approval of the Committee on Aca- 
demic Standing. 

For graduation the student must earn an 
overall average of 2.0 or better considering 
work taken at all colleges, computed in 
such manner that a course will be counted 
only once, regardless of the number of 
times that it has been repeated. The grade 
earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for grad- 
uation. Additionally, the student must earn a 
GPA of 2.0 or better in each of the following: 

A. all work at Armstrong 

B. All courses in the major field. 

To qualify for a second baccalaureate 
degree, a candidate must earn at Arm- 
strong at least 45 additional hours of credit 
and meet all qualitative requirements for 
the degree. 

Before a degree will be conferred students 
must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Registrar a completed "Application for Grad- 
uation" two quarters before graduation. A 
candidate for a degree, unless excused in 
writing by the President, Vice President and 



Dean of Faculty or Vice President of 
Student Affairs, must attend the graduation 
exercises at which a degree is to be 
conferred 
10 All students must successfully complete 
the Regents' Test and must take an Exit 
Examination in their major field as may be 
stipulated as requirements for graduation 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate 
degree are exempted from the Regents' 
Test requirement. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time stu- 
dents is 1 5-1 8 quarter hours including a course 
in physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years 

A full-time student is defined as one who is 
registered for 12 or more hours. A part-time 
student is one registered for fewer than 12 
quarter hours. A student should plan about ten 
hours preparation per week for each 5 quarter 
hour course. 

Classification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 45 
quarter hours will be classified as a freshman; 
between 45 and 89 a sophomore; between 90 
and 134 as a junior; and 135 or more as a 
senior. 

Overloads and Courses 
At Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 1 8 quarter 
hours will be granted by the Registrar to a 
student: 

1 . with an average grade of "B" for full-time 
enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3.0. 
or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the two 
quarters prior to graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for 
more than 21 quarter hours. A student who is 
on academic probation will not be permitted to 
registerfor more than 18 quarter hours. Excep- 
tions to these limitations may be made only by 
the appropriate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at the 
same time takes courses for credit at another 
college may not transfer such credit to Arm- 
strong, unless written permission from the 
appropriate Dean has been obtained. 



22 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






Reports and Grades 

Grade reports are issued directly to stu- 
dents at the end of each quarter. The following 
grades are used in the determination of grade- 
point-averages: 

Grade Honor Points 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3.0 

C (satisfactory) 2.0 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0 

The cumulative GPA is determined by divid- 
ing the total honor points earned by the total 
hours attempted at Armstrong State College. 
The adjusted GPA is determined by dividing 
the total honor points earned by the total hours 
attempted, with hours and honor points for 
repeated courses not duplicated in the calcu- 
lation. 

Armstrong State College also uses the fol- 
lowing symbols for grade reports. These sym- 
bols carry no honor points and are not included 
in the determination of either the cumulative 
GPA or the adjusted GPA. 

Symbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I in progress or incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing 

An "I" which has not been removed by the 
middle of the succeeding quarter is changed 
to an "F" unless the instructor recommends an 
extension in writing addressed to the appro- 
priate Dean. The "S" and "IT symbols may be 
utilized for completion of degree requirements 
other than academic course work (such as 
student teaching, clinical practice, etc.). With- 
drawal without penalty (W) is not permitted 
after the quarterly dates listed as the dates for 
mid-term. Exceptions to this policy must be 
approved by the Dean of the School in which 
the course is taught and will be approved only 
on the basis of hardship. Appeals for a change 
of grade may be initiated through the head of 
the appropriate academic department in ac- 
cordance with the Regulations of Armstrong 
State College. 



Honors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least 
ten quarter hours of course work who earn an 
honor point average of at least 3.6 will be 
placed on the Dean's List. Only course work 
taken at Armstrong will be used in the compu- 
tation of Dean's List honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with 
an honor point average of 3.2 through 3.499 
will be graduated cum laude. 

Magna Cum Laude: Those students grad- 
uating with an honor point average of 3.5 
through 3.799 will be graduated magna cum 
laude. 

Summa Cum Laude: Those students gradu- 
ated with an honor point average of 3.8 through 
4.0 will be graduated summa cum laude. 

All work attempted at Armstrong and other 
accredited institutions will be considered in 
computing honors for graduation. 

Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class 
meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of 
the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing every- 
thing that is announced, discussed, or lectured 
upon in class as well as for mastering all 
assigned reading. A student is also responsi- 
ble for submitting on time all assignments and 
tests, recitations and unannounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for inform- 
ing each class at its first meeting what consti- 
tutes excessive absence in that particular 
class. Each student is responsible for knowing 
the attendance regulation and for complying 
with it. An instructor may drop a student from 
any class with a grade of "W" or "WF," as 
appropriate, if in the instructor's judgment the 
student's absences have been excessive. 



Academic Standing 

The college recognizes four academic cate- 
gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with 
Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic 
Suspension. Students are expected to main- 
tain or exceed the grade point average (GPA) 
as indicated in the chart below. 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



23 



Quarter Hours Attempted Required Ad|usted 

at Armstrong and Elsewhere GPA 

0-15 13 

16-30 14 

31-45 15 

46-60 1 6 

61-75 17 

76-90 18 

91-120 19 

121 and over 2 

A student who falls below the required GPA 
for the first time is placed on Good Standing 
with Warning Failure to raise the adjusted 
GPA to the required level during the next quar- 
ter will result in Academic Probation. Students 
on Academic Probation are not in Good Stand- 
ing. If the student's adjusted GPA is raised to 
the required level, the student is returned to 
Good Standing. The second or any subse- 
quent failure to meet the required GPA will 
result in Academic Probation. Students on 
Academic Probation should plan both curricu- 
lar and extracurricular activities under the guid- 
ance of their advisors. 

Students on Academic Probation who fail to 
achieve the required adjusted GPA, but who 
do earn an average of at least 2.0 during the 
probationary quarter, will be continued on 
Academic Probation for the next quarter of 
attendance. Students on Academic Probation 
who neither achieve the required adjusted 
GPA nor earn at least a 2.0 average during the 
probationary quarter will be placed on Aca- 
demic Suspension from the college for one 
quarter. A student on Academic Suspension 
for the first time has the option of attending 
summer school without having to appeal the 
suspension. 

A student suspended for academic reasons 
for the first or second time may appeal by letter 
to the Committee on Admissions and Aca- 
demic Standing. This letter should state the 
nature of any extenuating circumstances relat- 
ing to the academic deficiency, and must be 
delivered to the office of Student Affairs no 
later than 9 AM of registration day. The deci- 
sion of the Committee on Admissions and 
Academic Standing is final. 

A student re-entering the college after an 
Academic Suspension is placed on Academic 
Probation and must meet the requirements 
listed above. A third Academic Suspension is 
final. 



Repeating Courses 

Any course may be repeated with the last 
grade to be counted in the adjusted GPA A 
student who repeats any course should com- 
plete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form 
available in the Office of the Registrar 

Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the 
quarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add 
Notice in the Office of the Registrar The notice 
must be signed by the instructor of the course 
being dropped and returned by the student to 
the Office of the Registrar 

A student who drops a course not more than 
seven class days after the course begins will 
receive no grade for the course. A student who 
drops a course after the first seven class days 
and on or before the quarterly dates listed for 
mid-terms will receive a "W'ora "WF" depen- 
ding on the status in the course. A student may 
not drop a course without penalty following the 
quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student is 
not allowed to drop ENG 025, 1 00, 1 01 , 1 02, or 
201 at any time unless extenuating circum- 
stances prevail. In order to drop one of these 
courses, the drop form must be authorized by 
the Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences or 
a designated representative. 

Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to with- 
draw from college must begin the process in 
the Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdraw- 
al is required to ensure that the student is 
eligible to return to Armstrong State College at 
a future date. Any refund to which a student is 
entitled will be considered on the basis of the 
date which appears on the withdrawal form. 

Medical Withdrawals 

A student may be administratively withdrawn 
from the college when in the judgment of the 
Dean of Student Affairs and the college physi- 
cian, if any, and after consultation with the 
student's parents and personal physician, if 
any, it is determined that the student suffers 
from a physical, mental, emotional or psycho- 
logical health condition which: (a) poses a sig- 
nificant danger or threat of physical harm to 



24 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



IT 



the student or to the person or property of 
others or (b) causes the student to interfere 
with the rights of other members of the college 
community or with the exercise of any proper 
activities or functions of the college or its 
personnel or (c) causes the student to be 
unable to meet institutional requirements for 
admission and continued enrollment, as de- 
fined in the student conduct code and other 
publications of the college. 

Except in emergency situations, a student 
shall, upon request, be accorded an appro- 
priate hearing prior to final decision concern- 
ing his or her continued enrollment at the 
college. 

Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course 
without receiving credit must obtain permis- 
sion of the instructor before registering for the 
course. During the registration process the 
student should request to audit. A student may 
not change from audit to credit status or from 
credit to audit status after completing the pro- 
cess of registration for a course. A student who 
audits a course will have a "V" recorded for 
that course. The regular schedule of fees ap- 
plies to auditors. Unauthorized auditing is 
prohibited. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code at Armstrong State College 
is dedicated to the proposition that the protec- 
tion of the grading system is in the interest of 
the student community. The Student Court is 
an institutional means to assure that the stu- 
dent community shall have primary disposition 
of infractions of the Honor Code and that stu- 
dents accused of such infractions shall enjoy 
those procedural guarantees traditionally con- 
sidered essential to fair and impartial hearing, 
the foremost of which is the presumption of 
innocence until guilt be established beyond a 
reasonable doubt. 
1 . Responsibilities of students: 

All students must agree to abide by the 
rules of the Honor Code. A student shall 
not be accepted at Armstrong State Col- 
lege unless he or she signs a statement 
affirming his understanding of this agree- 
ment. The Honor Code shall be printed in 
the official bulletin and the Student Hand- 
book. 



It will be the responsibility of the Stu- 
dent Court or its designated representa- 
tive to conduct an orientation program at 
the beginning of each quarter for all 
newly entering students to explain fully 
the Honor Code and to allow full discus- 
sion of its requirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with 
any matter related to the Honor Code i| 
invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 

II. Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violatons of the Honor Code may be of 
two kinds: (a) general and (b) those 
related to the peculiarities of specific 
course-related problems and to the under- 
standing of individual instructors. Any 
instructor whose conception of cheating 
would tend to enlarge or contract the 
general regulations defining cheating 
must explicitly notify the affected student! 
ofthequalificationsto the general regula- 
tions which he or she wishes to stipulate 
The following will be considered genera 
violations of the Honor Code. 

1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized 
help on any assignment, test or paper 
The meaning of unauthorized help 
shall be made clear by the instructor of 
each class. 

2. Stealing when related to cheating 

3. Plagiarizing. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before th( 
Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attempting to suborn, o 
intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violatior 
of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation 
may come to the Office of Student Affairs 
for assistance in contacting members of 
the Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has bro- 
ken the Honor Code should report 
himself, to a member of the Student 
Court. 

B. Anyone (faculty member or student) 
who is aware of a violation of the Honor 
Code must report the matter. 

1 . Tell the person thought to be guilty 
to report himself to a member of the 
Student Court no later than the end 
of the next school day. After this 
designated time the person who is 



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



25 



aware of the violation must inform a 
member of the Student Court so 
that the Student Court may contact 
the accused person if he has not 
already reported himself. 
2 Report the suspected violation di- 
rectly to a member of the Student 
Court without informing the ac- 
cused 
The procedural rights of the students 
accused of violations of the Honor Code: 
The essence of the procedural rights of 
an accused is the right to be presumed 
innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights 
are as follows: 

1 The accused will be notified in writing 
by the Student Court or its designated 
representative of the nature and details 
of the offense with which he is charged 
along with the names of his accusers 
and the principal witnesses to be 
brought against him. This notification 
shall occur no less than three days 
prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel 
of his own choosing. Such counsel will 
not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise his client. It is 
expected that such counsel will be 
drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing 
the charges shall be afforded an oppor- 
tunity to present witnesses and doc- 
umentary or other evidence. The ac- 
cused and any individual bringing the 
charges shall have the right to cross 
examine all witnesses and may, where 
the witnesses cannot appear because 
of illness or other cause acceptable to 
the Court, present the sworn statement 
of the witnesses. The Court shall not 
be bound by formal rules governing the 
presentation of evidence, and it may 
consider any evidence presented 
which is of probative value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear 
witness against himself. The Court 
may not take the refusal of the accused 
to testify as evidence of guilt, but this 
proviso does not give the accused 
immunityfrom a hearing orfrom recom- 
mendations reached in a hearing 
simply because the accused does not 
testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a 



complete audiotape of the hearing 
and to the record prepared by the 
secretary 
6 The substantive facts of a case may be 
re-opened for consideration upon 
initiation of the accused acting through 
normal appeal channels The accused 
shall not be put in double jeopardy 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered from 
the hearing room during the course of 
a hearing Witnesses may not discuss 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused will 
be allowed such observers of the 
hearing as may be commensurate with 
the space available. Otherwise, in the 
interests of the right of privacy of the 
accused, hearings will be private, 
except that the College may also have 
observers additional to the advisors to 
the Student Court. 

V. The Student Conduct Committee, the 
Student Court and Advisors to the Student 
Court: 
A. Student Conduct Committee 

1. The Student Conduct Committee 
shall be responsible to the faculty 
for recommending policies relating 
to the Academic Honor Code and 
the Code of Conduct, for formulat- 
ing or approving rules, enforce- 
ment procedures, and sanctions 
within the framework of existing 
policies, and for recommending 
changes in the administration of 
any aspects of the Honor Code 
and the Student Code of Conduct. 
The Conduct Committee will also 
interview and select members for 
the Student Court. 

2. The Committee shall consist of five 
teaching faculty members, the Dean 
of Student Affairs and four students. 
The four students will be the Presi- 
dent and Vice President of the Stu- 
dent Court, the President of the 
Student Government Association, 
and one student-at-large. The fac- 
ulty members shall be appointed by 
the faculty in accordance with the 
faculty statutes. 

3. The Dean of Student Affairs shall 
assist the Conduct Committee in 
the development of policy and in 
the discharge of its responsibilities. 



26 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



He shall coordinate the activities of 
all officials, committees, student 
groups, and tribunals for student 
conduct. 
4. All regulations or rules relating to 
student conduct that are proposed 
by any College official, committee 
or student group, and for which 
sanctions may be imposed in the 
name of the College, must be sub- 
mitted to the Committee for consid- 
eration and review prior to sub- 
mission to the faculty and the 
student body. The Committee shall 
have 1 days in which to reviewthe 
same. 
B. Student Court 

1 . The Student Court will be selected 
by the Student Conduct Committee 
and will be composed of twelve 
students. Due consideration will be 
given to equitable apportionment of 
court members on the basis of 
academic class, race, and sex. 
Students on academic probation 
may not serve. All appointments will 
be issued and accepted in writing. 
Appointments will be made during 
Spring Quarter in time for newly 
elected members of the Court to 
assume their duties by May 1. 
Appointments will be made as 
needed to keep the Student Court 
staffed to do business on a rea- 
sonably prompt basis. These ap- 
pointments may constitute perma- 
nent or temporary replacements as 
the Student Conduct Committee 
deems necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a Pres- 
ident, Vice President, and a Secre- 
tary from its membership. The Presi- 
dent will preside at all meetings. 
The Vice President will assume the 
duties of the President if the Presi- 
dent is absent. The Secretary will 
maintain written notes of all pro- 
ceedings and audiotape records of 
all testimony, and will maintain ex- 
hibits of evidence which by their 
nature may reasonably be main- 
tained in the Court files. A quorum 
of the Court shall consist of seven 
members. A two-thirds majority 
secret ballot vote is required to 



reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a 
simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court 
during the Summer Quarter shall 
include all appointed members in 
attendance, and others shall be 
appointed to membership by the 
Student Conduct Committee. 

4. Student Court members shall exam- 
ine their consciences carefully to 
determine whether they can in good 
conscience serve on a panel hear- 
ing a particular case, and in the 
event that there is any doubt, what- 
soever, such members shall excuse 
themselves from duty on the spe- 
cific panel in question. 

Advisors to the Court 

1 . An advisor and an associate advi- 
sor to the Student Court shall be 
appointed by the President of the 
College. 

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in 
that office for one year only and 
usually will be succeeded in that 
position by the associate advisor. 
Therefore, after the initial appoint- 
ments, only an associate advisor 
will ordinarily be appointed each 
year. The succession of an asso- 
ciate to the advisor position is 
deemed to occur on the last day of 
Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, 
the advisor is unable to complete 
his term, the associate advisor 
shall succeed to the office of advi- 
sor and another associate advisor 
shall be appointed by the above 
procedures. If, during the Summer 
Quarter, neither advisor is on cam- 
pus, a temporary advisor will be 
appointed. 

3. Duties of the advisor and the asso- 
ciate advisor: It shall be the duty of 
the advisor to consult with the Court 
and to offer advice to the President 
and members of the Court on sub- 
stantive and procedural questions. 
The advisor, or the associate ad- 
visor in the event the advisor is 
unable to attend, shall be present at 
all meetings and hearings of the 
Court. The advisor may not vote nor 
may he participate directly in the 



FEES 



27 



conduct of hearings before the 
Court except through the chairman, 
or acting chairman, of the Court. 
The advisor should be governed at 
all times by the principle that a 
hearing before the Student Court is 
primarily a matter of student 
responsibility 
Procedures and Penalties adopted by the 
Student Court. 

The Student Court shall formulate its 
own bylaws governing internal organiza- 
tion and procedure. Such bylaws must be 
consistent with the Honor Code. 
A Hearings shall be called by the Court 
President to be held on a date not less 
than three nor more than ten class 
days after notice to the accused as 
provided in Section IV-2. Exceptions 
to these time requirements may be 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the 
Court shall make a recommendation 
to the Vice President of the College as 
to the administrative action it deems 
appropriate within the following limita- 
tions: 

1. A minimum penalty shall be loss of 
assignment or test credit for the 
assignment or test for violations 
involving cheating as specified in 
Section II, subsections 1 , 2, and 3. 
Additional penalties such as repri- 
mands, suspension, or others may 
be recommended for any aspects 
of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense 
of any type shall be suspension for 
a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second 
offense may be suspension for 
three years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the 
accused will be informed of the Court's 
finding, and its recommendation to the 
Vice President of the College. If the 
finding is guilty, the accused will be 
informed that the Court may reopen 
the case with the consent of the ac- 
cused for good cause, within a three 
week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will 
inform all involved persons in writing of 
the action he has taken in view of Court 
recommendation. The Court Secretary 



will post public notice of the Vice 
President's action by case number 
without identifying the accused 
VII Appeals of Findings and Penalties 

Should a student have cause to ques- 
tion the findings of the Court or the action 
of the Vice President of the College or 
both, he has the right to appeal The 
channels of appeal are as follows: 
A Court findings and/or the administra- 
tive action of the Vice President of the 
College may be appealed within five 
days by writing the President of the 
College. Further appeal procedures 
will conform to the appeal procedures 
of the College and of the Policies of the 
Board of Regents, University System 
of Georgia. 

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of responding 
to reported infractions of the Honor Code, 
the Student Court is ultimately responsi- 
ble to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will be 
accomplished ordinarily through the Dean 
of Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section F, 
of the College Statutes, the Dean of 
Student Affairs will provide general super- 
vision of the Student Court and will pro- 
vide other guidance or services as di- 
rected by the President of the College. 

IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require 
confirmation by the majority vote of those 
faculty and student body members voting. 

FEES 

Application 

The Application Fee of $10.00 is paid by 
each student at the time of initial acceptance 
for admission to Armstrong State College. The 
acceptance of the Application Fee does not 
constitute acceptance of the student. This fee 
is not refundable. 

Matriculation 

The Metriculation Fee for students register- 
ing on campus for the normal course load of 
fifteen hours is $284.00. Students carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in a 
quarter will pay at the rate of $24.00 per 
quarter hour in Matriculation Fees. Students 



28 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






who register for off-campus credit hours will 
pay at the rate of $29.00 per credit hour. 
Matriculation fees are waived for residents of 
Georgia upon presentation of written docu- 
mentation that they are 62 years of age or 
older. 

Out-of-State Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of 
$569.00 per quarter in addition to all regular 
fees. Students carrying fewer than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents 
of the State of Georgia will pay at the rate of 
$47.00 per quarter hours an Out-of-State Fee 
in addition to regular fees. Students who 
register for off-campus credit courses will pay 
at the rate of $47.00 per quarter hour Out-of- 
State Fee in addition to all regular fees. Out-of- 
State tuition fees are waived for active duty 
military personnel and their dependents sta- 
tioned in Georgia, except military personnel 
assigned to this institution for educational 
purposes. 

Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Geor- 
gia, the applicant must establish the following 
facts to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1 . (a) If a person is 1 8 years of age or older, 
(s)he may register as a resident student 
only upon a showing that (s)he has been a 
legal resident of Georgia for a period of at 
least twelve months immediately preced- 
ing the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 
years of age or older shall be deemed to 
have gained or acquired in-state resi- 
dence status for fee purposes while 
attending any educational institution in 
this State, in the absence of a clear 
demonstration that (s)he has in fact estab- 
lished legal residence in this State. 

2. If a person is under 1 8 years of age, (s)he 
may register as a resident student only 
upon a showing that a supporting parent 
or guardian has been a legal resident of 
Georgia for a period of at least twelve 
months immediately preceding the date 
of registration. 

3. A person stationed in Georgia who is on 
full-time, active military duty with the armed 
forces and a spouse and dependent chil- 
dren may register upon payment of resi- 



dent fees even though they have not been 
legal residents of Georgia for the preced- 
ing twelve months. 

4. A full-time employee of the University Sys- 
tem and spouse and dependent children 
may register on the payment of resident 
fees even though (s)he has not been a 
legal resident of Georgia for the twelve 
months. 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hold 
teaching or research assistantships requir- 
ing at least one-third time service may 
register as students in the institution in 
which they are employed on payment of 
resident fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools of 
Georgia and their dependent children 
may enroll as students in the University 
Systems institutions on the payment of 
resident fees. 

7. All aliens shall be classified as non- 
residents; provided, however, that an alien 
who is living in this country under a visa 
permitting permanent residence shall 
have the same privilege of qualifying for 
resident status for fee purposes as a 
citizen of the United States. 

8. Foreign students who attend institutions 
of the University System under financial 
sponsorship of civic or religious groups 
located in this State, may be enrolled 
upon the payment of resident fees, pro- 
vided the number of such foreign students 
in any one institution does not exceed the 
quota approved by the Board of Regents 
for that institution. 

9. If the parents or legal guardian of a minor 
change the legal residence to another 
state following a period of legal residence 
in Georgia, the minor may continue to 
take courses for a period of twelve 
months on the payment of resident fees. 
After the expiration of the twelve month 
period the student may continue his 
registration only upon the payment of fees 
at the non-resident rate. 

1 0. In the event that a legal resident of Geor- 
gia is appointed as guardian of a non- 
resident minor, such minor will not be 
permitted to register as a resident student 
until the expiration of one year from the 
date of court appointment, and then only 
upon proper showing that such appoint- 
ment was not made to avoid payment of 
the non-resident fees. 



FEES 



29 



Residency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering under 
the proper residency classification A student 
classified as a nonresident who believes that 
he/she is entitled to be reclassified as a legal 
resident may petition the Registrar for a change 
in status The petition must be filed no later 
than sixty (60) days after the quarter begins in 
order for the student to be considered for 
reclassification for the quarter If the petition is 
granted, reclassification will not be retroactive 
to prior quarters The necessary forms for this 
purpose are available in the Registrar's office 

Student Activity 

There will be a Student Activity Fee of 
$20.00 per quarter for all students. 



Athletic 

There will be an Athletic Fee of $30.00 per 
quarter for all students. 



Applied Music 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty- 
five minute private lesson per week (Music 
130) or a fifty minute private lesson per week 
(Music 140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of 
$37.50 is charged for students enrolled in 
Music 1 30. A special fee of $75.00 is assessed 
for Music 1 40-440 to music majors enrolled for 
less than 1 2 hours and to students who are not 
music majors. Music majors may enroll, at no 
charge, for one applied music course from 
Music 140-440. Additional applied music 
courses will be assessed a special fee at the 
non-music major rate. The applied music fee 
is refundable only if the student does not meet 
the first scheduled lesson. 



Late Registration 

A late registration fee of $10.00 will be 
charged to students registering after the regis- 
tration period. This fee is not refundable. 

Graduation 

A Graduation Fee of $25.00 will be collected 
from each candidate for graduation. If the can- 
didate is receiving a second degree at the 
same graduation ceremonies an additional 
fee of $5.00 will be collected. The fee will be 



$25 00 for a second degree awarded at a sub- 
sequent graduation ceremony The Gradua- 
tion Fee must be paid at the time the gradua- 
tion application is submitted (two quarters 
prior to graduation) 

Transcript 

Each student is entitled to one official tran- 
script of his college work The charge for addi- 
tional copies is $2.00 each. 



Privilege 

Application Fee $10.00 

Late Registration $1 0.00 

Graduation Fee $25.00 

Transcript, first one free, each 

additional $ 2.00 

Applied Music Fee $37.50/$75.00 

Health Professions Deposit (at application, 

non-refundable) $50.00 

Summary of Fees 

Matriculation, per quarter $320.00 

Student Activity, per quarter $ 20.00 

Athletic, per quarter $ 30.00 

Total for Georgia Residents . . . $370.00 
Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter . . . $640.00 

Total for Non-Residents $1011.00 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, 

per quarter hours $21 00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time Students, 
per quarter hour (in addition to Matricu- 
lation Fee) $41.00 

Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when 
the course is scheduled by the College. 

Students who formally withdraw from a short 
course or conference before its first meeting 
will receive a full refund of fees paid provided 
the withdrawal is in writing and is received by 
the Joint Continuing Education center prior to 
the first class meeting of the course or confer- 
ence. Withdrawals made in writing after the 
first class meeting will be given a refund minus 
a ten dollar handling fee. No refunds will be 
made for withdrawals received after the second 
class meeting. Fees paid for courses or con- 
ferences cancelled by the Joint Continuing 
Education Center will be refunded 100%. 



30 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



Off-Campus Courses 

An additional fee of $5.00 per quarter hour is 
charged for off-campus courses. Students tak- 
ing only off-campus courses are not required 
to pay Student Activity, Health Service, ID., or 
Athletic fees. The total fees for each five hour 
course are $145.00. 



Refunds 

Refunds of fees will be made only upon writ- 
ten application for withdrawal from school. No 
refunds will be made to students dropping a 
course. Privilege fees are not refundable. Stu- 
dents who formally withdraw on the date of 
scheduled registration or during one week fol- 
lowing the scheduled registration date are 
entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
during the period between one and two weeks 
after the scheduled registration date are en- 
titled to a refund of 60% of the fees paid for that 
quarter. Students who formally withdraw be- 
tween two and three weeks after the sched- 
uled registration date are entitled to a refund of 
40% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students 
who formally withdraw during the period be- 
tween three and four weeks after the sched- 
uled registration date are entitled to a refund of 
20% of the fees paid for that quarter. Students 
who withdraw after a period of four weeks has 
elapsed from the scheduled registration date 
will be entitled to no refund of any part of the 
fees paid that quarter. 



Financial Obligations 

Any student delinquent in the payment of 
any financial obligation to the College will have 
grade reports and transcripts of records en- 
cumbered. Grade reports and transcripts will 
not be released, nor will the student be allowed 
to re-register at the college until all financial 
obligations are met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at 
the time of registration. 

If a check is not paid on presentation to the 
bank on which it is drawn, the student's regis- 
tration will be cancelled and the student may 
re-register only on payment of a service charge 
of $1 5.00 or five percent of the check, which- 
ever is greater, and the late registration fee. 



Notice of Fee Changes 

Fees and Charges are subject to change at 
the end of any quarter. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Governing Principles 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the 
principle that the primary purpose of a student 
financial aid program is to provide financial 
assistance to students who without such assis- 
tance would be unable to attend college. The 
primary responsibility for financing a college 
education is the inherent obligation of the stu- 
dent and/or family. Financial assistance from 
Armstrong State College should be viewed as 
supplementary to the efforts of the student 
and/orfamily. An assessment of parental abil- 
ity to contribute toward the student's educa- 
tional expenses is made by the College Schol- 
arship Service so that neither the parent, the 
student, nor Armstrong State College be re- 
quired to bear an undue share of the financial 
responsibility. 

General Information 

Financial asistance is distributed both direct- 
ly and indirectly to eligible students from the 
federal, state, and local governments and from 
private donors through the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. Assistance is provided directly 
when the name of the recipient and the 
amount of assistance to be given are deter- 
mined prior to the receipt of the funds by the 
College. Assistance is provided indirectly when 
funds are given to the College for general 
distribution to students who are determined to 
be eligible for receipt of these funds. In both 
cases, it is the responsibility of the Office of 
Student Financial Aid to insure that the recip- 
ient has met all requirements and regulations 
concerning the receipt of such funds. Students 
who are found to be in violation of require- 
ments and regulations concerning the receipt 
of financial assistance may jeopardize their 
continued eligibility for participation in the 
financial aid program. It is the student's re- 
sponsibility to be knowledgeable about all 
requirements governing the receipt of funds 
from each program from which the student 
receives financial assistance. 



FINANCIAL AID 



31 



Student financial aid is awarded to eligible 
students on the basis of need in nearly all 
cases except scholarships which have been 
provided by donors for the purpose of recog- 
r, g academic promise or achievement. The 
determination of need is provided for Arm- 
strong State College students through the use 
of the Financial Aid Form (FAF) and the Col- 
lege Scholarship Service which processes 
this form The process involves an analysis of 
the data provided by the student's family or, if 
independent, by the student This analysis is 
sent to the Office of Student Financial Aid 
where it is compared with the cost of educa- 
tion for the appropriate classification of stu- 
dent. If the analysis shows that the family con- 
tribution or self contribution is less than the 
cost of education, financial need has been 
established. The Office of Student Financial 
Aid has the legal right to challenge information 
provided on the Financial Aid Form if, in the 
opinion of the financial aid officer, that infor- 
mation appears to be inaccurate, incorrect, or 
misleading. Information relating to a student's 
eligibility is available to that student when 
he she has completed all the necessary re- 
quirements for processing his/her financial 
aid application at the College. 

There are two basic student classifications: 
(1 ) dependent student who is a commuter (liv- 
ing with parents or guardian) or resident (not 
living with parents or guardian, but either 
receiving financial support from them or 
claimed by them as a tax deduction); (2) inde- 
pendent student who is single (and totally self- 
supporting) or married (or who is a single 
parent with one or more children). Each classi- 
fication constitutes a cost of education group 
from which eligibility for financial aid is derived. 
An example of the cost of education for a 
dependent commuter student for one year 
would be: 

Tuition and fees $1 095 

Books and supplies 300 

Room and board 1 000 

Transportation 500 

Personal expense 850 

TOTAL $3,745 

The cost of tuition and all pertinent fees, and 
the refund policy of the College, are outlined in 
the "Fees" section of this Catalog. 

In general, students who enter the College 
at the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a 
greater opportunity to receive financial assis- 
tance than those who enter later in the aca- 



demic year The awards processing time usu- 
ally runs from June 1 to August 31 It is during 
this period that the Office of Student Financial 
Aid distributes its yearly allocation of funds to 
students who have completed the process 
cycle In the event that there is a shortage of 
funds, students who are eligible for financial 
aid but whose applications were late will be 
placed on a waiting list until such time as funds 
become available. 

Every eligible student has a right to receive 
financial assistance provided that (1) funds 
are available at the College for award to the 
student; (2) the student meets the require- 
ments pertinent to the program(s) from which 
assistance is sought; (3) the student has been 
admitted to the College, or in the case of an 
enrolled student, meets the standards of satis- 
factory academic progress as outlined in the 
"Academic Regulations" section of this Cata- 
log. In addition, it is the student's responsibility 
to adhere to all regulations and requirements 
heretofore mentioned and to notify the Office 
of Student Financial Aid of any change in sta- 
tus which would have any effect on the legiti- 
macy of financial assistance being received. 

Student Retention. Information regarding 
student retention (i.e., enrollment patterns at 
the College) may be obtained upon request 
from the Office of the Registrar. Copies of this 
information are available to the student at a 
cost of $1 .00 per copy. Information regarding 
specific degree programs is available in this 
Catalog and from the Head of the Department 
in which a specific academic program is 
offered. 



Application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

1 . Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at 
College; 

2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial 
Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship 
Service by June 30 preceding the next aca- 
demic year. 

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
June 30 preceding the next academic year. 

4. Complete and submit the Request for Stu- 
dent Financial Aid Form. 

5. Submit a copy of the previous year's Income 
Tax Return (IRS). 

It may be necessary to complete additional 
forms depending on a student's year in school, 



32 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ir 



major course of study, and/or eligibility for a 
particular program. Applications for financial 
assistance must be repeated annually. Most 
student financial aid awards are for the entire 
academic year, with payments made to the 
student in equal quarterly installments. A stu- 
dent may, however, apply and be considered 
for financial assistance during the academic 
year, if funds are available. 

All student financial aid awards are contin- 
gent upon the availability of funds and the 
recipient's maintaining satisfactory progress 
toward a degree as defined in this Catalog. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for 
which a student financial aid recipient may 
enroll per quarter varies from program to pro- 
gram. Some require at least 1 2 hours per quar- 
ter (full-time status). All programs require that 
the student be enrolled at least half-time, tak- 
ing 6 or more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether 
eligible or not, who do not meet or adhere to 
the above requirements will not be considered 
for financial aid. It is the responsibility of the 
parents and/or student to determine that all 
pertinent information and data have been 
obtained and are located in the Office of Stu- 
dent Financial Aid to assure a complete and 
accurate awarding of financial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowl- 
edgement from the College Scholarship Ser- 
vice that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has 
been sent to the College and the student has 
delivered the PELL Grant Aid Report (SAR) 
and the Request for Student Financial Aid, the 
Office of Student Financial Aid will send the 
student a tentative award notice. The student 
should schedule an appointment with a finan- 
cial aid officer. The officer will discuss the 
student's financial aid package and a final 
award letter indicating the type of award(s) 
and amount(s) will be processed. 

Students who submit the PELL Grant Stu- 
dent Aid Report only will not be considered for 
any other type of financial assistance awarded 
by the College. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are 
required to submit a complete financial aid 
transcript from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously at- 
tended whether or not aid was received. No 



awards will be made until these documents 
have been received by the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 

Categories of Aid 

The College provides necessary financial 
assistance through grants, scholarships, work, 
and/or loans. Grants and scholarships are 
awards that require neither service nor cast 
repayments. Opportunities for part-time employ- 
ment, usually on campus, are provided for eli 
gible students who are paid federal minimun 
wages on an hourly basis. Loans require casl 
repayment, service repayment, or a combina- 
tion of both. These funds are made available 
through the federal government, state govern- 
ment, and local sources. Students in th< 
Continuing Education, Exchange, and Trans- 
ient classifications are not eligible for financial 
aid. 

Federal Assistance 

The Pell Grant Program is designed to pro- 
vide financial assistance to attend post-high 
school educational institutions. The Pell Grant 
award amounts vary, depending upon the 
student's eligibility, and unlike a loan, do not 
require repayment. 

The Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grant Program is available to eligible students 
who establish exceptional financial need as 
determined by the College Scholarship Ser- 
vice. The minimum award is $200.00 per aca- 
demic year. 

The College Work-Study Program allows an 
eligible student to work during the quarter. 
Satisfactory work performance is mandatory. 
The student must also maintain satisfactory 
academic progress. A student on academic 
suspension, even though readmitted on ap- 
peal is not allowed to participate in the Work- 
Study Program. 

A National Direct Student Loan is no longer 
available to students at the College. Students 
needing to secure academic loans should (1 ) 
if a resident of Georgia, inquire about the State 
Student Loan program, or (2) is a non-resident 
of Georgia, contact the higher education cor- 
poration in their state of residency. 

State Assistance 

Georgia Incentive Scholarships are awarded 



FINANCIAL AID 



33 



to residents who began post-high school edu- 
cation after April 1 , 1 974, and whose eligibility 
has been determined by the College Scholar- 
ship Service financial analysis All veterans 
who were residents of Georgia at the time of 
their entry into military service may apply Stu- 
dents must also request submission of a copy 
of the FAF to the State Scholarship Commis- 
sion. All students applying for Georgia Incen- 
tive Scholarships are required to apply for a 
Pell Grant. 

The Guaranteed Student Loan Program 
offers loans to eligible students through both 
local banks and its own agency. For legal resi- 
dents to apply through the state, they must be 
denied loans by local lenders. Students must 
complete the College Scholarship Service 
application to determine eligibility. 

The Health Career Loan Program is avail- 
able to legal residents formally admitted into 
health career degrees at the college. These 
loans are service cancellable upon graduation 
and employment within the state of Georgia. 

The Board of Regents' Fund sponsors a pro- 
gram under which Georgia residents may qual- 
ify for financial assistance at units of the Uni- 
versity System. Applicants must be in the 
upper 25% of their class and have established 
a financial need through the College Scholar- 
ship Service. Recipients must agree to work in 
the state, at an occupation for which they are 
qualified educationally, one year for each 
$1 ,000 received. If unable to meet this obliga- 
tion, the student is expected to repay the full 
amount with interest at the rate of 3 percent 
simple interest. 

Students may be recommended for employ- 
ment on the Institutional Work Study Program. 
Some departments and offices of the college 
have funds available to hire student workers. 
Initial contacts should be made by the student 
with the Director of Student Financial Aid. 



Local Assistance 

Institutional Short-Term Loans are available 
to students for a maximum of 60 days. These 
loans are used primarily to assist students with 
the payment of tuition and fees. These loans 
are available to eligible students for a maxi- 
imum of $1 50. Other requirements concerning 
short-term loans are available in the Office of 
Student Financial Aid. 



Government Benefits 

Social Security provides monthly benefits to 
children when a parent dies, starts receiving 
Social Security retirement, or starts receiving 
disability benefits. Because of changes in the 
law, students should contact the Social Secu- 
rity Office concerning eligibility 

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- 
gram provides financial assistance for the 
applicant who possesses an impairment which 
would prove to be a vocational handicap. Stu- 
dents who think that they may qualify under 
this program should contact the Vocational 
Rehabilitation center located at 420 Mall Boule- 
vard. Applicants sponsored by Vocational Re- 
habilitation or other community agencies must 
apply at least six weeks before the beginning 
of any quarter to insure proper processing of 
applications. 

Veterans Information 

Veterans who served on active duty for 
other than training purposes for more than 1 80 
days, any part of which occurred after June 1 , 
1966, are eligible for financial assistance to 
attend college through the G.I. Bill. Generally, 
sons and daughters of veterans whose death 
or total disablement was a result of service in 
the armed forces are eligible for financial 
benefits under the veterans program for edu- 
cational assistance. 

A prospective student must first make appli- 
cation to the College and gain approval for 
admission from the Office of the Registrar/Di- 
rector of Admissions. A veteran cannot receive 
benefits while matriculating under a Contin- 
uing Education admission status. 

Once accepted, the veteran should go to the 
Office of Student Financial Aid and obtain an 
application for VA educational benefits. The 
veteran must submit to the Office of Veterans 
Affairs, an original DD 214 (or copy number 
four) and supporting documentation of de- 
pendency status (marriage certificate, divorce 
decree, if previously married; and birth certif- 
icates of all dependent children.) 

Students transferring from other educational 
institutions, OJT programs, or correspondence 
schools must complete a "Request of Change 
of Place" Form 1 995 with the Armstrong Office 
of Veterans Affairs. At the time of initial matricu- 
lation each student/veteran must declare a 
specific program of study (major) and must 
follow the curriculum for this major without 



34 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



T 



exception or benefits may be interrupted. Any 
student receiving government benefits from 
the Veterans Administration must check with 
the Office of Student Financial Aid at the 
beginning of each quarter and file a form 
declaring the specific courses and number of 
credit hours which he is attempting. All student/ 
veterans are reminded that they must report 
anay changes in attendance, i.e., dropping, 
adding or withdrawal from school, to the Office 
of Student Financial Aid immediately following 
such action. Veterans entering school under 
the G.I. Bill should have sufficient funds to 
finance themselves until payments from the 
VA begin (approximately six weeks after 
application). Student/Veterans are also sub- 
ject to the SATISFACTORY PROGRESS stand- 
ards outlined in this section. 

Scholarships 

Armstrong State College accepts Scholar- 
ship applications throughout the year. Most 
awards are made annually during the summer. 
Scholarships are awarded when: 

1 . An agency notifies the College of its inten- 
tion to award a scholarship to a specified 
student, or 

2. An agency informs the College that it will 
award scholarships to a specific number of 
students selected by the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 

Applicants for scholarships awarded by the 
college must: 

1 . Complete the initial application process for 
financial aid; 

2. Complete a separate scholarship applica- 
tion which may be obtained from the Office 
of Student Financial Aid: 

3. Have, as an entering freshman, a minimum 
combined verbal and mathematical SAT 
score of 1,000: 

4. Have, as a returning or transfer student, a 
minimum overall grade-point average of 
3.0. 

5. Unless otherwise specified, be a full-time 
student. 

6. Submit a current copy of the student's aca- 
demic transcript. 

Award notificaiton will be given to those stu- 
dents selected at the end of the selection pro- 
cess. Contact the Office of Student Financial 
Aid for scholarship applications. 



Satisfactory Academic 
Progress 

For purpose of financial aid, a student is 
deemed to be making satisfactory progress 
toward a degree until such time as he/she is 
placed on academic suspension from the Col- 
lege. The student, upon his/her readmission to 
the College, must, in the first quarter after 
readmission, earn a 2.0 grade-point-average 
as a full time student, before he/she is again 
considered to be making satisfactory progress 
toward a degree. The award of financial aid will 
be suspended during this quarter. 

Students who have attempted 245 hours in a 
baccalaureate degree program are no longer 
considered to be making satisfactory aca- 
demic progress. Students will automatically be 
removed from financial aid once this condition 
has been met. Students may also be removed 
from financial aid if a pattern of course with- 
drawals is established. Students must also 
meet a newfederal requirement concerning an 
hours attempted/completed standard. The stan- 
dard is graduated to reflect the number of 
hours attempted/completed by the student. 
This standard is outlined in the financial aid 
packet which is distributed to students by the 
Financial Aid Office. 

STUDENT SERVICES 
AND ACTIVITIES 



The Office of Student Affairs, administered 
by the Dean for Student Affairs and Develop- 
ment, provides myriad services and activities 
to foster the development of a well-rounded 
college experience. This catalog section in- 
cludes not only services and activities spon- 
sored by Student Affairs, but also those admin- 
istered by other campus offices and divisions 
which affect student academics and cultural 
life. 

CHAOS 

Freshman Orientation Program 

CHAOS (Communication, Help, Advise- 
ment, Orientation and Service) is an orien- 
tation program designed to provide freshmen 
with the information, services and support 
essential to a successful transition into the 
Armstrong community. 



STUDENT SERVICES 



35 



Participants of these one day Summer 
CHAOS sessions receive individual attention 
from student leaders and staff as they acquire 
first hand experience with academic advising, 
registration, campus facilities, student activi- 
ties, college policies and procedures 

The CHAOS program is a cooperative effort 
of Student Leaders and college staff Competi- 
tive selection of student leaders occurs an- 
nually during Spring Quarter Inquiries con- 
cerning CHAOS should be addressed to the 
Office of Student Affairs 

An abbreviated orientation program is 
scheduled for students new to the college prior 
to registration Winter, Spring, and Summer 
Quarters. 

Counseling 

Counseling is a college service to all 
students who are concerned about achieving 
educational and occupational goals and re- 
solving personal problems. Counselors offer 
individual conferences to students who volun- 
tarily seek help in choosing a major, setting 
career goals, studying and earning good 
grades, and dealing with academic demands 
or conflict with family or friends. 

Counselors give tests to measure interest 
and ability, provide information to explore edu- 
cation and work opportunities, and instruct 
students on the use of computerized career 
and study skills development programs. In 
addition, counselors can often provide infor- 
mation about college policies, curriculums, 
and campus resources. 

Testing 

Individual tests of interests, values, and abili- 
ties are available to students through counsel- 
ing services. In addition, the following testing 
programs are administered by the counseling 
staff: ACT Proficiency Examination Program 
(PEP). College-Level Examination Program 
(CLEP), DANTES Subject Standardized Tests 
(DSST), Dental Admission Test (DAT), Gradu- 
ate Record Examination (GRE), Medical Col- 
lege Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analogies 
Test (MAT), National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE), Regents' Testing Program and Veteri- 
nary Aptitude Test (VAT). Other testing pro- 
grams about which information is available 
include the Graduate Management Admission 
Test (GMAT). Law School Admission Test 



(LSAT). and Pharmacy College Admission 
Test 

Career Development and 
Placement 

The Career Development and Placement 
Office provides assistance with all aspects of 
career development Students can get help 
with the early stages of career development 
such as selecting an academic major, gath- 
ering occupational information and investi- 
gating career paths through individualized 
career counseling and computerized career 
guidance techniques Experiential opportuni- 
ties such as internships, part-time and tempo- 
rary employment are coordinated by the office 
staff. 

Students closer to graduation may take 
advantage of one-on-one instruction and work- 
shops for resume writing, interviewing skills 
and job search strategies. Job listing, referral 
and on-campus interview services are also 
available to students and alumni registered 
with the office. 

All seniors are strongly urged to register with 
the office at least three quarters prior to gra- 
duation to establish a placement file and 
become eligible for placement services. 

Veterans Services 

An Office of Veterans Affairs is maintained to 
advise veterans concerning admissions pro- 
cedures and services available to them The 
office employs a number of student veterans to 
assist in meeting the needs of the veteran stu- 
dent body. 

Student Organizations 

Student organizations at Armstrong State 
College reflect the natural variety of interests 
found in a diversified student body. These 
include the following: 
Religious: 

Baptist Student Union 
Greeks: 
Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority 
Phi Mu Sorority 
Sigma Kappa Sorority 
Professional: 
Alpha Sigma Chi (Physical Education) 
American Chemical Society 
Association for Computing Machinery 



36 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



IT 



Data Processing Management 

Association 
Georgia Association of Nursing Students 
James Moore Wayne Law Club 
Jr. American Dental Hygienists 

Association 
Medical Record Association 
Medical Technology Student Association 
Music Educators National Conference 
The E.B. Twitmeyer Society 

(Psychology) 
Interest: 
Armstrong College Republicans Club 
Band 

Cheerleaders 
Chorus 
Dungeoneers 
Masquers 
Pep Band 
Vocal Ensemble 
Honorary: 
Beta Beta Beta (Biology) 
Epsilon Delta Pi (Computer Science) 
Joel H. Hildebrand Honor Society 

(Chemistry) 
Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 
Phi Alpha Theta (History) 
Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic for freshmen) 
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 

Student Government 

The Student Government Association is the 
official governing body of the students at Arm- 
strong State College. It assists in formulating a 
program of student services and activities, and 
it strives to express the will of the majority of 
students and to provide experience in demo- 
cratic living. 

All students are automatically members of 
the Student Government Association and are 
entitled to vote in SGA elections. Qualified stu- 
dents may seek positions of leadership in the 
Student Government Association by running 
for office during the Spring or Fall elections. 

Student Publications 

The official student publicatons on campus 
are the Inkwell (the College newspaper), the 
Geechee (the College yearbook) and the Cal- 
liope (the College literary magazine). All three 
publications are produced by students under 
the supervision of approved college advisors. 
Financed in part by the Student Activity Fund, 
each provides opportunities for students in 



creative writing, reporting, photography, and 
design. 

Housing 

There is no student housing on campus. 
Apartments for students are located within 
walking distance of the College. For further 
information regarding housing, please contact 
the Office of Counseling and Placement. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Armstrong State College is affiliated with the 
National Collegiate Athletic Association 
(NCAA). The men's athletic teams are cross 
country, soccer, basketball, baseball, tennis, 
and golf. The men's programs are associated 
with the NCAA while the women's athletic 
squads in basketball, softball, and tennis are 
associated with the NAIA. (Armstrong will 
remain Division II of the NCAA through 1985 at 
which time it will move to the Division I level.) 

Intramurals 

The Student Intramural Council and Physi- 
cal Education Department provide a diversi- 
fied program available to all students and 
faculty, including organized competitive sports, 
recreational activities, and clubs. Any student, 
faculty, or staff person interested in participat- 
ing in these activities should contact the Direc- 
tor of Intramurals. 

Cultural Opportunities 

Nationally known speakers, contemporary 
concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits and 
performances by outstanding classical and 
modern artists from around the world com- 
plement the student's general education. These 
programs are selected and coordinated by the 
College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, 
and instrumental groups under professional 
direction have established distinguished tradi- 
tions. 



Computer Services 

The Office of Computer Services coordi- 
nates a campus-wide system of computer 
services. 

The Director also provides technical assis- 
tance to the faculty and staff of the College in 
the development of computer programs and 



STUDENT SERVICES 



37 



systems Through participation in the Univer- 
sity System Computer Network, information 
processing devices located on campus are 
connected via a direct telephone line to the 
large computers located at Georgia State Uni- 
versity and the University of Georgia 

Computer use time is free for Armstrong 
students, faculty and staff The Cyber 740 and 
IBM 370 can be accessed using many differ- 
ent programming languages. Contact Comput- 
er Services for a user number. Students in 
Computer Science courses receive a number 
automatically Help is provided in computer 
control language, statistical packages and 
other areas of interest 

Writing Center 

The Writing Center, located in Gamble 109, 
is a place where students in all disciplines may 
come for help with their writing. Tutors in the 
Writing Center offer individual instruction in 
basic writing skills and provide guidance in the 
preparation of essays, reports, and research 
papers. The aim of the Writing Center is not 
only to assist students in core composition 
courses, but also to work with faculty to 
improve writing across the curriculum. The 
center is administered by the Department of 
Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Library Services 

Lane Library, built in 1966 and extensively 
enlarged in 1975, serves the library needs of 
the Armstrong State College community. The 
staff attempts to combine the traditional repos- 
itory responsibility of academic libraries with 
newer concepts of librarianship that include 
bibliographic instruction, computer-assisted infor- 
mation retrieval, and audio-visual production/cir- 
culation. 

The library collection consists of approxi- 
mately 500,000 total resources, including 
1 30,000 books and periodicals, 300,000 micro- 
forms, 13,000 records, slides, motion pictures, 
and videotapes, and 850 newspaper and peri- 
odical subscriptions. A Florence Powell Minis 
Collection includes college archives, material 
of local color, and a special collection of first 
editions and Conrad Aiken works. An interli- 
brary loan system augments the collections. 

Lane Library has taken advantage of the 
latest technology to improve its services and 
operations. Library technical services are ac- 
complished primarily through membership in a 



national bibliographic utility, reference servi 
ces are strengthened via computerized biblio- 
graphic searching, and audio-visual services 
are rendered through sophisticated graphic/ 
television/software distribution divisions 

Parking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus should dis- 
play a college parking decal on the left rear 
bumper. Free decals are available at the 
Security Office on Science Drive 

All students, faculty, and staff are encour- 
aged to become aware of the parking regula- 
tions. A set of regulations may be picked up in 
the Security Office or Office of Student Affairs 

Development Activities 

The purpose of the Office of Development is 
to promote funding for college programs from 
sources supplemental to state appropriations 
and student fees. To accomplish this purpose, 
the College participates in federal and other 
grant supported activities, and seeks assis- 
tance from alumni and friends. From private 
sources, the College accepts memorial and 
other gifts for the athletic program, instruc- 
tional equipment, library books, matching 
funds for grants, scholarships, and other res- 
tricted purposes. Unrestricted contributions 
are accepted to be used at the discretion of the 
President to meet special and unforeseen 
needs. Gifts of any size can be used to add to 
the library collection in the name of an individ- 
ual or an agency; all gifts are acknowledged 
and published, where appropriate and when 
requested. Gifts for scholarships are generally 
received by the College in one of two ways: the 
donor specifies support or choice of specific 
students, with the College serving only as a 
distribution agent; or the donor specifies sup- 
port of student scholarships generally or schol- 
arships within a broad academic field, with the 
College identifying the gift by name, if appro- 
priate, and distributing the funds according to 
standard policies and procedures. Gifts of this 
latter type are tax deductible. The Dean for 
Student Affairs and Development is pleased to 
provide futher information to any prospective 
donor. 

Alumni Office Activities 

The primary purposes of the Alumni Office 
are to keep former students informed about the 



38 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



V 



College and to help them keep in touch with 
each other. Any person who at any time was 
matriculated as a regular student is eligible for 
membership in the Alumni Association and, 
upon payment of his dues, will receive associa- 
tion periodicals, and may vote and hold office 
in the Association. The Alumni Office assists in 
arranging class reunions, board meetings, and 
other functions. For further information contact 
the Alumni Secretary. 

DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 



University System Core 
Curriculum 

Each unit in the University System of Geor- 
gia requires as a Core Curriculum for all bac- 
calaureate degree programs the following min- 
imum number of quarter hours in the major 
areas of study. 

Areas of Study Hours 

Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to, 
grammar & composition & literature . . 20 

Area II 

Mathematics & the natural sciences, in- 
cluding, but not limited to, mathematics 
and a 10-hour sequence of laboratory 
courses in the biological or physical 
sciences 20 

Area III 

Social Sciences, including, but not limited 
to, history & American government ... 20 

Area IV 

Courses appropriate to the major field of 
the individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 

In addition to the University System Core Cur- 
riculum requirements as outlined above, Arm- 
strong State College requires six quarter hours 
in physical education as part of all baccalau- 
reate degree programs. 

Armstrong State College 
Core Curriculum 

The student in any baccalaureate degree 
program at Armstrong State College must 
complete the following specific Core Curricu- 
lum requirements. Consult the relevant depart- 



mental section for a complete statement of 
degree requirements for a specific program. 
Certain courses in the Core Curriculum may 
be exempted with credit awarded. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 1 01 , 1 02 or 1 92, 201 or 292 15 

One of the following courses: 
ART 200, 271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, 

PHI 200, 201, ENG 222 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences 20 

One of the following course sequences: 
MAT 101, 103 
MAT 101, 195 
MAT 101,220 

MAT 101, 290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 
BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 
CHE 121,122 
CHE 128, 129 
PHY 211, 212 
PHY 21 7, 218 

PHS121, 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 

One course selected from: 
PSY101.SOC201, ANT 201, 

ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field . . 30 
.Art 

ART 111, 112,201,202,213 25 

MUS 200 or 210 5 

Art Education 

ART 111, 112,201,213 20 

EDN200 5 

PSY101 5 

Biology 
SCI and/or MAT electives (100- 
200 level) or any foreign language ..10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

BIO 201 5 

BOT 203 or ZOO 204 5 

Biology Education 

BIO 201 5 

CHE128 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY101 5 

BOT 203 or ZOO 204 5 

One course selected from: ART 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



39 



200. 271.272. 273. MUS 200. 
DRS228 5 

Business Education 

ACC211.212 10 

EDN200 5 

MAT 220 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from ART 

200.271.272.273. MUS 200. 

DRS228 5 

Chemistry* 

CHE 128. 129,281 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY213or219 5 

One course selected from: 
Computer Science, Mathematics, or 
Natural Science 5 

Chemistry Education 

BIO 101, 102 10 

CHE 281 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271,272,273, MUS 200, 

DRS228 5 

Computer Science 

CS 110 or 146, 231,240 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

MAT 206. 207 10 

Criminal Justice 

CJ 100, 103, 210, 270 20 

Two courses selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, 

PSY 101.SOC201 10 

Dental Hygiene Education 

BIO 101, 102 10 

CHE 121. 122 10 

DRS 228 5 

PSY 101.orSOC201 5 

Early Elementary Education 

EDN200. 202 10 

DRS 228 5 

GEO 211 or 21 2 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

English 
Any foreign language 101.1 02, 

103.201 20 

CS 1 1 5, and one of the following: ART 

200,271,272,273, MUS 200. 

PHI 200,201, ENG222 10 

English Education 
Any foreign language 

sequence 15 

DRS 228 5 



E HN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

General Science Education 

CHE 128, 129 10 

EDN200 5 

PHY 211 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from ART 
200,271,272,273, MUS 200, 

DRS 228 5 

General Studies 
Two courses selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273, ENG 
222, MUS 200, PHI 200, 
201 , any two foreign language 

courses through 200 level 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One or two courses selected from: 
ANT 201, CS 110, 115. or 146. 
ECO 201. 202, PSY 101, SOC 

201 5-10 

One or two courses selected from: 
AST 201, BIO 101. 102, 122, 123, 
BOT203, CHE 121, 122, 128, 129, 
201 , 208, 281 , GEL 201 , MET 201 , 
PHY 211, 212, 213, 217, 218, 219. 
PHS121, 122, ZOO 204. 208, 

209 5-10 

Health Science 

HS100 5 

HIS 150& HIS 251 or 252 10 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 208, 209 10 

History 
Any foreign language 1 02, 

103 10 

HIS 251, 252 10 

Two courses selected from: ANT 
201, ECO 201. GEO 111, MAT 

220, PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Industrial Arts Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN200 5 

JAE 201, 202, 203 15 

PSY 101 5 

Mathematical Sciences 

CS 110 or 146, 260 10 

MAT 206, 207 10 

MAT 208 or CS 240 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education 
EDN200 5 

*A foreign language sequence is recom- 
mended. 



40 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






T 



MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271,272,273, MUS 200, 

DRS228 5 

Medical Technology 

CHE 128, 129, 281 15 

Three courses selected from: ZOO 

208,209; PHY 21 2, 21 3; 

CS 110, 115 15 

Middle School Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

GEO 211 or 21 2 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

EDU240 2 

CS 296 3 

Music* 
MUS (Theory) 1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 13, 21 1 , 

212,213 18 

MUS (Applied) 1 40, 240 12 

Music Education 

EDN200 5 

MUS 111, 112, 113, 140,230, 

232,281 20 

PSY 101 5 

Nursing 

BIO 210 5 

BSN230 5 

SOC201 5 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 15 

Physical Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

PE 117, 211, 216, 217,219, 228, 

229 15 

PSY 1 01 5 

Physics Education 

BIO 101, 102 '10 

EDN200 5 

PHY 21 3 or 21 9 5 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from: ART 

200,271,272,273, MUS 200, 

DRS228 5 

Political Science 
Any foreign language sequence 
101, 102, 103, or CS 11 0,225, 

and 136 or 146 or 231 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

CJ 100, ECO 201, GEO 111, HIS 

251 or 252, PSY101.SOC 

201 10 



Psychology* 

ANT 201 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

MAT 220 5 

PSY 101 5 

Social Science Education - Behavioral 

Science 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

Any foreign language or computer 

science sequence 15 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271,272, 273, MUS 

200, DRS228 5 

Social Science Education - History 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

A related foreign language 

sequence 15 

One course selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273, MUS 200, 

DRS228 5 

Social Work (major is under de-activization) 

HIS 252 5 

SOC201 5 

SW 250 5 

Any foreign language sequence 
101, 102, 103 or PHI 201, ANT 

201 , and one five hour social 
science elective (100-200 

level) 15 

Speech Correction 

PSY 101, 202 10 

EDN200, EXC220 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

One course from: ART 200, 271 , 

272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 5 

Trade and Industrial Education 

DRS 228 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

TIE 100, 200, 210 15 

Area V 

Physical Education Requirements 
PE103or 108, and 

117 or 211 3 

(Student should check his program 

of study.) 

Three courses selected from: PE 

100, 101. 102. 104, 105, 106, 

107,109,200,201,203,204, 

205, 206, 207, 208, 209. 

*A foreign language sequence is recom- 
mended. 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



41 



MIL 203. 206 3 

(If MIL 203 is elected, total hours 

total four ) 

Total Core Curriculum Hours 96-97 

Students should complete all core curriculum 
requirements during their freshmen/sopho- 
more years 

Regents' Testing Program 

— as amended. November 9-10. 1982 — 

Each institution of the University System of 
Georgia shall assure the other institutions, and 
the System as a whole, that students obtaining 
a degree from that institution possess literacy 
competence, that is. certain minimum skills of 
reading and writing. 

The Regents' Testing Program has been 
developed to help in the attainment of this goal. 
The objectives of the Testing Program are: (1 ) 
to provide Systemwide information on the 
status of student competence in the areas of 
reading and writing; and (2) to provide a uni- 
form means of identifying those students who 
fail to attain the minimum levels of compe- 
tence in the areas of reading and writing. 

Passing the Regents' Test is defined as hav- 
ing passed all components of theTest by scor- 
ing above the cutoff score specified for each 
component. The test may be administered 
either in its entirety or as one or more compo- 
nents depending on the needs of the students. 
If one component of the Test is passed, that 
component need not be retaken; this provision 
is retroactive to all students who have taken 
the Test in any form since the inception of the 
program. 

The intent of this policy is that passing the 
Regents' Test occur before the end of the stu- 
dent's sophomore year, that is, before the 
completion of 1 05 hours of degree credit. Stu- 
dents who fail the test must retake and pass 
the Test Each institution shall provide an 
appropriate program of remediation and shall 
require deficient students to participate in the 
program prior to retaking the test. 

A student holding a baccalaureate or higher 
degree from a regionally accredited institution 
of higher education will not be required to 
complete the Regents' Test in order to receive 
a degree from a University System institution. 

In orderto implement effectively the goals of 
the Testing Program: 



1 Student enrolled in undergraduate degree 
programs shall pass the Regents' Test as 
a requirement for graduation Students, 
including transfer students and/or read- 
mitted students, may take the Test after 
they have completed the required basic 
core English courses They may be re- 
quired to take the Test in the quarter after 
they have earned 45 hours of degree 
credit if the Test has not been passed 
previously Institutions, however, may not 
delay initial testing beyond the student's 
having earned the 60th hour of degree 
credit. 

2. All students who have taken and have not 
passed the Regents' Test during the quar- 
ter in which they will have earned 75 hours 
of degree credit shall take the appropriate 
nondegree credit course or courses in 
remedial reading and/or remedial writing 
in each quarter of attendance until they 
have passed all components of the Test 

3. Having passed the Regents' Test shall not 
be a condition of transfer into an institu- 
tion. All transferring students from within 
the System shall be subject to all provi- 
sions of this policy. Students from institu- 
tions outside the System who transfer into 
a System institution with 60 or more 
degree credit hours shall take the Test 
during the initial quarter of enrollment and 
in subsequent quarters shall be subject to 
all provisions of this policy. 

4. Students whose mother tongue is other 
than English may be exempted from tak- 
ing the Regents' Test by the institution 
provided appropriate local procedures 
are employed to certify the literacy compe- 
tence of those students earning a degree. 

5. For extraordinary situations, each institu- 
tion shall develop special procedures for 
certifying the literacy competence of stu- 
dents. A written description of those pro- 
cedures shall be submitted to the Chan- 
cellor for approval. A record of the action 
shall be reported by the Chancellor to the 
Education Committee of the Board of 
Regents. Such procedures shall include 
provision for remediation if needed and 
formal examination prior to certifying com- 
petency. Such examination shall equal or 
exceed the standards of the Regents' 
Testing Program. 

6. A student may request a formal review of 



42 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 









his/her failure on the essay component of 
the Regents' Test if that student's essay 
received at least one passing score among 
the three scores awarded and if the stu- 
dent has successfully completed the 
courses in English composition required 
by the local institution. This review will be 
conducted in accordance with Board ap- 
proved procedures. 

7. The revised procedures shall be followed 
by all students effective January 1 , 1 980. 

8. Remedial work as required under the 
above policy shall be in keeping with regu- 
lations in satisfaction of federal and state 
student financial assistance and such 
other eligibility programs. 

9. These regulations shall not prohibit institu- 
tions from increasing requirements affect- 
ing the Regents' Testing Program, pro- 
vided such increased requirements are 
authorized by the Chancellor, and pro- 
vided further that such requirements are 
published in the official catalog of the insti- 
tution prior to implementation. Such addi- 
tional requirements shall in no way affect 
the transfer students from one institution 
to another or the readmission of students 
to University System institutions. 

1 0. A student who fails both parts and who is 
required to participate in remediation shall 
be allowed to take the reading and essay 
portions of the test in separate quarters. 

Procedure for Review 

1 . The review will be initiated at the campus 
level, with procedural matters to be deter- 
mined by the institution. The on-campus 
review, however, will be conducted by the 
three(3) faculty members designated by 
the institution as a review panel. 

2. The on-campus review panel may 1 ) sus- 
tain, by majority opinion, the essay's failing 
score, thus terminating the review process, 
or 2) recommend by majority opinion, the 
re-scoring of the essay by the Regents' 
Testing Program central office. The student 
will be notified concerning the results of the 
on-campus review. 

3. If the on-campus panel recommends re- 
scoring of the essay, that recommendation 
will be transmitted in writing, along with a 
copy of the essay, to the office of the 
system Director of the Regents' Testing 
Program. The Director will utilize the ser- 



vices of three (3) experienced Regents' 
essay scorers other than those involved in 
the original scoring of the essay to review 
the essay, following normal scoring proce- 
dures for the essay component of the 
Regents' Test. The decision of this panel on 
the merits of the essay will be final, thus 
terminating the review process. The stu- 
dent will be notified through the institution, 
concerning the results of the review. 

Implementation of Policy 

Students attending Armstrong State College 
are required to take the Regents' Test no later 
than their first quarter of enrollment after the 
quarter in which the 45th credit hour is earned. 
Students may take the test before they earn 45 
credit hours if they have completed the re- 
quired basic core English courses, usually 
English 101,1 02. and 201 . For the purpose of 
enforcing Regents' Test Policy, enrolled stu- 
dents are identified by computer-printed 
notices on end-of-quarter grade reports and 
transfers through the processes of admission 
and transcript evaluation. Students registerfor 
the test at the Counseling and Placement 
Office within the publicized test registration 
period. 

Students who neglect to take the test in their 
first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in 
which the 45th credit hour is earned will be 
barred from Early Registration until after they 
have taken the test. Students who neglect to 
take the test in their first quarter of enrollment 
after the quarter in which the 60th credit hour is 
earned will be barred from all phases of Regis- 
tration, Early through Late, until after they have 
taken the test. 

Students who are handicapped or for whom 
English is a second language are required to 
take the Regents' Test but may be allowed 
additional time in a special test administration. 

Students who do not pass the test will be 
notified of requirements for remedial courses 
and eligibiity for essay review. 

Physical Education 
Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in baccalau- 
reate degree programs for ten or more quarter 
hours on the daytime schedule must adhere to 
Armstrong Core Curriculum Area V require- 
ments. Any student who holds a valid senior 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



43 



life saving certificate and/or a valid water 
safety instructor certificate and/or passes the 
Armstrong swimming test may be exempted 
from PE 103 or PE 108 Physical education is 
not required of anyone who is beyond the age 
of 25 or of anyone enrolled primarily in evening 
classes 

Students should check their program of 
study for PE 117 and/or 211 requirements. 

English and Mathematics 
Placement Tests 

The College reserves the right to place stu- 
dents in appropriate English and mathematics 
courses in the core. Diagnostic tests are 
administered for this purpose. Students who 
have not otherwise met the prerequisite re- 
quirement for MAT 1 01 must achieve at least a 
score of 20 on the Mathematics Diagnostic 
Test before registering for MAT 1 01 . Students 
who have not otherwise met the prerequisites 
for ENG 1 00. 1 01 . or 1 02 must take the English 
Placement Test before registering for these 
courses. Students must pass ENG 99 or 1 00 to 
be eligible for ENG 1 01 , and pass ENG 1 01 to 
be eligible for English 1 02. Students who make 
an "A" in ENG 1 00 are eligible to take ENG 1 02 
upon the instructors recommendation and 
approval of the Department Head of LaLiDA. 

State Requirement in 
History and Government 

By state law, each student who receives a 
diploma or certificate from a school supported 
by the State of Georgia must demonstrate pro- 
ficiency in United States History and Govern- 
ment and in Georgia History and Government. 
A student at Armstrong State College may 
demonstrate such proficiency by successfully 
completing examinations for which credit will 
be awarded. 

Requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science 
Degrees 

Requirements for each major program lead- 
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a 
major in Art, English, History, Music, Political 
Science, Psychology, or to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with a major in Biology, 
Chemistry, Computer Science, or Mathemati- 



cal Sciences are described in the appropriate 
departmental listing For the BA and the BS 
degrees, a minimum of 185 quarter hours, 
exclusive of the required physical education 
courses, is required for graduation 

Each student in one of these major pro- 
grams must complete the 96-hour core cur- 
riculum requirement as listed above 

The student will not be allowed to take 
senior division courses in the major field 
unless he has a minimum grade of "C" in all 
prerequisite courses in that field No major 
program in a department will require more than 
60 quarter hours at all levels in the major field, 
however, the department may recommend up 
to 70 quarter hours. 

For its major program, a department will 
require from 1 5 to 30 quarter hours of specific 
courses or approved elective courses in related 
fields and may require language courses reach- 
ing the degree of proficiency specified by the 
department. Total requirements in the major 
and related fields, may not exceed 85 quarter 
hours. 

Each BA or BS degree program, except 
those designed for Dental Hygiene, Medical 
Technology, Nursing, and teacher certifica- 
tion, will include a minimum of 15 hours of 
electives approved for credit within the Arm- 
strong State College curriculum. 

Associate Degree 
Requirements 

Each associate degree program includes as 
part of its curriculum the following: 

ENG 101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS 113 5 

One five hour course selected from 
Areas I. II, or III of the Bacca 

laureate Core 5 

Three PE credit hours 3 

TOTAL 28 

Students in associate degree programs are 
required to complete successfully the Regents' 
Examination and may be required to take an 
Exit Examination in the appropriate area of 
concentration. 

Numbering System for 
Courses 

In the course listings to follow, there appear 
three numbers in parentheses after each course 



44 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






t 



title. The first number listed indicates the 
number of hours of lecture; the second number 
listed indicates the number of hours of labora- 
tory; the third number listed indicates the 
number of quarter hours of credit carried by 
the course. The letter "V" represents variable 
hours. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional 
credit only and may not be applied to a degree 
program. Courses numbered 1 00-1 99 are gener- 
ally planned for the freshman year; courses 
numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; 
courses numbered 300-399forthe junioryear 
and courses numbered 400-499 forthe senior 
year. 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum 
requirements may not be used to meet other 
requirements of a degree program. 

Lettering System for 
Courses 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong 
Core Curriculum requirements and in the 
departmental curricula which follow, there 
appear two or three letters preceding a three 
digit number. Following is an exhaustive list of 
all abbreviations used for course designation 
purposes. 

AC = American Civilization 
ACC = Accounting (SSC) 
ANT = Anthropology 
ART = Art 
AST = Astrology 

BE = Business Education (SSC) 

BAD = Business Administration (SSC) 

BIO = Biology 

BOT = Botany 

BSN = Baccalaureate Nursing 

CJ = Criminal Justice 

CL = Comparative Literature 

CS = Computer Science 

CHE = Chemistry 

DH = Dental Hygiene 

DRS = Drama and Speech 

DSE = Development Studies English 

DSM = Dev. Studies Math 

DSR = Dev. Studies Reading 

DSS = Dev. Studies Study Techniques 



ECO = Economics 

EDN = Elementary Education 

EDU = Secondary Education 

EEE = Early Elementary Education 

EGR = Engineering 

ENG = English 

ENT = Entomology 

ETc = Engineering Technology (SSC) 

EXC = Exceptional Children 

FLM = Film 
FRE = French 

GEL = Geology 
GEO = Geography 

GER = German 

HS = Health Science 

HIM = Health Information Management 

HIS = History 

IAE = Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 

JRN = Journalism 

LM = Library Media 

LS = Library Science 

LAT = Latin 

LIN = Linguistics 

MH = Mental Health 

MT = Medical Technology 

MAT = Mathematics 

MET = Meteorology 

METc= Mechanical Engineering Technol- 
ogy (SSC) 

MIL = Military Science 

MPS = Museum Preservation Studies 

MUS = Music 

NSc = Naval Science 
NUR = Nursing (Associate) 

OAD = Office Administration (SSC) 
OCE = Oceanography 

PA = Public Administration 

PE = Physical Education 

PHI = Philosophy 

PHS = Physical Science 

PHY = Physics 

POS = Political Science 

PSY = Psychology 



RT = Respiratory Therapy 



DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES 



45 



RAD = Radiologic Technologies 
RUS = Russian 

SOC ■ Sociology 
SPA = Spanish 

TIE = Trade and Industrial Education (SSC) 

ZOO ■ Zoology 

DEGREE PROGRAMS 



The degree programs of Armstrong State 
College are presented in this catalog primarily 
by school, by department. The College is 
organized into three schools, each adminis- 
tered by a dean, and two non-school affiliated 
departments. The departmental structure of 
the College, and the balance of this Catalog, 
are presented below. 

Department/ Program School 

Developmental Studies non-affiliated 

Military Science non-affiliated 

Naval Science Savannah State 

General Studies Arts and Sciences 

Biology Arts and Sciences 

Chemistry/Physics Arts and Sciences 

Fine Arts Arts and Sciences 

Government Arts and Sciences 

History Arts and Sciences 

Language, Literature, Dramatic 

Arts Arts and Sciences 

Mathematics and Computer 

Science Arts and Sciences 

Psychology Arts and Sciences 

Elementary and Middle School 

Education Education 

Physical Education Education 

Secondary and Special 

Education Education 

Associate Degree Nursing Health 

Professions 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing Health 

Professions 
Dental Hygiene Health 

Professions 
Health Information Management Health 

Professions 
Health Science Health 

Professions 
Medical Technology Health 

Professions 



Radiologic Technologies Health 

Professions 

Respiratory Therapy Health 

Professions 

Developmental Studies 

Faculty 

Dandy, Evelyn, Department Head 

Cottrell, Ellen 

Geoffroy, Cynthia 

Harris, Karl 

Smith, Carolyn 

Palmour, Mack, Counselor 



The Department of Developmental Studies 
provides a program of compensatory educa- 
tion for students whose academic deficiencies 
may prevent successful completion of colle- 
giate studies. Students may be placed in 
departmental courses on the basis of English 
Placement Test, Mathematics Diagnostic Test, 
or Regents Examination performances. Regu- 
larly admitted students may voluntarily enroll, 
subject to prerequisites, in any departmental 
courses. Conditionally admitted students must 
enroll in accordance with the stipulations of 
their admission (see the Conditional Admis- 
mission section of this Catalog) and policies of 
the Developmental Studies program 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration 
educational benefits may be certified for no 
more than 45 credit hours in departmental 
courses. At most, 1 5 hours may be certified in 
each of the English, mathematics, and reading 
areas. 



OFFERINGS 

DSE 098— Grammar Review (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on Demand. 

This course is for the student classified as 
conditionally admitted because of failure to 
satisfy minimum requirements in English. The 
student will work toward competence in sen- 
tence construction, placement of modifiers, 
determination of subject-verb agreement, and 
other troublesome grammatical basics. 

DSE 099— Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This course is for the student with difficulties 
in constructing and manipulating sentences 
within paragraphs and paragraphs within short 
themes. 



46 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






DSM 098— Introductory Algebra (5-0-5) 

This course offers a review of arithmetic 
integrated into an introductory algebra course. 
Topics include negative integers, simple poly- 
nomials, integer exponents, equations, word 
problems, factoring, some graphing, and sim- 
ple radicals. 

DSM 099— Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Prerequisite: A student must have attained 
one of the following prior to enrolling— (1 ) a 
score of at least 1 on the Mathematics Diag- 
nostic Test or (2) a grade of P in MAT 098. 
Dates of the administration of the Mathematics 
Diagnostic Test appear in the Academic Cal- 
endar in this Catalog. 

Topics include rational expressions, factor- 
ing of polynomials, linear and quadratic equa- 
tions, graphs of linear functions, rational expo- 
nents, and radicals. 

DSR 098— Reading Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer on demand. 

This course is appropriate for students exper- 
iencing difficulty in reading. Word attack skills, 
comprehension skills, and vocabulary building 
are stressed. 

DSR 025— Developing Reading 
Maturity (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This course is appropriate for students pre- 
paring for the Regents. Examination, for stu- 
dents undergoing remediation due to unsuc- 
cessful performance on the reading portion of 
the Regents Examination, and for students 
experiencing moderate difficulty in reading. 
Comprehension skills, vocabulary enrichment, 
test-taking strategies, and reading fluency are 
stressed. 

DSS 099— Effective Study Techniques 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand 

The purpose of this course is development 
of systematic and efficient study habits for 
academic success. Special emphasis will be 
placed on time management listening skills, 
memory techniques, reading flexibility, note- 
taking systems, textbook mastery, and test- 
taking strategies. 



Military Science 

Faculty 

Ross, Cynthia, Major, Department Head 
Gahagan, Robert, Captain 
Meredith, James, Captain 



The Army Department of Military Science is 
a Senior Division Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by 
active Army personnel. The department pro- 
vides a curriculum available to Armstrong 
State and Savannah State students under the 
cross-enrollment program that qualifies the 
college graduate for a commission as an of- 
ficer in the U.S. Army, United States Army Re- 
serve, or the United States Army National 
Guard. Qualifying for a commission adds an 
extra dimension to the student's employment 
capability in that, upon graduation from the 
college, the student has either military or 
civilian employment options. 

The course of study offered in military 
science is designed not only to prepare both 
the student for service as a commissioned 
officer in the United States Army but also to 
provide knowledge and practical experience 
in leadership and management that will be 
useful in any facet of society. Male and female 
students are eligible for enrollment. Each stu- 
dent is provided with a working knowledge of 
the organization and functioning of the Depart- 
ment of Defense and the role of the US. Army 
in national security and world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students 
during their freshman and sophomore years is 
the basic military science course and/or re- 
lated skill activities. The course of study nor- 
mally pursued by students during their junior 
and senior years is the advanced military 
science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced 
course, a student must be physically qualified, 
should have maintained above average mil- 
itary and academic standing, and must dem- 
onstrate a potential for further leadership de- 
velopment. 

Graduates of the advanced course are 
commissioned second lieutenants in the Unit- 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



47 



ed States Army Reserve in the branch of ser- 
vice most appropriate to their interests and 
academic achievements, consistent with the 
needs of the Army Regardless of the Branch 
selected, all officers will receive valuable ex- 
perience in management, logistics and admin- 
istration Advanced course graduates will be 
commissioned and either called to active duty 
after graduation to serve for a period of three to 
six months or three years depending on the 
prevailing military requirements and circum- 
stances Graduates may be granted a delay in 
reporting for active duty for graduate study. A 
small number of outstanding students are 
designated distinguished military graduates 
and are offered commissions in the Regular 
Army each year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six 
quarters during the freshman and sophomore 
years. The student learns the organization and 
roles of the U.S. Army and acquires essential 
background knowledge of customs and tradi- 
tions, weapons, map reading, tactics and com- 
munications. Equally important, these courses 
have the objective of developing the student's 
leadership, self-discipline, integrity and sense 
of responsibility. 

Advanced Military Science 

The general objective of this course of 
instruction is to produce junior officers who by 
education, training, attitude and inherent quali- 
ties are suitable for continued development as 
officers in the Army. There are two avenues 
available for the student to be eligible for entry 
into the advanced program and obtain a com- 
mission as a second lieutenant. 

(a) satisfactory completion of, or placement 
credit for, the basic program at Armstrong 
State or at any other school, college or univer- 
sity offering basic ROTC and meeting the 
entrance and retention requirements estab- 
lished by the Army. 

(b) be an active duty veteran or junior ROTC 
cadet graduate eligible for placement credit. 

Placement 

Veterans entering the military science pro- 
grams will receive appropriate placement credit 
for their active military service. Students who 
have completed military science courses in 
military preparatory schools or junior colleges 
may be given appropriate credit. Students with 
at least three years of high school ROTC may 
also be granted placement credit. Placement 



>r six quarters of basic military science, 
or the equivalent thereof, is a pre 
admission into the advanced program 

Alternate Programs for Admittance 

Students with two years of coursework re- 
maining, but who have not completed basic 
military science, are eligible to be considered 
for selection into the advanced military science 
program. Those selected under the provisions 
of the two-year advanced program must satis- 
factorily complete a basic summer camp of six 
weeks duration prior to entering the advanced 
program or must enroll in the condensed 
summer school phase of the basic course 
This latter program consists of six, two-hour 
courses given during the summer quarter. A 
student may take other courses during this 
session. Upon successful completion of the 
military science courses, they will be placed in 
the advanced course. Students attending the 
basic camp at Fort Knox, Kentucky, are paid at 
active army rates and given a travel allowance 
from their home to camp and return. 

Advanced Summer Camp 

Students contracting to pursue the advanced 
courses are required to attend advanced sum- 
mer camp, normally between their junior and 
senior academic years at Fort Bragg, North 
Carolina. Students attending this camp are 
paid at active army rates and given travel allow- 
ance from their home to camp and return. 

Financial Assistance 

All advanced cadets are paid a subsistence 
allowance of $1 00 per month while enrolled in 
the advanced course. 

Scholarship Program 

Each year the U.S. Army awards one-, two- 
and three-year scholarships to outstanding 
young men and women participating in the 
Army ROTC program who desire careers as 
regular Army officers. The Army pays tuition, 
fees, books and laboratory expenses incurred 
by the scholarship student and, in addition, 
each student receives $1 00 per month for the 
academic year. Individuals desiring to com- 
pete for these scholarships should apply to the 
Army Military Science Department. 

Army ROTC Uniforms, Books and Supplies 

Students enrolling in the Army ROTC pro- 
gram will be issued U.S. Army uniforms, books 
and supplies by the Military Science Depart- 
ment. No fees or deposits of any kind will be 
required. Uniforms must be returned before 



48 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



i 
i 



commissioning or upon disenrollment from the 
ROTC program. 

MIL Courses 

The basic course of six quarters duration 
consists of two hours of classroom work per 
week. In the classroom, the student acquires 
knowledge of military organization, weapons, 
tactics, basic military skills, history and cus- 
toms. In field training exercises, potential for 
leadership is progressively developed. 

The advanced course consists of three 
hours of classroom work per week for two 
quarters in the third and fourth years. During 
the spring quarter prior to advanced camp the 
student will enroll in MIL 303 to prepare for 
attendance at Advanced Camp. This two-year 
course is normally taken during the third year. 
HIS 357 (American Military History) is normally 
taken spring quarter of the third year but with 
permission of department can betaken during 
second or fourth year. One quarter of the 
senior year must include an elective approved 
by the Military Science Department. The course- 
work during the advanced course emphasizes 
techniques and management and leadership 
and the fundamentals and dynamics of the 
military team. Field training exercises provide 
the student with applied leadership experi- 
ences. 

Minor Concentration 

The department offers a minor in Military 
Science. The program is designed to prepare 
the student for a commission in the United 
States Army and is offered to, but not required 
of, those students participating in the advanced 
course of Army ROTC instruction. Whatever 
the major, a Military Science minor will strength- 
en the student's management, leadership, and 
interpersonal communication skills. The minor 
requires: 

Fourteen credit hours with grades of "C' ; or 
better in the following upper division military 
science courses: 301 , 302, 303, 401 , 402; HIS 
357 and five additional credit hours of course- 
work approved by the department. 



OFFERINGS 

MIL 101— Army Organization (1-1-2) 

A study of the U.S. Army and the ROTC 
Organization. 



MIL 102— Basic Weapons and Military 
Skills (1-1-2) 

A study of characteristics of basic military 
weapons, the principles and fundamentals of 
rifle markmanship, the elements of first aid, 
andthe employment of individual camouflage, 
cover, concealment and field fortifications. 

MIL 103— Basic Survival (2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing 
military techniques used to sustain human life 
when separated from logistical support. 

MIL 104— Basic Military Skills (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 1 02, or approval of Depart- 
ment Head. 

A study of the basic military skills essential 
to the contemporary soldier with emphasis on 
individual training in first aid, intelligence infor- 
mation and field preparedness. Chemical, bio- 
logical and nuclear operations on the modern 
battlefield. 

MIL 201— Map and Aerial Photograph 
Reading (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 102, 104, or approval of 
Department Head. 

A study of basic map reading as applied by 
the small unit leader. 

MIL 202— Basic Tactics and 
Operations (1-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 1 02, 1 04, 201 , or approval 
of Department Head. 

A study of small unit tactics, operations and 
troop leading procedures to include the com- 
bined arms teams to the platoon with primary 
interest on the rifle squad. 

MIL 203— Mountaineering Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

A study and practical exercise introducing 
the fundamentals of mountain climbing and 
rappeling. Proper knot tying and safety proce- 
dures are emphasized. Acceptable as P.E. 
requirement. 

MIL 204— Military Communications (1-1-2) 

A study of military communications proce- 
dures to include terminology, security, elec- 
tronic warfare and preparation of military corre- 
pondence. 

MIL 205— The Threat (2-0-2) 

A study of the organization, tactics, and 
equipment of threat forces. Major emphasis is 
placed on the tactics used in Western Europe. 



NAVAL SCIENCE 



49 



MIL 206— Basic Self-Defense I (0-2-1) 

A Basic Self-Defense course which pro- 
vides a study of defensive philosophy, vulner- 
able areas of the body, exercises, kicks, strikes, 
throws, and arm bars The course also includes 
basic self-defense strategy and practical exer- 
cises utilizing all of the techniques taught in the 
course Acceptable as P E requirement 

MIL 301— Leadership and Management I 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite Basic Course or equivalent 
and permission of the Department. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, 
techniques of management, and methods of 
instruction to include practical application. 

MIL 302— Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team I (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: Basic Course or equivalent 
and permission of the Department. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and 
company level to include a study of the 
modern battlefield and current military Tactical 
doctrine 

MIL 303— Leadership Seminar (2-1-2) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302 

A series of seminars, laboratories and expe- 
riences to prepare the student for Advanced 
Summer Camp. 

MIL 304— Military Skills Practicum (V-V-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and per- 
mission of Department. 

The study and practical application of mil- 
itary skills and leadership ability during a six 
week encampment experience. Grading for 
this course will be done on a satisfactory, 
unsatisfactory basis. Instruction and evalua- 
tion is jointly accomplished by college staff 
and selected ROTC personnel assigned to 1 st 
ROTC Region. 

MIL 401— Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team II (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301. 302 

A study of command and staff duties and 
responsibilities of the professional officer to 
include operations, intelligence, administration 
and logistics. 

MIL 402— Leadership and Management 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302 
A study of the military justice system and 
service orientation. 



Naval ROTC Program 

Faculty 

Cdr Edward Clark, USN, Department Head 

Cdr O C Fowler, USN 

Capt Oregon Emerson, USMC 

Lt Richard A Bass. USN 

Lt Jimmy R Middlebrook. USN 

Lt. Bernard L Jackson, USN 

GYSGT George H. Williams. USMC 

QM1 A Mason, USN 



The NAVAL ROTC Program at Savannah 
State College is available to students at Arm- 
strong State College who meet the require- 
ments of the program and who desire to earn 
an appointment as a commissioned officer in 
the United States Navy or United States Marine 
Corps ASC students will normally take Naval 
Science courses on the SSC campus; how- 
ever, some courses may be taught on-campus 
contingent upon NROTC instructor availability 
and a minimum on-campus class enrollment 
of five students. 

The Naval Reserve Officer'sTraining Corps 
academic program is an opportunity for stu- 
dents to combine their formal educational 
experience with their initial military training. 
While students are completing their degree 
requirements, they are earning a minor in 
Naval Science from ASC and preparing them- 
selves for commission service as a regular or 
reserve officer in the Navy or Marine Corps. 

In support of this purpose the basic and 
primary mission of the NROTC program is as 
follows: 

To develop Midshipmen morally, mentally 
and physically and to imbue them with 
the highest ideals of duty, honor and 
loyalty in order to commission college 
graduates as officers who possess a 
basic professional background, are moti- 
vated toward careers in the Naval 
Service and have a potential for future 
development in mind and character so 
as to assume the highest responsibilities 
of command, citizenship and govern- 
ment. 



50 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






T 



Naval Science Curriculum 

Hours 

A. Basic Course of Instruction 15 

NSC 101, 102, 104 8 

NSC 201, 202, 204 7 

(Basic course required for Navy and 
Marine Options) 

B. Navy Option — Advanced Course of 

Instruction 14 

NSC 301, 302, 303, 304, 

305, 306 9 

NSC 401 , 402, 403, 404, 405 5 

C. Marine Option — Advanced Course 

of Instruction 12 

NSC 301, 302, 303, 307, 308 
NSC 406, 407 

D. Specific Electives 40 

#MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

#Phy 217, 218, 219 15 

'HIS 357 5 

*POS 320 5 

E. Additional Requirements 

NSC 450; Naval Drill (0-2-0) is required 
each quarter. It will complete two of the six 
hours of physical education required for 
graduation. 
^Required for Naval Option scholarship mid- 
shipmen; encouraged for others. 
'Recommended for non-scholarship midship- 
men and midshipmen not majoring in one of 
the following areas: Math, Physics, Computer 
Science, Engineering, or Chemistry. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An NROTC standardized comprehensive 
examination will be administered to all Navy 
option Senior Midshipmen in October of each 
year. The Midshipman is expected to demon- 
strate an adequate understanding of the com- 
mon core of knowledge in Naval Science sub- 
jects such as naval engineering, weapons, 
navigation, tactics, and ship handling pro- 
cedures. 



Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101— Introduction to Naval Science I 
(2-0-2) 

Fall, Spring. 

An introductory course to the role of the 
Navy in national defense. The instruction 
places particular emphasis on the mission, 
organization, regulations, and broad warfare 
components of the Naval service. Included is 



an overview of officer and enlisted rank and 
rating structure, training and education, pro- 
motion and advancement, and retirement poli- 
cies. The course also covers the basic tenets 
of Naval courtesy and customs, discipline, 
Naval leadership and ship's nomenclature. 

NSC 102— Introduction to Naval Science II 
(1-0-1) 

Winter. 

An introductory course to the organization of 
the Naval service, the varied career opportuni- 
ties available, long-held customs and tradi- 
tions of Navy/Marine Corps men and women, 
and the duties of a Junior Officer in the Naval 
service. The student is made cognizant of the 
major challenges facing today's Naval officer, 
especially in the areas of equal opportunity 
and drug alcohol abuse. 

NSC 104— Naval Ships System I (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Introduces students to the types, structure 
and purpose of naval ships. Ship compartmen- 
tation, propulsion systems, auxiliary power 
systems, interior communications, ship opera- 
tions, and ship stability characteristics are 
examined. 

NSC 201 & 202— Seapower and Maritime 
Affair I & II (1-1-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Introduces the student to naval seapower 
and maritime affairs. These courses are 
oriented toward the general concepts of sea- 
power (including the merchant marine), the 
role of various components of the Navy in sup- 
porting the Navy's mission, the implementation 
of seapower as an instrument of national 
policy, and a comparative study of U.S. and 
Soviet naval strategies. 

NSC 204— Naval Ships Systems II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Covers the theory and principles of opera- 
tion of naval weapons systems. The course 
includes coverage of types of weapons and 
fire control systems, capabilities and limita- 
tions, theory of target acquisition, identification 
and tracking, trajectory principles, and basics 
of naval ordinance. 

NSC 301-303— Naval Seminar I, II & III 
(0-1-0) 

Professional Naval training sessions stress- 
ing the development and application of leader- 
ship skills. 



NAVAL SCIENCE 



11 



NSC 304-305— Navigation I & II (3-1-3) 

Fall. Wif it 

A comprehensive study of the theory, princi- 
ples and procedures of ship navigation and 
movements Navigation topics include mathe- 
matical analysis, spherical triangulation and 
practical work involving sight reduction, sex- 
tants, publications, and report logs. The con- 
cepts and mental skills relating to the use of 
relative motion, maneuvering board and the 
Rules of the Nautical Road for safe navigation 

lights, signals, navigational aids and inertial 
systems, are also covered 

NSC 306— Naval Operations (3-1-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: NSC 305. 

Operations topics include communications, 
sonar-radar search and screening theory. 
Tactical formations and dispositions, relative 
motion, maneuvering board and tactical plots 
are analyzed for force effectiveness and unity. 

NSC 307-308— Evolution of Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

Provides the student with a basic knowledge 
of the art and concepts of warfare, and its 
(evolution from the beginning of recorded his- 
tory to the present. Included within this study is 
a consideration of the influence that leader- 
ship, political, economic, sociological and tech- 
nological development factors have had on 
Warfare, andthe influencethey will continue to 
exert in the age of limited warfare. 

NSC 309— Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0) 
I Spring. 

I A course for Marine Corps Option students 
which stresses the development of leadership, 
moral, and physical qualities necessary for 
[service as Marine Corps officers. Practical 
laboratory exercises in mission and organiza- 
tion of the Marine Corps, duties of interior 
"guards, introduction to military tactics, troop 
leading procedures, rifle squad weapons and 
'theory of physical conditioning. Particular 
emphasis is given to a demanding progressive 
'physical conditioning program. This course 
serves to prepare students for the Marine 
Corps Summer Training at Officer Candidate 
School (BULLDOG) between the junior and 
senior academic year. 

NSC 401-403— Naval Operations Labora- 
tory I, II, III (01-0) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in 



ricu 

L 



a dynamic, composite and time oriented fleet 
environment to develop and improve the sur- 
face operation skills of Navy option midship- 
men 

NSC 404— Leadership and Management I 
(3-1-3) 

Fall. 

A course stressing the experiential approach 
to learning the principles of leadership and 
management. The student develops skills in 
the areas of communication, counseling, con- 
trol, direction, management and leadership 
through active guided participation in dynamic 
case studies, experiential exercises and situa- 
tional problems Management theory, profes- 
sional responsibility and the Navy Human 
Resources Management programs are empha- 
sized. 

NSC 405— Leadership and Management II 
(2-1-2) 

Winter. 

A course which will familiarize midshipmen 
with and develop an appreciation of the duties 
and responsibilities of the junior naval officer 
and division officer in the areas of Navy human 
resources management, and the personnel 
management, material management, and 
administration of division discipline. The course 
prepares the midshipman for the personal and 
professional responsibilities he will encounter 
immediately upon commissioning. This cap- 
stone course in the Naval Science curriculum 
builds upon and focuses the managerial and 
professional competencies developed during 
prior at sea training and naval science courses. 

NSC 406-407— Amphibious Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

The history of amphibious warfare is a tacti- 
cal course that provides the general back- 
ground for amphibious warfare operations. 
The course seeks to define the concept, 
explore its doctrinal origins and trace its evolu- 
tion as an element of blue-water naval policy 
during the 20th century. While studying the 
overall development of amphibious doctrine, 
the student will explore several common case 
studies and simultaneously prepare an analy- 
tical study of one or more significant amphib- 
ious operations from recent history. 

NSC 450— Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Introduces the student to basic military for- 



52 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






' 



mations, movements, commands, courtesies 
and honors, and provides practice in unit lead- 
ership and management. Physical condition- 
ing and training are provided to ensure stu- 
dents meet the minimum Navy/Marine Corps 
physical tests. Successful completion of at 
least two quarters of this course plus four 
hours of Physical Education Courses by 
NROTC Students will satisfy the College six 
hour Physical Education graduation require- 
ment. This course is required each quarter of 
all NROTC Students. 

School of Arts 
and Sciences 

Adams, Joseph V., Dean 

Goals and Objectives 

The School of Arts and Sciences provides, 
by virtue of its professional staff, scholarly 
resources, and physical facilities, the oppor- 
tunity for qualified students to obtain the best 
possible education attainable within the struc- 
ture of a liberal baccalaureate program or 
through curricula leading to a specialized 
degree. The goals of the school are: 

To acquaint all students, by means of a core 
curriculum in the liberal arts and sciences, 
with the diversity of the intellectual and cultural 
achievements of man; 

To assist them in developing the skills 
necessary to think and to express themselves 
clearly and creatively; 

To enable them to understand and assume 
their responsibilities as free men and women 
in a democratic society; 

To provide a liberal baccalaureate educa- 
tion, supported by sound instruction, scholarly 
resources, and a commitment to free inquiry. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Arts and Sciences includes 
the Departments of Biology, Chemistry and 
Physics, Fine Arts, Government, History, Lan- 
guages, Literature and Dramatic Arts, Mathe- 
matics and Computer Science, and Psy- 
chology. The following degree programs are 
offered by those departments: 
Associate in Arts 
Associate in Science in 

Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 
Drama/Speech 
English 



History 

Music 

Political Science 

Psychology 
Bachelor of General Studies 
Bachelor of Science with majors in: 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) 

Mathematical Sciences (Applied 
Mathematics) 

Mathematical Sciences (Computer 
Science) 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics 
Education) 

Physical Science 
A student may combine with a major field of 
study one of the following minor concentra- 
tions offered by departments within the School 
of Arts and Sciences: 
American Civilization 
Anthropology 
Art 

Botany 
Chemistry 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 
Drama/Speech 
English 
Film 

Foreign Language 
History 
Journalism 
International Studies 
Linguistics 
Mental Health 

Museum/Preservation Studies 
Music 

Organizational Psychology 
Philosophy 
Physical Science 
Physics 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Public Administration 
Russian Studies 
Sociology 
Zoology 

General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate degree pro- 
grams in General Studies, emphasizing a lib- 



GENERAL STUDIES 



53 



eral arts education, are operated under the 
direction of the Dean of the School of Arts and 
Sciences. Curriculum guidance for these pro- 
grams is provided by the General Studies 
Degree Committee (a committee of seven 
faculty members) Interested students should 
contact the office of the Dean of Arts and 
Sciences. 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, 
a student must complete at least 30 hours of 
the required course work and 45 quarter hours 
of all coursework in this program at Armstrong 
State College. The program is designed to 
provide a substantial liberal education as a 
base for upper division specialization. 

Certain courses may be exempted by exami- 
nation. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

Hours 

A General Requirements 63 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 200, 
271,272,273; ENG 222; 

MUS200; PHI 200,201 5 

AREA II 20 

1 . Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2. MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 

or 290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 or 1 15; HIS 251 or 
252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course select- 
ed from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 

202; PSY 101; SEC 201 10 

AREAV 3 

1 . PE 1 03 or 1 08 1 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Courses in the Concentration and/ 

or Electives 30 

These courses may be specified by 
a department or may be electives. 
Students planning work toward a 
baccalaureate degree should select 
courses that meet listed require- 
ments of that degree program. 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1 ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273; ENG 222, 

MUS200; PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 

or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 , 115 or 192; 

POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201, 202; PSY 101;SOC201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Two courses selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200, 201; 

two courses in any 

foreign language through 

the 200 level 10-15 

3. One or two courses selected from: 
ANT201;CS 110, 115, 146; ECO 
201,202; PSY 101;SOC 

201 5-10 

4. One or two courses selected from: 
AST 201; BIO 101, 102; 

BIO 121, 122; BOT 203, CHE 
121, 122; CHE 128, 129; CHE 
291, 292; CHE 281; GEL 201; 
MET 201; PHY 21 1 , 212, 213; 
PHY 217, 218, 219; PHS 121, 

122; ZOO 208, 209, 294 5-10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 

117 or 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

NOTE: Certain preceding courses may be 
exempted by examination with credit awarded. 
Also, if a physical science sequence is used to 
satisfy Area II, then a biological science must 
be chosen in Area IV. The converse is also 
true. 

Other Requirements 96 

1 . A minimum of 35 hours at the 300 
level. 

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any one 



54 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



discipline excluding courses taken 

under section A. 

General Studies 30 

Courses at the 200 or above level 

1. Humanities 5-10 

American civilization, art, com- 
parative literature, English or 
American literature, history, 
music, philosophy. 

2. Social Sciences 5-10 

Anthropology, criminal justice, eco- 
nomics, geography, museum and 
preservation studies, political 
science, psychology, sociology. 

3. Mathematics and Natural 

Sciences 5-10 

Astronomy, biology, botany, 
chemistry, entomology, geol- 
ogy, mathematics, meteor- 
ology, oceanography, physics, 
zoology. 

4. Computer science, drama/ 
speech, film, foreign lan- 
guages, journalism, lin- 
guistics. 

Area of Concentraton (Any college ap- 
proved minor) 20-29 

Electives 36-45 

*Credit for special experience may 
be granted, at the discretion of the 
appropriate department; such credit, 
however, shall not exceed one-fourth 
of the total hours for the degree, and 
credit for courses not specifically 
listed in the College catalog under 
"Advanced Placement and Credit by 
Examination" shall not exceed ten 
hours. 

5. Regents' and Exit Examinatio ns . . 

TOTAL 191 



Biology 

Faculty 

Gottfried, Bradley, Department Head 
Beumer, Ronald 
Brower, Moonyean 
Davenport, Leslie B., emeritus 
Guillou, Laurent 
Pingel, Allen 
yThorne, Francis 



The major in biology consists of BIO 1 01 or 
111, BIO 102 or 112, BIO 201, BOT 203 or 
ZOO 204, and at least 40 quarter hours credit 
in biology courses (Botany, Zoology, etc.) 
numbered 300 or above. The majority of the 
courses in the major numbered 300 or above 
must be taken in the Biology Department at 
Armstrong State College. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology 
must include in his program the following 
courses: BIO 370; BIO 480; BOT 41 or ZOO 
410; one course in botany numbered 300 or 
above, other than BOT 410; and one course in 
zoology numbered 300 or above, other than 
ZOO 410. If credit for any of the first three 
required units is transferred to Armstrong from 
another college, the department may require 
that it be validated by examination. 

In addition, biology majors must complete 
elementary statistics and the course sequence 
in organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The 
course in general college physics (15 quarter 
hours) is strongly recommended and should 
be considered essential for those who expect 
to continue the study of biology beyond the 
B.S. degree. 

To be admitted to courses in biology above 
the freshman level (those numbered 200 or 
above), the student must have completed the 
prerequisites for each with at least a grade of 
"C" for each prerequisite. To be eligible for a 
B.S. degree in biology the student must have a 
grade of at least "C" for all upper division 
courses (those numbered 300 or above) in 
biology. 

Beginning students who have successfully 
completed strong courses in biology in high 
school are advised to take examinations for 
advanced placement or for credit for BIO 1 01 
and/or 102. Arrangements to take these 
examinations may be made with the head of 
the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits 
for the biology laboratory science sequence 
by taking biology in the Savannah State- 
Armstrong exchange program, a student must 
take the ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter 
hours either at Armstrong State College or at 
Savannah State College. 

Students majoring in biology may concur- 
rently complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, 
and/or pre-veterinary requirements and all 
requirements for secondary teaching certifica- 
tion in science (biology). 



BIOLOGY 



55 



By careful use of electives a student major- 
ing in biology may concurrently acquire ( i 
second major in chemistry (1.6 , he may take a 
"double major") This program is recommended 
for pre-professional students. It does require 
10 to 20 quarter hours credit above the min- 
imum required for graduation. Ask the depart- 
ment head for additional information. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112 .... 10 

2. MAT 1 01 (or 1 03 or 206 if exami- 
nation allows) and MAT 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
201,202;PSY 101.SOC201 .... 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; BIO 201; 

BOT 203 or ZOO 204 20 

2. Two courses from: natural sci- 
ences, Mathematics, foreign 
language 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 ..3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 
410 15 

2. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from biology, botany, 
entomology, and zoology. Elec- 
tives must include one BOT 
course other than BOT 41 and 
one ZOO course other than ZOO 
410 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CHE 341 ,342, 343 15 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



SPECIAL NOT ; 

(1) Biology majors should take BIO 101 or 
1 1 1 . BIO 1 02 or 1 1 2 and BIO 1 02 during 
the freshman year and BIO 201 , and BOT 
203. or ZOO 204 during the sophomore 
year CHE 128 and 129 should be com- 
pleted by the end of spring quarter of the 
sophomore year 

(2) The biology major should complete or- 
ganic chemistry (CHE 341 , 342, 343) no 
later than the end of the junior year as it is 
prerequisite or corequisite to all physiol- 
ogy courses 

(3) Students who may wish to enter graduate 
school are advised that PHY 211, 212, 
213, and foreign language to third quarter 
proficiency should be considered essential. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 

MAJOR 

IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

2. BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112 .... 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 11 4, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 6 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; PHY 211; MAT 

1 03 20 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 
200, 201; SOC 201 5 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; DRS 228; MUS 

200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 ..3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 50 

1 . BIO 201 , 370, 480; BIO 203 or ZOO 
204 20 

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410 5 

3. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from botany and 
zoology 25 



56 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 









C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

1. CHE 341, 342, 343 15 

2. PHY 212, 213 10 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN200; EDU 310,335,447, 

481,482,483 35 

2 PSY301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 216 

MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are 
available from the Department of Biology. For 
minors, the student must earn a grade of "C" or 
completion of each of the better in each 
course offered for the minor. 

The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 
Biology 25 

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 .... 10 

2. BIO electives of which at 
least 10 hours must be 

at 300-400 level 15 

Botany 25 

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112; 
BOT 203 

2. Two courses from: BOT 305, 
323,425 10 

Zoology 25 

1. BIO 101 or 1 11 , 102 or 112; 
ZOO 204 

2. Two courses selected from: ENT 
301; ZOO 325, 355, 356, 372, 

425 10 



OFFERINGS 

Biology Offerings 

BIO 101— Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: none. 

Structure and function of cells, biological 
chemistry; structure, function, and develop- 
ment of flowering plants. 

BIO 102-Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 
101. 

Structure, function, and development of ver- 
tebrate animals; genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BI0 1 1 1 —Advanced Introductory Biology I 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Eligibility for ENG 101 and 
MAT 101. 



Structure, function and development of 
plants, cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, 
genetics, phytogeny and ecology. This course, 
while similar in format to Biology 101, is 
presented at a level involving greater topical 
detail and more student interaction than in the 
traditional course. Some field work is required. 

BIO 112— Advanced Introductory Biology 
II (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 . 

Structure, function and development of ani- 
mals: cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, 
genetics, ecological systems and organic 
evolution. This course is a continuation of BIO 
101 or BIO 111 and will involve independent 
student activities in the lab. Some field work is 
required. 

BIO 201— Structure and Function of Cells 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 1 02 or 1 1 2. 

An introduction to cell biology including the 
study of cell ultrastructure, the major physio- 
logical processes, cell reproduction and cell 
differentiation. 

BIO/PHY 205— Radiation Biology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 21 3 or 21 8 or 202, and a 
two-quarter sequence in anatomy and physi- 
ology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of 
ionizing radiation and its biological effect. 
(Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology or in chemistry). 

BIO 210— Microorganisms and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 122 and 
ZOO 209. 

An introduction to the study of microorga- 
nisms with primary emphasis on bacteria. The 
morphology, life history, and importance to 
public health of representative bacteria, fungi, 
viruses, and protozoa are considered. Credit 
for this course may not be applied toward a 
major in biology. 

BIO 31 0— Man and the Environment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarter hours 
credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between 
humans and the support systems of the earth 
which are essential to their existence. Credit 
for this course may not be applied toward a 
major in biology. 



BIOLOGY 



57 



BIO 351— Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall Prerequisites 10 hours of biological 
science. CHE 128-129 

A study of the morphology, ecology, classi- 
fication, and genetics of the bacteria and 
related micro-organisms, including the viruses 

BIO 352— Medical Microbiology (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permission of the 
instructor 

A comprehensive study of the disease- 
causing microbes in terms of their diagnosis, 
pathology, and epidemiology. 

BIO 353— Immunology and Serology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 or permis- 
sion of instructor and department head. 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellular 
immunity, the structure and biosynthesis of 
antibodies, and the interactions between anti- 
gens and antibodies. Consideration will be 
given to allergic states and other immunologi- 
cal diseases. 

BIO 354— Morphologic Hematology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 102 and CHE 129. 

Cytology of normal and pathologic human 
blood and bone marrow with emphasis upon 
antigenic determination in blood banking. 

BIO 358— Histological Technique (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 , and 
BIO 102 or 112. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixing, 
embedding, sectioning, staining, and mount- 
ing plant and animal materials for study. 

BIO 370— Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 , BIO 
1 02 or 1 1 2, CHE 1 28, 1 29: BIO 351 and junior 
status recommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biological 
inheritance. 

BIO 380— Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208- 
209 and CHE 128-129 or CHE 201-202, or 
CHE 121-122. 

An introduction to human inheritance includ- 
ing gene transmission, gene effects upon 
metabolism, population and quantitative genet- 
ics, genetics of sex-determination, pedigree 
analysis, eugenics, and genetic screening and 
counseling. 

BIO 410— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 



third quarter junior status, two courses in biol- 
ogy numbered 300 or above, and organic 
chemistry 

A consideration of the functional relation- 
ships between microscopic anatomy and cell 
chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabo- 
lism, and growth 

BIO 440— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and 
nuclei, growth, differentiation, and reproduction 

BIO 450— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: Major in biology (at 
least 15 qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses 
numbered 300 or above). 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIO 480— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biol- 
ogy numbered 300 or above. 

A survey of the principles of ecology and 
their application to the welfare of humans, co- 
ordinated with a study of populations and 
communities in the field. 

BIO 490— Research (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 
20 hours credit in biology courses numbered 
300 or above; a B average in biology courses 
and in overall work; consent of department 
head; agreement of a staff member to super- 
vise work. 

Problems to be assigned and work directed 
by a member of the department. Supervised 
research including literature search, field 
and/or laboratory investigation and presenta- 
tion of an acceptable written report of results. 
Credit will depend upon the work to be done. 
Both credit and proposed work must be ap- 
proved in advance, in writing, by the faculty 
member to supervise the work and by the 
department head. 

BIO 495, 496— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and permis- 
sion of the Department Head 

The student will be engaged in a biological 
project sponsored by an outside agency. The 
project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, 
and credit hours determined by the student's 
faculty advisor in consultation with the outside 
agency. The student must make application 
during the quarter preceding the internship. No 
more than 5 (five) hours may be counted 
toward major. 



58 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






Botany Offerings 

BOT 201— Principles of Horticulture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles 
with emphasis on plant growth and develop- 
ment as responses to varying environmental 
conditions. Topics to be covered include plant 
classification, growth and development, envi- 
ronment, propagation, disease and pest con- 
trol. This course may be applied as elective 
credit towards the B.S. degree in biology. 

BOT 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Spring, Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 
and 102 or 11 2. 

Morphology and phytogeny of the divisions 
of the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the 
evolution of the land flora. 

BOT 305— Identification of Flowering 
Plants (0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of 
biology. 

Studies in the indentification of plants with 
emphasis on local flora. 

BOT 323— Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 1 5 quarter hours of biology. 

The origin and development of the organs 
and tissue systems of vascular plants, and a 
comparative study of the structure of roots, 
stems, leaves, flowers, and fruits. 

BOT 410— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of 
biology. 

A survey of physiologic processes occur- 
ring in plants and the conditions which affect 
these processes. 

BOT 425— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, 
and evolutionary relationships. 



Entomology Offerings 

ENT 301— Introductory Entomology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 and 1 02 
or 11 2. 

An introduction to the study of insects— their 
structure, identification, and biology. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204— Survey of the Animal Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 
102. 

An evolutionary survey of the major animal 
phyla. 

ZOO 208— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A basic course considering the gross anat- 
omy, histology, and physiology of the human 
organ systems. Intended primarily for majors 
in health sciences, credit for this course may 
not be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 
208 and CHE 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course consider- 
ing the anatomy and physiology of the human. 
Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

ZOO 210— Functional Human Anatomy for 
Medical Radiographers (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208. 

Detailed skeletal anatomy: gross systemic 
anatomy and histology, with functional high- 
lights of circulatory, respiratory, digestive, 
excretory and reproductive systems. Intended 
primarily for majors in health science; credit for 
this course may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 

ZOO 211— Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and 
Physiology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with 
special emphasis on functional anatomy. The 
physiology of the heartbeat, the control of cir- 
culation, respiration, and blood pressure, and 
partial movement across membranes will also 
be studied. Intended primarily for majors in 
health sciences; credit for this course may not 
be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 215— Human Physiology and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 or other 
acceptable courses in human, general, or ver- 
tebrate physiology. 

An introductory consideration of disease as i 
disruption of physiological homeostasis. Initial I 
emphasis is placed on normal function, con- 



BIOLOGY 



59 



trol, and environment of cells as a basis for 
understanding cellular and systemic responses 
to agents of injury and organismic effects of 
those responses Intended primarily for majors 
in health sciences 

ZOO 325— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring Prerequisite ZOO 204 

A study of the structure, body functions, 
interrelations, and natural history of the major 
invertebrate groups. 

ZOO 330— Fundamentals of Nutrition 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites BIO 101/111-102/112 or 
ZOO 208-209. and CHE 1 21 -1 22 or CHE 201 . 

Biological bases of animal, including human, 
nutrition; sources and biological utilization and 
functions of nutrients 

ZOO 355-Embryology (4-3-5) 

Fall Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and BIO 
102 or 112 

An elementary course in embryology in 
which the chick is used to illustrate the basic 
principles of developmental anatomy. 

ZOO 356— Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and 
BIO 102 or 112. 

A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 357-Animal Histology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and 
BIO 102 or 11 2. 

A study of the tissues and their organization 
into organs and organ systems in animals. 

ZOO 372— Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A comparative study of the internal and 
external parasites of man and other animals. 

ZOO 410— General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Junior Status: Organic 
Chemistry (may be taken concurrently). 

An introduction to the general physiologic 
processes of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 425— Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites: 
ZOO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B. 



Studies in the identification and ecologic 
distribution of marine invertebrates as exem- 
plified by collection from the southeastern 
coastal region 

ZOO 429— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites ZOO 41 
or other acceptable physiology course 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their 
control of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 435— Comparative Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites Junior 
Status (Organic Chemistry may be taken 
concurrently). 

Studies in various groups of animals of the 
functions of organ systems involved in the 
maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro 
reactions of tissues and systems under labora- 
tory conditions. 



Marine Science Center Offerings 

The following courses, offered at the Skida- 
way Island Marine Science Center, are coop- 
eratively sponsored by ASC, GIT, GSC, GSU, 
and UGA. Five quarter hours of credit from 
these courses may be applied within the major 
in biology or as electives toward the BS in 
Biology degree. 

BIO 430— Estuarine Ecology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: CHE 
128, 129; ZOO 204; two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; or permission of 
instructor. MAT 104 recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuar- 
ies, substrates, physical processes, communi- 
ties, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynam- 
ics and analysis. The study area will include 
the estuarine complex of the Carolinian prov- 
ince as exemplified along the coast of Georgia. 

ZOO 405— Ichthyology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: ZOO 
204 and one course in zoology numbered 300 
or above, or permission of instructor. 

The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and 
evolution of fishes with special reference to 
the fishes of eastern North America. 



60 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 









Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry, Department Head 

Brewer, John 

Jaynes, Leon 

Johanning, Gary 

Jones, Gerald 

Robbins, Paul 

Stratton, Cedric 

Whiten, Morris 



The department offers the Bachelor of 
Science with a major in chemistry, designed to 
give depth in the fields of chemistry, yet flexible 
enough to accommodate a range of career 
goals. Students majoring in chemistry may 
concurrently complete all pre-medical and/or 
pre-dental requirements and all requirements 
for secondary teaching certification in science 
(chemistry). 

By careful use of electives a student major- 
ing in chemistry may concurrently acquire a 
second major in biology (i.e. the student may 
take a "double major"). This program is recom- 
mended for pre-professional students. It does 
require 1 to 20 quarter hours credit above the 
minimum required for graduation. 

The department participates in the Dual 
Degree Program of Armstrong State College 
and the Georgia Institute of Technology under 
which students may earn simultaneously the 
B.S. degree in chemistry from Armstrong and 
the Bachelor's degree from Georgia Tech in a 
related field, such as chemical engineering. 
Students interested in learning more about the 
chemistry degree program or any course 
offered by the department should contact the 
department head. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A 
MAJOR IN CHEMISTRY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101. 102, 201 15 

One course selected from: ART 
200. 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 
200; PHI 200,201 5 



Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY211,212or217*,218* 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 
201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128, 129,281 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY 21 3 or 21 9* 5 

Computer Science or Mathe- 
matics or Natural Science 5 

Area V 6 

PE211 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341 , 342, 343, 380, 491 25 

CHE 492, 493 or CHE 481, 

482,483,496 10 

Approved 300-400 level 

Chemistry courses 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

CS 11 0,1 42, or 246 5 

Additional courses in Computer 

Science, Mathematics, or 

Natural Sciences 10 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 
*Recommended sequence. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OFSCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101. 102,201 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 
200; PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114. 115 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201. ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



61 



Area IV 30 

CHE 281 5 

PHY 211, 212, or 217. 218 10 

PSY 101 5 

EDN200 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 
DRS228 5 

Area V 6 

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341 , 342, 343, 380, 491 25 

CHE 492, 493 or CHE 481, 

482,483,496 10 

CHE 461 5 

Approved 300-400 level Chem- 
istry elective 5 

2. Related Field Requirements 25 

MAT 206 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

PHY 21 3 or 21 9 5 

One course selected from: AST 
301; GEL 302; MET 303; OCE 
301,430; PHY 41 2 5 

D. Profesional sequence 35 

EDU310, 335, 447, 481,482, 

483 30 

PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' Examination and Exit Examina- 
tions 

TOTAL 206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
3ACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
N PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

V General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102,201 15 

One course selected from: 

ART 200, 271,272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

One course selectd from: 

ANT 201' ECO 201, 202; 

PSY 101;SOC201 5 



Area iv , 30 

PHY 211, 212. 213 or 

PHY217.218.219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

Area V 6 

PE 211 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

PHY412 5 

Ten hours chosen from: 

AST, GEL. MET, OCE 10 

Thirty hours selected from (to 
include maximum 15 CHE 

hours) 30 

300-400 level CHE courses 
300-400 level PHY courses 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

CS146 5 

CS or MAT 20 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 

MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty 
credit hours with grades of "C" or better in 
upper division chemistry courses. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-three 
credit hours from courses designated as phys- 
ics numbered 21 1 or higher. A grade of "C" or 
better in each course is required. 

The minor in Physical Science requires ten 
credit hours of a laboratory sequence in chem- 
istry, physical science, or physics plus fifteen 
hours chosen from: AST 301, CHE 301, GEL 
302, OCE 301, MET 303. A grade of "C" or 
better is required in each course. 

The Engineering 
Studies Program 

A selection of basic engineering courses is 
offered at Armstrong State College to facilitate 
the transfer of students into engineering pro- 
grams. By choosing appropriate courses at 
Armstrong, a student may be able to complete 
a baccalaureate engineering program in fewer 
than two academic years of residence at an 
engineering school. 

All core curriculum and basic engineering 
courses may be taken at ASC. This program of 
courses has been constructed and designed 
with full cooperation and counsel from The 
Georgia Institute of Technology. 



62 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



r 






OFFERINGS 

Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 121-122— Introduction to 
Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 1 01 . (Credit 
in these courses may not be applied to a major 
in chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the fun- 
damental laws and theories of inorganic chem- 
istry, a survey of organic chemistry, and an 
introduction to biochemistry. 

CHE 128-129— General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concur- 
rently. Offered each quarter. 
These courses are the first two of the series 

128, 129, 281 required to complete an aca- 
demic year of General Chemistry. A study of 
the fundamental principles and laws of chem- 
istry with a quantitative approach to the sub- 
ject. These courses are designed for the 
science, pre-medical and engineering student. 
The laboratory work includes an understand- 
ing of fundamental techniques. 

CHE 201— Essentials of General Chemistry 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to inorganic, organic, and 
biochemistry with emphasis on applications in 
human physiology and clinical chemistry. Exper- 
imental principles will be illustrated with class- 
room demonstrations. 

CHE 202— Physical Principles (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201. 

This course provides a study of the physical 
principles of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- 
tions, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH 
measurements, blood gas measurements, and 
other subjects of special interest to persons in 
allied health sciences. 

CHE 281— Qualitative Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring. 
This course is the third of the series 128, 

129, 281 required to complete an academic 
year of General Chemistry. Study of ionic equi- 
libria and separation methods. Homogeneous 
solutions involving dissociation, hydrolysis and 
buffer action, and heterogeneous systems 
showing the influence of pH and complexation 
on solubility are illustrated. Various chemical 
and chromatographic techniques are used as 
a basis for qualitative analysis. 



CHE 301— The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

An introductory course covering selected 
areas of applied biochemistry. This course is 
not recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students. 

CHE 307— Principles of Chemical Processes 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206. 

Methods of material balance in chemical 
process are studied. Topic subjects include 
processes and process variables, systems of 
units, gas behavior, single-phase and multi- 
phase systems. TEXT: Level of Felder and 
Rousseau Elementary Principles of Chemical 
Processes. 

CHE 308— Principles of Chemical Processes 
II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 307. 

Methods of energy balance in chemical pro- 
cesses are studied. Various forms of energy 
changes involved in both reactive and non- 
reactive processes are introduced. Emphasis 
is placed on the application of combined mate- 
rial and energy balances in processes. TEXT: 
Level of Felder and Rousseau Elementary 
Principles of Chemical Processes. 

CHE 341-342— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphat- 
ics, aromatic hydrocarbons and their deriva- 
tives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynu- 
clear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are 
.emphasized in terms of modern theory. 

CHE 343— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry 
sequence 341, 342. This course completes 
the fundamental study of organic chemistnj 
with a consideration of carbohydrates, amincl 
acids, and heterocyclics with their relatec 
compounds. 

CHE 350— Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Offered on de 
mand. 

A study of the use of the chemical librarj 
and the important journals, references, ant] 
information sources. 

CHE 380— Quantitative Instrumental 
Analysis (2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 281 Winter, Summe | 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



63 



A study of the principles of gravimetric, 
'Olumetric. spectrophotometric. and electro- 
netnc methods of analysis. The laboratory will 
>rovide practice in techniques and application 
)f these principles 

:HE 397— Scientific Glass-Blowing 
0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. 
Offered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; 
ntroduction of glass working equipment; plan- 
ling of sequential joining operations; demon- 
itration of major techniques for joining and 
vorking glass; supervision of individual stu- 
1ents in preparing testpieces. 

:HE 410-Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341 . Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard labora- 
ory safety practices, hazardous properties of 
chemicals, safety practices in the storage, use 
ind disposal of chemicals, and government 
egulations. 

"HE 421— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
3-3-4) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tend- 
ng to increase students' understanding of 
nechanisms of chemical reactions. Empha- 
izes the periodicity of elements. 

:HE 431-432-Seminar (3-0-3) 

', Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

~HE 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry 
3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Spring. 

A further study of important organic reac- 
ions emphasizing theories of reaction mech- 
inism of organic chemistry. 

"HE 448— Organic Qualitative Analysis 
2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Systematic approach to the identification of 
>rganic compounds. 

:HE 451— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Spring, odd years. Prerequisites: Junior stand- 
ng and CHE 129. 

The development of science surveyed from 
intiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
he development of ideas, men who made sig- 
lificant contributions, evolution of chemical 
heories, and the modern social implications of 
science. 



CHE 461— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite CHE 343 Offered on demand 
A study of the chemical nature of cellular 
constituents and cellular metabolism Subject 
topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, 
enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic 
carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, 
the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phos- 
phorylation, and photosynthesis. 

CHE 462— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461 Offered on demand. 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and 
nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosyn- 
thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 463— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 

A study of the principles of chemistry ap- 
plied in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects 
to include instrumentation and microtechniques. 

CHE 466— Biochemistry Laboratory 
(0-6-2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 461 . Offered 
on demand. 

A study of techniques used in biochemistry 
research. Topic subjects include separation, 
purification and characterization procedures. 

CHE 481— Advanced Instrumental 
Analysis (1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. 

A study of electrometric methods of analy- 
sis. Topic subjects will include potentiometnc. 
coulometric, and polarographic measurements. 

CHE 482— Advanced Instrumental 
Analysis (1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380 and PHY 312 
A study of spectrophotometric and chromat- 
ographic methods of analysis. Topic subjects 
will include visible and ultra-violet spectros- 
copy, gas-liquid chromatography, high per- 
formance liquid chromatography, atomic emis- 
sion and absorption spectroscopy. 

CHE 483— Advanced Instrumental 
Analysis (1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 482. 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectros- 
copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron- 
spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 



64 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



CHE 491-492-493— Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380, PHY 21 3, MAT 206. 
Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemis- 
try including the study of solids, liquids, gases, 
thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- 
tions. These courses will also cover a study of 
chemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, elec- 
trochemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics 
and nuclear chemistry. 

CHE 496— Internship (V-V(1-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
sites: CHE 343, 380, 491 and permission of the 
Chemistry Intern Program Director. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project 
in industry, government or other institutional 
setting. The project will be determined, super- 
vised, and evaluated by the sponsor of the 
activity and the student's faculty adviser. Appli- 
cation and arrangement must be made through 
the department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter of internship. Open to transient stu- 
dents only with permission of the Dean of the 
Faculty at Armstrong and the appropriate offi- 
cial of the school from which the student 
comes. 

CHE 497-498-499— Independent Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the Head of the 
Department. Offered each quarter. 

Designed to permit qualified students to 
pursue supervised individual research or study. 
Emphasis will be placed on the literature 
search, laboratory experimentation, and pres- 
entation of an acceptable written report. Both 
the credit and proposed work must be approved 
in writing by the faculty member who will 
supervise the work and by the department 
head. Open to transient students only with the 
permission of the Dean of the Faculty at Arm- 
strong and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes. 

Engineering Offerings 

EGR 100— Introduction to Engineering 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 1 01 and 
ENG 1 01 . A comprehensive orientation of the 
engineering process from problem formulation 
to the evolution of creative design; funda- 
mental concepts from various fields of 
engineering. 



EGR 170— Engineering Graphics I (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Communication 
using orthographic projection, reading and 
writing the graphic language both with instru- 
ments and through free-hand sketching, pic- 
torials, auxiliaries, dimensioning, geometric 
construction and lettering. 

EGR 171— Engineering Graphics II (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: EGR 170. 

Space visualization of points, lines, and 
planes; graphical analysis of engineering 
problems; fundamentals of computer-aided 
design; working drawings related to special- 
ized engineering fields. 

EGR 220— Engineering Mechanics I: Statics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 21 7 and MAT 207. 

Concepts of forces, moments, and other 
vector quantities; analysis of two-and-three- 
dimensional force systems; conditions of 
equilibrium; friction; centroids and moments ot 
inertia. 

EGR 221— Engineering Mechanics II: 
Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208. 

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; 
kinetics of particles and rigid bodies using 
force-mass-acceleration, work-energy, and 
momentum methods in two-and-three-dimen- 
sional motion. 

EGR 322— Engineering Mechanics III: 
Mechanics of Materials (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes ot 
solids resulting from externally applied loads: 
shear and bending moment diagrams; anal-j 
ysis of stress and strain; beam deflection; 1 
column stability. 

EGR 310— Electrical Circuit Analysis 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or 
Corequisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis: Thevenin's anc 
Norton's theorems; phasors, magnetically 
coupled circuits, and two-port parameters. 

EGR 311— Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the 
concepts of solid-state devices; development 
of the electrical characteristics of diodes anc 
transistors; bipolar and field-effect amplifying 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



65 



circuits; operational amplifiers and analog 
systems 

EGR 312— Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: EGR 311 

Operation and application of integrated 
circuits used in digital systems; gates, flip- 
flops, counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 323— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221 . EGR 330, and MAT 
341 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using 
the continuity, momentum, and energy conser- 
vation relationships; introduction to viscous 
flows. 

EGR 330— Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 21 7 and MAT 208. 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; proper- 
ties of substances; conservation principles; 
the first and second laws of thermodynamics; 
entropy; analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

EGR 331— Thermodynamics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 330. 

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic 
relationships; thermodynamic behavior of real 
gases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermody- 
namics of chemical reactions. 

EGR 332— Heat Transfer (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 323. 

The fundamental principle of heat transfer; 
steady and transient conduction in solids; 
introduction to convective heat transfer; 
thermal radiation. 

EGR 350— Computer Applications in 
Engineering (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: CS 246, EGR 221 , EGR 310, 
EGR 323. 

The application of digital computers to the 
solution of selected engineering problems 
using FORTRAN; emphasis on problem analy- 
sis and solution techniques. 

EGR 370— Engineering Economic Analysis 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202. 

Fundamental principles and basic tech- 
niques of economic analysis of engineering 
projects including economic measure of 
effectiveness; time value of money, cost esti- 
mation, breakeven and replacement analysis. 

EGR 396— Engineering Internship 
(V-V(1-12)) 

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322, and 
permission of the Engineering Intern Program 



Director 

The student will pursue a meaningful project 
in industry or government The project will be 
determined, supervised, \and evaluated by-the 
sponsor of the activity and the Engineering 
Intern Program Director Application and arrange- 
ment must be made through the department by 
mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship 



Physical Science Offerings 

AST 301— Introduction to Astronomy 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
science completed. Winter. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, stellar 
structure, and cosmology. 

GEL 302— Principles of Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labora- 
tory science completed. Fall. 

An introduction of physical and historical 
geology. A study of the origin, evolution, and 
structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 
history. 

MET 303— Principles of Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of labora- 
tory science completed. Spring. 

An introduction to the description of the 
state of the atmosphere and to the physical 
laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCE 301— Principles of Oceanography 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labora- 
tory science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of oceanog- 
raphy. Topic subjects to include the distribu- 
tion of water over the earth, nature and relief of 
the ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical 
properties of sea water and constituents, and 
applications of oceanographic research. 

PHS 121— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements. Of- 
fered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental 
laws and concepts of physics and astronomy. 
This course is designed for non-science majors 
interested in a descriptive survey. The labora- 
tory study is designed to supplement the study 
of theory. 






. 






66 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



T 



PHS 122— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: admission requirements. Of- 
fered each quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental 
laws and theories of chemistry and geology. 
This is a descriptive course which includes the 
classification of elements, basic chemical re- 
actions, and atomic structure designed for the 
non-science major. The laboratory study in- 
cludes experiences which augment class dis- 
cussion. 

Physics Offerings 

PHY 201-202— Radiation Physics (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 1 01 . 

These courses deal with the basic concepts 
involved in production, propagation, and detec- 
tion of electromagnetic radiation. Particular 
emphasis will be given to mechanisms de- 
scribing the interaction of X-Rays with matter, 
radiation protection, photographic detection, 
dosimetry, and circuitry. 

PHY/BIO 205— Radiation Biology (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or 218 or 202, and 
two quarter sequence in anatomy and physi- 
ology or general biology. 

Sources, propagation, and interactions of 
ionizing radiation and its biological effect. 
(Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology or in chemistry.) 

PHY 211— Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 21 1 -21 2- 
213 in general physics. Basic classical phys- 
ics, including mechanics, sound, and heat. 
Designed for students with aptitude in mathe- 
matics below the level of calculus. Selected 
experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHY 212— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 1 03 and PHY 21 1 . Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 21 1 - 
212-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and 
geometrical optics. 

PHY 213— Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 1 03 and PHY 21 2. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 21 1 -21 2- 
213. Continues the study of light from the 
viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. 
Laboratory work includes two selected exper- 
iments of advanced scope. 



PHY 217— Mechanics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 206, or concurrently. Fall. 

The first part of the sequence PHY 21 7-21 8- 
219 in general physics. Basic classical phys- 
ics, including mechanics, sound and heat. 
Designed especially for engineering students 
and recommended for science majors. Select- 
ed experiments to demonstrate applications. 

PHY 218— Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
Light (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and PHY 21 7. Winter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 21 7- 
218-219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and 
geometrical optics. 

PHY 219— Light Phenomena, Modern 
Physics (5-3-6) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and PHY 21 8. Spring. 

The last part of the sequence PHY 21 7-21 8- 
219. Continues the study of light from the 
viewpoint of physical optics, and concludes 
with the study of atomic and nuclear physics. 
Laboratory work includes two selected exper- 
iments of advanced scope. 

PHY 312— Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter 
hours of laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to discrete component and 
integrated circuits used in modern digital elec- 
tronics. The primary objective of this course is 
to give students hands-on experience in con- 
structing and investigating an array of digital 
circuits that are directly applicable in instru- 
mentation. No credit will be allowed in this 
course for a person already having credit for 
PHY 412. 

PHY 370— Thermodynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 211 or 217, CHE 129, 
and MAT 208. Offered on demand. 

An intermediate course which includes the 
fundamental principles of classical thermody- 
namics and kinetic theory with application to 
physical systems. 

PHY 380— Introductory Quantum 
Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and 
MAT 207. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical prin- 
ciples with applications in atomic and molecu- 
lar structure. 

PHY 412— Electronic Measurements 
for Scientists (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 21 2 or PHY 21 8. 
Circuit theory and digital/analog electron- 



FINE ARTS 



67 



ics dealing with measurements, control con- 
cepts and instruments that are used by exper- 
imental scientists 

PHY 417— Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 or 211 and MAT 
207 PHY 218 or 212 and MAT 341 are 
recommended. Offered on demand 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of parti- 
cles and of systems of particles are developed 
using Newtonian principles. 

Marine Science Center Offerings 

The following course, offered at the Skida- 
way Island Marine Science Center, is coopera- 
tively sponsored by Armstrong State College, 
Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia 
Southern College, Savannah State College, 
and the University of Georgia. 

OCE 430— Applied Oceanography (6-4-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 1 28, 1 29; BIO 1 01 , 1 02. 
Offered Summer Quarter. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and bio- 
logical sciences which are marine oriented as 
applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretaion of 
field data stressed, utilizing vessels and equip- 
ment of the Skidaway Institute of Oceanog- 
raphy. 



Fine Arts 

Faculty 

Vacant, Department Head 
Campbell, Michael 
David, Marilee 
Harris, Robert 
Hough, Bonny 
Schmidt, John 



The Department of Fine Arts offers the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with majors in art and 
music, the Bachelor of Music Education 
degree, and in cooperation with the Depart- 
ment of Secondary Education, the Bachelor of 
Science in Education degree with a major in 
Art Education. 



Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must 
take placement examinations as appropriate 
in applied music, music theory, and music 
history Acceptance of transfer credit towards 
graduation requirements in each area is con- 
tingent upon the results of the examination 

Transfer students in art will be required to 
take a placement examination in art history 
Additionally, coursework at other institutions in 
studio art may not be counted towards gradua- 
tion until a portfolio of artwork is submitted 
demonstrating competency in those areas in 
which classes have been completed. 

Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies 
and regulations which affect music majors. 
Included are requirements for recital atten- 
dance, ensemble participation, piano profi- 
ciency, recital participation, applied music 
levels, and the Rising Junior Applied Music 
Examination. A copy of A Handbook of Policies 
and Regulations for M usic Majors will be given 
to each music student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog 
for information on applied music fees. 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- 
tinctly useful place in the Fine Arts curriculum. 
The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment expe- 
rience that otherwise is unavailable in the 
classroom. Normally, regular curriculum course- 
work should not be completed by individual 
study. 

However, if a regular course is to be taught 
by individual study, the following criteria must 
be met before approval may be granted by the 
department head: 1 ) the course must not have 
been offered during the preceding three quar- 
ters nor be scheduled during the succeeding 
three quarters: 2) the student must gain the 
approval of the anticipated instructor; 3) tran- 
sient students must gain the permission of not 
only the department head, but the dean of 
faculty, and of the college from which the stu- 
dent comes; and, 4) the student must demon- 
strate, in writing, that a hardship will exist if 
permission is denied, for the student to take an 
individual study. 



68 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A 
MAJOR IN ART 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 
273; ENG 222; PHI 200, 

201; MUS 200, ART 271 -273 
may not be duplicated with 

major field requirements) 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 222 or 

290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101-102; 
CHE 1 21 -1 22; 1 28-1 29; PHY 211,21 2; 
217-218; PHS 

121-122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 . 
ECO201.PSY101.SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ART111, 112,201,202,213 25 

2. MUS 200 or 210 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 35 

1 . ART 31 3, 330, 340, 370, 413 .... 25 

2. Two from: ART 271 , 272, 273 
(may not be duplicated with 

Area I Requirements) 10 

C. Special Course Requirements 20 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

2. PHI 400 5 

D. Electives 40 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A 
MAJOR IN MUSIC 



Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,290 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 21 , 
122; PHY 211, 212; PHS 121, 

122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 
201, PSY101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. MUS111, 112, 113,211,212, 

213 18 

2. MUS 140,240 12 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 30 

1. MUS 281, 312, 340, 371,372, 

373 21 

2. MUS 41 2, 440 9 

C. Electives 35 

1 . Free Electives 26 

2. One of the following concentrations 
completed in toto: 

A. Keyboard Performance— 
MUS 258, 425, 426, plus 

music electives 9 

B. Vocal Performance— MUS 

21 7, 21 8, and 5 hours from 41 4, 
415,416,422 9 

C. Theory/Composition— MUS 

361, 411, and 480 or 481 9 

D. Wind Instrument Perfor- 
mance— MUS 361 and 41 7 

or 41 8 plus electives 9 

D. Special course Requirements 25 

1 . ART 271 , 272, 273 (may not be 
duplicated with Area I 
requirement) 10 

2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

3. RECITAL PEFORMANCES 
(determined by option) 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



A. General Requirements 



Hours 

..101 



FINE ARTS 



69 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101. 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200. 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101,290 10 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence .. . 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , 

ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

2 MUS 111. 112, 113, 140,236, 

281 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

b. Courses in the Major Field 64-65 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 237, 238, 

239 15 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330. 331.361.412 .... 17 

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9 

5. One of the following concentrations 
completed in toto: 

A. Choral Emphasis— MUS 21 7, 
218,353.423,480 12 

B. Instrumental Emphasis— MUS 
227,352.424,481 and 41 7 

or 41 8 or 41 9 11 

C. Keyboard Emphasis— MUS 
227, 425, 426. and 352 or 

353 and 480 or 481 11 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EDN 310; EDU 335.491, 492, 

493 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 195-196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from ART 200, 271 , 
272.273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 : 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. ART111, 112.201,213 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentraton 58-63 

1. ART 202 5 

2. ART271.272. 273" 10-15 

3. ART 31 3, 330, 340, 350, 351. 

370 30 

4. Two courses from: ART 362, 
363.364 10 

5. ART 400 3 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EDN 310; EDU 335, 491 . 492. 

493 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 
"May not be duplicated in Area I. 






I 



70 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MINOR CONCENTRATIONS 

Minor concentrations in art and in music are 
available through the Department of Fine Arts. 
The requirements of each are: 

Hours 

Art 25 

1. ART 111,112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 
271,272,273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 
ART 114,201,202,211,213, 
214,215,330,331,340,362, 
363,364,370,413 10 

Music 29 

1. MUS111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 
area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 or 254 6 

4. Music History and Literature 8 

5. MUS 000 (recital attendance 



ASSOCIATE IN ARTS WITH 
CONCENTRATIONS 

HOURS 

Concentration in Art 25 

1. ART 111, 112 10 

2. One course selected from: ART 
271,272,273 5 

3. Two courses selected from: 
ART 11 4, 201,202, 211,213, 
214,215,330,331,340,362, 
363,364,370,413 10 

Concentration in Music 29 

1. MUS111, 112, 113 9 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 
area) 6 

3. Music Ensemble 251 , 254 6 

4. Music History and Literature 8 

5. Piano Proficiency 

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance)... 



OFFERINGS 
Art Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open 



to non-art majors. 



ART 111— Basic Design I (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design 
and graphic communication. 

ART 112— Basic Design II (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better 
in Art III or permission of instructor. 

The fundamentals of three-dimensional de- 
sign introduced through sculptural projects in 
various media. 

ART 114— Introduction to Photography 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to black and white photograph- 
ic aesthetics and processes. Including study 
of the mechanical-optical functions of camer- 
as and enlargers as well as printing and pro- 
cessing of film in a controlled environment. 

ART 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and 
techniques and their application in master- 
works of art from all ages. Not recommended 
for art majors. 

ART201-Paintingl(4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or 
higher in ART 1 11 or ART 21 3 or permission of 
the instructor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from 
observed and secondary sources. 

ART 202— Painting II (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or 
higher in ART 201 or permission of the 
instructor. 

A continuation of Painting I with an increas- 
ing emphasis on student selected painting 
problems. 

ART 211— Graphic Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the 
instructor. 

The fundamentals of visual communication 
including design, layout, typography and repro- 
duction as related to modern advertising tech- 
niques. 

ART 213— Drawing I (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing repre- 
sentational drawing from still-life, landscape, 
and figural form. 



FINE ARTS 



71 



ART 214— Intermediate Photography (3-3-5) 

d on demand 

Prerequisite ART 1 1 4 or permission of the 
instructor. 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics 
and processes in black and white photography. 

ART 215— Color Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 1 14, or permission of the 
instructor 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, 
and print processes of color photography. 

ART 271— History of Art (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculp- 
ture, and architecture, in Western Civilization 
from pre-history to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272— History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the 
twentieth centuries. 

ART 313— Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 
213 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis 
on figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 320— Art for the Elementary Teacher 
(4-2-5) 

Fall. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials 
and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 

ART 330— Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

Fundamentals of hand-built stoneware pot- 
tery including pinch, coil and slab construction, 
glaze-making, kiln loading and firing. Addi- 
tional experiences may include primitive firing 
or Raku. 

ART 331— Ceramics II (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals of wheel-thrown pottery, plus 
a more intensive exploration of glazing and 
firing including Raku. 

ART 333— Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 330 or ART 331 . 



An exploration of the expressive capabilities 
of clay as a unique sculptural medium 

ART 340— Prlntmaklng (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the 
instructor. 

An introduction to basic printmaking pro- 
cesses including linoleum, woodblock, and 
silkscreen. 

ART 350— Art In the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques 
and materials for teaching art in the elemen- 
tary school. 

ART 351— Art in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques 
and materials for teaching art in junior and 
senior high school. 

ART 362— Enameling/Jewelry Making 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction of process in the production of 
a variety of enameled art works, and of pro- 
cesses in the making of jewelry, both hand- 
made and cast. 

ART 363— Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in 
applying original designs to fabric. 

ART 364— Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and 
off techniques in weaving and in contemporary 
fiber wall hangings. 

ART 370— Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ART 1 1 2. 

The basic sculptural processes employing a 
variety of media. Emphasis on technical and 
formal aspects of three-dimensional expres- 
sion. 

ART 400— Seminar in Art Education (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

A survey of current trends in instructional 
and research techniques. 

ART 413— Drawing III (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or 



72 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



higher in ART 31 3 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of Drawing II with increas- 
ingly complex problems in concept, design, 
and technique. 

ART 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V -V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 

ART 491— Internship (V-V-(1-4-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of instructor and department 
head and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually 
designed course project involving off-campus 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usually 
encompass the entire academic quarter and 
are under the joint supervision of the sponsor- 
ing institution and his/her faculty supervisor. 



Applied Music Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open 
to non-music majors. 

MUS 130— Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music background, 
determined by audition or MUS 1 1 0. 

One twenty-five minute lesson per week in 
brass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, 
or woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree 
only for a secondary applied credit. May be 
repeated for credit. 

MUS 140— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Open to music majors and a 
limited number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 240— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 140 
level as determined by jury examination. Music 
majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 340— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the 
Rising Junior Applied Music Examination. 
Music majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 



MUS 440— Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 
level as determined by jury examination. Music 
majors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
percussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
May be repeated for credit. 



Music Offerings 

MUS 000— Recital Attendance (0-V-0) 

A requirement for music majors and minors 
which consists of attendance at a designated 
number of concerts/recitals each quarter. 

MUS 110— Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

An introduction to music theory for students 
needing skills for MUS 111. May not be used 
for credit toward a degree in music. 

MUS 111— Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 1 1 or equivalent by 
examination. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical prin- 
ciples of music including sightsinging, ear- 
training and keyboard harmony. 

MUS 112— Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or 
higher in MUS ill or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 111 with emphasis 
on part-writing and diatonic material. 

MUS 113— Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or 
higher in MUS 1 1 2 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 112 introducing 
seventh chords and diatonic modulation. 

MUS 114— Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 113 
or permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord 
symbol, melodic patterns, eartraining, melodic 
concepts and analysis of improvised solos. 

MUS 200— Introduction to Music Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student 
understand music by means of analysis of 
style, forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUS 201— Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers 



FINE ARTS 



73 



and styles with emphasis on recorded litera- 
ture The course will examine elements of jazz 
such as improvisation, instrumentation and 
rhythm and trace their development from New 
Orleans to contemporary fusion music 

MUS 202— Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature. 

MUS 203— Popular Music in 20th Century 
Ameria (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to 
present Examination of popular music and its 
relationship to American culture. 

MUS 211— Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in 
MUS 1 13 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 113 with emphasis 
on chromatic harmony. 

MUS 212— Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or 
higher in MUS 21 1 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of MUS 21 1 . 

MUS 213— Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or 
higher in MUS 21 2 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis 
on twentieth century techniques. 

MUS 214— Jass Improvisation II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 1 1 4 or permission of the 
instructor. 

Emphasis on the analysis and performance 
of intermediate jazz literature and composition 
in contemporary styles. 

MUS 217— Diction in Singing I (2-0-2) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Music majors only. 

A study of phonetics and pronunciation of 
the International Phonetic Alphabet, French, 
and German. 

MUS 218— Diction in Singing II (2-0-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MUS 21 7. Music majors 
only. 

A study of the phonetics and pronunciation 
of Latin, Italian, and English. 

MUS 224— Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed forthe development of basic skills 
in playing the guitar for accompanying. Fo- 
cuses on chorded styles and their application 
to music such as folk songs and popular 
music. 



MUS 226— Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Permis- 
sion of the instructor Students enrolling in II or 
III must have received a grade of "C" or higher 
in the preceding class 

A study of keyboard techniques with em- 
phasis on the skills needed to fulfill the piano 
proficiency requirement 

MUS 227— Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
major status or permission of the instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with 
practical application to standard song litera- 
ture. Not open to students whose principal 
instrument is voice. 

MUS 229— Class Recorder (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permis- 
sion of the instructor. 

An introduction to playing the recorder. Ba- 
sics covered include reading music notation, 
fingerings, and tone production. 

MUS 236— Brass Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of brass 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 237— Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of wood- 
wind instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 238— Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of percus- 
cion instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 239— String Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of string 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 250- Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students. 

A group to provide spirit music at school 
athletic functions. May be taken for academic 
credit, at most, four times. 

MUS 251— Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standard 
literature for symphonic band. Public perfor- 
mances are a part of the course requirement. 

MUS 252— Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of 
jazz styles and periods. Public performances 
are a part of the course requirement. 



, 



74 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






MUS 253— Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by audi- 
tion. Jazz Choir. Public performances are a 
part of the course requirement. 

MUS 254— Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability to 
read music desired but not required. Reper- 
toire to be selected each quarter from the 
standard choral concert literature. There will 
be public performances each quarter. 

MUS 255— Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the perfor- 
mance media of brass, woodwind, string, key- 
board, voice, and percussion instruments. 

MUS 257— Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Preparation and performance of work or 
excerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. 

MUS 258— Keyboard Accompanying (1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
A study of the basic principles of accompani- 
ment. 

MUS 259— Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all. 

Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected 
from the larger choral works. Ability to read 
music not required. Public performances are 
part of the course requirement. 

MUS 281— Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fail. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors 
only. 

An introduction to the techniques of con- 
ducting and interpretation. 

MUS 312— Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 21 3. 
Music majors only. 

The study of the principles of form in music 
and techniques of harmonic analysis. 

MUS 318— Music Fundamentals for the 
Elementary Teacher (2-0-2) 

Offered alternate quarters. 

A course in functional piano, music notation, 
scales, key signatures, and beginning ear- 
training and sight singing. Special attention is 
given to applying these elements to children's 
songs. Not open to music majors. May be 
exempted by examination with credit awarded. 

MUS 319— Music Methods for the 
Elementary Teacher (3-0-3) 

Offered alternate quarters. Prerequisite: MUS 
318. 



An introduction to music instructional mate- 
ials for the elementary classroom teacher. Not 
open to music majors. 

MUS 330— Music in the Lower School 
(4-0-4) 

Winter. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing 
analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching music in the lower 
school. 

MUS 331— Music in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-0-4) 

Spring. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing 
analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching music in the middle and 
senior high schools. 

MUS 352— Band Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

A course dealing with the organization, 
maintenance and development of school instru- 
mental ensembles. 

MUS 353— Choral Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 227. 
Music majors only. 

A course dealing with the organization and 
development of school choral organizations, 
problems of choral singing, and fundamentals 
of choral conducting. 

MUS 361— Orchestration and Arranging 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 21 3. 
Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of arrang- 
ing and scoring for vocal and instrumental 
ensembles. 

MUS 371— Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year 
of music theory or permission of the instructor. 
Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization 
from its origins through the Renaissance. 

MUS 372— Music History II (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year 
of music theory or permission of the instructor. 
Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilizaiton 
in the Baroque and Classic Periods. 

MUS 373— Music History III (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213 



FINE ARTS 



75 



or permission of the instructor Music majors 
only 

The history of music in Western Civilization 
in the Romantic Period and in the 20th century 

MUS 411— Composition (V-V-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites: MUS 
213, 312 Music majors only. 

MUS 412— Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: MUS 213 
Music majors only 

A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th 
century music 

MUS 414— Song Literature I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 
A survey of German song literature. 

MUS 415— Song Literature II (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 
A survey of French song literature. 

MUS 41 6-Song Literature III (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the song literature of English, 
Italian and Russian music and others. 

MUS 417— Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Brass Instruments (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior 
status or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the brass instruments. 

MUS 418— Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Woodwind Instruments. 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior 
status or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the woodwind instruments. 

MUS 419— Repertoire and Pedagogical 
Techniques of Percussion Instruments 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior 
status or permission of the instructor. Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature and teaching tech- 
niques of the percussion instruments. 

MUS 422— Opera Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200 
or permission of the instructor. 



A study of operatic masterpieces from the 
origins of the form to the pro 

MUS 423— Choral Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite Junior 
status or permission of the instructor Music 
majors only 

A survey of the literature of choral ensemble 

MUS 424— Band Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: Junior 
status or permission of the instructor Music 
majors only. 

A survey of the literature of band and wind 
ensemble. 

MUS 425— Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
piano and a survey of literature suited for 
teaching purposes 

MUS 426— Piano Literature (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music 
majors only. 

An historical survey of the repertoire for 
piano. 

MUS 427— Vocal Pedagogy (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
voice and a survey of literature suited for 
teaching purposes. 

MUS 480— Advanced Choral Conducting 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 
281 , 31 2, 361 . Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the choral con- 
ductor. 

MUS 481— Advanced Instrumental 
Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 
281 , 31 2, 261 . Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumental 
conductor. 

MUS 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 
Music majors only. 

MUS 491— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of instructor and department 
head and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually 
designed course project involving off-campus 



76 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



study, work, and/or research. Projects usually 
encompass the entire academic quarter and 
are under the joint supervision of the sponsor- 
ing institution and his/her faculty supervisor. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
LAW ENFORCEMENT 



Government 

Faculty 

Megathlin, William; Department Head 

Brown, George 

Coyle, William 

Ealy, Steven 

Magnus, Robert 

McCarthy, John 

Murphy, Dennis 

Newman, John 

Rhee, Steve 



The Department of Government embraces 
the ideal of liberal education and views edu- 
cation in related professional areas as an 
extension of, rather than the antithesis of 
liberal education. Consequently, all Depart- 
ment programs and courses are conceptually- 
based, thereby enabling students to develop a 
theoretical sophistication applicable to prac- 
tical realities. So conceived, courses and 
programs achieve curricular integrity. 

The Department firmly believes that even 
curricular integrity is not enough, however. 
Instructional effectiveness is its inseparable 
complement, and attainment of these twin 
goals serves as the primary purpose of the 
Department of Government. The ongoing pro- 
gram of faculty development ensures that the 
staff of highly qualified educators— each 
selected for Department service on the basis 
of solid professional credentials— continually 
achieves that primary purpose. 

In addition, the Department of Government 
highly values both research and service. To 
the extent of resources available, the Depart- 
ment encourages research by both faculty 
and students and service to the School of Arts 
and Sciences, the College and the community. 

It is within the foregoing context that the 
Department of Government both requires the 
G.R.E. as an exit examination for its majors and 
offers the following undergraduate programs, 
concentrations and courses. 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. ART 200, 271,272, 273; MUS 

200; PHI 200,201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science 

sequence 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101;SOC201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CS 100, 103,210,280.301,305, 
370 and two CJ electives 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
CORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. ART 200, 271 , 272, 273; MUS 

200; PHI 200, 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science 

sequence 10 

5. HIS 252 or 253, POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

CJ 100, 103,210,270,280,301, 
303, 370 and one CJ elective 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two 
programs must be completed at Armstrong. 



GOVERNMENT 



77 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in Criminal 
Justice should complete Criminal Justice 1 00 
before the end of the freshman year and 
should complete all general education require- 
ments as soon as possible. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102. 201 15 

2. ART 200, 271,272, 273; MUS 

200; PHI 201; ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195,220, or 

290 10 

2. Laboratory sequence 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1 .HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC201; PSY 101; ECO 201 

or ANT 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CJ 100, 103, 210, 270 20 

2. Two courses selected from: 
ANT 201, ECO 21 0,202, DRS 

228, SOC201, PSY 101 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 211 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Courses 5 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Area of Concentration 30 

1 . CJ 280, 301 , 303, 305, 370, 390, 
490 30 

C. Electives from Related Areas 60 

1 . Sixty hours chosen from a list 
of selected electives. No 
more than fifteen hours may 
be taken from any one 
department except Criminal 
Justice. Six of these courses 
should be 300-400 level 

courses 60 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Majors in Political Science 

The major in Political Science may take 
three distinctly differing forms: Political Sci- 



ence, per se, Political Science with Certif 
tion, or Public Administration 

To complete a Polrtical Science major re- 
quires forty quarter hours of upper division 
courses in the field with grades of"C" or better 
in each course Further, the program must 
include at least one course from each of the 
following: American Political Institutions, Inter- 
national Relations, Political Theory, and Com- 
parative Government The major allows the 
option of a foreign language (French or Ger- 
man preferred) through the 103 level or a 
sequence of computer science courses. Stu- 
dents who contemplate graduate work in Politi- 
cal Science are strongly advised to take the 
foreign language option and to continue their 
linguistic study beyond the 103 level. 

Programs in Public Administration and Polit- 
ical Science with certification are more struc- 
tured in order to prepare students adequately 
to meet the demands of their professions and 
appropriate licensing agencies. 



Scholarships in Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annu- 
ally. Interested students are invited to inquire 
in the Department of Government office for 
details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101,1 02; 
BIO 121, 122: CHE 121, 122; 

PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 155; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , 

ECO 201 , PSY 1 01 , SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 2$1 or 252 5 



78 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



r 






2 One of the sequences: 

A Foreign language 101 , 102, 

103 or 
B CS 110, 225 and 136, 146 

or 231 15 

3. Related courses 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each of the 
following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 300. 304, 306. 307. 31 7. 
318,401.403,411,412,415, 
416,417,418 5-25 

2. International Affairs— POS 320, 

325, 326. 329, 424, 429 5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 331. 332. 

333 5-15 

4. Comparative Government— POS 
346, 348,349,445 5-20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as 
Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, Mathematics. See 
Department for exhaustive 
list 25 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher 
certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 . 
272.273; ENG 222: MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ... 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14. 115; POS 113 15 

2 PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . Foreign language 1 01 . 1 02. 1 03 
orCS 110, 225 and 136 or 146 
or 231 15 



2 HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201 , 

ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273: DRS 228: MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 300. 304. 306. 307. 31 7. 
318,401,403,411,412,415. 
416,417,418 5-25 

2. International Relations— POS 

320. 325. 326. 329. 424, 429 .. . 5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 331 -332. 

333 5-15 

4. Comparative Government— POS 
346.348,349.445 5-20 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and approved 
300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ 
elective 

C. Approved eiectives in behavioral 
sciences (ANT. PSY, SOC) 

D. GEO 211.212 and approved 
GEO elective 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN200;EDU310, 335, 449, 

481 , 482, 483 35 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 96 



PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 



201. BIO 121. 122; CHE 121. 122: 

PHY 121. 122 PHS 121. 122 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114 115 10 

2 POS 113; ECO 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1 CS 110. 225 and 136 and 146 

or 231 15 

2 HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; 
SOC201 15 

Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 One course from each of the 

following: 20 

A. American Political Institu- 
tions— POS 306, 307. 327. 
318,411.412,415.416. 
417 5 

B International Affairs— POS 
320, 325, 326, 329. 424. 
429 5 

C Political Theory— POS 331, 

332. 333 5 

D. Comparative Government— 

POS 346, 348. 349, 445 5 

POS 300; POS/PA304, 401 
403,418 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1 CS 306, 331 10 

2. SOC360 5 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Government offers a 
number of minor concentrations. 

A minor in Criminal Justice or in Political 
Science has great practical value. Its notation 
on the transcript indicates to an employer that 
the applicant has some solid liberal arts back- 
ground with its accompanying insight into the 
development and functioning of modern soci- 
ety, and that the applicant has made an extra 
effort to refine research and writing skills so 
essential to dealing with that society. Whatever 
the major one chooses, such a minor will 
strengthen the student's academic record. 

Minor concentrations are available in Inter- 
national Studies, Russian Studies, Public Ad- 
ministration, Economics and Criminal Justice. 



GOVERNMENT 


79 


Minors, in addition to grades of "C* 


in each course, req 




Hours 


International Studies 


25 


(assumes competency in one modern for- 


eign language through the 103 level 1 ) 




1 POS 329 and 325 or 326 ... 


10 


2 One course from: POS 320. 346, 




348. 349 


. 5 


3. Two courses from POS 429; 




HIS 321. 330. 350. 355.435 


10 


Political Science 


20 


Twenty hours of 300+ level POS 




courses, with at least one course 




from each of the four concentration 


areas of POS 


20 


Russian Studies 


20 


1. RUS 201 (assumes completion of 




RUS 101-103 1) 


. 5 


2. POS 349 


. 5 


3. Two courses from: HIS 329. 330. 




428,431,435.481; POS 440 


10 


(a multi-departmental minor) 




Public Administration 


25 


POS 300; PA 304, 401.403. 




418 


25 
20 


Economics 


Twenty hours of economics courses 


with grades of "C" or better in each. 


1. ECO 201 and 201 


10 


2. Two course selected from: 




ECO 320, 330, 340, 363. 445 .... 


10 


Criminal Justice 


25 



Twenty-five hours with grades of "C" 
or better in the following: CJ 100, CJ 
210orCJ301.CJ270. CJ 303. 
CJ305 25 

Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 100— Introduction to Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This survey course examines the emer- 
gence of formal institutions established within 
the American experience to deal with criminal 
behavior. The philosophical and cultural ori- 
gins of the criminal justice system and current 
trends in criminal justice are emphasized. 

CJ 103— Developing Interpersonal 
Communications Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring. 

The emphasis of this course will be placed 
upon the development of interpersonal com- 



80 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



munication skills, i.e., skills that can be effec- 
tively utilized on the job to improve interaction 
among employees and between employees 
and the public. 

CJ 203— Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

History and development of criminal law 
with definitions and general penalties. Special 
emphasis will be placed upon the Criminal 
Code of Georgia. 

CJ 204— Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction to investigative methodology. 
Special techniques employed in criminal 
investigation, such as crime scene searches, 
the use of informants, and the techniques of 
surveillance will be emphasized as well as the 
presentation of police cases in court. 

CJ 210— Criminology (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United 
States; assessment and evaluation of various 
factors and influences that lead to criminal 
behavior; various measures proposed for the 
control of criminal behavior. 

CJ 250— Directed Readings in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A course designed to permit each student to 
pursue an approved topic through indepen- 
dent study and research under the guidance 
and direction of the instructor. 

CJ 270— Judicial Process (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Courts as political subsystems in compara- 
tive perspective. Judicial decision-making and 
the development of public policy through the 
judicial process. 

CJ 280— Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice 
and Research (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and 
prescriptive moral judgments in the practice 
and research of criminal justice. 

CJ 301— Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
instructor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; 
the sociological, biological, and psychological 
factors involved in juvenile delinquency and 
the modern trends in prevention and treatment. 



CJ 302— Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural 
science laboratory sequence or consent of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the problems and tech- 
niques of scientific criminal investigation. 
Emphasis will be placed on familiarizing the 
student with the role of science and technology 
in modern law enforcement. 

CJ 303— Penology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 100, or consent of 
instructor. 

This course deals with the analysis and eval- 
uation of both historical and contemporary 
correctional systems. This course will also 
deal with the development, organization, oper- 
ation and results of the different systems of 
corrections found in America. 

CJ 304— Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, 
organization, operation and results of systems 
of probation and parole as substitutes for 
incarceration. 

CJ 305— Law Enforcement Systems (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural 
and historical background of the police idea. 
The course is conceptually oriented and will 
deal with concepts such as the role of the 
police in contemporary society, the quasi- 
military organization of the police, and com- 
munity relations. 

CJ 307— Community Based Treatment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will investigate the different 
community based treatment programs. An 
emphasis will be placed on investigating the 
function of halfway houses and the use of 
volunteers in corrections. 

CJ 370— Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 270 or consent of 
instructor. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and 
the basis for, American Criminal Law but- 
tressed by an analysis of leading court deci- 
sions relative to procedural rights emanating 
from the Bill of Rights. 



GOVERNMENT 



81 



CJ 380— Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisite CJ 270 or 
consent of instructor 

An intensive analysis of the rules of evi- 
dence in criminal cases. Particular subjects 
will include burden of proof, hearsay evidence, 
and the principles of exclusion and selection. 

CJ 390— Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisites: ENG 111 and 112. CJ 
210 or 301. CJ 303 and 305 

This course deals with the methods and 
techniques of research in the behavioral 
sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning 
how to evaluate research. 

CJ 391— Legal Research/Law Mini-Thesis 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CJ 270. ENG 102. 

Open to students of any major, this course 
comprises the major areas of legal research 
and writing: finding and using appropriate legal 
research tools and resources and applying 
these to develop and complete a scholarly 
legal research paper. 

CJ 406— Law and Society (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 270 or 
the consent of instructor. 

The study of the theory and philosophy of 
law and the relationship between law and 
society. Current controversies such as civil 
disobedience and law and personal moraltiy 
will receive special attention. 

CJ 409— Health Problems in the 
Correctional Environment (5-0-5) 

This course will examine the impact of 
environmental aspects of prisons and jails on 
the physical and mental health of inmates. The 
interactive problems of organizing for and 
delivery of Health Services and Health Educa- 
tion in the social milieu of corrections will be 
explored. 

CJ 440— Seminar in Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Open to 
seniors only or by consent of the instructor. 

An intensive study of selected topics rela- 
tive to the concept of criminal justice. Subject 
matter will vary annually. 



CJ 450-Fleld Experience I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only 
and by invitation of the instructor 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
educational experience of students through 
appropriate observation and work assign- 
ments with criminal justice agencies The 
course will be organized around specific prob- 
lem orientations with operational research 
connotations. Students will be expected to 
spend a minimum of five hours per week in the 
participating agency. Open to transient stu- 
dents only with permission of the Dean of Arts 
and Sciences at Armstrong State College and 
of the college from which the student comes. 

CJ 451— Field Experience II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only 
and by invitation of the instructor. 

This is a sequential course to CJ 450 which 
will permit the student to further broaden his 
perspectives. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the Dean of Arts and 
Sciences at Armstrong State College and of 
the college from which the student comes. 

CJ 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open 
only to upper level criminal justice majors. 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with an opportunity to apply academic 
training in the practical criminal justice setting. 
Settings will include law enforcement agen- 
cies (local, state or federal), community treat- 
ment facilities, and the courts. This course will 
be jointly supervised by college staff and law 
enforcement, correctional and court officials. 
Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Arts and Sciences of 
Armstrong State College and of the college 
from which the student comes. 

CJ 490— Directed Research in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. 

A course designed to provide qualified 
students the opportunity to perform suitable 
and meaningful research into some area of 
criminal justice under the direction of the 



82 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



instructor. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at 
Armstrong State College and of the college 
from which the student comes. 



Economics Offerings 

ECO 201 —Principles of Economics I (5-0-5) 

Offered Fall, Winter, and Summer. Prerequi- 
site: At minimum, eligibility to enter MAT 1 01 . 

A survey of macro-economics, including 
basic economic concepts, national income, 
the monetary system, and the international 
economy. 

ECO 202— Principles of Economics II (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the 
composition and pricing of national output, 
government and the market economy, factor 
pricing and income distribution, and a compar- 
ison of market systems. 

ECO 320— International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

Examines the economic importance and 
problems of international trade, exchange 
rates and monetary standards, tariffs and 
other trade barriers. Attention will be focused 
on fixed and floating exchange rates and their 
effects on trade balances of states. Current 
debt problems of developing nations will be 
examined. 

ECO 330— Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

The study of governmental and corporate 
finance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary 
policy. Open-market operations, discount 
policy, and the functions and problems as- 
sociated with central banking will be examined 
and analyzed. 

ECO 340— Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202 

An introductory general survey of labor 
economics and labor relations. Organization 
and operation of American trade unionism, 
collective bargaining, economics of the labor 
market, wage theory and income distribution 
also among topics studied. 

ECO 363— Economic History of the 
United States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 
201. 



This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. 
Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, 
transportation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363). 

ECO 445— Comparative Economic 
Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the 
basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 1 9th and 20th centuries. The 
role of government and politics will be exam- 
ined, along with the contributions to eco- 
nomic and political thought of such men as 
Adam Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, 
and Milton Friedman. 



Political Science Offerings 

POS 113— Government of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A study of the structure, theory, and func- 
tions of the national government in the United 
States and some of the major problems of the 
state and local government. 

POS 213— Parliamentary Procedure (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

An introduction into the theory and practice 
of parliamentary procedure in democratic orga- 
nizations. Emphasis will be placed on the rules 
of order as well as on the application in a 
business meeting. 

POS 300— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: POS 113. 

This course deals with the methods and 
techniques of research in the behavioral 
sciences. Emphasis will be placed on learning 
how to evaluate research. (Identical with C.J. 
390). 

POS/PA 304— Politics of Bureaucracy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 



GOVERNMENT 



83 



This is a one-quarter course that is primarily 
concerned with organizational theory and bureau- 
cratic behavior, whether public or private, but 
with an emphasis on the behavior of the 
bureaucracy of the national government At- 
tention will also be given to political process as 
it unfolds in the administration of laws enacted 
by the Congress 

POS 306— Local Government (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of city, 
county and other local governments in the Unit- 
ed States. Special attention will be given to the 
city governments of Savannah, Ga.; Charles- 
ton, S.C.; and Gainesville, Fla. Large diverse 
cities such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, 
and Miami will also be compared in a more 
limited fashion and contrasted with Savannah, 
Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies examined 
will include finance (raising and spending 
money), education, welfare, pollution, trans- 
portation, and law enforcement. 

POS 307— State Government (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of state 
governments in the United States. Special 
attention will be given to the governments of 
Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina and to 
their role in the federal system. Policies exam- 
ined will include finance (raising and spending 
money), pollution, transportation, and law 
enforcement. 

POS 317— Constitutional Law I (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 

A study of the development of the United 
States government through judicial interpre- 
tation of the constitution. The case study 
method of analysis is used, but some attention 
is given also to recent behavioral writing on 
judicial decision-making. 

POS 318— Constitutional Law II (5-0-5) 

Offered every year. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or 
equivalent. 
A continuation of POS 31 7. 

POS 320— International Relations: The 
Far East (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Contemporary international politics in the 



Far East are examined in terms of such broad 
historical trends as the decline of imperialism, 
the development of nationalism, and the rise of 
the U.S., USSR. Peoples Republic of China, 
and Japan as major powers in Asia 

Some attention will be given to contempo- 
rary key issues such as the Sino-Soviet con- 
flict, the future of Formosa. U.S. -Japan Mutual 
Security Treaty revision, and U.S. -Japan eco- 
nomic interaction 

POS 325— International Organizalton. 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor 

A survey of the development, principles, 
structures and functions of international or- 
ganizations, with emphasis upon the role of 
these institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POS 326— International Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor. 

An introduction to selected public interna- 
tional law topics including: recognition, state 
succession, jurisdiction, extradition, national- 
ity, the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, 
and the law of war. 

POS 329— International Relations (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: POS 1 1 3 or permission 
of instructor. 

An introduciton to the theories, forces, and 
practices dominating contemporary interna- 
tional relations. 

POS 331— Early Political Thought (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

An historical study of the development of 
ideas relative to the state and government 
from Socrates and Plato to the Seventeenth 
Century. Attention is directed primarily to the 
political thought of a selected group of eminent 
philosophers. 

POS 332— Modern Political Thought (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: POS 331 or permission 
of instructor. 

A continuation of POS 331 , from the 1 7th to 
the 20th century. 

POS 333— Contemporary Political 
Ideologies (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: POS 332 or permission 
of instructor. 

A continuation of POS 332, including a gen- 
eral survey and analysis of the important ideo- 
logical currents of our time with selected 
indepth readings from original sources. 



84 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 346— Governments of East Asia (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contem- 
porary political institutions, processes, and 
ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, 
and Korea. Examines the development of 
these political systems with particular empha- 
sis on historical, social, cultural, and con- 
temporary-issue dimensions. 

POS 348— Governments of Western Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or equivalent. 

An analytical and comparative study of the 
major Western European governments, with 
principal emphasis upon the analysis of the 
conditions which led to effective and stable 
parliamentary government and those which 
lead to the inefficiency, instability and break- 
down of such systems. 

POS 349— Government of the Soviet Union 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 1 3 or permission of instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to 
focus on the study of contemporary Soviet 
politics along developmental scheme. Com- 
parison of the pre-modern Tsarist autocratic 
regime and the contemporary Soviet totalitar- 
ian regime will be attempted. Also the course 
will cover such topics as Soviet political cul- 
ture, political socialization process of the mass, 
governmental processes, and the public pol- 
icy making/implementation aspects. 

POS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: Junior(with 3.5 GPA) or Senior 
standing (with a 3.0 GPA minimum). 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency. Projects are normally designed to 
require the full eleven-week quarter for com- 
pletion, during which time the student will be 
under joint supervision by the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty advisor. Application 
and arrangements must be made through the 
department by mid-quarter preceding the quar- 
ter of the internship. 

Open to transient students only with per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 



POS 400— Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Admission will be subject to approval of the 
instructor. Offered on demand. Designed to 
permit superior students to pursue research 
and reading in some field of political science 
under the supervision of the staff. 

POS/PA 401— Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

This course examines the procedures, 
strategies and rationales involved in making 
public budgets at the local, state, and national 
levels. It is also concerned with critiques of the 
several types of budgets now in use together 
with an explanation fiscal and monetary 
policies as they affect budgeting. Finally, it is 
concerned with the revenue systems in effect 
together with auditing and other controls 
exercised in the budgeting process. 

POS/PA 403— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
304 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with a 
study of the theoretical aspects of decision- 
making theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive 
model vs. incremental model), political aspects 
of policy-making process, mobilization of polit- 
ical support, and the cost/benefit aspects of 
the public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the 
general theory of public policy-making to spe- 
cific settings of welfare policy, urban prob- 
lems, and national defense/foreign policy. 

POS 410— Independent Study in American 
Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A min- 
imum of 1 20 credit hours, including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of political science under the super- 
vision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 
be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays. Nor- 
mally open only to students with a B average 
(3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA 
overall. Applications must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 



GOVERNMENT 



85 



Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

POS 411— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

Offers an in-depth look at the office of the 
presidency, with the principal emphasis on the 
relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the court system. Some atten- 
tion will be given to the evolution of the presi- 
dency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process. (Completion of a 
survey course in American History is desirable). 

POS 41 2— American Political Parties (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political 
system. Relationship between party organiza- 
tion, electoral system, and the recruitment and 
advancement of political leaders. 

POS 41 5— American Supreme Court (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
the Court, including examination of the role of 
the Court as policy maker. 

POS 416— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- 
sion of the Constitution of United States. (Iden- 
tical with HIS 416). 

POS 417— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day. (Identical to HIS 41 7). 

POS/PA 418— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
113. 

This course explores the framework of law 
governing administrative agencies including: 
administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of 
administrative programs, discretion of admin- 
istrative officials and their powers of summary 
actions, hearings before administrative boards, 
and the respective spheres of administrative 
and judicial responsibility. 

Some attention will be given to the problem 
of the maintenance of traditional procedural 
safeguards in administrative law and the prob- 
lem of civil rights and relation to administrative 
boards. Leading cases will be examined. 



POS 420— Independent Study In Inter- 
national Relations (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter Prerequisite A 
minimum of 1 20 credit hours, including at least 
20 hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of international relations under the 
supervision of a member of the staff Emphasis 
will be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays Nor- 
mally open only to students with a B average 
(3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2 5 GPA 
overall. Applications must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

POS 424— Seminar on the Sino-Soviet 
Power Rivalries (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Critical assessment of the early Sino-Soviet 
relations before and after the 1 91 7 Bolshevik 
Revolution, followed by analysis of the roots of 
the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, eco- 
nomic, strategic, political, and ideological per- 
spectives. The implication of this schism for 
the oontemporary global security relations will 
be critically examined. Heavy emphasis on 
research and oral presentation by the student. 
Prerequisite: POS 320, 629, 721 or by per- 
mission of the instructor. 

POS 429— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and fac- 
tors, both domestic and foreign, contributing to 
its formulation. 

POS 430— Independent Study in Political 
Theory (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A min- 
imum of 1 20 credit hours, including at elast 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of political theory under the super- 
vision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 
be on wide reading, conferences with the 
advisor and written reports and essays. Nor- 



86 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



mally open only to students with a B average 
(3.0) in Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA 
overall. Applications must be filed with the 
Department by mid-quarter preceding the 
quarter independent study is contemplated 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes 

POS 440— Independent Study in Compara- 
tive Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: A min- 
imum of 1 20 credit hours., including at least 20 
hours in Political Science at the 300-level or 
above. Admission is by approval of a depart- 
mental committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in 
some field of comparative government under 
the supervision of a member of the staff. 
Emphasis will be on wide reading, conferen- 
ces with the advisor and written reports and 
essays. Normally open only to students with a 
B average (3.0) in Political Science and at 
least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications must be 
filed with the Department by mid-quarter pre- 
ceding the quarter independent study is contem- 
plated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

POS 445— Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

The course will constitute a survey of the 
basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 1 9th and 20th centuries. The 
role of government and politics will be exam- 
ined, along with the contributions to economic 
and political thought of such men as Adam 
Smith, Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes, and 
Milton Friedman. 



History 

Faculty 

Warlick, Roger, Department Head 

Arens, Olavi 

Babits, Lawrence 

Comaskey, Bernard 

Duncan, John 

Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 



Patterson, Robert 
Pruden, George 
Robertson, Mary 
Stocker, Erich 
Stone, Janet 



Majors in History 

The major in history may take either of two 
forms: History per se or History with T-4 
Certification. 

In addition to meeting minimum require- 
ments for either program, students contemplat- 
ing graduate work in history are strongly 
advised to continue their linguistic study 
beyond the language sequence 1 03 level. The 
history faculty will consider substitutions for 
the foreign language requirement only when 
compelling reasons argue against its fulfillment 
and only when the proposed substitute offers 
an additional research skill or a study in depth 
of a foreign culture. Advanced coursework in 
History for either form of the major requires 
HIS 300 and HIS 495 or 496. In selecting the 
remainder of their advanced courses students 
may choose to concentrate in one particular 
area of History (e.g. European or American), 
providing they diversify to the extent of com- 
pleting at least ten hours outside that area. 

Honors in History 

Honors in History will be awarded to those 
History majors with a 3.5 GPA in all History 
courses who submit an acceptable honors 
research paper to the department. The paper 
may, but does not have to be prepared in 
conjunction with a course that the student has 
taken. The paper should be the student's own 
work, based on research in primary sources, 
and be complete with end notes, bibliography 
and other critical apparatus. It should be type- 
written and followTurabian's guide. The paper 
must be submitted during the last quarter the 
student is in attendance before graduation and 
must be submitted by mid-term of that quarter. 
The paper will be judged by a departmental 
jury of four faculty members who will by a 
majority vote determine if honors should be 
awarded. The awarding of honors will be noted 
on the student's transcript. 

Scholarships in History. 

Limited scholarship aid is available annu- 
ally. Interested students are invited to inquire 
in the department office for details. 



HISTORY 



87 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements* 96 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101. 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2 One course from: ART 200. 271, 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03, 1 95, 220 or 

290 10 

2 One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
102; BIO 121, 122; CHE 121, 
122; PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 

122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or192. POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; 
ECO201;SOC201; PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . Foreign language 101,1 02, 

103 15 

2 History 251, 252 10 

3. Related course 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 .... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10 

2. History courses 300 level or 
above with at elast 1 hours 
outside the area of concen- 
tration 30 

The concentration areas are: 

A. U.S. History— HIS 351. 352, 
354.355,357,361,363,365, 
371,374,375,376.377,379, 
400.403,416,417,421,422, 
451,470,471,485, 486,496 

B. European History— HIS 333, 
336,340.341,342.343,344, 
345.346,347,348.350.410. 
411.447,483.484,495. 

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History— HIS 310, 
312,320,321,322,323,329, 
330,428, 431.435.481,482 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen from such fields 
as anthropology, economics, 
literature, sociology, statistics. 



See Department for exhaustive 

list 20 

D Electives 35 

E Regents* and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
HISTORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102 or 192.201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273: ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ... 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Foreign language 101 . 102. 

103 15 

3. One course from: ANT 201 , 

ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 .... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B Courses in the Major Field 60 

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent 

on HIS 251 , 252 selection) 5 

B. One or two courses from: HIS 
351.352.354.355,361,363, 
365. 374. 375. 376. 379. 400. 
403.416.417.421.422.451, 
471,485,486.496 5-10 

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History 

Two courses from: HIS 310, 

312,320,321,322, 323,329, 

330.428.431.435.481. 

482 10 

4. European History 

Two or three courses from: 
HIS 333. 336, 340, 341,342, 






i 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



343, 344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 
350,410,411,447,483,484, 

495 10-15 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 

following areas: 

A. Approved 300-400 level POS 
electives 

B. ECO 201 and approved 300+ 
elective 

C. Approved electives in behavioral 
sciences (SOC, ANT, PSY) 

D. GEO 211,212 and approved 
GEO elective 

C. Professional sequence 40 

1. EDN200; EDU 310, 335, 449, 
481,482,483 35 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History offers a number 
of minor concentrations. 

A minor in History has great practical value. 
Its notation on the transcript indicates to an 
employer that the applicant has some solid 
liberal arts background with its accompanying 
insight into the development and functioning of 
modern society, and that the applicant has 
made an extra effort to refine research and 
writing skills so essential to dealing with that 
society. Whatever the major one chooses, 
such a minor will strengthen the student's 
academic record. 

Students who hope to work in history-related 
fields upon graduation should consider adding 
a minor in Museum or Preservation Studies/or 
in Historical Archaelogy. Through this program 
unique opportunities are provided for qualified 
students to gain practical experience while 
making a realistic assessment of the possibil- 
ities offered by their field of interest. Coop- 
erative arrangements with Historic Savannah 
Foundation, Georgia Historical Society, 
Savannah Landmark Project, Oatland Island 
Center, and with a number of museums and 
historical sites, such as Telfair Academy, Ft. 
Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, and Ft. King 
George, permit placement of students in posi- 
tions relating to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) 
historic site administration and interpretation, 



(c) museum studies, (d) historic preservation, 
and (e) historical archaelogy. 

Additional minor concentrations are offered 
jointly with the Department of Government in 
International Studies and Russian Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of C" or better 
in each course, require the following: 

Hours 

History 20 

1 . Twenty hours of 300+ level 

HIS courses 20 

Historical Archaeology 25 

1 . MPS/ANT 401 , 402, and 422 

2. Ten hours from the following: 
HIS 300, 341, 361, 371, and 
403 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern for- 
eign language through the 103 level*). 

1 . POS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 346, 
348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 429; 

HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 435 10 

Museum Studies 25 

1. HIS 300 5 

2. MPS 410, 411, 412 and 402 or 

495 20 

Preservation Studies 25 

1. HIS 300 5 

2. MPS 412, 420 and 421 or 422.... 15 

3. MPS 401 or 498 5 

Russian Studies 20 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion of 
RUS101-103*) 5 

2. POS 349 5 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
428, 431 , 435, 481 ; POS 440 10 



Geography Offerings 

GEO 211— Physical Geography (5-0-5) 

Autumn. 

Course will include such topics as earth-sun 
relationships, cartography, weather, climate 
and climate classification, soils, bio-geography, 
vegetation and landforms. Emphasis will be on 
global patterns of distribution. 

GEO 212— Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Course will include such topics as the con- 
cept of culture, population settlement, pat- 



HISTORY 



89 



terns, technological origins and diffusions. 
types of economics and the relationship of 
man to his environment Emphasis will be 
given to the process of cultural change through 
time in place 

GEO 302— Principles of Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 1 hours of a lab 
science 

A introduction to physical and historical 
geology A study of the origin, evolution, and 
structure of the earth's crust, and geologic 
history. (Identical with GEL 302). 

GEO 303— Principles of Meteorology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 1 hours of a lab 
science. 

An introduction to the description of the 
state of the atmosphere and to the physical 
laws that describe atmospheric phenomena. 
(Identical with MET 303). 

GEO 31 0— Man and the Environment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 or 21 2 plus 75 quar- 
ter hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions between 
humans and the support systems of the earth 
which are essential to their existence. (Identi- 
cal with BIO 310.) 



History Offerings 
General 

HIS 114— Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, 
social, religious, and intellectual activity from 
the time of the ancient Middle-Eastern civiliza- 
tions to 1 71 5. Throughout the course the major 
civilized traditions are considered and com- 
parative methods used to facilitate interpreta- 
tions of them. 

HIS 115— Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for college credit English, i.e. English 100 or 
above. 

A survey of the main currents of political, 
social, religious, and intellectual activity from 
1715 to the present. Throughout the course 
the major civilized traditions are considered 
and comparative methods used to facilitate 
interpretations of them. A continuation of HIS 
114. 



HIS 150— A Survey of the History of Health 
Care (4-2-5) 

Selected inquiries into the theories, practi- 
ces, and conditions from which the modern 
health care professions have evolved Some 
use will be made of local medical archives 
where appropriate 

HIS 191— Honors Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Fall Prerequisites B's or better in High 
School History and an SAT verbal score of at 
least 550. 

This course replaces HIS 114 for selected 
students. While the subject matter will be the 
same as for HIS 114, the treatment of it will 
vary greatly Likewise, instruction will go be- 
yond the usual lecture method, allowing stu- 
dents to read widely and carry out their own 
research under the direction of the professor. 

HIS 192— Honors Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: HIS 191 or a grade of 
"A" in HIS 114. 

This course replaces HIS 115 for selected 
students. While the subject matter will be the 
same as for HIS 115, the treatment of it will 
vary greatly. Likewise, instruction will go be- 
yond the usual lecture method, allowing 
students to read widely and carry out their own 
research under the direction of the professor. 

HIS 300— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Autumn and Spring (evenings). Required of 
all History majors and of Museum and Preser- 
vation Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in 
local history. 

HIS 301— Auxiliary Sciences of History 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986. 

An introduction to the various specialized 
fields of investigation which can be utilized to 
supplement the information gathered from 
published historical sources. These auxiliary 
sciences include studies as: palaeography, 
diplomatic, heraldry, genealogy, iconography, 
demography, chronology and numismatics. 

HIS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 
Prerequisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 
hours of upper level history including HIS 300. 



90 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






Application and credit arrangements must 
be made through the department in advance, 
normally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter 
of internship. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency. Projects are normally designed to 
require the full eleven week quarter for com- 
pletion, during which time the student will be 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty advisor. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, 
will be credited among electives, not as a pari 
of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work 
required for the major. 



United States History Offerings 

HIS 251— American History to 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
forENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and 
social history of the United States to end of the 
Civil War. 

HIS 252— American History Since 1865 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
forENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and 
social history of the United States from 1 865 to 
the present. 

HIS 351— Popular Culture in the United 
States to 1900 (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1986. 

An examination of the major trends in the 
news media, popular literature, entertainment, 
and recreational activities to 1 900. 

HIS 352— Popular Culture in the United 
States Since 1900 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

An examination of the major trends in the 
news media, popular literature, entertainment, 
and recreational activities since 1 900. 

HIS 354— Studies in American Diplomacy 
to WW I (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1986. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from colonial times to World 
War I. 



HIS 355— Studies in American Diplomacy 
since WW I (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the 
present. 

HIS 357— American Military History (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 

A study of the history of warfare and military 
technique in their social, economic, and politi- 
cal contexts, with special emphasis on the 
American military tradition. 

HIS 361— The Old South (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

Economic, cultural, and political history of 
the antebellum South with emphasis on those 
factors that made the South a unique section 
of the nation. 

HIS 363— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and develop- 
ment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. 
Developments in agriculture, industry, labor, 
transportation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. (Identical with ECO 363.) 

HIS 365— The American Indian (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986. 

A study of the history and cultures of the 
aborigines of the Americas. 

HIS 371— Colonial and Revolutionary 
America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986 (evening). 

A study of the discoveries of the New World 
and the settlement and growth of the English 
colonies of North America: triumph over 
France in the New World, the drastic change in 
British colonial policy andthe rise of American 
opposition to it, the achievement of indepen- 
dence and the establishment of the United 
States under the Constitution. 

HIS 374— Women in American History 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn. 1985. 

Women in American History: An examina- 
tion of the changing political, social, and eco- 
nomic roles of the American woman from 
colonial times to the present. Emphasis will be 
given to the pre-Civil War feminist reform 



HISTORY 



91 



movements, woman's broader social and eco- 
nomic role after the war, her awakening aware- 
ness of the need for political power, and the 
mid-20th century revolution 

HIS 375— Civil War and Reconstruction 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1986 

The causes and significance of the Ameri- 
can Civil War, with minor consideration of the 
military campaign; political, economic and 
social aspects of reconstruction. 

HIS 376— Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Autumn. 1987. 

Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
19th century, including the emergence of a 
national economy, its theory and policies; par- 
tisan and reform politics; the moral and Consti- 
tutional dimensions of Reconstruction; Ameri- 
can society and social thought; and territorial 
aggrandisement. 

HIS 377— Recent America (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

An analysis of the institutions and forces 
which molded American life from the late 1 9th 
century ( 1 890) through World War II, including 
political, economic, social and intellectual is- 
sues. 

HIS 379— Contemporary America (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

An examination of the society of the United 
States since World War II, with special empha- 
sis given to the major social and cultural 
trends. 

HIS 400— Seminar in American History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. Offered on demand. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced 
students to pursue intensive research on a 
special topic in the field to be defined by the 
instructor. 

HIS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Winter. 1986. 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and diseases are among 
the topics that will be discussed. (Identical with 
AC 403, MPS 403 and ANT 403). 



HIS 416— United States Constitutional 
History (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- 
sion of the Constitution of the United States 
(Identical with POS 416 ) 

HIS 417— United States Constitutional 
History (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day. (Identical with POS 41 7 ) 

HIS 421— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Spring, 1987 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
ticism and modern; slides from Historic Ameri- 
can Building Survey; landscape architecture. 
Visiting speakers and field trips will be used 

HIS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. Prerequisite: MPS 207, or 
permission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of indus- 
trial and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress 
will be given to archaeological method and 
theory both as perspective for the writing of 
history and as a component of Historic Preser- 
vation. (Identical with MPS 422.) 

HIS 451— Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

A study of the reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 470— History of Savannah (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987. 

Begins with a history of local Indians, em- 
phasis on the founding of the colony at Savan- 
nah and on the colonial, Revolutionary, ante- 
bellum and Post-Civil War periods. Political, 
economic, social, religious and artistic trends 
are discussed and placed in context of Geor- 
gia and U.S. history. 

The course will involve considerable re- 
search in primary sources available locally. 

HIS 471— Seminar in Georgia and Local 
History (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985. Prerequisite: HIS 470 or 
permission of the instructor. 



92 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






An exposition of the principles and tech- 
niques of local history followed by an intensive 
investigation of selected aspects of the history 
of Savannah and Georgia using primary sour- 
ces and culminating in a research paper. 

HIS 485-486— Independent Study in 
United States History (V-V-(l-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 
300 and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper 
division History courses (with a minimum GPA 
of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion 
of 120 hours), and an approved application. 
Open to transient students only with the per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in the 
chosen field under the supervision of a member 
of the History faculty. An application must be 
filed with the department, in advance, normally 
by mid-quarter preceding the independent 
study. A full description of the requirements 
and an application may be obtained in the 
departmental office. 

HIS 496— American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986 (evening). 

Required of some history majors (see 
program outlines, part B.) 

A study of the writing of American history 
from colonial times to the present with empha- 
sis on the historical philosophies and interpre- 
tations of the major schools of thoughts as well 
as individual historians. Recommended espe- 
cially to students contemplating graduate work 
in History. 



European History Offerings, 

HIS 333— Modern Germany, 1789-1933 
(5-0-5) 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the 
Holy Roman Empire through theGerman con- 
federation to the unified Reich. Attention will be 
given to the political, social, and cultural devel- 
opments in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third 
Germany." 

HIS 336— Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

A survey of the history of the nations between 
Germany and Russia in the 1 9th and 20th cen- 
turies. Topicsto be covered includethe rise of 



nationalism, the gaining of independence, prob- 
lems in establishing democracy, experience 
during World War II, and the establishment of 
communist control. 

HIS 340— English History, 1485-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985 (evening). 

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors 
and early Stuarts, including the English Civil 
War. 

HIS 341— English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1986 (evening). 

An investigation of the Restoration monar- 
chies, the constitutional revolution of 1 688, the 
rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 
1 8th century, the American colonial revolt, and 
England's relationship to the French Revolution. 

HIS 342— Ancient History (5-0-5) 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle 
East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic 
and empire, with special emphasis on the 
social, political and cultural contributions of 
these ancient peoples. 

HIS 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333- 
c.1 000 (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1986. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the 
Roman Empire through the Carolingian period 
with special emphasis on the institutional 
developments which led to the emergence of 
stable kingdoms out of the chaos of the barbar- 
ian invasions. 

HIS 344— The High Middle Ages, C.1000 to 
c.1 300 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

The history of Europe from c.1 000 to c.1 300 
with emphasis on the struggle between church 
and state, the Crusade movement, and the 
12th century intellectual renaissance, all of 
which profoundly influenced the development 
of the various medieval kingdoms. 

HIS 345— The Late Middle Ages and 
Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

The history of Europe from c.1 300 to 1 51 7 
with emphasis on the political, cultural, and 
intellectual developments which transformed 
medieval and Renaissance society. 

HIS 346— Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986. 

A study of the controversial era emphasizing 



HISTORY 



93 



its major issues and movements, and their 
development through the Thirty Years War 
Political, social, and economic, as well as reli- 
gious facets of the upheaval will be considered 

His 347— Age of Absolutism (5-0-5) 

Autumn 1986 

The primary focus of this course is the 
political, social and intellectual history of west- 
ern Europe during the seventeenth and eigh- 
teenth centuries 

HIS 348— Europe in the Nineteenth Cen- 
tury (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986 

A study of the most important social, politi- 
cal, and intellectual directions of European his- 
tory from the Congress of Vienna to the end of 
the nineteenth century. 

HIS 350— Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Summer, 1985; Spring, 1986. 
A study of the major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 410— Seminar in European History 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in 
European history by examination of primary 
materials. 

HIS 411— Seminar on the Crusades (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

An examination of the 1 2th and 1 3th century 
Crusade movement through the study of the 
available primary source material. 

HIS 447— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Autumn. 1985. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and 
the Enlightenment in France, with emphasis on 
the impact of the French Revolution and the 
career of Napoleon upon the major European 
nations. 

Readings on the French Revolution, with 
special emphasis on conflicting interpretations, 
or research projects may be assigned. 

HIS 483-484— Independent Study in 
European History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 
300 and at least 15 additional hours in upper 
division History courses (with a minimum GPA 
of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion 



; 



of 120 hours), and an approved application 
Open to transient students only with the per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes 
Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in the 
chosen field under the supervision of a 
member of the History faculty An application 
must be filed with the department, in advance, 
normally by mid-quarter preceding the inde- 
pendent study. A full description of the re- 
quirements and an application may be obtained 
in the departmental office 

HIS 495— European Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. Required of some History 
majors. (See program outlines, part B.) 

A study of the writers of history in the West- 
ern cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the 
historical philosophies, interpretations, and 
problems raised by the major modern Euro- 
pean historians. Recommended especially to 
students contemplating graduate work in His- 
tory. 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American 
History Offerings 

HIS 310— Latin America (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

An introductory course in Latin-American 
history with consideration given to institutions 
of the areas as well as events and personal- 
ities. 

HIS 312— History of Africa (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

A survey of African civilizationsfrom ancient 
times, with major emphasis on development of 
the continent since 1 800. 

HIS 320— Traditional China (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

The history of Chinese civilization from 
ancient times to the early nineteenth century, 
with emphasis on its characteristic political, 
social, economic, and cultural developments. 

HIS 321— Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

The history of China from the nineteenth 
century tothe present, with emphasis on politi- 
cal, social, economic, and intellectual develop- 
ments. 

HIS 322— History of Japan (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985 (evening). 

A survev of the history of Japan from the 



94 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



earliest times to the present, with primary 
emphasis on its emergence as a world power 
since the late nineteenth century. 

HIS 323— History of the Middle East (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986 (evening). 

A survey of middle eastern history from 
Muhammed to the present. Topics will include 
the basic beliefs of Islam, Islamic conquests 
and caliphates, interaction with European civil- 
ization during the Crusades and since the rise 
of the Ottoman Empire, Western influence 
from the early nineteenth century, and current 
issues in light of their historical backgrounds, 
including the Arab-Israeli conflict. 

HIS 329— Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985. 

A survey of the economic, social, and politi- 
cal development of the Russian state from its 
foundation in the 9th century through its modern- 
ization by Peter the Great in the early 18th 
century. 

HIS 330— Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the 
Great to the present. The major political, cultur- 
al, economic, and social developments of 
Russia in both the Imperial and Soviet periods 
will be covered. 

HIS 428— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1985. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western 
influence on the Muscovite state in the six- 
teenth and seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 431— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1 987. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsar- 
ism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in 
the Russian Civil War. 

HIS 435— History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985. 

This course reviews historically the devel- 
opment of Soviet foreign policy toward West- 
ern European states, notably Germany, and 
also with the non-European world through 
1 91 7-1 940, World War II, and Cold War phases. 
Special attention will be given in this last phase 
to U.S. -Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with 
other communist states in Eastern Europe, 
China, and the Third World, and to the recent 
moves toward detente. 



HIS 481-482— Independent Study in 
Russian/Asian/African/Latin-American 
History (V-V-(1-5)). 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 
300 and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper 
division History courses (with a minimum GPA 
of 3.0), an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion 
of 120 hours), and an approved application. 
Open to transient students only with the per- 
mission of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong 
and the college from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue individual research and reading in the 
chosenfield underthe supervision of a member 
of the History faculty. An application must be 
filed with the department, in advance, normally 
by mid-quarter preceding the independent 
study. A full description of the requirements 
and an application may be obtained in the 
departmental office. 



Museum and Preservation Studies Offerings 

MPS 201— Introduction to Museum and 
Preservation Studies (5-0-5) 

Autumn and Spring (evening). 

MPS 201 is designed to introduce the inter- 
ested student to the wide variety of techniques 
and approaches used in the museum and 
preservation field. The course will cover cura- 
torship, administration, grantsmanship, exhib- 
its, living history, and archaeology as well as 
presenting information about architecture and 
adaptive reuse of historic structures. The stu- 
dent will also be familiarized with archive stor- 
age and use as well as the curation of some 
materials. 

MPS 207— Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985 (evening), and Spring, 1986. 

The introductory archaeology course con- 
sists of a history of the field, basic techniques, 
theoretical underpinnings, and examples of 
field work from all types of excavation. It cov- 
ers the range from early man to industrial and 
urban archeology in a general fashion. Analy- 
sis is introduced along with survey techniques, 
preservation, reporting and other skills. (Iden- 
tical with ANT 207.) 

MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of instructor or director. 



HISTORY 



95 



An introduction to and first application of 
archaeological methods to a specific field proj- 
ect Excavation techniques, surveying and 
map making, data collecting and recording, 
archaeological photography, the identification 
and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation 
or archaeological data will be presented in 
field and laboratory work as well as in lectures 
and readings. (Identical with ANT 401 ). (Under 
certain circumstances this course may be 
substituted in the Preservation Studies minor 
for MPS 498). Course may be repeated for 
credit 

MPS 402— Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-8-5) 

Autumn, 1986. Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor or director. 

The application of archaeological interpre- 
tative techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special 
attention to the care and storage of collec- 
tions, display in the museum setting, and the 
presentation of archaeologically-derived infor- 
mation. (Identical with ANT 402). (Under cer- 
tain circumstances this course may be substi- 
tuted in the Museum Studies minor for MPS 
495). 

MPS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1986 (evening). 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and disease are among 
the topics that will be discussed. (Identical to 
HIS 403 and ANT 403). 

MPS 410— Curatorship (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986 (evening). Prerequisite: HIS 
300. 

Deals with the historical background and 
purpose of curatorship, conservation, restora- 
tion technology, research including authenti- 
cation, cataloging and organizing collections. 

MPS 411— Interpretation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 300. 

A study of exhibits, educational programs 
and community outreach, tour planning and 
guiding, publications, electronic media, and 
other interpretation techniques. 



MPS 412— Administration (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986 (evening) Prerequisite HIS 
300 

A study of organizational techniques and 
policy, public relations and marketing, mem- 
bership, budgeting, personnel relations, secu- 
rity, insurance and such other topics as are 
pertment. 

MPS 420— An Introduction to Historic 
Preservation (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985 (evening). Prerequisite: HIS 
300. 

A survey of the field including values, princi- 
ples, practices, development of planning and 
organization for preservation: preservation law, 
economics and politics. 

MPS 421— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
ticism and modern; slides from Historic Ameri- 
can Building Survey; landscape architecture. 
Visiting speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or 
permission of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of Indus- 
trial and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress 
will be given to archaeological method and 
theory both as a perspective for the writing of 
history and as a component of Historic Preser- 
vation. (Identical with HIS 422). 

MPS 495— Internship in Museum Studies 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 420. 41 1 , and 41 2 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency involved in museum work. Projects are 
normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter for completion, during which 
timethe student will be underthe joint supervi- 
sion of the sponsoring agency and his faculty 
sponsor. 

MPS 498— Internship in Preservation 
Studies (V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 41 2, 420. 421 with a "C" 
or better in each course. 



96 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The student will pursue an individually 
designed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in an appropriate preser- 
vation agency. Projects are normally designed 
to require the full eleven week quarter for 
completion, during which time the student will 
be under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty sponsor. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Anchors, Lorraine, Emerita 

Brooks, S. Kent 

Brown, Hugh 

Easterling, William 

Jenkins, Marvin 

Jones, James Land 

Killorin, Joseph 

Lubs, Margaret, Emerita 

McClanahan, Billie 

Martin, William 

Noble, David 

Nordquist, Richard 

Pendexter, Hugh, Emeritus 

Raymond, Richard 

Roth, Lorie 

Suchower, John 

Welsh, John 

White, Charles 



English Composition 

Entering students should begin the required 
English composition sequence in their initial 
quarter of attendance and must not delay 
beginning this sequence beyond their second 
quarter of attendance. Designated composi- 
tion courses may not be dropped without per- 
mission from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. 
Students who do drop these courses without 
Department Head approval will receive a fail- 
ing grade in the class. 

Exemptions from Core English 

Students who wish credit exemption for 
English 101 must take the CLEP College 
Composition and Essay examination and make 
a score of 53 (Grade equivalent of a "B"), and 
make a "C" or above in English 1 02. Students 



who wish a credit exemption for English 102 
must take the CLEP Analysis and Interpretation 
of Literature and Essay Examination and make 
a score of 55 (Grade equivalent of "B") and 
make a "C" or above in English 201 . Students 
who make these scores on English 101 and 
1 02 exams must make a "C" or above in Eng- 
lish 201 to receive credit exemption for those 
courses. 

Students who make an "A" in English 100 
are eligible for English 102 pending the 
recommendation of their instructor and ap- 
proval of the Department Head. Credit ex- 
emption isgivenfor English 101 insuch cases. 



Foreign Languages 

Students enrolled in the degree programs 
which require a foreign language must show 
proficiency in the appropriate language at the 
required level by successfully completing 
standardized examinations administered by 
members of the foreign language faculty. To 
receive credit for Foreign Languages 1 03 and 
201, a student must pass the appropriate 
national standardized test with a score not 
lower than the 60th percentile for each part 
taken. Before repeating the exam, a student 
must enroll in a course in the foreign language. 
This requirement applies to students enrolled 
at Armstrong State College who take their for- 
eign language courses on this campus and to 
students who, while enrolled at Armstrong 
State College, take their foreign language 
courses on another campus. Students transfer- 
ring to Armstrong State College, after having 
completed the required foreign language 
sequence at another college, with grades of 
"C" or above, are not required to complete the 
proficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Exemptions from Foreign Languages 

Students who wish a credit exemption for 
the French or Spanish requirement must make 
a score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on 
the CLEP exam, and make a "C" or better in 
the appropriate 201 class. Students who wish 
a credit exemption for German must make a 
score of 44 (Grade equivalent of a "B") and 
make a "C" or higher in German 201. For 
further information students should contact 
the Head of the Department of Languages, 
Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 



LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ART 



97 



Students majoring in English or in Drama- 
Speech should satisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during 
the freshman and sophomore years Student 
must earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 
or 400 level course included in any major or 
minor area 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2 One course selected from: ART 
200. 271,272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Two from: MAT 1 01 . 1 03, 290 ... . 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ... 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 

113 15 

2. One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 1 1 5, and one of the following: 
ART 200. 271 , 272, 273; DRS 227, 
228; MUS200; PHI 201 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 326; 406 or 407 10 

2. One course from: ENG 300, 302, 
304.320.321 5 

3. One course from: ENG 305, 306, 
307 5 

4. One course from: ENG 308, 
309,310 5 

5. ENG 327 or 328 5 

6. One course from: ENG 325, 340, 
342,344,410,422 5 

7. Two courses in English literature 

or language 10 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Courses numbered 300 or above 

in the School of Arts and 

Sciences 25 



D Electives 20 

E Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200.271,272,273; ENG 222; 

MUS200; PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 

or 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ... 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS 228 or 341 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201. 202; SOC 201 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1. ENG 326, 327 or 328, 344. 

406 or 407 20 

2. One course from: ENG 300. 302, 
304,305,306,307,320,321 5 

3. One course from: ENG 308, 309, 
310 5 

4. One course from: ENG 325, 41 0, 
422 5 

5. One course from: ENG 327, 328, 
400.401,402,490,491 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

1 . DRS/FLM 350 or 351 . and approved 
elective 10 

2. PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

D. Professional Sequences 45 

1. EDN200; EDU 31 0, 335. 422. 

439, 481.482, 483 40 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 201 



98 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN DRAMA-SPEECH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102 or 192,201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence ... 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. One course selected from: ANT 
201; ECO 201; PSY101;SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS227, 228 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . DRS 341 , 342, 345, 346; ENG 

326 25 

2. Two courses from: DRS 450, 

451 , 452 10 

3. One course from: DRS 340, 347, 
350,351 5 

4. One course from: DRS 400; 

ENG 400, 401,402 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. ENG 320, 321,322,330, 406 

or 407 20 

2. One course from: ANT 200, 271 , 
272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

3. One course from: LIN 325, 41 0, 

422, 485 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 191 

Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations are 
available from the Department of Languages, 
Literature and Dramatic Arts. For completion 
of each of the minors, the student must earn a 



grade of "C" or better in each course offered 
for the minor. 
The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

American Civilization 25 

1. AC 382, 490 10 

2. AC/ENG 308, 309, 31 0, or AC/ 

HIS 351, 352, 377, 403 15 

Drama-Speech 25 

1. DRS 228 5 

2. DRS electives at the 300-400 

level 20 

English 20 

English electives at the 300- 
400 level (only 5 hours of 499) ... 20 
Film 20 

1. DRS/FLM 340, 351 10 

2. DRS/FLM 350, DRS/FLM 401 ... 10 
Foreign Language 25 

25 hours in any one language 25 

Journalism 20 

Courses selected from: ENG/ 
JRN 340; DRS/JRN 347, 350; 

JRN 343, 364, 400 20 

Linguistics 20 

Courses selected from ENG/LIN 

325, 340, 41 0; LIN 400, 485 20 

Philosophy 20 

Philosophy electives at the 300- 
400 level 20 



OFFERINGS 

American Civilization Offerings 

AC 225— Introduction to American 
Civilization (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Themes and issues of American Civilization 
since colonial times, with emphasis on modern 
setting, using interdisciplinary approaches. 

AC 308— American I: Beginnings through 
1830(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of significant American poetry and 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- 
sonian Age. The course emphasizes develop- 
ment of a literature with uniquely American 
character. 

AC 309— American II: Emerson through 
Twain (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

This course critically examines the art and 



LANGUAGE. LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ART 



99 



ideas of the major writers of the American 
Renaissance— Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, 
Melville, Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson. It 
traces the evolution of Transcendental Roman- 
ticism as it moves into the realism of Twain. 

AC 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism 
to the Present (5-0-5) 

Spring 

The cultural and ideological bases and evo- 
lution of American Realism and Naturalism are 
probed in the works of Crane, Norris, and 
Dreiser as well as the writers of the 1 960's and 
the 1970's. Special attention is often given to 
modernists like Eliot, Stevens, Faulkner, Frost, 
Robinson, Hemingway, and Cummings. 

AC 382— Directed Reading in American 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Ten hours 
in approved American Civilization courses. 

A study of both fine and popular arts of the 
United States under the supervision of an 
American Civilization staff member. 

AC 403— American Material Culture (4-2-5) 

Offered alternate years. Same as ANT/MPS 
403. 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, dress, diet, and disease are among 
the topics that will be discussed. 

AC 490— Independent Study (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 
other requirements of the American Civiliza- 
tion minor. 

Designed to permit the student to pursue 
individual research in some aspects of Ameri- 
can Civilization under the supervision of an 
American Civilization staff member. 



Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is pre- 
requisite to all DRS courses with the exception 
of DRS 227. 

DRS 227— Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student 
will work on the Masquers' production of the 
quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned 
per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed 
in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 



In the summer students may take up to five 
hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time in 
summer theatre workshop (DRS •'• 

DRS 228— Fundamentals of Speech (5-0-5) 

Offered every qua 

Practice and theory of oral communication 
Each student makes several major speeches 
The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the 
framework of the International Phonetic Alpha- 
bet 

DRS/FLM 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 340. 

A study of the history and development of 
the cinema with special emphasis on the 
American dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341— Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A practical course in the oral interpretation 
of poetry and prose. The techniques of literary 
analysis are stressed along with the vocal 
techniques needed to communicate an author's 
mood and meaning. 

DRS 342— Advanced Acting (5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 345, Winter. Prerequi- 
sites: ENG 1 01 plus at least two credit hours in 
DRS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles 
of acting from several points: historical, criti- 
cal, practical, theoretical, and experimental. 
Emphasis on development of performance 
skills. 

DRS 345— History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 342 Winter. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning 
to the present day. The course emphasizes the 
development of the physical theatre. 

DRS 346— Play Production (5-0-5) 

Alternating Spring quarters. 

A course in the theory and practice of acting 
and directing, with special attention to image- 
making on stage. Individuals under supervision 
prepare and execute the production of scenes 
and short plays. 

DRS/JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. 

A course inthetheory and practice of televi- 
sion production styles, forms, and concepts, 
with special emphasis on the critical apprecia- 
tion of electronic communication techniques. 



t 



100 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



DRS/FLM/JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
ciation of film as an art form. 

DRS/FLM 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Summer. Same as FLM 351 . 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content and perception. 

DRS 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Alternates with DRS 347, Spring, Fall. Pre- 
requisite: ENG 101. 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be determined and announced by the profes- 
sor at the time when the course is offered. 

DRS/FLM 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Film 350 or 351 . 

The special subject matter of this course will 
be announced when the when the course is 
offered. Topics include: Film Genres, Auteurs, 
and Critical Theory. 

DRS 450-451-452— Drama Workshop 
(0-15-5) 

Summer only. 

This course is summer stock theatre for 
credit. Students will be directed and instructed 
by a member of the faculty who is a profes- 
sional in the theatre. All aspects of production 
will be studied. 

DRS 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior 
status plus ENG 1 01 plus at least one 300 level 
DRS course. Open to transient students only 
with the permission of Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
strong and the college from which the student 
comes. 



English Offerings 

ENG 025— Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. 

A course designed to correct deficiencies in 
writing revealed by the Regents' Test. Prereq- 
isite: Completion of the English core require- 
ments of the student's program. 

ENG 100— Practical Writing (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

This course is for the student who demon- 
strates competence in constructing senten- 
ces and paragraphs but who needs instruction 
in such skills as the use of more complicated 
sentence patterns, the coordination and sub- 



ordination of ideas in the paragraph, and the 
organization of paragraphs into short essays. 
The student will write in different rhetorical 
modes using various resources, including per- 
sonal experience. The course is recommended 
as an elective for the student whose writing 
skills may have dulled from lack of practice. 
This course may be taken as elective credit 
but may not satisfy the requirements in Area I 
of the Core. 

ENG 101— Composition I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Assignment of this course is based upon the 
results of the Diagnostic Test for placement in 
beginning English courses or upon successful 
completion of English 99, 100, or 110. This 
course is for the student having demonstrable 
ability in reading, writing, and organizing. The 
student will sharpen his skills by writing themes 
of varying length and complexity utilizing tech- 
niques learned from intensive study of essays 
in four rhetorical modes (description, narra- 
tion, exposition, and argumentation). The 
course also aims to increase the student's 
awareness of language itself. Readings in 
addition to the essay may be used. 

ENG 102— Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfac- 
tory completion of ENG 1 01 or ENG 1 91 . 

This course continues to give the student 
guided practice in reading and compositional 
skills. To accomplish that end, the course 
introduces literary forms and language— fiction, 
poetry, drama— using readings in and study of 
those forms to stimulate the writing of inter- 
pretive and critical papers. 

ENG 110— English as a Foreign Language 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

This course is designed to prepare students 
whose native language is other than English to 
do normal college work in composition. Stu- 
dents who pass the course will be eligible for 
ENG 101 or, upon recommendation by the 
instructor, for ENG 1 02. Admission is by place- 
ment test or by permission of the instructor. 
The course may not be used in Area I of the 
Core unless the student meets the proficiency 
level for admission to ENG 1 02. 

ENG 192— Honors Composition and Intro- 
duction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "B" 
in English 1 01 and the recommendation of the 
English 101 instructor. 



LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ART 



101 



In this course the student will read and write 
in greater depth than in English 102 

ENG 201— Composition III (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter Prerequisite: ENG 
1 02 or ENG 1 92 ENG 201 is prerequisite for all 
ENG 300-400 courses. 

This course completes the Core I composi- 
tion sequence in the development of reading 
and writing effectiveness. Organized around 
literary and extra-literary materials, the course 
facilitates student investigation of enduring 
issues and ideas. Research techniques are 
introduced. Specific topics treated in each 
section of this course will be announced 
quarterly. 

ENG 222— Topics in the Humanities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

A thematic approach to major works in the 
humanities designed to awaken and heighten 
the student's awareness of traditional and con- 
temporary issues. Topics will be announced. 

ENG 292— Honors Composition and Liter- 
ature (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "C" 
in English 192 or minimum grade of "B" in 
English 102 and the recommendation of the 
English 102 instructor. 

In this course the student will read and write 
in greater depth than in English 201 . 

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to all the 
following ENG courses. 

ENG 300— Early English Literature. Begin- 
nings through 1603. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 302, Fall. 

This course surveys major English literature 
from the eighth century to the death of Elizabeth 
I. Emphasis is on the development of a litera- 
ture that reflects the diversified England of this 
800-year period. Writers include: the Beowulf 
poet and other Old English authors, early 
Middle English lyrics and the major figures of 
the 14th century (the Pearl Poet, Chaucer, 
Langland, Gower), specimens of prose from 
the Ancrene Riwile to Mandeville and Malory, 
and other major figures of latertimes, including 
Spenser. 

ENG 302— 17th Century British Poetry and 
Prose: 1603-1689. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 300. Fall. 

A survey of the major nondramatic literature 
from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of 
William and Mary, this course places its major 
emphasis upon the metaphysical and classi- 



L 



cal traditions in English poetry Authors include 
Donne, Johnson, Herbert, Hernck, Crashaw, 
Vaughan, Marvell. Milton, Bacon, Brown, Bun- 
yan, Dryden, and Rochester 

ENG 304— 18th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 
1 690 to 1 784, this course acquaints students 
with the philosophic and aesthetic concerns of 
the age as reflected chiefly but not exclusively 
in the works of Swift, Pope, and Johnson 

ENG 305— 19th Century I: British Romantic 
Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Within the context of contemporary theories 
of Romanticism, an examination of the works 
of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, and Shelley. 
Outside of class discussion, students read and 
report on Blake and Byron. 

ENG 306— 19th Century II: British Victorian 
Poetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 307. Spring. 

This course focuses on the responses of 
novelists, poets, and prose writers to the 
issues troubling Victorian England: the conflict 
between science and religion, the faith in "pro- 
gress," the growth of industrialism, the rights of 
the individual and of the society, and the role of 
the artist. 

ENG 307— 20th Century British Poetry and 
Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 306. Spring. 

A study of major figures— James, Conrad, 
Lawrence, Yeats, Hardy, Auden, Thomas— 
within the context of continental developments 
(Symbolism, Proust, Rilke), Eliot, and the con- 
cept of "modernism." 

ENG 308— American I: Beginnings through 
1830.(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of significant American poetry and 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- 
sonian Age, the course emphasizes develop- 
ment of a literature with a uniquely American 
character. 

ENG 309— American II: Emerson through 
Twain. (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

This course critically examines the art and 
ideas of the major writers of the American 
Renaissance— Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Mel- 
ville, Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson. It tra- 



102 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ces the evolution of Transcendental Romanti- 
cism as it moves into the Realism of Twain. 

ENG 310— American III: Rise of Naturalism 
to the Present. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The cultural and ideological bases and evo- 
lution of American Realism and Naturalism are 
probed in the works of Crane, Norris, and 
Dreiser as well as the writers of the 1 960's and 
the 1970's. Special attention is often given to 
modernists like Eliot, Stevens, Faulkner, Frost, 
Robinson, Hemingway, and Cummings. 

ENG 320— British Drama: Beginnings to 
1750.(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 322. Winter and Spring. 

Medieval and Renaissance Non-Shakespear- 
ean drama: stresses the plays of Marlowe, 
Jonson, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton 
and Webster; and grounds the student in the 
conventions and traditions of Medieval and 
early Tudor drama. 

ENG 321— British Drama II. 1630-1800. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with English 320 and 322 Winter 
and Spring. Restoration and Eighteenth Cen- 
tury Drama: begins with Pre-Restoration, late 
Caroline drama; and stresses the plays of 
Ford, Shirley, Dryden, Lee, Otway, Etheridge, 
Wycherley, Congreve, Goldsmith, and Sher- 
idan. 

ENG 322— British, American, and Conti- 
nental Drama: Ibsen to the Present. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 320, Winter. 

A survey of 19th and 20th century British, 
American and Europrean plays. Movements 
include Realism, the Irish Renaissance, Ex- 
pressionism, Impressionism, and Theater of 
the Absurd. Ibsen, Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, 
Wilde, Strindberg; O'Neill, and Williams are 
among the dramatists studied. 

ENG/LIN 325— Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring. 

This is a study of current approaches to 
grammar (including generative transforma- 
tional); phonology, morphology and syntax will 
be studied. 

ENG 326— Introduction to Literary 
Studies (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The course aims to familiarize the English 
major with the vocabulary and approaches of 
modern literary criticism, to advance abilities 



in the reading and interpretation of literary 
texts, and to promote understanding of the 
tools of literary research and writing. 

ENG 327— World Literature I (5-0-5) 

Winter. Alternate years. 
A study of major works and movements in 
world literature through the Renaissance. 

ENG 328— World Literature II (5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 
A study of major works and movements in 
modern world literature. 

ENG 329— Ancient Epic and Drama (5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors 
include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Eurip- 
ides, and other significant figures. 

ENG/JRN 340— Advanced Composition 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342. Fall, Prerequisite: 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. 

The study of expository and argumentative 
techniques. 

ENG 342— Creative Writing (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 340, Fall. Prerequisite: 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. 

Students submit manuscripts— stories, 
poems, plays— which they then critique by 
written statement and by class discussion 
under the guidance of the instructor. 

ENG 344— Composition for Pre- 
Professionals (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 422. Fall and Spring. 

This course provides students with the oppor- 
tunity to polish and diversify their writing skills. 
It includes the analysis of diverse prose mod- 
els and introduces such topics as the theory 
and practice of technical writing and commu- 
nication skills, topics appropriate for students 
interested in such fields as education, busi- 
ness, science and law. 

ENG 400— Special Topic (5-0-5) 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. 
Subjects currently offered: Modernism: 1880- 
1940; Apartheid in Perspective; Ideology and 
Propaganda. 

ENG 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. 
Genres currently offered: American Novel 
Since WWII; New England Poets; Victorian 
Novel. 



LANGUAGE, LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ART 



103 



ENG 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

The special subject matter in this course will 
be announced when the course is offered. 
Authors currently offered: Faulkner, Eliot and 
Aiken, Twain. Hardy, Keats and Hopkins. 

ENG 406— Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

Fall 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, 
comedies, and history plays drawn from Tam- 
ing of the Shrew, Merchant of Venice, Merry 
Wives of Windsor. Much Ado About Nothing, 
As You Like It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure 
for Measure, Richard II. Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, 
Henry V. Titus Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King 
Lear. Macbeth, Antony and Cleopatra, and 
Coriolanus. 

ENG 407— Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A second comprehensive study of the trag- 
edies, comedies and history plays drawn from 
A Comedy of Errors, Love's Labor's Lost, 
Romeo and Juliet, Midsummer Night's Dream, 
Twelfth Night. Hamlet. Othello, A Winter's Tale, 
The Tempest. Pericles, Cymbeline, All's Well 
That Ends Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, 
King John, Timon of Athens, Richard III, Henry 
VI. and Henry VIII. 

ENG/LIN 41 0— History of English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG/LIN 422, Winter. 

A study of the English language from its 
beginnings inthefifth and sixth centuries to its 
world-wide expansion in the 20th, this course 
traces the language chronologically from Old 
to Middle to Modern English. Emphasis is on 
the phonetic, syntactic, and lexical changes 
with weight given both to internal and external 
influences. 

ENG/LIN 422— Approaches to Language 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A survey of the components of language 
study as well as the various approaches to 
language, meaning, and syntax. Relationships 
between the teacher's language study and 
classroom implementation of various facets of 
it will be explored. 

ENG 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status and ENG 201. 
This course is available to transient students 
under the following conditions: approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college 
from which the student comes. 



ENG 491— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 
Prerequisites Senior status and ENG 201 
This course is available to transient students 
under the following conditions approval of the 
Dean of the Faculty and Dean of the college 
from which the student comes 

ENG 499— Internship (Up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by special arrangement Prerequi- 
site: Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory 
staff member, recommendation of the depart- 
mental Internship Committee, and approval of 
the Department Head. May be repeated to a 
maximum of 1 5 credit hours. 

The student will pursue an individually 
designed project involving off-campus work, 
study, and/or research. Projects will be under 
the joint supervision of the sponsoring institu- 
tion and the staff member. Fifteen hours credit 
requires forty hours a week at the sponsoring 
institution. Ten hours credit requires twenty- 
five hours a week; five hours credit requires 
fifteen hours a week. 

Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of 
the cinema with special emphasis on the 
American dominance of the medium. 
FLM/DRS 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as JRN 350. 

Study of film with emphasis on critical ap- 
appreciation of film as an art form. 
FLM/DRS 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content, and perception. 

FLM/DRS 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351 . 

The special subject matter ofthiscourse will 
be announced when the course is offered. 
Topics include: film genres, auteurs. and criti- 
cal theory. 



Foreign Language Offerings 

FRE 101-102-103— Elementary French 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

These courses provide the student with the 
elements of French reading, composition, and 
conversation. The approach is primarily oral, 



104 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and daily practice with tape recordings is 
required. 

FRE 201— Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college 
French or three years of high school French 
are required. Emphasis is continued on the 
reading of text as well as on oral and com- 
position skills. 

FRE 300— Special Topics in the French 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: FRE 201 . 

FRE 305— Special Topics in French 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: FRE 201 . 

FRE 307— Special Topics in French 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: FRE 201 . 

FRE 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
France (V-V-1 5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 103. 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in France in conjunction with 
the Studies Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is in Paris for 
a period of 8-9 weeks. During this time the 
student will receive intensive instruction in 
language and culture and will be expected to 
engage in co-curricular activities sponsored 
by the University of Paris and USG. 

FRE 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status and FRE 201. 
Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 



GER 101-102-103— Elementary German 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vocab- 
ulary: simple conversation; essentials of 
grammar. 

GER 201— Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college 
German or three years of high school German 
are required. Emphasis is continued on reading 
of text as well as on oral and composition skills. 

GER 300— Special Topics in the German 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: GER 201 . 



GER 305— Special Topics in German 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: GER 201 . 

GER 307— Special Topics in German 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: GER 201 . 

GER 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Germany (V-V-1 5) 

Prerequisite: GER 103. 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in Germany in conjunction 
with the Studies Abroad Program of the Uni- 
versity System of Georgia. The program is at 
the University of Erlangen-Nurnberg for a 
period of 8-9 weeks. During this time the stu- 
dent will receive intensive instruction in lan- 
guage and culture and will participate in Uni- 
versity sponsored activities. 

GER 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status and GER 201. 
Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 



LAT 101-102-103— Elementary Latin 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 
Essentials of grammar: readings from se- 
lected Latin authors. 

LAT 201— Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Further readings in Latin literature with spe- 
cial emphasis on Vergil and Ovid. 

LAT 300— Readings in Latin (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

The students may choose readings relevant 
to their areas of interest out of the 2,000 years 
of Latinity from Plautus to the recent encycli- 
cals. 

LAT/CLA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Rome and Athens (V-V-1 5) 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in Rome and Athens in con- 
junction with the Studies Abroad Program of 
the University System of Georgia. They are 
taught in English and require no knowledge of 
Latin or Greek. Through visits to monuments, 
museums, and classical ruins, and on excur- 
sions to Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tarquinia, 
and Frascati the student experiences at first 
hand the reality of life in the ancient world. 



LANGUAGE. LITERATURE. AND DRAMATIC ART 



105 



RUS 101-102-103— Elementary Russian 
One, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year 

These courses provide the student with the 

elements of Russian reading, composition, 

and conversation. 

RUS 201— Intermediate Russian (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: RUS 1 03. 
Emphasis is continued on reading of texts 
as well as on oral and composition skills. 



SPA 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish 
One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 

These courses provide the student with the 
elements of Spanish reading, composition, 
and conversation. 

SPA 201— Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Span- 
ish or three years of high school Spanish are 
required. Emphasis is continued on reading of 
texts as well as oral and composition skills. 

SPA 300— Special Topics in the Spanish 
Language (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: SPA 201 . 

SPA 305— Special Topics in Spanish 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: SPA 201 . 

SPA 307— Special Topics in Spanish 
Culture (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequis^e: SPA ^1 . 

SPA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Spain (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103. 

These courses are a summer quarter's resi- 
dence and study in Spain in conjunction with 
the Studies Abroad Program of the University 
System of Georgia. The program is in Segovia 
for a period of 8-9 weeks. During this time the 
students will receive intensive instruction in 
language and culture which will be comple- 
mented by a number of excursions. 

SPA 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1 -5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior 
status and SPA 201. Open to transient stu- 
dents only with the permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and the college from 
which the student comes. 



Journalism Offerings 

JRN 340— Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342 Fall Prerequisite 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor Same as 
ENG 340 

The study of expository and report tech- 
niques. 
JRN 343— Journalistic Writing (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201 

Investigation of and intensive practice in the 
techniques of modern journalism with empha- 
sis on writing for newspapers and periodicals. 

JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall Same 
as DRS 347. 

A course in the theory and practice of televi- 
sion production styles, forms, and concepts, 
with special emphasis on the critical apprecia- 
tion of electronic communication techniques. 

JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM/DRS 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical 
appreciation of film as an art form. 

JRN 364— Copy Editing and Layout (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

This is an intensive workshop in preparing 
copy for the press. Emphasis is on editing, on 
rewriting, and on makeup of pages. 

JRN 400— Topics In Journalism (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permis- 
sion of instructor. 

This is a seminar on topics of interest and 
utility to journalists in all the media. Individual 
topics will be announced. The course may be 
taken for credit more than once as topics 
change. 

Linguistics Offerings 

LIN 325— Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring. Same as 
ENG/LIN 325. 

This is a study of current approaches to 
grammar (including generative transforma- 
tional); phonology, morphology, and syntax will 
be studied. 

LIN 340— Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342, Fall. Prerequisite: 
ENG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as 
ENG/JRN340. 

A study of expository and report techniques. 



106 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



LIN 400— Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: ENG/LIN 325 or 410 or LIN 
485 or permission of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in both 
theoretical and applied linguistics. Topics will 
be announced, and the course may be taken 
more than once for credit as topics change. 

LIN 410— History of the English Language 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 325, Spring. Same as 
ENG/LIN 410. 



Philosophy Offerings 

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite to all 
following PHI courses. 

PHI 200— Nature, Culture and Choice 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

The central notion is that man transforms 
nature into culture by means of symbol sys- 
tems. The course asks what needs of human 
nature are served thereby and what ethical 
-consequences are involved. It stresses the 
assumptions and methods defining the humani- 
ties and science and, in ethics, in focuses on 
professional issues. 

PHI 201— Introduction to Philosophy (5-0-5) 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the mean- 
ing and function of philosophy, and the vocab- 
ulary and problems of philosophy. Includes a 
survey of the basic issues and major types of 
philosophy and shows the sources in expe- 
rience, history, and representative thinkers. 

PHI 301— History of Philosophy: Ancient 
and Medieval (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

An historical introduction to philosophy, trac- 
ing the development of European philosophy 
from the early Greeks through the Middle 
Ages, with emphasis on selected works of 
major philosophers. 

PHI 302— History of Modern Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

European philosophy from the Renaissance 
through Kant, emphasizing selected works of 
major philosophers. 



PHI 303— 19th and 20th Century 
Philosophy (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of the major philosophers in philo- 
sophical movements of the 19th and 20th 
centuries. 

PHI 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One 200 
or 300 level philosophy course. 

The specific subject matter in this course 
will be determined and announced by the pro- 
fessor at the time when the course is offered. 
Courses currently being offered are: Aesthet- 
ics and Philosophy of Religion. 

PHI 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior 
status and one 300-level philosophy course. 

The student, with the advice and consent of 
his supervising professor and of the depart- 
ment head, will select the topic for supervised 
independent study and will submit a prospec- 
tus for department approval before the quarter 
in which the course is to be taken. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 

Vacant, Department Head 
Barnard, Jane 
Cyphert, Daniel 
Findeis, John 
Hansen, John 
Harbin, Mickie Sue 
Hudson, Anne 
Kilhefner, Dale 
Munson, Richard 
Norwich, Vicki 
Richters, Stephen 
Shipley, Charles 
Stocker, Erich 
Wynn, William, Emeritus 



The department offers two majors, in com- 
puter science and in the mathematical scien- 
ces, under the Bachelor of Science degree 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



107 



, program Under the major in the mathematical 
| sciences, students may complete major options 
entitled •Mathematics.'' "Applied Mathemat- 
: ics." "Mathematics Education," and "Comput- 
er Science " The mathematics education op- 
tion is specifically designed to prepare teachers 
of secondary mathematics and is an approved 
program for the Georgia Teacher's Profes- 
sional Four-Year Certificate (T-4). The Depart- 
ment of Mathematics and Computer Science 
also participates in the Dual-Degree Program 
of Armstrong State College and the Georgia 
Institute of Technology, under which students 
may. in five years of study, earn simultane- 
ously the B.S degree in the mathematical 
sciences (applied mathematics) from Arm- 
strong and the Bachelor's degree in any one of 
a number of fields of engineering from Georgia 
Tech. 

The department also offers minors in compu- 
ter science and mathematics. Students in any 
major program of study whatever (either two- 
year or four-year) can augment their major 
with either of these minors. The minor in com- 
puter science requires 25 quarter hours of 
computer science courses. These courses 
must consist of CS 1 42, 231 , 242, 301 and 308. 
The mathematics minor requires 25 hours of 
mathematics courses. These courses must 
consist of MAT 206, 207, 208, and 10 quarter 
hours selected from CS 260, and 300-400 
level mathematics courses, excluding MAT 
391 and 393. 

To earn the B.S. degree in the mathematical 
sciences or computer science, a student must 
successfully complete with a grade of C or 
better all mathematics and computer science 
courses in Area IV of the core and all courses 
in Section B— Courses in the major field. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A, General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200.271,272,273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 



2 One of the sequences BIO 1 01 . 
102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 
dual degree students), PHY 

217,218 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115 10 

2 POS 1 1 3 and one course select- 
ed from PSY 101 (required for 
math education option); SOC 

201; ECO 201, 202; ANT 201 .... 10 
Area IV 30 

1. MAT 206, 207 10 

2. CS 142 5 

3. Two of the following: 

MAT 208; CS 242, 260 10 

4. HIS 251 or 252 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 51-55 

Each student majoring in the 
mathematical sciences must 
select one of the following four 
options and complete its require- 
ments: 
Option One— Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311,316, 317, 401, 
402, and 4 quarter hours of ap- 
proved electives 30 

2. Approved mathematics and/or 
computer science electives* 15 

3. One foreign language or com- 
puter science sequence 10 

Option Two— Applied Mathematics 

1. MAT 309. 316, 341, 342. or 

353 18-19 

2. MAT 321 orCS246* 5 

3. PHY 21 7, 21 8, 21 9; or four of the 
courses: MAT 31 7, 321 , 322. 346. 
353,401.406,490" 16-19 

4. Approved mathematics and/or com- 
puter science electives 

(300-400 level) 13-16 

Option Three— Mathematics Education 
1. MAT 31 1,316. 321,336. and 

416 or 470 23 

00232. Approved mathematics and/or 

computer science electives 7 

3. PSY 301 5 

4. EDN 200, 31 0. 335. and 441 20 

Option Four— Computer Science 

1 . CS 260, 301 , 302. 305, 360 25 

2. MAT 309, 341.321 14 



108 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



I 



3. Three courses selected from: 
MAT 31 6, 342, 346,353, 490**, 
CS 401, 411, 490** 12-15 

C. Related Field Requirements 15 

In addition to the above require- 
ments, each student majoring in 
the mathematical sciences must 
complete fifteen quarter hours of 
approved courses in one field of 
study related to his major. Stu- 
dents completing the major 
requirements under option three 
must meet this requirement 
through student teaching (Edu- 
cation 470, 480, 490). 

D. Electives*** 25-29 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



* It is recommended that 10 of these hours 
be in mathematics. 

** Subject to the approval of the department 
head. 

***Students pursuing the mathematics educa- 
ton option, in order that their total program of 
study will conform to system-wide require- 
ments for degree programs leading to T-4 
teacher certification, must select one course 
from each of the following blocks of courses: 

A. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 
DRS 228; 

B. ANT201.ECO201.SOC201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

1 . One course selected from: ART 
200, 271,272, 273; ENG 222; 

MUS 200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
102; CHE 128, 129; PHY 

217,218 10 

Area III 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 1 01 , 
102; CHE 128, 129: PHY 

217,218 10 



Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 10 

2. POS 1 1 3 and one of the courses: 
PSY 1 01 ; SOC 201 ; ECO 201 , 202; 
ANT 201 10 

Area IV 30 

1. MAT 206, 207 10 

2. CS 142, 231, 242 15 

3. MAT 260 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in Major Field 50 

1. MAT 321 10 

2. CS 301 , 31 2, 305, 308, 342 25 

3. Either CS 331 , 431 , 334 or 401 ; 
orCS 360, 401,401 or 445 15 

4. Five quarter hours of approved 
computer science electives 5 

C. Courses related to Major 15 

1. ENG 344 5 

2. Ten hours of approved 

electives 10 

D. Electives 25 

E. HIS 251 or 252 5 

F. Regents and Exit Examinations 



OFFERINGS 
Mathematics Offerings 

MAT 101 -College Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
Each student must have attained at least one 
of the following prior to enrolling: (a) a score of 
at least 420 on the mathematics portion of the 
SAT: or (b) a score of at least 20 on the 
Mathematics DiagnosticTest; or (c) a grade of 
"P" in MAT 099. 

In addition, it is recommended that the stu- 
dent have successfully completed in high 
school two courses of algebra and one course 
of geometry. 

Dates on which the Mathematics Diagnostic 
test is administered are given in the academic 
calendar in the front of this Catalog. Present 
test: Swokowski, Fundamentals of College 
Algebra. 

Real number arithmetic; polynomial and 
rational expressions; linear and quadratic equa- 
tions; functions and graphs; inequalities; abso- 
lute value; sequences and summation nota- 
tion; matrices, determinants, and systems of 
equations; the binomial theorem; techniques 
of counting and elementary probability. (May 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



109 



be exempted by examination with academic 
credit awarded) 

MAT 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer Prerequisite 
MAT 101. or a score of at least 550 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT, or permission 
of the department head. Present text: Swokowski, 
Functions and Graphs 

Functions; polynomial, rational, exponential, 
logarithmic, trignometric, and inverse trigono- 
metric functions; trigonometric identities; law 
of sines and cosines; complex numbers (May 
be exempted by examination with academic 
credit awarded.) 

MAT 195— Applied Finite Mathematics 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 1 01 . Present text: 
Barnett, Finite Mathematics for Management. 
Life, and Social Sciences. 

A survey of finite mathematics, including 
mathematics of finance, probability, linear pro- 
gramming, and an introduction to games and 
decisions; applications are stressed throughout. 

MAT 206— Calculus I (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 103. or a score of at least 600 on the 
mathematics portion of the SAT, or permission 
of the department head. Present text: Edwards 
and Penney, Calculus and Analytical Geometry. 

Functions; the derivative and its applica- 
tions, antidifferentiation; the definite integral. 

MAT 207-Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 206. Present text: Edwards and Penney. 
Calculus and Analytic Geometry. 

Techniques and applications of integration; 
conic sections and polar coordinates 

MAT 208— Calculus of Several Variables I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring. Prerequisite. MAT 207. 
Present text: Edwards and Penney, Calculus 
and Analytic Geometry. 

Parametric curves and vectors in the plane; 
indeterminate forms, Taylor's formula, and 
improper integrals; infinite series; vectors, 
curves, and surfaces in space; partial differenti- 
ation. 

MAT 220— Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. Present text: Freund, Statistics: A 
First Course. 

Measures of central tendency and disper- 



sion, probability distributions, inferences con- 
cerning means, analysis of variance; correla- 
tion; linear regression (May be exempted by 
examination with academic credit awarded) 

MAT 260— Discrete Structures (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring Prerequisites MAT 103 
and CS 110 or 146 

Elementary logic, naive set theory, relations 
and functions, Boolean algebras, ordering re- 
lations, graph theory. 

MAT 290— Topics in Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Spring. Prerequisite MAT 1 01 
A terminal course of selected topics de- 
signed to portray the history, philosophy, and 
aesthetics of mathematics, and to develop and 
appreciation of the role of mathematics in 
western thought and contemporary culture. 

MAT 309— Calculus of Several Variables II 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. Present 
text: Edwards and Penney, Calculus and Ana- 
lytic Geometry. 

Multiple integrals and their applications: 
vectorfields; line and surface integrals; Green's 
theorem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes 
theorem; differential equations. 

MAT 311— Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Hillman and Alexanderson. 
A First Undergraduate Course in Abstract 
Algebra. 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, 
rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms, 
kernals, and quotient structures. 

MAT 316— Linear Algebra I (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: MAT 208. 260. Present 
text: Kolman, Elementary Linear Algebra. 

Linear systems and matrices; vector spa- 
ces; linear independence, rank of a matrix; 
lineartransformations; determinants; linear prod- 
uct spaces; introduction to eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. 

MAT 317— Linear Algebra II (3-0-3) 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisite: MAT 316. 

Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonaliza- 
tion, real quadratic forms; additional applica- 
tions of linear algebra to other areas of the 
mathematical, physical and social sciences. 

MAT 321— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 207. 
MAT/CS260. 



110 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Im- 



probability; random variables; discrete and 
continuous probability distributions; empirical 
distributions; random sampling; expectation 
confidence intervals; tests of hypotheses 
correlation and regression; one-way ANOVA 
chi-square tests. 

MAT 322— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics II (4-0-4) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisite MAT 321 . 

Multiple regression; maximum likelihood esti- 
mates; likelihood ratio tests; small sample dis- 
tributions; two-way ANOVA; nonparametric 
methods; Bayesian inference. 

MAT 336— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Moise, Elementary Geome- 
try From Advanced Standpoint. 

A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 341-342— Differential Equations 
I, II (4-0-4) 

341 -Winter; 342-Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 
208. Present text: Boyce and Deprima, Ele- 
mentary Differential Equations and Boundary 
Value Problems. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- 
tions; systems of first order differential equa- 
tions; the Laplace transform; introduction to 
Fourier series; partial differential equation; 
Sturm-Liouville theory; applied problems. 

MAT 346— Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (4-0-4) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Hillier & Lieberman, Intro- 
duction to Operations Research. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathe- 
matical models of problems in the social, life, 
and management sciences. Topics chosen 
from linear programming, dynamic program- 
ming, scheduling theory, Markovchains, game 
theory, queuing theory, and inventory theory. 

MAT 353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 
207 and CS 110, 142, or 246. Present text: 
Conte and DeBoor, Elementary Numerical 
Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; 
systems of linear equations; numerical integra- 
tion and numerical solution of differential equa- 
tions; matrix inversion; evaluation of determi- 
nants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors; boundary value problems. 

MAT 360— Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Spring (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 207, 



260. Present text: Hunter, Metalogic: An Intro- 
duction to the Metatheory of Standard First 
Order Logic. 

The elementary statement and predicate 
calculus; formal systems; applications of logic 
in mathematics. 

MAT 391 —Mathematics for the Elementary 
School Teacher (5-0-5) 

Winter, Prerequisite: MAT 101 and Admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. 

A study of the mathematics in the elemen- 
tary curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate 
methods of teaching for understanding through 
active involvement of the learner. Frequent 
use of wide range of concrete manipulatives to 
embody concepts in arithmetic of whole num- 
bers and fractions and in geometry and mea- 
surement. Directed field experience. (Credit 
will not apply toward a degree in the mathemat- 
ical sciences.) 

MAT 393— Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisite: Ten 
quarter hours of college mathematics num- 
bered 1 01 or above and Admission to Teacher 
Education. Present text: Sobol and Maletsky, 
Teaching Mathematics: A Sourcebook of Aids, 
Activities and Strategies. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, such 
as fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 
ment (especially in the metric system), and 
informal geometry. Emphasis on incorporating 
drill and practice in necessary skills with fresh 
topics like probability and statistics, and with 
appropriate games and laboratory activities. 
(Credit will not apply toward a degree in the 
mathematical sciences.). 

MAT 400— Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

Fall. Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

A variety of mathematical problems, consid- 
ered with the aim of developing problem solv- 
ing techniques. 

MAT 401-402— Advanced Calculus I, II 
(4-0-4) 

401 -Fall (odd years); 402— Winter (even 
years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. Present 
text: Goldberg, Methods of Real Analysis. 

The real number system; sequences; limits 
of functions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass theo- 
rem; compactness; uniform continuity; the 
derivative; the Riemann integral; Euclidean n- 
space; sequences of functions; the Weier- 
strass approximation theorem; series; elemen- 
tary functions. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



111 



MAT 406— Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

Spring (even years) Prerequisites MAT 
208, 260 Present text Churchill, Complex Var- 
iables with Applications. 

Complex numbers; elementary functions 
and transformations; the Cauchy theory; con- 
formal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 416— Theory of Numbers (3-0-3) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
260. Present text: Burton, Elementary Number 
Theory. 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reci- 
procity; diophantine equations; number-theo- 
retic functions and their applications; selected 
advanced topics from algebraic and analytic 
number theory. 

MAT 436-Topology (3-0-3) 

Spring (even years). Prerequisite: MAT 401 . 
Present text: Dugundji, Topology. 

Topological spaces and homeomorphisms; 
separability; compactness; connectedness; 
completeness; metrizability; introduction to 
homotopy theory. 

MAT 470-History of Mathematics (3-0-3) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 
and six quarter hours of mathematics courses 
with course numbers greater than 309. Pres- 
ent text: Eves, An Introduction to the History of 
Mathematics. 

A survey of the development of mathemat- 
ics from its empirical beginnings to its present 
state. 

MAT 490— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
sites: Consent of the instructor and permission 
of the department head. 

Individual readings and research under the 
direction of a member of the mathematics 
faculty. 

MAT 496-497-498— Internship in 
Mathematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of the department head. 

Experience, in a variety of mathematical 
applications suited to the educational and pro- 
fessional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of the faculty and appropriate off- 
campus supervisory personnel. (Open to tran- 
sient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and that of the 
appropriate official of the college from which 
the student comes.) 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 110— Introduction to Computer Program- 
ming (4-3-5) 

Summer Prerequisite MAT 101 Present 
text: Bent & Sethares, BASIC 

BASIC programming and program structure; 
elementary logic and Boolean algebra; algo- 
rithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solu- 
tions of numeric and non-numeric problems, 
characteristics and applications of computers 
in modern society. 

CS 115— Introduction to Computer Con- 
cepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101 
The study of hardware and software com- 
ponents of computers, elementary program- 
ming, and the impact of the computer on 
society. Discussion of the capabilities and the 
limitations of computers, and the kinds of prob- 
lemsthat are best solved by computers. Expe- 
rience with developing and modifying algo- 
rithms to solve such problems. Emphasis on 
the major uses of computers. This course is 
designed forthe non-computer science major. 
It may not be applied as part of a language 
sequence. 

CS 136— RPG Programming (4-3-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: CS 1 1 0, 1 42 or 1 46. 
Present text: Myers, RPG II & RPG III with 
Business Applications. 

Introduction to the language and program- 
ming applications for small computer systems 
using RPG. 

CS 142— Introduction to Programming 
Principles with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. 

Structured programming; the Pascal pro- 
gramming language: basic syntax, input/out- 
put, debugging, functions and procedures, 
fundamental data types. 

CS 225— Statistical Programming for 
the Social Sciences (3-4-5) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 220 
or 321 and CS 1 1 or 1 42. Present text; Klecka, 
Nie, Hull, SPSS Primer. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, 
including the study of statistical methods, the 
programming of statistical analyses, and data 
analysis using packaged systems. 



112 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CS 231— Programming Principles with 
COBOL (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
CS 1 42. Present text: Finegold, Fundamentals 
of Structured COBOL Programming. 

The COBOL programming language: basic 
syntax, input/output, debugging, table-han- 
dling, sorting, searching, sequential file manipu- 
lation, structured programming for COBOL; 
JCL for COBOL programs. 

CS 242— Advanced Programming Principles 
with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisites: 
MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Advanced programming concepts in Pas- 
cal: recursion, variant records, record-oriented 
input/output and dynamic structures asso- 
ciated with pointers such as linked lists, queues, 
stacks and trees. 

CS 246— Fortran Programming (4-3-5) 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: MAT 103 
andCS 110 or CS 142. 

Present text: Lehmkuhl, Fortran 77, A Top 
Down Approach. 

Algorithmic processes of computer problem 
solving in a scientific context; elementary logic 
and Boolean algebra; FORTRAN programming 
language: syntax, arrays, input/output, sub- 
routines, functions. 

CS 260— Discrete Structures (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 1 03 
and CS 142. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations 
and functions; Boolean algebras; ordering rela- 
tions; graph theory. 

CS 296— Computer Literacy for Educators 
(2-3-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 101 and admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. 

The study of hardware and software 
components of computers, elementary pro- 
gramming, and the impact of computers on 
curriculum. Discussion of the capabilities and 
limitations of computers, and the kinds of 
problems that are best solved by computers. 
Experience with developing and modifying 
algorithms to solve such problems. Emphasis 
on instructional uses of microcomputers. This 
course is designed for the non-computer 
science major. It may not be applied as part of 
a language sequence. 



CS 301— Computer Organization and 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisites: 
CS 231 or CS 242. Present text: Kuo, Assem- 
bler Language for FORTRAN. COBOL, and 
PL/1 Programmers. 

Introduction to systems programming via in- 
depth coverage of assembler programming; 
operating systems; addressing techniques; 
internal storage structure; machine-level repre- 
sentation of instructions and data; subrou- 
tines; I/O: linkers and loaders; macro-facilities; 
mass data storage facilities. 

CS 305— Computer Systems (5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: CS 301. Present 
text: Tanenbaum, Structured Computer Organi- 
zation. 

Hardware and software components of dig- 
ital computing systems, with emphasis on sys- 
tem software and details of hardware organi- 
zation. Topics include system structure, data 
representation, processors, control, storage, 
input/output interrupts and microprogram- 
ming. 

CS 308— Introduction to File Processing 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 and CS 
242. 

An introduction to the concepts and tech- 
niques of structuring data on bulk storage 
devices; foundation for applications of data 
structures and file processing techniques. 

CS 309— File Processing with COBOL 
(4-3-5) 

Summer, Prerequisite: CS 308. 

COBOL programming techniques for pro- 
cessing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VSAM), 
direct, and relative files; control language used 
for the execution of file processing programs; 
utility programs for effective file processing. 

CS 312— Algorithms and Data Structures 
(4-3-5) 

Winter, Summer. Prerequisites: CS 242. 260, 
301. 

Internal representation for arrays, queues, 
trees, stacks, graphs, and lists; algorithms for 
the manipulation of data structures; complexity 
analysis of algorithms: concepts related to the 
interaction between data structures and stor- 
age structures for the generating, developing 
and processing of data; algorithms for memory 
management. 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



113 



CS 331— Systems Analysis and Design 
(3-4-5) 

Winter Prerequisite: CS 308 and ENG 344 
Present text Weinberg. Structured Analysis. 

Principles and methodology of structured 
systems analysis and design, including per- 
sonnel and machine requirements, system 
specifications, analysis and design tools and 
techniques, system life cycle management A 
student project which implements these tech- 
niques will be required 

CS 334— Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 331, CS 
342. Present text: Sommerville, Software 
Engineering. 

Principles and techniques of designing and 
developing engineered software, including pro- 
gram structures, design specifications, resource 
limitations, reliability, correctness, debugging, 
testing, modular program construction and 
user interfaces. A student project which imple- 
ments these techniques will be required. 

CS 342— Comparative Languages (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 242, 260, 301 . 
Present text: Organick. Forsythe and Plummer, 
Programming Language Structures. 

Comparative study of programming lan- 
guages including facilities for recursion, pro- 
cedures, storage allocation techniques, string 
processing, and passing of parameters. 

CS 353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Summer (even years). Prerequisites: MAT 
207 and CS 142 or 246. Present text: Conte 
and DeBoor, Elementary Numerical Analysis. 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; 
systems of linear equations; numerical inte- 
gration and numerical solution of differential 
equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of deter- 
minants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors; boundary value problems. 

CS 360— Computer Logic Design (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: CS 260 and 305. 
Present text: Mano, Computer Logic Design. 

Theory and design of digital logic systems at 
the gate level. A variety of techniques for the 
reduction of digital circuits will be studied. 

CS 401-402 Operating System Concepts 
I, II (5-0-5) 

401 -Winter; 402-Spring. Prerequisite: CS 
312, CS 305. Present text: Peterson & Silber- 
schatz, Operating Systems Concepts. 

Design and analysis of operating systems: 



, 



process management, memory management, 
processor management; auxiliary storage 
management Case studies in Unix and other 
existing systems 

CS 411— Data Communications (5-0-5) 

Summer Prerequisite CS 305 Present text: 
Tanenbaum, Computer Networks. 

Communications media; codes; data trans- 
mission; multiplexing; protocols; layered net- 
works. 

CS 431— Control and Organization of 
Information (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 344, CS 308, 312. 
Present text: Kroenke, Database Processing. 

Information analysis and logical design of 
information systems and data bases; consid- 
eration of hardware, access methods, man- 
agement, and control functions, communicat- 
ing with the data base, and integrated systems. 

CS 434— Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 31 2, CS 342. Present 
text: Sommerville, Software Engineering. 

Principles and techniques of designing and 
developing engineered software, including pro- 
gram structures, design specifications, resource 
limitations, reliability, correctness, debugging, 
testing, modular program construction and 
user interfaces. A student project which imple- 
ments these techniques will be required. 

CS 445— Theory of Programming 
Languages (4-3-5) 

Fall (even years). Prerequisites: CS 312, 
342. Present text: Aho and Ullman, Principles 
of Compiler Design. 

Study of programming language translation 
and basic compiler implementation techniques. 
Formal grammars and languages; specifica- 
tion of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; 
parsing; semantic processing. 

CS 490— Special Topics in Computer 
Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current 
interest in computer science; possible areas 
include system simulation, graphics, and 
microcomputers. 

CS 496-497-498— Internship in Computer 
Science ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
site: Permission of the department head. May 
not be taken concurrently. 



114 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Experience, in a variety of computing envi- 
ronments suited to the educational and profes- 
sional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of a member of the faculty and 
appropriate off-campus supervisory personnel. 



Psychology 

Faculty 

Martin, Grace, Department Head 

Douglass, Keith 

Lane, Joseph 

Palefsky, Elliot 

Patchak, Jane Anne 

Satterfield, Neil 

Worth ington, C. Stewart 



Students are advised to complete as many 
of the general degree requirements as possi- 
ble before entering their junior year. Psychol- 
ogy majors should take PSY 101 and 220 
before the end of their sophomore years. 
Suggested course distributions and annual 
schedules are available in the department 
office. All students are urged to seek advise- 
ment with regard to degree requirements and 
scheduling. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
PSYCHOLOGY 



Area V 6 

1 PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B. Degree Requirements 65 

1. PSY 220, 308, 312,410 

and 41 1,41 2 or 41 3 25 

2 Recommended selection of 

psychology departments 25 

3. Foreign language or computer 

science sequence 15 

C Elective Courses 1 0-25 

1 . An appropriate minor or select- 
ed upper division courses 1 0-25 

D. Unspecified 20 

E Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . 

TOTAL.... 191-206 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Psychology offers minors 
in the following four areas: 

A. Psychology— which requires 20 credit 
hours of upper division work. 

B. Mental Health— which requires PSY 201 . 
202.315.405,406. 

C. Organizational Psychology— which re- 
quires five of the following: PSY 202. 31 5, 320, 
321.322,406. 

D. Anthropology— which requires 20 hours 
of upper division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology— which requires SOC201 and 
20 credit hours of upper division work. 

SOC 333, 350, 430 and 450. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of 
"C" or better in each course taken. 



Hours 

General Requirements 96 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course selected from: PHI 
201,202 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 195 or 290 10 

2 One of the sequences: CHE 121, 
122, or PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102, MAT 220 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 10 

3. PSY 101. ANT 201 10 



OFFERINGS 
Anthropology Offerings 

ANT 201— Humankind & Culture (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 

The nature, causes and prospects of being 
human. A study of the biocultural nature of 
humans and the development of societies 
from the preliterate beginnings through the 
rise of complex organization. 

ANT 202— Human Evolution (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Survey of physical anthropology, including 
the fossil record, living primates, the evolution 
of pre-humans and humans, their ecology and 
cultures. 



PSYCHOLOGY 



115 



ANT/MPS 207— Introduction to 
Archaeology (5-0-5) 

The introductory archaeology course con- 
sists of a history of the field, basic techniques, 
theoretical underpinnings, and examples of 
field work from all types of excavation It cov- 
ers the range from early man to industrial and 
urban archaeology in a general fashion. Analy- 
sis is introduced along with survey techniques, 
preservation, reporting and other skills. (Iden- 
tical with MPS 207.) 

ANT 305— Americans Called Indians (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 . 

An investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
North America from the Arctic to the Rio 
Grande. Study will include origins, distribution, 
ecology and interrelationships, past through 
present. 

ANT 310— Anthropology of Sex and 
Gender (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201 . 

An examination of the cultural determinants 
of sex roles in selected world societies, past 
and present. The foci will bethree anthropolog- 
ical analyses: economics and status; art and 
ritual; the structure of women's worlds. 

ANT 400— Sorcery, Demons and 
Gods (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a 
universal category of culture. The supernatu- 
ral will be considered: Mother goddesses 
myth, sorcery, shamanism, sacrifice and 
totemism. Belief systems in their sociocultural 
contexts will be emphasized. 

ANT/MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of 
archaeological methods to a specific field proj- 
ect. Excavation techniques, surveying and 
map making, data collecting and recording, 
archaeological photography, the identification 
and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation 
of archaeological data will be presented in 
field and laboratory work as well as in lectures 
and readings. (Identical with MPS 401 .)(Under 
certain circumstances this course may be 
substituted in the Preservation Studies minor 
for MPS 498.) Course may be repeated for 
credit. 



ANT/MPS 402— Practlcum In 
Archaeological Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall Prerequisite permission of instructor or 
director 

The application of archaeological interpre- 
tative techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special 
attention to the care and storage of collec- 
tions, display in the museum setting, and the 
presentation of archaeologically-denved infor- 
mation. (Identical with MPS 402.) 

ANT/MPS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

An introduction to the study of the non- 
literary remains of our society, past and pres- 
ent. Vernacular and polite architecture, ceram- 
ics, mortuary art, community and settlement 
patterns, diet, dress and disease are among 
the topics that will be discussed. 



Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101— General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, 
and methods of the science of behavior. Dis- 
cussion and demonstrations assist in survey- 
ing all the areas of psychology. Psychology 
101 is prerequisite to all other courses in the 
department. 

PSY 110— Introduction to Clinical 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment 
modes, and theories. 

PSY 191— Honors General Psychology 
(2-3-5) 

Prerequisite: SAT verbal of at least 550. 

This course may be substituted for PSY 1 01 
by qualified students. Course content is similar 
to PSY 1 01 , but emphasis is on psychology as 
a laboratory science. Students will conduct a 
variety of experiments and demonstrations 
and will write research reports on these topics. 

PSY 201— Survey of Clinical Methods 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of personality theories and the 
behavior changing techniques arising from 
them. The emphasis will be on learning theory 
and environmental influences. 



116 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PSY 202— Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Objective measurement and accurate re- 
cording of findings will be emphasized. The 
use of interview data, case studies, as well as 
written tests, will be introduced. 

PSY 203-4— Independent Practicum 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: 25 hours of psychology. 

Students may be given academic credit for 
supervised community work which meets ap- 
propriate performance criteria. Students will 
need prior departmental faculty approval of 
the work setting, goals, and supervision. A 
faculty advisor will be assigned to support and 
evaluate the student's work. 

PSY 220— Introduction to Psychological 
Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology 
and its application to behavior analysis. Var- 
ious techniques of data collection and the sta- 
tistical analysis of such data are emphasized. 

PSY 301— Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 1 01 . Offered each quarter. 

The application of behavioral science to the 
problem of learning in the classroom. Primarily 
for teacher preparation. 

PSY 303— Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as 
determinants of the behavior of the individual. 
The cultural milieu and group pressures will be 
examined in terms of their effect on behavior. 

PSY 295— Developmental Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the origin and development of 
psychological processes from the life span 
perspective. The effects of genetic/matura- 
tional and socio-cultural/environmental factors 
on the development of behavior throughout 
the life span are included. 

PSY 307— Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

An experimental-theoretical approach to 
the nature of perception. Special attention is 
given to the psychological method. 

PSY 308— Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101,220. 

An examination of the methodology and 
theory associated with the various forms of 
learning and their motivational concomitants. 



PSY 309— Physiological Psychology (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIO 101-102. 

Introduction to the biological bases of 
behavior. The structure and function of the 
nervous system are studied and related to the 
behavior of humans and other organisms. 

PSY 310— Psychology of Human Sexuality 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An examination of the developmental, phys- 
iological, clinical and social aspects of human 
sexuality. The emphasis of the course will be 
on the various components of human sexuality 
from a developmental perspective. 

PSY 311— Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of selected personality theories with 
emphasis on normal behavior. Attention will be 
given to both experimental and clinical data. 
The determinants of personality structure and 
the development of personality will be exam- 
ined from divergent points of view. 

PSY 312— Measurement (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 220. 

An examination of the theory of measure- 
ment. Reliability and validity techniques are 
discussed, using current psychological tests 
as examples. 

PSY 31 5— Psychology of Conflict and Stress 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the interactions between physio- 
logical and psychological processes in the 
development and maintenance of stress related 
disorders. Emphasis is on environmental fac- 
tors and stress management techniques. 

PSY 319— Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the adaptations and behaviors 
with which living organisms cope effectively 
with their environment. The laboratory will pro- 
vide an introduction to animal care, training, 
and experimentation. 

PSY 320— Industrial/Organizational Psychol- 
ogy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological 
principles to business and professional set- 
tings. Included are work motivation, goal set- 
ting, power politics, leadership and communi- 
cation. 



PSYCHOLOGY 



117 



PSY 321— Psychology of Work Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 320 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 
the individual worker in industry and organiza- 
tions. Included are employee selection, train- 
ing strategies, performance evaluation and job 
satisfaction. 

PSY 322— Psychology of Organizational 
Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 320 

Psychological principles applied to inter- 
personal and intergroup relations, organiza- 
tional leadership, management of organiza- 
tional change relating to the social environment 
and communication systems. 

PSY 405— Behavior Disorders (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of 
various conceptions of undesirable behavior. 
Application of principles derived from basic 
research will be emphasized. 

PSY 406— Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of proven methods of generating 
behavioral change, their empirical foundations, 
and their applications in clinical, educational 
and social settings. 

PSY 410— History and Systems of 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to psychology majors or by invita- 
tion of the professor. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology 
from early animism to modern behavioristics. 
Special attention is given to the philosophical 
basis at various times in the history of psychol- 
ogy. 

PSY 411— Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by 
invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion group which will 
concentrate on selected contemporary issues 
in psychology. Specific content will vary from 
year to year. 

PSY 412— Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member 
qualified in the student's area of interest. Work 
is to begin in the first quarter of the senior year 
(register for the quarter of expected comple- 
tion). The student will produce a scholarly 
paper which must be acceptable to the depart- 
mental faculty. 



PSY 413— Senior Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite Senior status 

Students may petition the faculty to receive 
academic credit for an individually designed 
work experience in an applied setting The 
sponsoring organization must provide a 
qualified supervisor A faculty advisor will 
establish performance criteria and evaluate 
accordingly 



Sociology Offerings 

SOC 201— Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter 

An introduction to the concept and methods 
of the science of human group behavior 
Includes the study of socialization, the role of 
the individual in society, and the major institu- 
tions and processes. It is designed to provide a 
better understanding of American culture and 
the wide range of social phenomena. 

SOC 315— The Family and Alternative 
Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

A study of the role of the family in the devel- 
opment of the individual, the family unit and 
societal institutions. Consideration will be 
given to various structures and functions of the 
family as it exists or is emerging in America. 

SOC 320— Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course focuses on the present factual 
situation in America. The course examines the 
problemsfaced by minorities in America, espe- 
cially where skin color and language pose 
social and economic barriers. It looks at domi- 
nant public institutions and patterns of response 
by minorities such as Black Americans, Chi- 
canos, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and 
other sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOC 333— Exploring Popular Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

An examination of popular culture using 
music, radio, television, texts, magazines, 
movies, technology and language to explore a 
given era. Comparisons will be made of life- 
styles, sex roles, racial attitudes and the na- 
tional regional mood of times examined. 

SOC 340— Methods of Social Research 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

This course will explore several methods of 



118 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



applied social research including case stud- 
ies, record research, experimental designs, 
surveys, observation and systems interaction 
as they apply to social data. The student must 
demonstrate a working knowledge of each 
method in the context of social work practice. 

SOC 350— Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

An examination of behavioral deviancy, 
normative strain, and differences between 
social ideals and social realities in the context 
of sociological theory. 

SOC 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A course focusing on the various forms of 
alcohol and drug abuse with emphasis on the 
stages of harmful dependence and addiction. 
There will be an examination of the legal and 
social implications of addiction as well as 
approaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOC 450— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on 
demand. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of Arts and Sciences at 
Armstrong. 



School of Education 

Nash, Charles, Dean 



Goals and Objectives 

The School of Education considers its major 
function to be the preparation of competent 
teachers who are committed to excellence in 
education. Its programs are designed to meet 
the needs of present and future education pro- 
fessionals by providing them with specialized 
skills, knowledge of theory and methods of 
teaching, practical laboratory experiences, 
and the opportunity to create innovative ways 
of meeting the needs of every student. 

The School also endeavors to maintain the 
highest standards of professional excellence 
among its faculty by encouraging and provid- 
ing opportunities for enrichment such as par- 
ticipation in educational seminars, conferen- 
ces, workshops, and post graduate study. 



Organization and Degrees 

The School of Education consists of three 
departments: Elementary Education, Physical 
Education, Secondary Education and Special 
Education. The School of Education was 
created by the Board of Regents in 1 979, and 
offers a variety of programs, including all of the 
majors and degrees in teacher education for- 
merly offered by Savannah State College and 
Armstrong State College. 

Armstrong State College is authorized by 
the Board of Regents of the University System 
to offer the following baccalaureate degree 
programs in teacher education. 

Associate in Science with a major in: 
Early Childhood Education 

Bachelor of Arts (with teacher certification) 
with majors in: 
English 
History 
Political Science 

Bachelor of Music Education 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 

in: 

Early Elementary Education 

Health, Physical Education and Recreation 

Middle School Education 

Speech Correction 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Secondary Education in the teaching fields 
of: 

Art Education 

Biology Education 

Business Education (Bookkeeping and 
Business Management) 

Business Education (Comprehensive) 

Business Education (Data Processing and 
Accounting) 

Chemistry Education 

English Education 

General Science Education 

Industrial Arts Education 

Mathematics Education 

Music Education 

Physics Education 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields- 
History) 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields- 
Political Science) 

Social Science Education (History) 

Social Science Education (Political Sci- 
ence) 

Trade and Industrial Education 






SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 



119 



Bachelor of Science (with teacher certifica- 
tion) with majors in: 

Biology 

Chemistry 

Mathematical Sciences 

Program of Study (with MS-4 teacher certifica- 
tion) in: 

Library Media 

Additional degree programs, those at the 
masters level, are delineated in the graduate 
section of this catalog. 

All Teacher Education programs are ap- 
proved by the Georgia State Department of 
Education. Upon verification by the College 
that a student has successfully completed an 
approved program, the student applies to the 
State Department of Education for the appro- 
priate teaching certificate. 

Armstrong State College has programs which 
are accredited by the National Council for 
Accreditation of Teacher Education. 

Cooperative Programs 

Savannah State College cooperates with 
Armstrong State College in offering majors in: 
(1) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Trade and 
Industrial Education, and (3) Business Educa- 
tion. Coursework in the major field of study for 
each of these programs is offered by Savan- 
nah State. Students interested in these pro- 
grams should contact the head of the Depart- 
ment of Secondary Education at Armstrong 
State College. 

General Requirements: Teacher Education 
Programs 

These requirements apply to all students in 
Teacher Education programs at Armstrong 
State College. 

Academic Advisement 

A student who desires to become an elemen- 
tary or secondary school teacher should apply 
during the first quarter of residence to the 
School of Education for academic advise- 
ment. The student should follow without devia- 
tion the approved program. Upon admission to 
Teacher Education, students will be assigned 
advisors as follows: 

1. Early Elementary and Middle School educa- 
tion majors are assigned an advisor in the 
Department of Elementary Education who 
will assist the student in planning the total 
program of studies. 

2. Students pursuing secondary or all level 
programs will be assigned an advisor in the 



Dep il Secondary Education and 

Special Education Each student must have 
a secondary teaching program approved in 
advance Special forms for this purpose are 
to be filed with the advisor and a copy given 
to the student 

Admission to Teacher Education 

A student pursuing a program leading toward 
certification must apply for admission to the 
Teacher Education program. This application 
will normally be filed during the second quarter 
of the sophomore year or, for transfer students, 
in the first quarter of the junior year Applica- 
tion forms may be secured from the office of 
the Dean of the School of Education. The fol- 
lowing criteria are used in admitting applicants 
to teacher education: 

1 . Completion of at least 60 quarter hours of 
college credit with a minimum 2 500 (un- 
rounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 101,1 02, 
and 201 , or their equivalents, with a "C" or 
better in each course. 

3. Competence in oral and written expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, character, 
and teaching potential. 

5. Statement of good health signed by a 
licensed physician. 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Regents' 
Test. Students already holding a baccalau- 
reate degree from an accredited institution 
are exempted from the Regents Exami- 
nation. However, applicants seeking certifi- 
cation must satisfy requirements of the 
area in which they will be certified. 

7. Submission of four letters of recommenda- 
tion; letters may be secured from the col- 
leges or universities in which the applicants 
were previously enrolled. 

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of the 
Program of Study planning sheet. 

A student who does not meet requirements 
may seek to be admitted on the basis of at 
least 75 quarter hours of credit specifically 
included in the student's program-of-study 
and with a GPA of at least 2.75 on that work. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certifi- 
cate, a student must complete the degree 
requirements for an approved teacher certifi- 
cation program of Armstrong State College 
and must complete at Armstrong State Col- 
lege a majority of the courses in the following 



120 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



areas: the professional sequence, the teach- 
ing field, and the related field. 

Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for 
which field experiences (i.e., laboratory, prac- 
ticum) are required must provide evidence of 
liabiity insurance (i.e., SGAE membership) or 
must sign a waiver of insurance coverage. 
Students should consult advisors regarding 
this requirement. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is 
to provide an opportunity for future teachers 
(1 ) to learn what teachers do at the beginning 
of a new school term, (2) to participate in expe- 
riencesthatwill assist the prospective teacher 
with future decisions concerning teaching as a 
career, and (3) to become acquainted with the 
organization and curriculum of a particular 
school. 

The September Practicum occurs during 
the first two weeks of the public school term 
(usually in late August and early September) 
and should be scheduled during the student's 
junior or senior year. No credit is given for the 
September Practicum, but it is a requirement in 
all of the teaching fields in the Armstrong State 
College Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicum 
should be made during the first week of the 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in 
the forthcoming September. The student 
should contact the Director of Professional 
Laboratory Experiences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity of 
the professional sequence, is provided in 
selected off-campus school centers. The full 
quarter of student teaching is arranged coop- 
eratively by the college, the participating 
schools, and supervising teachers. Completed 
applicationsfor admission to student teaching 
must be submitted to the Director of Profes- 
sional Laboratory Experiences during the first 
week of the quarter preceding student teach- 
ing. While student teaching, the student is 
required to adhere to established policies and 
procedures of the cooperating school system 
in addition to those policies and procedures 
established by the college and the School of 
Education. 

A student is admitted to student teaching at 
the time assignment is made. While student 
preferences and other personal circumstances 



are considered, the School of Education re- 
serves the right to exercise its discretion in 
placement. The student will receive a letter of 
assignment. Orientation to student teaching 
will be held during the first several days of the 
quarter in which student teaching is sched- 
uled. The following requirements must be met 
before a student can enroll in student teaching: 

1. Be admitted to the Teacher Education 
Program. 

2. Have at least senior status. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Have a 2.500 average on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses 
acceptable toward the teaching field, pro- 
fessional sequence, concentration, and re- 
lated electives. 

5. Have satisfactorily completed the Media 
Competency Examination, September Prac- 
ticum, and the Regents Examination. 

6. Be recommended by two members of the 
appropriate departmental faculty, one of 
whom must be the student's advisor, and 
two faculty members outside the School of 
Education. 

7. Be approved by their respective depart- 
ments and the Dean of the School of 
Education. 

A student will not be permitted to take addi- 
tional courses during student teaching. Stu- 
dent teachers are not permitted to teach in a 
school in which their children are enrolled. 

NTE Requirement 

All undergraduate students completing teach- 
ing educational programs are required to take 
the Test of Professional Knowledge of the 
Core Battery of the National Teacher Exami- 
nations Program. Students must submit the 
score to the School of Education before the 
college can verify that an approved program 
has been completed. Additional information 
about this test can be secured from the 
departmental offices. 

Program Completion 

A student must complete the college's 
approved program for certification within the 
four years following admission to the Teacher 
Education program. In the event that the 
student does not complete the program in four 
years, the individual must meet the require- 
ments of the program in effect at that time. 

Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for 
students who do not wish to earn teacher certi- 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



121 



fication but who do aspire to work in education 
related fields The minor provides a limited 
survey of courses which address leading con- 
cepts and problems in the field of education. 
Students majoring in General Studies. Psy- 
chology, and Health Science are only a few 
who may find this minor a valuable program of 
study 

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5 

EDU 310 - Introduction to Exceptional 

Children 5 

EDU 302 or PSY 301 - Educational 

Psychology 5 

EDU 240 - Education Media 5 

and one course from 5 

EDU 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EDN 202 - Health and the Young Child 
EDU 350 - Improving Speech 
LM310 - Reference Sources 
EDN 460 - Multicultural Education 

Total 25 



Elementary Education 

Faculty 

Ward, Paul, Department Head 
Agyekum, Stephen 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Blalock, Virginia 
Cochran, John 
Dandy, Evelyn 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Stephens, Jacquelyn 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN EARLY 
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 49 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101 and 102 
Area II 10 

1. MAT 101 5 

2. One course from: BIO 121 or 
122, CHE 121 or 122 or PHY 
211 or 212 or PHY SCI 121 

or 122 5 

Area III 10 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POL SCI 113 5 



Area IV 15 

1 PSY 101 5 

2 EDN 200,202 10 

Area V 4 

1 PE 117 2 

2 PE 21 1 2 

Restricted Electives (Select 2) 10 

Area VI 10 

1 ART 200, 271,272, 273 5 

2. MUS200orPHI 201 5 

3. ENG 201 or 222 5 

4. HIS 114 or 115 5 

5. BIO 121 or 122 5 

6. CHE 121 or 122 5 

7. PHY 211 or 212 5 

8. PHS 121 or 122 5 

9. MAT 1 03, 1 95, 220 or 290 5 

1 0. ECO 201 or 202 or SOC 201 5 

11. GEO 211 or 212 5 

12. DRS228 5 

Major Field Courses 30 

Area VII 30 

1. ECE 248, 244, 226, 224, 222, 
235 
Major Field Electives 6-8 

1. ECE 232, 234 3 

ECE 246 5 

2. LS 110 1 

3. CS 296 3 

Regents Examinations 

TOTAL 95-97 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 

220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 



122 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area IV 28 

1. EDN200, 202 8 

2. DRS228, PSY 101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 211 

or 212 10 

Area V 5 

1. EDU240 2 

2. CS296 3 

Area VI 8 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117, 211 5 

2. Activity courses 3 

B. Specialized Content Courses 48 

1. ART 320, MAT 391; 

MUS318, 319 15 

2. PE320 3 

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 424, 
434 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDU310, EDN 304, 432, 436, 
471,472,473 35 

2. PSY 301 orEDU302 5 

D. Electives 2-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-194 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 

or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14,1 1 5; POS113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. GEO 211 or 21 2 and HIS 251 

or 252 10 

2. DRS 228, PSY 1 01 , EDN 200 .... 15 

3. EDU240, CS296 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108; 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 



B. Concentration I Courses 20 

Language arts, mathematics, 
science, or social sciences 20 

C. Concentration II Courses 20 

Health and physical education, 
language arts, mathematics, 
music, science, social 
sciences, or art 20 

D. Specialized Courses 30 

1 . EDN 336, 342, 422, 428, 434 25 

2. MAT 391 or 393 5 

E. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDU 310; EDN 304, 438, 450, 
471,472,473 30 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 96 



OFFERINGS 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required for 
all courses with field experiences. Please 
consult course outline or professor regard- 
ing this requirement. 

2. Most of the following EDN courses are pro- 
vided primarily— but not exclusively— by 
the Department of Elementary Education. 
Generally, EDN and graduate level EEE 
courses are taught through the Department 
of Elementary Education. EDU, EXC, LM, 
and LS courses are taught through the 
Department of Secondary Education. 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 200— Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5) 

The study of the status of education and of 
teaching as a profession. The student engages 
in directed self-study and plans for the achieve- 
ment of his professional goals. 

EDN 202— Health and the Young Child 
(3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physi- 
cal, social and emotional health of young chil- 
dren, including food and nutrition, safety, dis- 
ease and trauma. 

EDN 235— Music and Art 
Experiences in (ECE) (5-0-5) 

The fundamentals of music and art. The stu- 
dents will design materials and demonstrate 



ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



123 



strategies for guiding children^ music and art 
experiences 

EDN 304— Human Growth and Learning 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 

Focus on total growth and development of 
individuals with emphasis upon interrelation- 
ships of the development process and teaching- 
learning Laboratory Component includes use 
of campus, school and community resources 
for observing-participating, testing, and syn- 
thesizing course theory. 

EDN 307— Growth and Development of the 
Young Child (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of inter-relatedness of the aspects 
of growth and development; physical-motor, 
social-emotional, and intellectual cognitive for 
the young child. A unification of theory and 
research utilizing directed observations and a 
study of various measurements appropriate 
with young children will be included. 

EDN 308— The Child and His Family (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of children including the parent- 
child, parent-teacher relationships and cultu- 
ral factors which affect children and their fami- 
lies. Techniques for development of parent 
involvement in the total developmental pro- 
cess. 

EDN 310— Practicum in Nursery- 
Kindergarten Education (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Provides opportunities for directed expe- 
rience with children under six. Students attend 
seminars and work in selected preschool 
programs. 

EDN 324— Literature for Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A study of children's books and selections 
from books. Designed to assist future teachers 
in the selection of the best that has been writ- 
ten in the realm of children's literature for each 
period of the child's life. 

EDN 336— Elementary School Language 
Arts (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 



Designed to offer the student the opportu- 
nity to explore methods, content, and materials 
used in teaching the skills of communicative 
arts to children Directed field experiences 

EDN 341— The Reading Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion 

Designed to extend understandings about 
reading as a developmental, functional, and 
recreational process. Emphasis on experimen- 
tal approaches, trends, issues, media and 
research. 

EDN 342— Elementary School Social 
Studies (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills 
and processes needed by children. Directed 
field experiences. 

EDN 343— Mathematics for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Recent trends in mathematics. Emphasis on 
strategies and media used to teach mathemat- 
ics in early elementary and middle schools. 

EDN 418— Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offer- 
ings of literary value and of significance to age 
level of learners found in the middle school. 
Relates literature to all areas of the middle 
school curriculum. 

EDN 422— The Teaching of Reading (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Study of the developmental reading pro- 
gram. Emphasis will be placed on reading 
skills, approaches, techniques, materials and 
evaluation for classroom use. 

EDN 424— Practicum in Individual Reading 
Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422. 

Designed to provide prospective teachers 
with directed practice in the teaching of read- 
ing. Special emphasis will be placed upon 
diagnosis and teaching of needed reading 
skills. Students will be required to tutor at least 
one remedial reader. 



124 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN 428— Reading in the Middle School 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for 
extending learning in the content areas of the 
middle school. 

EDN 430— Diagnosing and Prescribing for 
Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428. 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process princi- 
ples underlying assessment and correction of 
learning problems. Designed to help the class- 
room teacher (1 ) determine performance lev- 
els and needs of pupils and (2) provide effec- 
tive learning assistance. 

EDN 432— Methods and Materials for K-4 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion and EDN 304. 

Examination of teaching resources, teach- 
ing strategies and the range of interpersonal 
relationships involved in teaching young chil- 
dren. 

EDN 434— Methods and Curriculum of 
Elementary Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Interpretation of science for elementary 
school teaching; exploration of processes for 
translating meaning into classroom practice. 
Emphasis upon inquiry, the discovery process 
and other science teaching strategies. 

EDN 436— Curriculum and Teaching K-4 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of existing administrative organi- 
zations and instructional programs, evaluation 
procedures, and experiences in curriculum 
design at the primary level. The study and 
development of teaching methods, materials, 
and equipment. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 438— Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The study of existing administrative organi- 
zations and instructional programs, evaluation 
procedures, and experiences in curriculum 
design at the middle school level. The study 
and development of teaching strategies, mate- 



rials, and equipment. Directed field and experi- 
ences. 

EDN 450— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of 
the middle school; characteristics of the middle 
school learner, emphasis upon the nature and 
role of the middle school teacher and upon 
appropriate programs for the needs of middle 
school learners. 

EDN 460— Multi-Cultural Education (5-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implica- 
tions of cultural diversity. Examination of the 
school programs designed to meet the needs 
and interests of children from different ethnic 
backgrounds. 

EDN 471— Elementary Education- 
Knowledge of Content (O-V-5) 

EDN 472— Elementary Education— Instruc- 
tional Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 

EDN 473— Elementary Education— Profes- 
sional/Interpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." Students are 
placed in selected schools for one quarter as 
full-time student staff members. No additional 
credit hours may be earned while student 
teaching. Classroom experiences and other 
staff responsibilities are jointly supervised by 
the college staff, supervising teachers and 
principals in the selected schools. Open to 
transient students only with permission of the 
Dean of Education at Armstrong and of the 
college from which the student comes. 



ECE Offerings 

ECE 223— The Reading Process for Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

The study of beginning reading readiness 
and language arts development. Special em- 
phasis on strategies for teaching prerequisite 
skills directly related to the formal reading 
program. 

ECE 224— Mathematics and Science for 
Young Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

Topics include development of whole num- 
ber integers and rational numbers; arithmetic 
and geometric relations. Study of integrating 
science concepts, principles, and processes 
into the teaching of science for the young 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



125 



child. Emphasis on strategies and media used 
to teach mathematics and science in early 
years 

ECE 226— Language Arts for Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

Selecting and reading appropriate books for 
the pre-school child with special emphasis on 
picture books, reading aloud, story-telling 
techniques, drama and role playing 

ECE 232— Tests and Measurements In 
Early Childhood Education (3-0-3) 

A job related introductory course which will 
survey group readiness, developmental, psy- 
chological, and achievement tests commonly 
employed at the preschool and primary levels. 
Basic descriptive statistics and interpretative 
skills will be emphasized. Students will be 
provided opportunities to administer and inter- 
pret tests. 

ECE 234— Classroom Management and 
Discipline (3-0-3) 

This course is designed to help the early 
childhood teacher determine performance 
levels and instructional needs of children as 
these factors relate to effective and positive 
classroom management techniques. 

ECE 235— Expressive Activities in Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

The fundamentals and emphasis on the 
place of music, drama, movement, creative 
activities and art in the education of young 
children. Designing materials and demonstra- 
ting strategies for guiding children in the 
expressive activities. 

ECE 244— Curriculum and Implementation 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EDN 224 and ECE 223. 

The study of approaches to curriculum 
development and implicationsfor instructional 
strategies. This course places special focus 
on the development of instructional units, 
writing of objectives, organization of learning 
centers, and lesson and unit planning. In- 
cludes current trends in early childhood 
curriculum design. 

ECE 246— Supervision and Administration 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECE 244. 

Study of principles and practices of person- 
nel management, emphasizing human rela- 
tions. Emphasis will be placed on budget 



preparation, organizational structure, license 
requirements and program evaluation 

ECE 248— Growth and Development of the 
Young Child (5-0-5) 

An introduction of the study of child devel- 
opment — social, emotional, physiological 
and intellectual Includes parent-child, parent- 
teacher relationships and multi-cultural factors 
which affect children and their families. 
Focuses on development from conception 
through eight years with special emphasis on 
factors which contribute to individual differ- 
ences, and influences of educational prac- 
tices upon development. 

ECE 252— Practicum in Nursery- 
Kindergarten Education (2-8-3) 

Field experience during which the student 
with no teaching experience and/or not 
working in an early childhood education related 
job, will observe and become involved in the 
teaching/learning processes at each of the 
levels of early childhood education (nursery 
and kindergarten). Scheduled seminars. 



Physical Education 

Faculty 

Sims, Roy, Department Head 

Aenchbacher, Edward 

Ford, Betty 

Gill, Gloria 

Knorr, Virginia 

Lariscy, Michael 

Tapp, Lawrence 



During the freshman year, all students should 
take PE 1 1 7 (Basic Health) or 21 1 (Safety and 
First Aid) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During 
the sophomore year, students may elect any 
three Physical Education activity courses with 
the last two numbers being between 01 and 
09. Students unable to participate in the regular 
program should plan an alternate program 
with the Head of the Department of Physical 
Education. 

Students should check their program of 
study for PE 1 1 7 and/or 21 1 requirements. 

Physical Education majors are urged to 
complete their core curriculum requirements 
before entering their junior years. 



126 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION AND RECREATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 03 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271 , 

272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . MAT 101 and 220 or 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, DRS228, PSY101 .... 15 

2. PE 1 17, 21 1, 216, 217,219, 
228,229 15 

Area V 8 

Eight hours of activity courses 8 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 53-54 

1. PE 103 or 108; 106 2 

2. PE 205; 207 or 31 6; 210; 230 ....8-9 

3. PE 21 2 or 21 3 or 21 4 or 21 5 2 

4. PE 310, 312, 315, 317, 318, 
321,330 26 

5. PE413, 420, 421 15 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310; EDU 335, 491,492, 

493 25 

2. PE443, PSY301 10 

D. Electives 2-3 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 94 



OFFERINGS 

Physical Education Offerings 

SPECIAL NOTE: 

Either PE 103 or PE 108 is required for all 
students. Students may registerforthe course 
for which they feel qualified without taking a 
swimming test. The instructor of that course 
will administer the swimming test, and any stu- 
dent enrolled in the improper course will be 
required to change to the proper course. Any 



student who holds a valid senior life-saving 
certificate and/or a valid water safety instruc- 
tor's certificate and/or passes the Armstrong 
swimming test may be exempted from the 
required swimming courses. 

PE 100— Beginning Weight Training (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitness 
through a variety of fundamental weight train- 
ing exercises. Introduction of mechanical 
principles and techniques necessary for the 
understanding of weight training programs. 
Only one of PE 1 00 or PE 204 may count as an 
activity course toward the six hours of required 
physical education. 

PE 101— Conditioning (0-2-1) 

Fall, Spring. 

Consists of calisthenics, stunts, tumbling 
lifts and carries, road work, dual combatives 
and games. 

PE 102— Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Consists of two of the following sports: bas- 
ketball, volleyball and softball. 

PE 103— Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 202 or 31 6 
may be substituted for PE 1 03 or 1 08). 

Skills and strokes for the student unfamiliar 
with or afraid of the water and who cannot 
swim. Satisfies Armstrong swimming require- 
ment. 

PE 104— Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two 
'games required per class period at student's 
expense. Must provide own transportation. 

PE 105— Badminton (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must pro- 
vide own racquet. 

PE 106— Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning 
tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. Required 
of Physical Education majors. 

PE 107— Trampoline (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of 
the trampoline. Under strict supervision, the 
student learns to perform the following skills: 
seat drop, knee drop, front drop, pull over, cra- 
dle, turntable, swivel hips, and spotting. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



127 



PE 108— Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Summer (PE 202 or the 
American Red Cross WSI course may be sub- 
stituted for PE 103 or 108) 

Four basic strokes, skills, endurance and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about 
water. Required, if advised by Physical Educa- 
tion Department 

PE 109— Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 1 06 or permission of 
instructor. 

Continuation of PE 1 06 with additional prac- 
tice of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 115— Officiating of Football (2-2-2) 

Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- 
tion, and actual experience in officiating 
intramural games, approved community recre- 
ation games, and public school games. Elec- 
tive credit. Students must have permission of 
the department head or course instructor to 
enroll. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats 
and transportation to any off campus assign- 
ment. 

PE 116— Officiating of Basketball (2-2-2) 

Winter. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- 
tion, and actual experience in officiating in 
class games, intramural games, approved 
community recreation games and public 
school games. Elective credit. Students must 
have permission of the department head or 
course instructor to enroll. 

Student must provide own whistle and trans- 
portation to any off-campus assignment. 

PE 117— Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

A basic course in health education with 
emphasis on personal health. Required of 
majors. 

PE200— Archery (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in archery for recreational use. 

PE 201— Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Summer. 
Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide 
own racquet and one can of new tennis balls. 

PE 204— Advanced Weight Training (0-2-1 ) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or 
permission of instructor. 



Emphasis on continued developm' 
physical fitness through a variety of advanced 
weight training exercises Improvement of 
maximal muscular strength and endurance in 
the main muscle groups of the body through 
progressive resistance exercises Only one of 
PE 100 or PE 204 may count as an activity 
course toward the six hours of required physi- 
cal education 

PE 205— Folk Square, Social Dancing 
(0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, 
square, and social dancing. Required of 
Physical Education majors. 

PE 206— Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Introduction to the art of modern dance. 
Includes technique, exercise, basic improvisa- 
tion, dance positions, and locomotor movement 

PE 207— Swimming Methods and 
Techniques (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 108 or equivalent. 

Methods and techniques of teaching begin- 
ning swimming skills. Required of majors not 
completing the Water Safety Instructor's 
Course. 

PE208— Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the 
beginning golfer. Minimum of 36 holes of golf 
must be played outside of class at student's 
expense. Must provide six shag balls for class 
and transportation. 

PE 209— Intermediate Modern Dance 
(0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission of 
the instructor. 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choreography. 

PE 210— Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Winter. 

Theory and practice of caring for and pre- 
venting injuries relating to a variety of sports. 
Students required to assist in laboratory expe- 
riences with treating and preventive training 
through the athletic, intramural or physical 
education programs. Required of majors. Stu- 
dent must provide own athletic tape. 

PE 211— Safety and First Aid (3-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 



128 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The American Red Cross Standard and 
Advanced course in First Aid. 

Required of majors. Contents of personal 
first aid kit must be provided by the student. 

PE 212— Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, coaching courses is required of 
majors. Minimum of two games must be scout- 
ed at student's expense. 

PE 213— Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, emphasizing methods and 
drills used by leading coaches. One of the 
coaching courses is required of majors. Min- 
imum of two games must be scouted at 
student's expense. 

PE 214— Coaching Baseball and Softball 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of twc 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 215— Coaching Volleyball and Soccer 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamental 
skills of volleyball and soccer. Individual devel- 
opment and application of successful coach- 
ing methods. Coaching methods will include 
acquisition of sound organizational practices 
and understanding of various coaching types 
Required of majors. 

PE 216— Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring. 

Designed to acquaint student with the var- 
ious categories of games, the appropriateness 
for each type of various age levels, propei 
progressions, and the best ways to use games 
teach physical skills, emotional and socia 
skills, and actual sports skills. Required o 
majors. 

PE 217— Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various 
categories. Stresses similarities and differen- 
ces in form, technique and history of the ballet 
modern dance, jazz dance, ballroom dance 
square dance, aerobic dance and folk dance 
with emphasis on teaching and techniques. 



PE 219— Techniques of Safety in 
Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106. 

Course designed to give majors thorough 
understanding of the basic principles of spot- 
ting in gymnastics to assure maximum safety 
for learners as well as proper teaching pro- 
gressions and lead-up skills necessary al 
each level of learning. Required of majors. 

PE 228— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body I (3-4-5) 

Fall. 

A study of the skeletal and muscle systems 
of the human body. Credit may not be appliec 
toward the core natural science requirement 
Required of majors. 

PE 229— Structure and Function of the 
Human Body II (2-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 228. 

A continuation of PE 228 with emphasis or 
certain human organ systems including the 
circulatory, respiratory, and digestive. Credi 
may not be applied toward the core natura 
science requirement. Required of majors. 

PE 230— Physiology of Exercise (3-2-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: PE 228, 229. 

Comprehensive introduction to the neuro- 
muscular basis of exercise. Lecture anc 
laboratory course directed toward understand- 
ing of the physiological basis of human physi- 
cal performance capabilities and the investi- 
gation of certain physiological responses tc 
exercise. Study will include the ability to pre- 
scribe the appropriate amount and type o 
exercise for development of various compo- 
nents of physical fitness and for weight control 
Required of majors. 

PE 31 0— Techniques of Sports Skills (5-0-5] 

Spring. Prerequisites: PE 443 and studen' 
must have successfully completed an activity 
course in three of the following or have per- 
mission of the instructor: golf, tennis, badmin- 
ton, bowling, and team sports. Admission tc 
Teacher Education. 

Analysis and practice in teaching spor 
skills, such as: golf, tennis, bowling, badmin- 
ton, basketball, volleyball, soccer and softball 
Required of majors. 

PE 311— Advanced Life Saving Course ir 
Swimming (1-2-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 500 yard continuous swirr 
using four basic strokes. 
The American Red Cross Advanced Life 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



129 



Saving Course (May be substituted for PE 1 03 
or 108) 

PE 312— Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical Education and Recreation 
(5-0-5) 

Fall 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in 
the development, evaluation and application 
of tests in health and physical education. 
Required of majors 

PE 315— Skill Techniques (0-2-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 310. 
Admission to Teacher Education. 

Laboratory experiences in assisting and 
teaching activity courses in the physical edu- 
cation program. Students will assist college 
faculty in planning, instructing, and evaluation 
procedures in a college physical education 
activity class. Majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 316— Water Safety Instructor (0-3-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Current Advanced 
Lifesaving certificate. 

Course designed to teach proper methods, 
learning sequences, and skills for the purpose 
of certifying students as American Red Cross 
Water Safety instructors qualified to teach 
Beginning, Advanced Beginning, Intermediate 
Swimming and Advanced Lifesaving courses. 
Includes review of lifesaving skills and prac- 
tice teaching. Required of majors: PE 207 or 
316. 

PE 317— Methods and Curriculum of Health 
Education in the Elementary and Secondary 
Schools (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

Selection of health content in school curric- 
ulum, preparation and presentation of health 
topics. Teaching method is emphasized and 
student participation is stressed. Required of 
majors. 

PE 318— Intramural and Recreational Activ- 
ities (3-0-3) 

Fall. 

Organization and administration of intramu- 
ral and recreational sports activities with em- 
phasis on school and community programs. 
Students required to participate in field experien- 
ces and observations. Must supply their own 
transportation. Required of majors. 



PE 319— Foundations of Physical Educa- 
tion (3-0-3) 

Fall 

Historical and scientific background of the 
practices in physical education Required of 
majors 

PE 320— Health and Physical Education for 
the Elementary School Teacher (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education 

Theory and current practice in the teaching 
of health and physical education at the ele- 
mentary school level. Designed to meet the 
requirement for elementary certification 

PE 321— Movement Education (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

Designed to equip the student to teach ele- 
mentary physical education via the use of 
"movement education," i.e., the guided dis- 
covery method of teaching the concepts of 
Space Awareness, Body Awareness, Quality 
of Body Movement and Relationships. Required 
of majors. 

PE 330— Kinesiology (2-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: PE 228. 

Mechanical analysis and the functions of 
the body in muscular work. Movements in 
athletics and daily living are considered. 
Required of majors. 

PE 364— Physical Education for the 
Exceptional Child (3-2-5) 

Student is introduced to methods of identify- 
ing and programming for the exceptional child. 

PE 413— Special Topics in Physical Educa- 
tion (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: PE 312. 

Research methods in health and physical 
education. Allows students an opportunity for 
in-depth pursuit into areas of their interests. 
Open to majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 421— Organization and Administration 
of Physical Education and Athletics (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 443 and Admission 
to Teacher Education. 

Practice and policies in establishing, admin- 
istering, and evaluating physical education 
and athletic programs. Such experiences as 
curriculum planning and selection, care and 
maintenance of equipment are included in this 
course. Open to majors only. Required of 
majors. 






130 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PE 443— Methods and Curriculum in Phys- 
ical and Recreation Education (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

The study of secondary school Health, Phys- 
ical and Recreation Education curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of 
teaching Health, Physical and Recreation Edu- 
cation. Directed observations. Open only to 
and required of Physical Education majors. 



Secondary Education and 
Special Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Department Head 

Ball, A. Patricia 

Burgess, Clifford 

Gadsden, Ida, Emerita 

Galloway, Herbert 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Robinson, Aurelia 

Sartor, Herman, Emeritus 

Stevens, Linda 

White, Susan 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ART EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY101 10 

2. ART 111, 112,201,213 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 



C 



2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Teaching Concentration 58-63 

1 . ART 202 5 

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 31 3, 330, 340, 350, 351, 

370 30 

4. Two courses from: ART 362, 

363, 364 10 

5. ART 400 3 

. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC310.EDU 335. 491. 492. 

494 25 

2. PSY301 orEDU 302 5 

. Electives 0-5 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 
May not be duplicated in Area I. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BIOLOGY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102. 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 206 or 

220 10 

2. BIO 101, 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY101 10 

2. CHE 1 28, BOT 203, ZOO 204 ... . 15 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 . 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1 . BIO 370, 480 and BOT 41 or 

ZOO410 15 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



131 



2 BOT or ZOO courses numbered 
300+ 10 

3 CHE 129, 341.342, 343 20 

C Courses Related to Concentration .... 15 

Three of the following AST 201 , 
GEL 201, MET 201. and OCE 

301 or 430 15 

D Professional Sequence 35 

1 EXC 31 0. EDU 335, 447, 481 , 482, 

483 30 

2. PSY301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



1 EDU 240, 335. 481, 

482.483, EXC 310 27 

2 BE 350, PSY 301 or 

EDU 302 10 

E. Economics 202 5 

F. Regents and Exit Exams 

TOTAL 201 

Special Note: ACC (accounting). OAD (Office) 
not be duplicated in Area IV ACC (account- 
ing), OAD (Office Administration), BAD (Busi- 
ness Administration), and BE (Business Edu- 
cation) courses taught at SSC only 
Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated 
in Area IV. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS EDU- 
CATION (BOOKKEEPING AND BUSI- 
NESS MANAGEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102. 201 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 
271,272 273; ENG 222. MUS 

200; PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ACC 211, 212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

3. DRS228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Secretarial Skills Courses 23 

1 . OAD 202, 425; BAD 201 13 

2. Two courses from: 

ACC 301, 302, 325 10 

C. Business Administration 

Courses 35 

BAD 225, 31 7. 320, 340, 360, 

400,465 35 

D. Professional Sequence 37 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD BUSINESS 
EDUCATION (COMPREHENSIVE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 . 
272,273; ENG 222: MUS 200: 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. ACC 21 1,212; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN200; PSY 101 10 

3. DRS228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Secretarial Skills Courses 
OAD 202, 203, 301, 312, 
313.340,425 27 

C. Business Administation Courses 35 

BAD 201. 225, 317, 320, 

340, 360, 465 35 

D. Professional Sequence 37 

1. EDU 240, 335, 481, 

482,483. EXC 310 27 

2. BE 350, PSY 301 or 

EDU 302 10 



132 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



E. Economics 202 5 

F. Regents' and Exit Exams 

TOTAL 205 
Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administra- 
tion), and BE (Business Education) courses 
taught at SSC only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be dupli- 
cated in Area IV. 

Credit by examination may be given for OAD 
202,301,312,340. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF BUSINESS EDU- 
CATION (BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING 
AND ACCOUNTING) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222, MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . ACC 211,21 2; MAT 220 15 

2. EDN 200; PSY101 10 

3. DRS228 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Business and Data Processing 
Courses 38 

1 BAD 201, OAD 202 8 

2. ACC 301, 302, 440, CS 142. 

231 25 

3. ECON202 5 

C. Business Administration Courses 30 

BAD 225, 317, 320, 340, 

360,465 30 

D. Professional Sequence 37 

1. EDU240, 335, 481,482, 483, 

EXC310 27 



2 BE 350, PSY 301 or EDU 302 ... . 10 
E, Regents' and Exit Exams 

TOTAL 206 
Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administra- 
tion), and BE (Business Education) courses 
taught at SSC only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be dupli- 
cated in Area IV. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF CHEMISTRY 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. CHE128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. BIO 101, 102; CHE 281 15 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1 . CHE 341 , 342. 343. 350, 380 22 

2. CHE 491, 497 8 

3. CHE 451 or 461 or 480 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 25 

1. PHS211,212,213or217, 

218,219 15 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



133 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF ENGLISH 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102.201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 , 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 

290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 . DRS 228, EDN 200, PSY 1 01 .... 15 

2. Foreign language sequence 

throug 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1 . ENG 326, 344; 406 or 407 20 

2. ENG 327 or 328 5 

3. One course from: ENG 300, 302, 
304, 305, 306, 307, 320 5 

4. One course from: ENG 308, 
309.310 5 

5. One course from: ENG 325, 
410.422 5 

6. One course from: ENG 327 or 
328, 400,401,402,490 or 491 
(Neither ENG 327 nor 328 may 
be duplicated to satisfy B-2 
above, although both may be 
taken) 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration ... 1 5 

1 . PHI 400 or approved elective 5 

2. DRS 350 or 351 5 

3. EDU423 5 

D. Professional Sequence 40 

1 . EXC 31 0, EDU 335. EDN 322 .... 1 5 

2. EDU 439, 481 , 482, 483 20 

3. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 96 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101, 102.201 15 

2. One course from ART 200, 271 . 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 10 

2. CHE 128. 129 or PHY 211, 

212 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14. 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 30 

1. DRS 228. EDN 200. PSY 101 .... 15 

2. IAE 201, 202. 203 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1. IAE 301, 302, 303. 312, 401 25 

2. METc212,213 10 

3. ETc 101. 102 10 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EXC 31 0,335 10 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302; EDU 481, 
482, 483 20 

3. IAE 411, 412 10 

D. Approved Electives 10 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 
Special Note: IAE (Industrial Arts Education), 
METc (Mechanical Engineering Technology), 
and ETc (Engineering Technology) courses 
taught at SSC only. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF MATHEMATICS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102, 201 15 






. 



134 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 

2. MAT 206. 207, 208 15 

3. One course selected from: ART 
200,271,272,273; DRS 228; 

MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. CS 110 5 

2. MAT 220, 260, 311,336 19 

3. Two courses from: MAT 316, 
416,470 6-7 

4. Two courses from: MAT 341 , 
346,353 4-5 

5. Approved MAT/CS elective 4-6 

C Professional Sequence 35 

1 . EXC 31 0, EDU 335, 441 15 

2. EDU 481, 482, 483 15 

3. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 

2. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140,236, 

281 20 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 64-65 

1. MUS 21 1,212, 213, 237, 238, 

239 15 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 31 2, 330, 331 11 

4. MUS 361, 371, 372, 373, 412 .... 15 

5. One of the following 

emphases: 11-12 

a. Choral-MUS217,218, 353, 
423,480 12 

b. Instrumental— 

1. MUS 227, 352, 424, 481 .... 9 

2. MUS 41 7 or 41 8 or 41 9 2 

c. Keyboard— MUS 227, 352 or 

353,425,426 8 

MUS 480 or 481 3 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDU 335,491, 

492,493 25 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Recital Requirement (one-half of a 
senior recital 

TOTAL 195-196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF MUSIC 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF PHYSICS 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 






SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



135 



2 PHY 21 1 -212 or 217-218 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114. 115. POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201 , 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1 EDN200; PSY 101 10 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3 PHY 21 3 or 21 9; BIO 1 01 , 1 02 ... 1 5 
Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Teaching Concentration 30 

1 AST 301 5 

2. PHY 380, 412, 417 15 

3 Two courses from: GEL 302 

MET 303; OCE 301, 430 10 

Courses Related to Concentration .... 30 
1 CHE 128, 129.281 15 

2. MAT 206. 207 10 

3. Approved 300+ CHE elective 5 

Professional Sequence 35 

1 . EXC 31 0. EDU 302 or PSY 301 .. . 10 

2. EDU 335,447.481.482, 

483 25 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



2 One course from ANT 201 , 

ECO 201. GEO 201. SOC 201 .... 5 

3 One course from ART 200. 271. 
272, 273, DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

4 Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Teaching Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 

377 10 

2. HIS 300 5 

3. Approved Non-Western HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ US HIS course 5 

5. Approved European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

Courses Related to Concentration 30 

1 ECO 201. 202, 363 10-15 

2. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15 

3. POS 306-307 5 

4. POS317,318,416or417 5-10 

Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDU 335, 449 15 

2. EDU 302 or PSY 301 ; EDU 481 , 
482,483 20 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL STUDIES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN BROAD 
FIELDS (HISTORY) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200. 271 . 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 11 4, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200 5 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL STUDIES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN BROAD 
FIELDS (POLITICAL SCIENCE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200,201 5 

Area II 20 

1 MAT 101. 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 

sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14, 115; POS 113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200 5 



136 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3. Onecourse from: ANT 201 ; 
ECO 201 , 202; any GEO course; 
SOC201 5 

4. Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1 . POS 306 or 307; 346 or 349 10 

2. POS 329, 333 10 

3. One course from: POS 31 7, 31 8, 
416, 417 5 

4. Approved 300+ POS course 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Courses from three of the 
following: 

a. GEO 21 1 , 21 2, elective .... 10-15 

b. ECO 201 ,202, 363 10-15 

c. 300+ HIS electives 10-15 

d. ANT, PSY, SOC 

electives 10-15 

D. Professional sequence 35 

1 . EXC 31 0, EDU 302 or PSY 301 .. . 10 
2 EDU 335,449,481,482, 

483 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 96 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101. 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 



2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3. Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. HIS 251, 252, 300 15 

2. Approved Non-Western HIS 
courses 10 

3. Approved 300+ US HIS 

course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 20 

1. ECO 201, GEO 211 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201 ; POS 
306,307,317 5 

3. Approved social science 

elective 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1 . EXC 31 0, EDU 335, 445 15 

2. EDU 302 or PSY 301 ; EDU 481 , 

482, 483 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 96 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
WITH A CONCENTRATION IN POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102,201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114. 115; POS 113 15 

2. SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

3. Approved electives 15 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



137 



Area V 6 

1 PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2 Three activity courses 3 

B Teaching Concentration 40 

1 POS 306. 307. 329 15 

2 POS 31 6 or 31 8; 346 or 349; 

331 or 332 15 

3. Approved 300+ POS 

electives 10 

C Courses Related to Concentration ... 20 

HIS251.252;GE0 211;ECO 

201 20 

D Elective 5 

E Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC310. EDU335.445 15 

2. EDU302 or by 301; EDU 481 . 
482,483 20 

F. Regent's and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. EDN200; PSY101.202 15 

2. EXC 220; HIS 251 or 252 10 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271 , 
273; MUS 200 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 50 

1. EXC 225, 230, 315, 335 20 

2. EXC 410, 411,412, 413, 415, 

420 30 

C. Courses Related to Concentration .... 10 

PSY305, 405 10 



D Professional Sequence 40 

1 EDN 304, PSY 301 or 

EDU 302. EXC 310 15 

2 EDU 335. 422, 491. 492. 

493 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION IN THE 
TEACHING FIELD OF TRADE AND 
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 . 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 10 

2. CHE 128, 129, or PHY 211. 

212 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115; POS 113 15 

2. ECO 201 or 202 5 

Area IV 30 

1. DRS 228, EDN 200, PSY 101 .... 15 

2. TIE 100,200,210 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1 . TIE 300, 301 , 303, 323 or 41 ... . 20 

2. TIE 311, 313, 401, 402, 403 or 
technical electives 25 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDU 335; PSY 301 or 

EDU 302; EXC 310 15 

2. TIE 411, 421 10 

3. EDU 481, 482,483 or TIE 
431,432.433 15 

D. Approved Electives 10 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 
Special Note: TIE (Trade and Industrial Educa- 
tion) courses taught at SSC only. 



138 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Library Science/Media 

The Library Science/Media program has 
three emphases: (1) basic library skills 
courses and specialized skill courses designed 
to help students in specific subject areas 
develop research skills; (2) career courses for 
prospective media specialists and persons in- 
terested in public and special libraries; and (3) 
basic research courses which may be elected 
by majors in other areas. 

Certification Program 

Certification in Library Media may be 
obtained by completing 40 quarter hours in 
media and related courses with grades of "C" 
or better. This program must be incorporated 
into an existing teaching major. The following 
courses are required for certification as a 
media specialist: 

Hours 

A. LM 300,310,320.410,420, 

425 25 

B. EDU240, 451;CS296 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324, 418; 
EDU423; ENG331.332 5 

Non-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concen- 
tration which allows a double major. The major 
in Library Media is comprised of the following: 

Hours 

A. LM300. 310, 320, 410, 420, 

425 25 

EDU240, 451;CS296 

or 110 10-12 

B. One course from: EDN 324, 41 8; 
422, EDU 423 DRS/JRN 347. . . 5 
DRS/JRN347 5 

TOTAL 40-42 

Library Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library 
Media is required to complete the following 
courses with grades of "C" or better in each: 

Hours 

A. LM 300,310,320 12 

B. LM 41 0, 420, 425 13 

TOTAL 25 

Learning Disabilities Endorsement 

An endorsement for certification in Learning 
Disabilities (grades K-12) may be added to 
certification in elementary or middle school 
education by successful completion of the fol- 
lowing courses: 



EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning Disa- 
bilities 
EXC430 - Teaching Children with Disabilities 
EXC 340 - Behavior Management 
EDU 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EXC 31 5 - Language Development 
Secondary education students and students 
interested in an endorsement in Learning Dis- 
abilities need to see a Special Education advi- 
sor in the office of Secondary Education and 
Special Education in order to identify the 
appropriate courses. 



OFFERINGS 

SPECIAL NOTES: 

1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required for 
all courses with field experiences. Please 
consult course outline or professor regard- 
ing this requirement. 

2. Most of the following EDU offerings are 
provided primarily— but not expressly- 
through the Department of Secondary 
Education. Generally, EDN and graduate 
level EEE courses are taught through the 
Department of Elementary Education and 
EDU, EXC, LM, and LS courses are taught 
through the Department of Secondary 
Education. 



EDU Offerings 

EDU 240— Education Media (1-2-2) 

Workshop experience in the selection, utili- 
zation, evaluation, and preparation of various 
kinds of media. Emphasis is placed on utiliza- 
tion of media in teaching. 

EDU 302— Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

A study of the learning processes and the 
factors that impinge upon the learner. Special 
consideration is given to the methods and 
tools used in the assessment and evaluation of 
learning. 

EDU 320— Tests and Measurements 
(5-0-5) 

A beginning course in measurement which 
covers statistical methods, research designs 
and research problems. Students are provided 
experiences in the administration and evalua- 
tion of psychological tests. 

EDU 335— Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion; PSY 301 or EDU 302. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



139 



The study of secondary school curriculum 
and methods Detailed study is given to tech- 
niques of systematic observation, preparation 
of behavioral objectives, analysis of critical 
incidents, production of media materials, prac- 
tices of classroom control, and examination of 
instruction models. Directed practicum. 

EDU 350— Improving Speech (5-0-5) 

A survey of human speech development, 
deviation, underlying causes, and resultant 
handicaps. Studying standards for efficiency 
in oral communication with opportunities for 
selfhelp in upgrading personal performances. 
Open to all students Especially for teaching 
majors. 

EDU 410— Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation. 

Students conduct an in-depth, closely super- 
vised instructor-approved study of a topic in 
education. The student is required to evidence 
skills in independent research and study. 

EDU 415— Adolescent Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Focus on the phenomenon of modern ado- 
lescence. Emphasis upon the intellectual, cul- 
tural and personal transitions of the adolescent 
period. 

EDU 423— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission 
to Teacher Education. 

EDU 439— Secondary School Curric- 
ulum and Methods, English (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PSY 301 
or EDU 302 and admission to Teacher Edu- 
cation. 

The study of secondary school English cur- 
riculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching English. Directed ob- 
servation. 

EDU 441— Secondary School Curric- 
culum and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MAT 260. 

The study of secondary school mathematics 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching mathematics. Directed 
observations. 

EDU 445— Reading in the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 



with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
teach their content areas in the secondary 
school 

EDU 447— Secondary School Curric- 
ulum and Methods, Science (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand Prerequisites Admis- 
sion to Teacher Education, PSY 301 and EDU 
335. 

The study of secondary school science 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials and 
methods of teaching science. Directed ob- 
servations. 

EDU 449— Secondary School Curric- 
ulum and Methods, Social Science 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion; PSY 301 or EDU 302 and EDU 335 

The study of secondary school social sci- 
ence curriculum with emphasis upon materials 
and methods of teaching social science 
Directed observations. 

EDU 451— Teaching Media (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 240 or permission of 
instructor. 

Laboratory course in designing and pro- 
ducing instructional media: transparencies, 
slides, tapes and other media for teaching. 

EDU 481— Student Teaching— Secondary 
Education-Knowledge of Content (O-V-5) 

EDU 482— Student Teaching— Secondary 
Education— Instructional Methods and Ma- 
terials (O-V-5) 

EDU 483— Student Teaching— Secondary 
Education- Professional/Interpersonal 
Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisites: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Program." 

Students are placed in selected schools for 
one quarter as full-time student staff members 
No additional credit hours may be earned 
while student teaching. Classroom experien- 
ces and other staff responsibilities are jointly 
supervised by the college staff, supervising 
teachers, and principals in the selected 
schools. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the School of Educa- 
tion at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 

EDU 491 —Student Teaching— K-12-Knowl- 
edge of Content (O-V-5) 






140 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDU 492— Student Teaching— K-12-lnstruc- 
tional Methods and Materials (O-V-5) 

EDU 493— Student Teaching— K-12-Profes- 
sional/lnterpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See "General Requirements: 
Teacher Education Programs." 

Students are placed in selected schools for 
one quarter as full-time student staff members. 
No additional credit hours may be earned 
while student teaching. Classroom experien- 
ces and other staff responsibilities are jointly 
supervised by the college staff, supervising 
teachers, and principals in the selected 
schools. Open to transient students only with 
permission of the Dean of the School of Educa- 
tion at Armstrong and of the college from 
which the student comes. 



Exceptional Children Offerings 

EXC 220— Introduction to Communicative 
Disorders (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and 
remediation sources and techniques of var- 
ious communicative dysfunctions in children 
and adults in the areas of language, articula- 
tion, voice and stuttering. Emphasis is on the 
recognition and awareness of these disorders, 
appropriate classroom strategies, and treat- 
ment referral. 

EXC 225— Phonetics for Speech 
Correctionists (3-4-5) 

Deals with the use of the International Pho- 
netic Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA 
transcription of normal and defective articula- 
tion and the important characteristics of 
regional dialects are stressed. 

EXC 230— Anatomy and Physiology of 
the Speech and Hearing Mechanism 
(4-2-5) 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, 
and thorax from a speech and hearing stand- 
point. Special emphasis is placed on func- 
tional considerations of the respiratory sys- 
tem, larynx, oral and nasal structures, and ear. 

EXC 310— Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 301 or EDU 
302. 

An orientation to exceptional children with 
emphasis on educational implications and 
rehabilitation requirements. Includes class- 



room discussion of and visitatons to facilities 
for training. 

EXC 312— Introduction to Learning 
Disabilities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 31 offered on demand. 
An introduction to the area of specific learning 
disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, 
terminology, and prevalence. 

EXC 315— Normal Speech and Lan- 
guage Development (4-2-5) 

The study of normal language development 
with emphasis on oral language. This course 
traces developmental scales of speech and 
language growth across various age levels 
and includes the relationship between speech 
and language. Observations. 

EXC 335— Speech Science (4-2-5) 

Speech communication from a psychophys- 
ical standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, 
physics of speech, transmission media, and 
physical analysis of speech. 

EXC 340— Behavior Management for the 
Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

A study of the application of behavioral prin- 
ciples for the management and growth of 
exceptional learners. Consultation in using the 
principles with other teachers and with parents 
will also be emphasized. 

EXC 410— Introduction to Audiology 
(3-4-5) 

An introduction to the methods of hearing 
assessment through pure tone and speech 
audiometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of 
the hearing impaired. Supervised clinical 
practice. 

EXC 411— Stuttering (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, 
its possible causes and the management train- 
ing of cases. Supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 412— Language Disorders 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

An introduction to language disorders of 
children and adults. Etiologies, evaluation 
procedures, and therapeutic approaches are 
studied. Major emphasis will be given to 
delayed language development. Supervised 
clinical practicum. 

EXC 413— Organically Based 
Communication Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



141 



The course includes a study of the commu- 
nication problems related to disorders of voice, 
cleft palate, and cerebral palsy Supervised 
clinical practicum 

EXC 415— Articulation Disorders 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 225. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, 
and methods of therapy for disorders of articu- 
lation. The course includes the development 
of a therapeutic program, lesson plans, and 
supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 420— Public School Program Adminis- 
tration (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

Administration and implementation of public 
school speech therapy programs including 
identification, case load selection, scheduling, 
inservice, and relationship of speech therapy 
to the total school program. Supervised clinical 
practicum. 

EXC 422— Manual Language for 
the Deaf (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and 
methods in teaching manual language to the 
deaf, with a review of the historical philoso- 
phies and current trends and literature. At the 
conclusion of the course the student will have 
a working ability to communicate with a man- 
ual deaf individual as well as the ability to 
teach deaf children the process of manual 
language. 

EXC 430— Teaching Children with Learn- 
ing Disabilities (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 213, Introduction to 
Learning Disabilities and EDN 422, The 
Teaching of Reading. Offered on demand. 

Teaching strategies for children with spe- 
cific learning disabilities. A focus on ap- 
proaches, techniques, and materials with 
directed application. 



Library Media/Science Offerings 

LM 300— Introduction to Media 
Profession (2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students 
examine the role, functions and services of 
different types of libraries and information cen- 
ters. Emphasizes the role and responsibilities 
of librarians/media specialists. Includes also 



the social role of libraries and library networks 
The student is given an opportunity to be 
involved in public, school, and special libraries 
during field experience 

LM 310-Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, including 
searching strategies The course has two 
phases: (1) study and evaluation of major 
types of references and information sources; 
(2) study of specific sources of information in 
elementary and secondary schools as well as 
specific sources for a subject field 

LM 320— Cataloging and 
Classification (5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of cata- 
loging and classification of multimedia mater- 
rials combined with practical experience. 
Dewey Decimal and Library of Congress 
Classification; Sears and Library of Congress 
Subject headings; purchasing of printed library 
cards, and their adaptation and arrangement 
in the card catalog. Problems peculiar to the 
media specialist are considered. Practical 
experience is also offered. 

LM 410- Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

Selection of various types of media, based 
on fundamental principles and objectives. The 
course has three phases: (1 ) selection criteria, 
source list and their use in media selection, 
publishing, and order process; (2) selection 
and evaluation of media for children consider- 
ing curricular considerations and understand- 
ing of the media specialist's reponsibilities 
toward guidance in media; and (3) selection 
and evaluation of media for young adults con- 
sidering curricular correlations and enrich- 
ment; recreational and developmental needs; 
young adult services and programs. Includes 
field experiences. 

LM 420— Administration of In- 
formation Centers (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: LM 300, 31 0, 320, 41 0. 

Study of organization and administration of 
all types of information centers including 
administering the budget, purchase of mate- 
erials, personnel, circulation, equipment, rou- 
tines and schedules, maintenance of the col- 
lection, preventive maintenance and minor 
repairs of equipment, and relations with admin- 
istration and users will be considered. Stu- 
dents will examine the role of the media spe- 
cialist in the curriculum process and media 



142 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



center instruction and orientation. School 
library media philosophies and educational 
objectives will also be examined. Concurrent 
enrollment in Media Internship is recom- 
mended. 

LM 425— Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, 
31 0, 320, 41 0, with a grade of "C" or higher and 
concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media cen- 
ter, or other appropriate setting. Students must 
complete 1 20 clock hours of work. Offered on 
a pass/fail basis. Application forthe Internship 
must be made at least one quarter in advance. 



LS 110— Introduction to Library Research 
and Materials (1-0-1) 

An orientation to the library, library terminol- 
ogy, search strategy formation, and major 
library aids such as the card catalog, classifi- 
cation and subject heading guides, periodical 
indexes and abstracts, encyclopedias, diction- 
aries, almanacs, handbooks and yearbooks, 
reviews, and criticisms, and biographical 
sources. This course will provide students with 
opportunities to learn how to access informa- 
tion in a variety of formats so that they can 
continue life-long learning. 

LS 311— Principles of Library 
Research and Materials (1-0-1) 

A study of general research methodology 
and tools. The methodology aspect will focus 
on two main areas of concern: (1) the 
question-transfer and negotiation process, 
and (2) the ability to recognize ready refer- 
ence, bibliographic and evaluative refer- 
ence/research questions. The study of tools 
will focus on the recognition and application of 
the proper sources for solution. A research 
project approved by the professor is required 
as partial requirement for completion of 
course. 

LS 312— Information Resources 
in the Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
humanities. 

LS 313— Information Resources 
in the Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
social sciences. 



LS 314— Information Resources 
in the Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
sciences. 



SSC Business Education Offerings 

Special Note: The following courses are require- 
ments of varied Bachelor of Science in Educa- 
tion degree programs offered cooperatively 
with Savannah State College. The courses are 
listed in alphabetical order by course descrip- 
tion prefix. The prefix codes are spelled out in 
the degree programs themselves. 

ACC 211-212— Principles of 
Accounting I and II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or 
better in Math 101 and 220. 

An introduction to the fundamental princi- 
ples and procedures of accounting. Detailed 
study of the technique and formation of bal- 
ance sheets, income statements, ledger 
accounts, and journals. 

ACC 301-302. Intermediate Accounting I 
and il (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 21 1 -21 2. 

Theory and problems application of account- 
ing. Includes analysis, interpretation, and appli- 
cations of statements, investments, funds, and 
evalua'tions of fixed assets and liability ac- 
counts. 

ACC 325-326. Federal Income Tax Proce- 
dures I and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 21 2. 

An analysis of the Federal Income Tax Law 
and its application to individuals and partner- 
ships. Extensive practical problems; prepara- 
tion of returns. Part II emphasizes federal taxa- 
tion on corporations and fiduciary returns, gift 
taxes and estate taxes. 

ACC 440— Business Information Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 302 or consent of 
instructor. 

Basic computer concepts applied to sys- 
tems and methods design, data flow analysis, 
and the development of an understanding of a 
need for control procedures in a business 
information system. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



143 



BAD 201— Introduction to Business Data 
Processing (5-0-5) 

A concepts course on methods of process- 
ing data as related to business, includes the 
use of terminals and microcomputer systems 
as facilitating units for the recording and 
reporting of data Included in the course of 
study are the telecommunication terminal 
systems and the languages necessary to 
communicate with a computing system. 

BAD 317— Business Law I (5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and 
government regulations affecting business; an 
in depth study of the law of contracts; the law of 
personal property and bailments. 

BAD 225— Business Communications 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 1 01 . 

The application of basic principles of English 
grammar, basic report writing, and research 
techniques to presentations and written com- 
munications in relation to new media enters 
into the consideration given to communication 
theory. 

BAD 320— Business Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BAD 331. 

Principles, problems, and practices asso- 
ciated with the financial management of busi- 
ness institutions; nature and types of equity 
financing, major types of short-term and long- 
term debt; capitalization; financial statements, 
working capital requirements, reorganization; 
bankruptcy; methods of inter-corporate financ- 
ing. Prerequisite; BAD 331. 

BAD 340— Principles of Marketing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The distribution of goods and services from 
producer to consumers, market methods em- 
ployed in assembling, transporting, storage, 
sales and risk taking; analysisof the commod- 
ity, brands, sales methods and management; 
advertising plans and media. 

BAD 350— Materials of Teaching Business 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: appropriate back- 
ground in Business and Office Administration. 

An analysis of specialized methods used in 
teaching business subjects on the secondary 
level from which the student involves personal 
philosophy to determine teaching procedures. 
Includes basic principles and curriculum struc- 



ture of general and vocational business educa- 
tion 

BAD 360— Business Organization 
and Management (5-0-5) 

Fall 

A comprehensive study of principles of bus- 
iness organization and management Empha- 
sis is placed upon reports by students in which 
they collect data and make analyses neces- 
sary for organizing a business of their own 
choosing. 

BAD 400— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

Devoted to family financial matters including 
budgeting, expenditures, taxes, credit, savings, 
investments and insurance, mutual funds, 
estate planning, trusts, wills, estate and gift 
taxes. 

BAD 425— Managerial Accounting (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 212, BAD 331 and BAD 
360. 

The study, interpretation and analysis of 
financial statements as tools of the manage- 
ment decision-making process. Some knowl- 
edge of statistical procedures as well as basic 
accounting procedures are needed for study- 
ing this course. 

BAD 465— Business Policy (5-0-5) 

The integration of knowledge of the various 
fields of business, with emphasis on decision 
making. Case study approach. 



ECO 201— Principles of Macro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts, with emphasis 
on the role of government; national income 
and products; business cycles; money and 
banking; fiscal and monetary policy and 
international trade. 

ECO 202— Principles of Micro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 
201. Factors of production; supply and de- 
mand; determination of prices and of income; 
monopolies; the problem of economic growth; 
and comparative economic systems. 



IAE 201— Wood Processing I (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

Care of tools and machinery, basic hand 



144 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and machine operations, materials selection 
and finishing. 

IAE 202— Wood Processing II (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: IAE 201 . 

A study of the construction of more 
advanced projects by the use of power tools 
and machines, and woodfinishing. 

IAE 203— Industrial Arts Design (3-7-5) 

Spring. 

Opportunities are provided for the develop- 
ment of design sensitivity and an appreciation 
forthe aesthetic quality of products. Consider- 
ation is given also to the analytical and 
problem-solving procedures of the industrial 
designers. 

IAE 301— Architectural Drafting (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 
A study of house planning and the making of 
architectural working drawings. 

IAE 302— Power Mechanics (3-7-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the theory, operation and servic- 
ing of small gas, outboard, and automotive 
engines. Theoretical consideration is given to 
turbines, jet engines, turbo-jets, and rockets. 

IAE 303— Graphic Art Technology (3-7-5) 

Instruction in the printing processes and 
areas related to the process. Experiences will 
include graphic design, composition, photog- 
raphy, offset printing and the screen process. 

IAE 312— General Electricity (3-7-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MAT 108. 

The nature, forms and sources of electricity, 
conductors, insulators, electrical measure- 
ments, low voltage and residential wiring, elec- 
trical heating and lighting. 

IAE 401— Industrial Arts Electronics (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: IAE 312. 

Electro-magnetism, relays, transformers, 
diodes, power supplies, test equipment, small 
project construction and troubleshooting. 

IAE 411— Curriculum Building and 
Shop Organization (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY301. 

A study of the techniques of curriculum 
development, shop organization and manage- 
ment. 

IAE 421— Methods of Teaching Industrial 
Arts (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 . 



Lesson plan making, shop demonstrations, 
use of a variety of instructional media, measur- 
ing achievement, and the various methods of 
teaching industrial arts. 



MET 212— Metal Fabrication (3-7-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENT 102. 

A study of various metal forming, joining and 
casting techniques using a variety of metals 
and processes. Study includes the care, setup 
and operating principles of equipment. 

MET 223— Metal Machining Processes 
(3-7-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: IAE 212. 

A study of lathes, milling machines, shapers, 
drill presses, grinders, saws, and other 
machine tools. 



OAD 201. Beginning Typewriting/ 
Keyboarding (1-4-3) 

Current typing techniques and the applica- 
tion of skills in typing letters, manuscripts, and 
simple tables. Minimum standard for passing: 
30 words per minute on timed writings. 

OAD 202. Intermediate Typewriting (1-4-3) 
(See special note). 

Introduction to production typewriting. Skill 
development in the typing of business letters, 
forms, tabulation, and formal reports. Minimum 
passing speed: 40 words per minute. 

OAD 203— Advanced Typewriting (1-4-3) 

Production typewriting of office correspon- 
dence, business letters, forms, tabulations, 
reports, legal and medical documents. Pre- 
requisite: OAD 202. Minimum passing speed: 
50 words per minute. 

OAD 300— Office Machines (1-8-5) (Same 
as BAD 300) 

Acquaintanceship level of development on 
five basic classes of machines: adding and 
calculating; copy preparation, duplication; key- 
punching; and word processing units. Prereq- 
uisite: Typing proficiency. 

OAD 301— Office Procedures (5-0-5) 

The study of secretarial and/or clerical 
procedures and duties commonly encountered 
in business offices. Emphasis is also placed 
on the development of desirable personal 
traits. Typing proficiency required. 



SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



145 



OAD 311— Beginners Shorthand (1-4-3) 

The acquisition of shorthand fundamentals 
Minimum standard for passing: 60 words per 
minute for three minutes with 95 percent 
accuracy. 

OAD 312— Intermediate Shorthand (1-4- 
3)**(See special note) 

Continued development of theory, reading 
and writing skills, introduction to new matter 
dictation, and transcription of mailable letters. 
Minimum standard for passing: 80 words per 
minute for three minutes with 95 percent accu- 
racy. Prerequisites: OAD 202 and OAD 31 1 . 

OAD 313— Advanced Shorthand (1-4-3) 

Continuation of 312 with added emphasis 
on dictation and transcription of simple letters 
and documents. Minimum standard for passing 
at the end of the course: 1 00 words per minute 
with 95 percent accuracy. Prerquisite: OAD 
312. 

OAD 340— Word Processing Concepts and 
Techniques (2-6-5) 

The development of basic concepts and oper- 
ational techniques on selected Word Process- 
ing units. Prerequisite: OAD 301. Typewriting 
proficiency required. 

OAD 425— Administrative Management 
(5-0-5) 

A systems approach that provides the frame- 
workfor understanding the role of the adminis- 
trative manager in today's modern enterprise 
In-depth treatment and analysis of the tools, 
techniques, and concepts which make the 
efforts of the administrator more effective. 

SPECIAL NOTE 

"OAD202 - INTERMEDIATETYPEWRIT- 
INGANDOAD312 - INTERMEDIATESHORT- 
HAND are designed for Office Administration 
majors who have demonstrated proficiency in 
typewriting and/or shorthand. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the typing theory test and who cannot type at a 
minimum rate of 30 words per minute should 
take OAD 201— Beginners Typewriting priorto 
enrolling for the intermediate course. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the shorthand theory and who cannot take 
shorthand at a minimum of 60 words per min- 
ute should take OAD 31 1 — Beginners Short- 
hand prior to enrolling for the intermediate 
course. 

Advisement and/or placement tests for 



these courses are given prior to the beginning 
of each quarter 



TIE 100-200-210-300— Cooperative 
Industrial Work Experience (0-0-5) 

All quarters. 

Student works in industry under the supervi- 
sion of a college coordinator to gain practical 
work experience in the occupational area he 
plans to teach. If the student has prior accep- 
table work experience in his occupational 
area, credit will be granted in these courses 
proportionately. 

TIE 301— History of Vocational Education 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the development of vocational- 
industrial education in the United States, with 
emphasis on personalities and technical 
developments that influenced its growth. 

TIE 303— Shop Management (5-0-5) 

A study of the sources of materials, means 
of purchasing, methods of inventorying; sys- 
tems of arranging, installing, maintaining, stor- 
ing and issuing shop tools and equipment. 

TIE 311-313-401-402-403— Competency 
in Occupation (0-0-5) 

Graduates of vocational-technical schools 
and others with occupational competency in 
an appropriate trade and industrial teaching 
field may receive credit by successfully pass- 
ing occupational competency examinations or 
other evidences of competency. 

TIE 323— Occupational Analysis (5-0-5) 

A study of the techniques of defining, identi- 
fying, classifying, organizing and expressing 
essential teachable elements of occupations 
for instructional purposes. 

TIE 410— Instructional Aids (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to motivate and 
teach trade and industrial education teachers 
to design, construct, and use all types of 
instructional aids which will facilitate teaching 
and learning in vocational education. 

TIE 411— Industrial Education Curriculum 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY301. 

A study of course making and curriculum 
development with emphasis on organizing 



146 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






instructional materials for vocational-industri- 
al education programs. 

TIE 421— Methods of Teaching Industrial 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher 
Education, PSY 301 . 

The techniques of making lesson plans, giv- 
ing shop lectures and demonstrations, writing 
instruction sheets, using a variety of instruc- 
tional media, and measuring student achieve- 
ment in trade and industrial education. 

TIE 431-432-433— Teaching Internship in 
Trade and Industrial Education (O-V-5) 

All quarters. 

A cooperative undertaking between the col- 
lege and public school system to provide col- 
lege supervision for employed permit trade 
and industrial education teachers. This expe- 
rience is for one academic term and may be 
taken in lieu of EDN 480, 481 , 482. Prerequi- 
sites: EDN 335, TIE 41 1 , 421 ; vocational teach- 
ing permit; full-time employment as a trade 
and industrial education teacher; and approval 
of teacher's employer. 



School of 

Health Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 



Goals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Profes- 
sions believes that the development of the stu- 
dent as an individual is a primary objective of a 
college education. The central role and func- 
tion of the School of Health Professions is to 
provide an appropriate academic, intellectual, 
and professional milieu to develop the skills 
required for a high level of professional compe- 
tence. This includes the development of intel- 
lectual and physical competencies; personal 
values and beliefs; leadership abilities; a sense 
of integrity, self-worth, and self-reliance; and a 
sense of responsibility toward the community 
and society. To achieve these objectives, the 
goals of the School are: 
To prepare graduates who possess, at the 
appropriate level, the competencies re- 



quired in their professional endeavors, 
and whose practice is compatible with the 
ethics of democratic humanistic philos- 
ophy; 

To prepare an educational environment which 
will motivate the student to develop a life- 
long commitment to learning and services; 
stimulate creativity, flexibility, and inde- 
pendence of thought and judgement with- 
in acceptable professional and humanistic 
constraints; and foster appreciation for 
scholarship and critical reasoning; 

To develop the leadership abilities of students 
so they may function effectively as lead- 
ers both in their professions and in their 
communities; 

To anticipate and to identify problems and 
needs and to encourage change and 
open-mindedness in finding solutions 
through appropriate research. 

To develop the School as a planning and 
resource center for professional growth 
and community service; 

To complement other Schools of the College 
by providing programs of a uniquely pro- 
fessional character which enhance the 
educational opportunities of Armstrong 
State College. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes 
the Departments of Associate Degree Nursing, 
Baccalaureate Degree Nursing, Dental Hy- 
giene, Respiratory Therapy, and the degree 
programs in Health Science, Health Informa- 
tion Management, Medical Technology and 
Radiologic Technologies. 

The following degree programs are offered 
within the School: 

Associate in Science in 
Dental Hygiene 

Health Information Management 
Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science 
Bachelor of Science in 
Dental Hygiene Education 
Medical Technology 
Nursing 
Additional degree programs, those at the 
masters level, are delineated in the graduate 
section of this catalog. 



SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 



147 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Vacant. Department Head 

Bell. Dorothy 

Caldwell, Eva 

Dutko, Kathleen 

Hepner, Freddie, Acting Dept. Head 

Miller, Mary 

Pruden, Ginger 

Timberlake, Sara 

Williamson, Jane 



The Associate in Science degree program 
in Nursing provides the student with the oppor- 
tunity to obtain a general education and to 
study nursing at the college level. The program 
is approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing 
and is fully accredited by the National League 
for Nursing (NLN). Graduates are eligible to 
make application to take the National Council 
of State Boards of Nursing Licensure Examina- 
tion (NCLEX-RN) for licensure to practice as 
Registered Nurses. Student nurses participate 
in nursing clinical experiences at local hospi- 
tals and other community agencies and are 
responsible for providing their own transporta- 
tion. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate 
Degree Nursing Program, the following must 
be maintained: 
1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 

208, 209; BIO 210) 

a. A grade of D or above is required for 
CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will 
be allowed. 

b. A grade of C or above is required for 
ZOO 208 and 209. 

c. A grade of C or above in ZOO 208 is 
required by the end of the Fall quarter in 
the Freshman year. A grade of C or 
above in ZOO 209 is required by the end 
of the Spring quarter in the Freshman 
year. Students who do not meet these 
requirements will be dismissed from the 
program. 

d. A student may repeat only one of these 
courses. 

e. Students who must repeat more than 
one science course because of grades 
of "F" will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 



2. Nursing courses 

a A "C" or better in each nursing course 
that is a prerequisite for the subsequent 
nursing course 

b A student may repeat a given nursing 
course only one time 

c. A student may repeat only one nursing 
course 

d. Students who must repeat any one nurs- 
ing course more than one time will be 
dismissed from the program with no 
option for readmission. 

e. Students who must repeat more than 
one nursing course will be dismissed 
from the program with no option for 
readmission. 

3. Grade Point Average 

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desirable 
throughout the nursing program. Students who 
fall below 2.0 are subject to the academic 
status classification delineated in the Aca- 
demic Regulations section of this catalog. 
Students placed on academic warning who do 
not raise their GPA's to the stipulated GPA the 
subsequent quarter will be suspended from 
the program until such time the GPA meets 
requirements. Courses used to raise the GPA 
must have Department Head and Admissions 
Committee approval. 

Insurance 

To meet contractual obligations with the 
cooperating clinical agencies, the Department 
requires students to submit a completed health 
history form and evidence of nursing liability 
and hospitalization insurance prior to partici- 
pation in clinical practicums. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 20 

1. BIO 210, CHE 201 10 

2. ZOO 208, 209 10 

Area III 15 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY101 5 

AreaV 3 

1 . PE 1 1 7 and one activity course or 
three activity courses 3 



148 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Elective 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. NUR 100, 101, 102, 103, 104 .... 27 

2. NUR 201, 202, 206 28 

C. Regents' and National Standardized 
Nursing Examinations 

TOTAL 1 08 



NUR 100 and 100-L— Fundamentals of 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission to the nursing 
program. Eligibility for ENG 1 01 and MAT 1 01 . 
Pre- or corequisite NUR 104 and ZOO 208. 
May be exempted by examination with credit 
awarded. Students must first be admitted 
to program to sit for exemption test. Only 
eligible students are allowed to sit for ex- 
emption test. Medical corpsmen or licensed 
practical nurses who have graduated and/or 
have practiced in a clinical setting within the 
past two years are eligible for this test. Proof or 
documentation of above is required. Excep- 
tions to these criteria will be made on an 
individual basis. One exemption test is offered 
for NUR 1 00 and NUR 1 01 . This test may be 
taken only once. 

This course is designed to provide the 
student with learning opportunities that in- 
crease the understanding of the basic needs 
of man according to Maslow and the principles 
of growth and development. The nursing 
process is used to promote adaptation in 
patients with basic and chronic health prob- 
lems related to safety, mobility, comfort and 
rest, nutrition, elimination and sexuality. The 
student is encouraged to begin developing 
awareness of self and others and to consider 
the fundamental dignity of each individual. 

NUR 101 and 101-L— Fundamentals of 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 1 00, NUR 
1 04, ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: CHE 201 or 
ZOO 209. May be exempted by examination 
with credit awarded. 

A continuation of Nursing 100. Needs of 
patients resulting from common stressors are 
emphasized. Skills of technical and interper- 
sonal intervention are applied to assist the 
patient to increase his adaptive potential. Top- 
ics include administration of medications and 
therapeutic interventions. Specific stressors in 
the following areas are dealt with: elimination, 



fluid and electrolyte balance, and pre-post 
operative care. 

NUR 102— Maternal-Infant Health (2-8-6) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 1 00, NUR 
1 04, ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: NUR 1 01 , 
CHE 201 or ZOO 209. 

This course is designed to assist the student 
to utilizethe nursing process to helpfamilies to 
maintain or improve their adaptation to the 
stress in the child-bearing phase of the life 
cycle. The needs of the pregnant couple or 
woman in pregnancy, parturition and post par- 
turn as well as the needs of the newborn are 
emphasized. 

NUR 103— Psychiatric-Mental Health 
Nursing (2-8-6) 

Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 1 04, NUR 
100, ZOO 208. Pre- or corequisite: PSY 101, 
CHE 201, or ZOO 209. 

This course focuses on the development of 
self-awareness and on the therapeutic use of 
self in assisting man to achieve and maintain 
his optimal level of mental health. The nursing 
process is utilized in providing nursing care for 
the patient with problems of psycho-social 
adaptation. Throughout this course, the patient 
is considered not only as an individual with 
inherent dignity and worth but also as a 
member of a family within a community. His 
areas of need and developmental level and 
tasks are also closely examined. 

NUR 104— Introduction to Nursing (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Permission of the Depart- 
ment. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 
Pre- or corequisite: NUR 100. 

This course introduces the students to nurs- 
ing as a profession. The course is an orienta- 
tion to professional accountability and respon- 
sibility. The foundational concepts of the needs 
of man in health and illness are considered 
within the growth and development phase of 
the life span and within the stress adaptation 
continuum. 

NUR 201 and 201-L— Nursing of Adults and 
Children I (4-8-8) 

Prerequisites: NSG 1 00, 1 01 , 1 02, 1 03, 1 04 
and ZOO 208, 209 and CHE 201 . 

NSG 201 focuses on patients having prob- 
lems with interaction, oxygenation, inflamma- 
tion and immunity and perception and coordina- 
tion. Background knowledge relating to these 
concepts is utilized and incorporated in the 
nursing care of the ill adult and child. Learning 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



149 



experiences are directed toward the care of 
patients with uncomplicated, commonly occur- 
ring stressors which exemplify these concepts 
The learner uses the nursing process in provid- 
ing nursing care to ill patients. 

NUR 202 and 202-L — Nursing of Adults and 
Children II (4-8-8) 

Winter Prerequisite: NSG 201. Pre- or co- 
requisite: BIO 210 

NUR 202 is the second of three quarters 
study of the ill adult and child. Patients expe- 
riencing problems with metabolism, percep- 
tion, coordination and cell growth are added to 
the foundation built in NSG 201 as the student 
implements the nursing process in the care of 
patients undergoing stress in increasingly 
complex situations. 

NUR 206 and 206-L— Advanced Nursing 
(4-16-12) 

Spring. Prerequisite: NSG 202. 

NUR 206 is the third of three quarters' study 
of the physically ill patient. Emphasis is placed 
on utilization of the nursing process for adults 
and children having a multiplicity of needs. 
Patients experiencing problems with Oxygena- 
tion, Perception and Coordination, Metabolism 
and Fluids and Electrolytes provide the basis 
for study of the critical care aspects of nursing. 
Under supervision, the student develops begin- 
ning skill in the direction and management of 
patient care. Assigned and self-directed learn- 
ing experiences assist the student in making 
the transition from the role of student to 
practitioner. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing Faculty 

Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 

Keller, Carola 

Levett, Nettie 

Massey, Carole 

Repella, James 

Roesel, Rosalyn 

Schmitz, Catherine 

Silcox, Elaine 

Zink. Margo 



The Department of Baccalaureate Nursing 
offers a curriculum which provides entering 



freshmen, transfer students, and Registered 
Nurses the opportunity to earn the Bachelor of 
Science in Nursing Degree The program pre- 
pares a professional nurse generalist who can 
provide comprehensive nursing care to indi- 
viduals, families, groups and the community in 
a variety of settings Baccalaureate nursing 
education also provides the foundation for 
graduate study in nursing. The program is 
approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and 
is fully accredited by the National League for 
Nursing (NLN) Graduates who are not already 
Registered Nurses may apply to take the 
NCLEX examination for licensure as an RN. 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

For the generic Bachelor of Science Program: 

1. A "C" or better must be earned in each 
science course. 

2. A "C" or better must be earned in each 
nursing course. No more than one nursing 
course may be repeated and a "C" or better 
must be earned at the time to remain in the 
program. 

3. Any nursing course which the student does 
not satisfactorily complete must be repeated, 
at its next offering. The course may be 
taken concurrently with a non-sequential 
course. 

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 
2.0 is required to remain in the nursing 
program. 

5. Students must maintain a current health 
history and proof of liability and health 
insurance. 

6. Students must obtain and maintain CPR 
certification while enrolled in the program. 

7. After admission to the Nursing Major, the 
Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 330, 
334, 335, 336, 350, 422 and 423 through 
written examinations. 

No more than one-fourth of the degree 
requirements may be taken by correspon- 
dence, extension or examination, (for fur- 
ther information see BSN Department). 

If a student does not matriculate each 
quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the 
student must reapply for admission to the 
College and to the Department. See Readmis- 
sion, p. 15. 



150 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 1 01 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101. 102,201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271 , 272, 273; MUS 200; PHI 
200,201; ENG 222 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 121, 122* 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 25 

1. HIS 114, 115 10 

2. POS 1 1 3 and HIS 251 or 252 .... 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. BIO 210; PSY 295, SOC 201, 

ZOO 208, 209, 21 5 30 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117 or 211 and 103 or 108 .... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 80 

1. BSN 231,330,334,335, 
336, 340, 350, 422, 423, 432, 
433, 434, 435 80 

C. Courses in Allied Fields 11 

1. LS311 1 

2. Electives 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examination 

Total 1 92 

•Students who have already completed CHE 
201 with a "C" or better may challenge CHE 
1 21 and take CHE 1 22 or complete an approved 
lab science sequence of Core Area II. Stu- 
dents who have already completed an approved 
Area II lab science sequence may take CHE 
201. 



Curriculum Design 

—Freshman Year- 
Fall 

ENG 101 5 

CHE121 5 

MAT 101 5 

PE 1 

16 

Winter 
ENG 102 5 



CHE 122 5 

HIS 1 14 5 

PE 103 or 108 1 

16 

Spring 

ENG 201 5 

HIS 115 5 

ZOO 208 5 

PE 117 or 211 ^_2 

17 

—Sophomore Year- 
Fall 

PSY 101 5 

ZOO 209 5 

Area I Elective 5 

PE ^ 

16 

Winter 

BIO 210 5 

MAT 220 5 

SOC 201 5 

LS311 1 

16 

Spring 

PSY 295 5 

BSN 231 5 

ZOO 21 5 5 

PE ^J_ 

16 

—Junior Year- 
Fall 

BSN 330 7 

PS 113 5 

Elective ■ 5 

17 

Winter 

BSN 334 6 

BSN 340 5 

BSN 336 3 

14 

Spring 

BSN 335 6 

BSN 350 6 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



151 



HIS 251 or 252 5 

17 

—Senior Year- 
Fall 

BSN422 6 

BSN423 6 

BSN432 5 

17 

Winter 

BSN433 10 

Elective 5 

15 

Spring 

BSN 434 12 

BSN435 3 

15 



OFFERINGS 

BSN 231— A Conceptual Framework for 
Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

On demand. Prerequisite: LS 31 1 , PSY 1 01 , 
SOC201. 

Designed for beginning students of profes- 
sional nursing. The conceptual framework of 
the baccalaureate curriculum is examined. 
Major emphasis is placed on an introduction to 
the concepts of Nursing, Man and Health. 

BSN 330— Health Promotion of the Well 
Individual (4-9-7) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BSN 231, PSY 295 and 
all required science courses. 

An introductory course which provides 
knowledge and experiences related to applica- 
tion of the nursing process with well individuals 
throughout the life-cycle. Emphasis is placed 
upon assessment of human needs in infancy 
through advanced age as well as the selection 
and use of psychomotor and interpersonal 
skills designed to promote positive adaptation. 
The student assumes the role of a professional 
nurse by using health assessment, psycho- 
motor and interpersonal skills to promote the 
health of well individuals in selected clinical 
settings. 

BSN 334— Health Restoration of Adults I 
(4-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BSN 330. 



This course provides students with the op- 
portunity to assist patients to cope with 
alterations in the ability to meet human needs 
related to the concepts of oxygenation, fluid 
and electrolytes, perception and coordination, 
and metabolism Previously acquired knowl- 
edge and skills, new knowledge and current 
research are incorporated into the nursing 
process to promote positive adaptation of 
adults The student assumes the role of the 
professional nurse in secondary health care 
settings. 

BSN 335— Promotion of Psychosocial 
Adaptation (4-6-6) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BSN 330, 340 
This course is designed to assist students to 
promote positive adaptive behavior of individ- 
uals within a family system with psycho-social 
problems through the use of the nursing 
process. Communication skills, the establish- 
ment of the nurse patient relationship and 
teaching-learning strategies assist the patient 
in the achievement of optimal health potential. 
Trends in mental health, legal issues and the 
role of the nurse in the psychiatric setting are 
examined. Clinical experiences are provided 
in secondary health care settings and com- 
munity mental health facilities. 

BSN 336— Leadership in Nursing Care 
Management (3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BSN 330. 

Introduces management and leadership 
principles and applies them to nursing. The 
focus of this course is on the leadership role of 
the professional nurse in the management of 
health care. 

BSN 340— Nursing and Family Health (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BSN 330. 

Designed to explore the family as a biopsy- 
chosocial unit of a multi-cultural society. Inter- 
nal and external variables affecting the health 
and adaptation of the family system are consid- 
ered. The nursing process is utilized as a 
framework to assess structural and functional 
needs, plan nursing interventions, and develop 
outcome criteria. 

BSN 350— Nursing and the Childbearing 
Family (4-6-6) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BSN 334, 340. 

Using the developmental approach, this 
course focuses on health promotion and resto- 
ration of the childbearing family. The nursing 
process is utilized to assess health needs and 



152 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



promote positive adaptation. Clinical learning 
experiences are provided in a variety of settings. 

BSN 422— Health Restoration of Adults II 
(4-6-6) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340. 

This course provides students with the op- 
portunity to assume a beginning leadership 
role in the management of adult individuals 
and their families who are experiencing mal- 
adaptive responses related to complex al- 
terations in the ability to meet basic human 
needs. The student uses the nursing process 
as a problem solving approach to identify 
individual and family needs, plan nursing in- 
terventions, and evaluate patient response 
based on predetermined outcome criteria. The 
student is responsible and accountable for 
directing and implementing nursing activities 
that assist patients toward positive adaptation. 
Students participate in discharge planning 
through cooperation and collaboration with 
patients and other members of the health care 
team. Clinical experiences are provided in 
secondary health care settings. 

BSN 423— Health Restoration of the Child 
(4-6-6) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BSN 336, 340, 334. 

This course provides the student with the 
variation of dealing with the care of the child 
from infancy to adolescence. The student 
uses the nursing process as a problem solving 
approach in the care of children experiencing 
alterations in their ability to meet human 
needs. Unique communication techniques, 
such as play therapy, are utilized by the 
student in her role as a professional nurse in 
this setting. Teaching-learning principles are 
altered for the child and family as appropriate 
for the family's cultural interpretation of child 
rearing. The student, in a leadership role, is 
responsible and accountable for directing and 
implementing nursing activities that assist the 
child in his ability to gain positive adaptation. 
Clinical experiences are provided in secondary 
care and community settings. 

BSN 432— Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: All Junior level Nursing 
courses and MAT 220. 

The purpose of this course is to expand the 
student's knowledge of a scientific method of 
inquiry. Emphasis is placed on exploring the 
research process and how it relates to nursing 
theory and practice. 



BSN 433— Nursing and Community Health 
(5-15-10) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BSN 422, 423, 432. 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the knowledge and opportunity to utilize 
the nursing process to assist families, groups 
and the community to promote, maintain and 
restore health. Students assume the various 
roles of the professional nurse in selected 
community settings. 

BSN 434— Professional Nursing Practicum 
(4-24-12) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BSN 433. 

Provides the opportunity for students to syn- 
thesize knowledge from the liberal arts, scien- 
ces and nursing as a basis for professional 
nursing practice. Students practicethe leader- 
ship role of the professional nurse in assess- 
ing, planning, implementing and evaluating 
nursing care in a selected clinical setting. 
Research findings are incorporated into nurs- 
ing practice. 

BSN 435— Senior Seminar (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BSN 433. 

Student evaluate forces and factors which 
influence changes in professional nursing 
practice. Current professional issues and trends 
and the transition from student to graduate 
professional nurse are included. 



Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

Simon, Emma, Department Head 

Coursey, Theresa 

Edenfield, Suzanne 

Fleming, Caroline 

Russell, Carol 

Tanenbaum, Barbara 



The student must complete a curriculum of 
58 quarter hours in academic courses and 56 
quarter hours in professional dental hygiene 
courses for the two-year program leading to 
the Associate in Science Degree in Dental 
Hygiene. Dental hygienists provide dental 
health services in private dental offices, civil 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



153 



service positions, industry, and in various 
public health fields They practice under the 
supervision of a dentist and must pass a state 
board examination for licensure. The curric- 
ulum is fully approved by the Commission on 
Accreditation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary 
Educational Programs of the American Dental 
Association 

A passing grade in all related natural 
science courses is a prerequisite to the 200 
level Dental Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 
201 , ZOO 208-209, and BIO 21 must be satis- 
factorily completed before the student will be 
admitted into second-year status in the Dental 
Hygiene Program. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Dental Hygiene course before register- 
ing for subsequent dental hygiene courses; 
therefore, a grade of "C" or better in the pre- 
vious course(s) is a prerequisite for each den- 
tal hygiene course for which the student regis- 
ters after the first quarter of the first year. An 
overall GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation 
from the program. 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Education program is comprised of prepara- 
tory courses that will enable the student to be 
employed in areas such as dental hygiene and 
dental assisting instruction, dental health edu- 
cation in public school systems, and public 
health. The student will work directly with the 
dental hygiene faculty and participate in the 
student teaching practicums in various asso- 
ciate degree classes, clinics, laboratories, and 
extra-mural clinics. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL 
HYGIENE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 38 

Area 1 15 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. DRS228 5 

Area III 20 

1. PSY101 5 

2. SOC201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS113 5 

Area V 3 

1. PE 117 or 211 2 

2. One activity course 1 



B Courses in the Major Field 56 

1 DH 111, 112. 113 118 

120, 123, 124 211, 212,213.214, 

216.219,220.221,223,224, 

227 58 

C Courses in Related Fields 20 

1 BIO 210 5 

2 CHE 201 5 

3. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . 

TOTAL 116 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 71 

Area I 25 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. DRS 228 and PHI 200 or 201 .... 10 
Area II 10 

1. MAT 101,220 10 

Area III 30 

1 PSY 101 5 

2. SOC201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and 114. 115 .... 15 

4. POS 113 5 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 .... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 76 

1. DH 111, 112, 113. 114, 

115, 118, 120, 124,211.212,213, 
214,215,216,217,219.220. 
221,223,224,227 56 

2. DH 401 , 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 55 

1. BIO 101. 102,210 15 

2. CHE 122,201 10 

3. PSY 301, 305 10 

4. EDN200, 335 10 

5 ZOO 208. 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations . . . . . . . 

TOTAL 202 



OFFERINGS 

DH 111— Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the 
student to the dental hygiene profession. The 



154 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



subject matter includes fundamental knowl- 
edge of clinical procedures and techniques of 
removing deposits from the teeth. Clinical 
procedures are introduced on the the manikins 
and the student is required to practice these 
techniques until proficiency is achieved. 

DH 112-113— Clinical Dental Hygiene 
II and III (2-6-4) (1-9-4) 

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequi- 
site: DH 111. 

Students perform oral prophylactic tech- 
niques on patients in the clinic under supervi- 
sion. The subject matter includes procedures 
which the hygienist will use in the performance 
of clinical duties. The student must apply 
acquired knowledge in all clinical situations. 

DH 118— Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to give the student a 
basic understanding of periodontics. Empha- 
sis is placed on periodontal health and disease 
in relation to the health of the total patient. 
Periodontal knowledge is applied in clinical 
situations. 

DH 120— Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. 

This course will include a series of lectures, 
demonstrations, and directed experience in 
the fundamentals of dental roentgenology. 
Intraoral techniques for the taking and pro- 
cessing of radiographs are taught and labora- 
tory time will be devoted to demonstration and 
directed experience. Clinical time in subse- 
quent quarters will afford the application of the 
principles of clinical situations. 

DH 123— Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the 
dental hygiene student with the nomenclature, 
morphology, eruption sequence of the primary 
and secondary dentition and oral histology 
and embryology of the oral cavity. 

DH 124— Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to provide a general 
understanding of the chemical, physical and 
mechanical properties of dental materials. The 
indications and limitations of materials will be 
stressed as well as proper manipulation of 
those materials used by dental hygienists. 



DH 211-212-213— Clinical Dental Hygiene 
IV, V, VI (1-12-5) (1-15-6) (1-15-6) 

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prereq- 
uisites: DH 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the 
preceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers 
on improved proficiency in all areas of a work- 
ing clinic. Lecture time is devoted mainly to the 
discussion of experiences encountered in clin- 
ical situations. Pertinent material related to the 
dental hygiene profession is included in these 
courses. 

DH 214— Anesthesiology and 
Pharmacology (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anesthet- 
ics with special consideration given to those 
used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaintthe 
student with the principles of drug action in the 
human patient. 

DH 216— Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the 
various aspects of public health with reference 
to the dental needs of the community. Special 
emphasis is given to terminology, epidemiol- 
ogy, and interpretation of data related to com- 
munity dental health programs. Directed field 
experience is a course requirement. 

DH 219— Total Patient Care (0-3-1) 

Fall. 

This laboratory experience acquaints the 
student with the subject and practice of the 
various dental specialties in relation to the 
patient's total health. This course is also 
designed to acquaint the student with the 
expanding dental services provided by dental 
auxiliary personnel. 

DH 220— Directed Field Experience (0-4-1) 

Winter. 

The student is provided with a holistic 
approach to dentistry by externing with private 
dental practitioners and public and military 
agencies. 

DH 221— Scopes of Dental Hygiene 
Practice (1-0-1) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to acquaint stu- 
dents with various scopes of dental hygiene 
practice, the jurisprudence governing the 
practice of dental hygiene, and the structure 
and function of professional associations. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



155 



DH 223— Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition 
as applied to the practice of dentistry. Students 
are instructed in diet history and dietetic 
counseling. 

DH 224— Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the 
dental hygiene student with gross anatomical 
relationships in the head and neck. Special 
emphasis is given to the anatomy of the oral 
cavity and its clinical application. 

DH 225— Preventive Dental Health 
Education I (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases 
are presented. Many facets of prevention are 
included with emphasis on the utilization of 
oral physiotherapy aids and on education and 
motivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. 
Knowledge from this course and preceding 
clinical courses will be utilized in a paper to be 
presented to the class and clinical faculty. 
Clinical time in subsequent quarters will afford 
the application of these principles to clinical 
situations. 

DH 226— Preventive Dental Health 
Education II (1-0-1) 

Winter. 

This course is a continuation of the preven- 
tive dentistry concepts. The student is familiar- 
ized with the practical application of modern 
methods of dental health education. Course 
content includes developing teaching mate- 
rials for dental health education, demonstra- 
tions, and presentation of materials. Directed 
field experience will be provided to allow the 
student practical application of techniques 
learned in the classroom. 

DH 227— General and Oral Pathology 
(3-0-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental 
hygiene students with the principles of general 
pathology in relation to the common diseases 
of oral regions. Emphasis is placed on clinical 
manifestations and the importance of early 
recognition of abnormal conditions. 

DH 401— Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admis- 



sion into the Dental Hygiene Education 
Program 

This course is an introductory field expe- 
rience in the college dental hygiene clinic, 
community agencies, and patient care facil- 
ities with emphasis on observation, individual 
and small group teaching, and teacher aide 
work. The first professional course for maiors 
in Dental Hygiene Education. 

DH 402— Practicum In Dental Hygiene 
Education II (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: DH 401. 

This course is a continuation of Dental 
Hygiene 401 . Problems common to beginning 
dental hygiene teachers, practices and proce- 
dures designed to accomplish program objec- 
tives, establishment and organization of con- 
tent, methods of evaluation and supervision in 
the dental hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403— Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III (3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experience 
designed to assist the student in the develop- 
ment of learning activities, teaching proce- 
dures, and the presentation of materials perti- 
nent to dental hygiene education. The student 
will develop and teach selected units in the 
basic dental hygiene sequence at community 
agencies, and patient care facilities. 

DH 404— Directed and Individual Study 
(3-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Corequisite: DH 403, 
Prerequisite: DH 403. 

This course is a directed individual study in 
an area of major interest with emphasis rele- 
vant to dental hygiene and future career objec- 
tives. Scientific research and evaluation meth- 
ods will be reviewed and used in the student's 
individual project. 



Health Information 
Management 

Faculty 

Evans, Patricia, Acting Program Director 



The field of health information management 
is a rapidly growing profession. The program 



156 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



curriculum is designed to train selected indi- 
viduals in acquiring technical skills and knowl- 
edge to become competent health information 
management professionals. The student is pre- 
pared for clerical and supervisory responsibili- 
ties in the health record department of any 
hospital, clinic, nursing home and any other 
health related institution. Employment oppor- 
tunities are also available in industrial organi- 
zations, governmental agencies, and medical 
libraries. Participating in medical research and 
offering consultation services to health facili- 
ties are other employment avenues. Managing 
legal questions, participating in numerous activ- 
ities to assess the quality of patient care, and 
assisting in the design and maintenance of 
medical information systems make this a most 
challenging career in the health care industry. 
Program policies as stated in the catalog will 
become effective at the time a student is admit- 
ted into the Health Information Management 
Program. Students are required to have insur- 
ance liability coverage. Details are available 
from program director. 

Progression Requirements 

1 . Formal acceptance into the HIM program is 
contingent upon the applicant's eligibility 
for enrollment in MAT 1 01 . 

2. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in 
all HIM courses. A student will not be 
permitted to register for an HIM course if a 
"C" has not been earned on a prerequisite 
course. 

3. A student may repeat only one HIM course 
only one time. 

4. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in 
all natural science courses (ZOO 208, 209 
and CHE 201). Only one natural science 
course may be repeated only one time. 

5. Maintenance of a quarterly GPA of 2.0 or 
better is expected. A student who falls 
below this required quarterly GPA during 
any quarter will be placed on "Conditional 
Status" for one quarter, relative to the HIM 
program. 

6. A student may be granted "Conditional Sta- 
tus" for not more than two consecutive 
quarters and not more than three quarters 
total. If a student's quarterly GPA is not 
raised by the end of the second consecutive 
"Conditional Status" quarter or at the end of 
the third non-consecutive "Conditional 
Status" quarter, the student will be dis- 



missed from the HIM program (dismissal 
from the college is treated in the Academic 
Regulations section of this Catalog). 
7. An overall GPA of 2.0 is required for gradua- 
tion. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN HEALTH 
INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 33 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

2. CHE 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS113 5 

5. PE 1 1 7 and one activity course 

or three activity courses 3 

6. Approved elective 5 

B. Courses Appropriate to the Field 15 

1. ZOO 208, 209 10 

2. CS115 5 

C. Courses in Major Field 58 

1. HIM 100,101,202,203,204 21 

2. HIM 111, 112,213,214 18 

3. HIM 110,220,230,240 11 

4. HIM 215, 225 8 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 1 06 



OFFERINGS 

HIM 100— Health Occupations (2-0-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: none. 

An introductory study of the present system 
of health care on local, state, national, and 
international levels. The changing pattern of 
health manpower needs and the emerging 
trends of the health care delivery system are 
explored. Orientation to health facilities with 
emphasis placed on the organization of a hos- 
pital and its functional units. 

HIM 101— Medical Record Science I (5-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: HIM 100. 

A general orientation to the historical back- 
ground of medicine, development of health 
care field, the medical record field as a profes- 
sion with discussion of the organization and 
history of the American Medical Record Asso- 
ciation. Included are definitions of and stan- 
dards for medical records, their content, format 
and evaluation with reference to accrediting 



HEALTH INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 



157 



agencies Emphasis is also placed on number 
and filing systems, retention, storage methods, 
and admitting procedures 

HIM 110— Directed Experience I (0-8-2) 

Spring Prerequisite: HIM 1 00 Pre- or coreq- 
uisite: HIM 101. 

Directed experience in various affiliated 
health care facilities will apply the theory of 
medical record practice by performing medi- 
cal record skills Specific assignments in the 
medical record department will include record 
and loose document filing as well as record 
controlling 

HIM 111— Medical Terminology I (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: None. 

Introduction to medical terminology. This 
course will cover the study of the language of 
medicine including word construction, word 
elements, definitions, and abbreviations re- 
lated to all areas of medical science, hospital 
services, and health related fields. Open to 
non-HIM students by permission. 

HIM 112— Medical Terminology II (5-1-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: HIM 111. Prerequisite 
or corequisite: ZOO 208. 

An advanced course in Medical terminol- 
ogy. This course will cover diseases, opera- 
tions, laboratory tests, and various aspects of 
medicine used in each of the human body 
systems. Open to non-HIM students by 
permission. 

HIM 203— Medical Record Science II 
(4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: HIM 101 and 110. Pre- or 
corequisite: 200, 215. 

Concentration on defining the purposes of 
classification systems and nomenclatures; 
describing the various classification systems 
used; coding and retrieving diagnoses and 
procedures by ICD-9-CM utilizing the princi- 
ples of OPT, and other coding systems and 
nomenclatures; describing and using various 
indexes and registers. The importance of uti- 
lizing the appropriate codes for retrieval of 
information for use in quality assurance and 
utilization review procedures will also be 
discussed. 

HIM 204— Medical Record Science IV 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 203 and 230. 

A survey of medical audit methodology; utili- 
zation review; implementing Problem-Oriented 
Medical Record in health care institutions; 



principles in managing medical libraries and 
cancer registry programs; and in providing 
consulting services to health care delivery 
systems An overview of special record keep- 
ing systems long term care facilities, ambula- 
tory care centers, psychiatric institutions, pri- 
vate physicians' offices, and health care 
centers, in industrial sites 

HIM 205— Medical Record Science III 
(4-1-4) 

Winter. Prerequisites: HIM 203 and 110 
Principles of record analysis completion of 
medical records by all medical and other 
associated professionals. A study of the hospi- 
tal statistics and their respective reports; detee 
functions; reviewing the purposes and require- 
ments of various national and state regulatory 
agencies; computing various hospital statis- 
tics and preparing their respective reports; 
describing procedures and discussing the 
sources and use of health information system; 
inservice education theory 

HIM 213— Medical Transcription (1-4-3) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 112, Typing 
proficiency. 

Medical transcribing, editing medical reports, 
and managing transcription pools are empha- 
sized. The clinical laboratory time will be spent 
typing from cassette tapes, through which 
medical reports (discharge summaries, oper- 
ative reports, history and physical examina- 
tion, consultation reports) have been dictated 
by physicians. 

HIM 214— Medical Science (4-2-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: HIM 112, ZOO 209. 

Medical Science for the health information 
management student serves as an essential 
connecting link between the basic sciences of 
anatomy and physiology of the human body 
and the medical and surgical repair of a dis- 
eased host. Dysfunctions of normal physiol- 
ogy and the processes that bring about these 
disruptions will be considered. The manner in 
which these disruptions manifest themselves 
as signs, symptoms, physical findings, and 
laboratory results will be discussed. 

HIM 21 5— Legal Aspects of Medical Records 
(3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: HIM 202. 

An introduction to the study of the principles 
of law (federal, state, local) and their applica- 
tion to the health field with particular emphasis 
in medical record practice; the importance of 



158 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the medical record as a legal document; the 
effect of confidential communication laws on 
the release of information from the medical 
record; legal authorizations, consents. 

HIM 220— Directed Experience II (0-8-2) 

Fall. Prerequisites: HIM 1 01 and 1 1 0. Pre- or 
corequisite: HIM 203. 

Supervised learning experience at various 
health care centers. Specific assignments in 
medical record departments are record as- 
sembly and analysis, assisting in medical staff 
and administrative committee functions, and 
medical transcription. 

HIM 225— Organization and Administration 
I (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 203, 205. 

A survey of the management principles 
related to office management in a medical 
record department. Planning the work of an 
office with discussion and application to sys- 
tems, procedures, methods, and organiza- 
tional charts. Attention is given to planning and 
organizing office space, equipment, and sup- 
plies. Also included in this course are units in 
communication skills and techniques; form 
design and control; salary administration; and 
personnel selection, development, and super- 
vision. 

HIM 230— Directed Experience III (0-12-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: HIM 203 and 220. Pre- 
or corequisite: HIM 205. 

This practicum emphasizes practical expe- 
rience in coding final diagnoses and operative 
procedures, preparation of source documents, 
practicing indexing methods, statistics, and 
correspondence/release of information pro- 
cedures. 

HIM 240— Directed Experience IV (0-16-4) 

Spring. Prerequisites: HIM 205, 230, and 
215. 

Emphasis is placed on the managerial and 
technical concerns of the student practition- 
ers. Each student completes an on-site visitto 
another health care facility near their clinical 
site, preferably a more non-traditional setting 
for medical record practitioners, during this 
course. Additionally, each student completes 
a practicum project that will be of benefit to 
both the student and the clinical site. (The 
directed experience supervisors suggest suit- 
able projects and a determination as to the 
student's assignment is based on this list.) 
This directed clinical experience applies to the 



synthesis of the program of studies and pre- 
pares the student for transition to the graduate 
role. 



Health Science 

Faculty 

Parsons, Dennis, Program Director 
Clark, Ed, Health Science 



The overall goal of this program is to make 
available an educational opportunity for per- 
sons interested in entering a health field and 
an academic program for experienced health 
professionals who wish to further their career 
opportunities. More specifically, the objectives 
of the program are: 

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education; 

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- 
ease prevention; 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators; and, 

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gain expertise in the health related 
areas of education, management, correc- 
tional science, public policy, or computer 
science. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is to view 
"health" as different from "illness" and to 
teach newstudents and practicing health pro- 
fessionals of this difference. The curriculum 
will permit the student to earn a baccalaureate 
degree that reflects expertise in health science 
while focusing on an applied health related 
area. Upon graduation, these health profes- 
sionals will implement the concepts they have 
learned and direct the efforts of the American 
public in the promotion, enhancement, and 
maintenance of health and in the prevention of 
health problems. 

Progression Requirements 

1 . Students must complete 90 hours of appro- 
priate coursework before professional 
courses may be taken. 

2. Students must earn a minimum GPA of 2.0, 
with not more than one science repeat, to 
remain in the progam. 

3. To earn "advanced standing" status, all 



HEALTH SCIENCE 



159 



previous coursework will be subject to 
faculty evaluation 



ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1 ENG 101. 102, 201 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 

200. 271,272, 273; MUS 200; 

ENG 222; PHI 200 5 

Area II 20 

1. CHE 121. 122 10 

2. MAT 101 and 1 03 or 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115 10 

2 POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HS 100 5 

2. HIS 150 and 251 or 252 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

4. ZOO 208. 209 10 

Area V 6 

1. PE 117and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

. Electives 10 

. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. BIO 310 5 

2. HS 150,200,201,220,230 25 

3. HS 300, 350, 400, 450, 451 25 

. Courses in the Emphasis Area 30 

Area I— Health Education 30 

1. EDU 335, PSY 301 10 

2. HE 300, 370,410, 420 20 

Area II— Computer Science 30 

1. MAT 103 or 220 5 

2. CS 231 , 306, 331 , 332, 431 25 

Area III— Correctional Science 30 

1. CJ 100, 102,210,303,409 25 

2. CJ elective 5 

Area IV— Education 30 

1. EDN460 5 

2. EDU 335. 340, 451 , 455 20 

3. PSY 301 5 

Area V— Management 30 

1. BA 21 1.360 10 

2. PSY 320 5 

3. Any one of the following three: 
a. Decision-Making 

1. BA212 5 



2 BA 320. 330 or BA 425 

andECO30 r . 10 

b Human Relations 

Any of the following three 
courses BA 375, 462, PSY 
321,322 15 

c Public Policy 

1 POS 305 and 306 or 

307 10 

2 POS 401 or 403 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



OFFERINGS 

Health Science Offerings 

HS 100— Introduction to Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health Based 
on the health (versus illness) model, this 
course will emphasize the enhancement of 
health as part of natural human development. 
The multifaceted health care delivery system 
will be introduced, and some ethical, philosoph- 
ical, and socio-cultural issues of health care 
will be discussed. 

HS 110— Medical Terminology (2-0-2) 

A study of the language of medicine: word 
construction; definition; abbreviations and 
symbols; and use of terms related to all areas 
of medical science, hospital service, and the 
medical specialties. Open to non-majors. 

HS 150— Health Care Delivery Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Existing modalities for treatment, habita- 
tion, and rehabilitation will be identified. Their 
integration into primary, secondary, and ter- 
tiary treatment complexes will be discussed. 
Cost of illness and health care delivery will be 
addressed. 

HS 200-201— Health and Human Develop- 
ment (5-0-5) 

The natural enfoldment of the human will be 
presented emphasizing critical stages, and 
their respective developments and accomplish- 
ments—all from the perspective of enhancing 
health with concomitant avoiding of illness. 

HS 220— Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BIO and CHE sequences. 
Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, 
is related to enhancement of health and con- 



160 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






tribution to illness. Basic concepts ot nutrition 
and various "diets" are studied. 

HS 230— Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

The application of ecology to health and 
illness. An investigation into the various fac- 
tors and conditions that determine the occur- 
rence and distribution of health, disease, and 
death among groups of individuals. 

HS 300— Health Problems in a Changing 
Society (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HIS 1 50; HS 230; BIO 31 0. 

A review of health status as a function of 
societal change. For example, the effects on 
health of sewage disposal, speed-limits, cold- 
war, technology, and such will be examined. 

HS 350— Health in the Community (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HS 230; HS 300. 

The environment, communicable infections, 
health education, available treatment centers, 
and socio-political apparatus for change are 
integrated and viewed as dynamics of the 
community which may enhance health and 
prevent illness and injury. 

HS 400— Seminar in Health Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 350. 

Health Science concepts are analyzed and 
synthesized. Emerging and emergent issues 
and trends are investigated. 

HS 450-451— Health Science Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 400. 

A two-quarter sequence offering the Health 
Science degree candidate opportunity to be 
an active participant in the student's area of 
interest. The practicum will provide the basis 
for the required senior thesis. 



Health Education Offerings 

HE 300— Methods and Media in Health 
Education (5-0-5) 

The basic principles of education, inte- 
grated with various teaching methods and 
media appropriate to a health care setting, will 
be explored. The methods and media will be 
designed for the biopsychosocial require- 
ments of the client. 

HE 370— Health Promotion Through 
Physical Activity (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 
A study of the effects of physical activity on 
health enhancement and maintenance. Physi- 



cal assessment methods, equipment and pre- 
scription regimes will be included. A holistic 
approach to health will be the basic theme of 
this course. 

HE 410— Health Education in the 
Community (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HS 300 and HS 350. 

A course designed to examine the process 
of assessing, planning, implementing and eval- 
uating the health education needs of members 
of and groups within a community. The theo- 
ries of group process, motivation and human 
development will be used extensively. 

HE 420— Health Education in Rehabili- 
tation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HE 410. 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with the information necessary to aid 
patients in achieving their highest rehabilita- 
tion potential. The main objective is to aid the 
client in coping and complying with the pre- 
scribed regimen. 



Medical Technology 

Faculty 

Hardegree. Lester Jr., Program Director 
Miller, James, Medical Director 

Medical technology is a career in clinical 
laboratory science. Medical technologists per- 
form and/or supervise the testing of blood, 
urine, spinal fluid and other body specimens. 
Applying the knowledge of chemistry, mathe- 
matics and biology, the medical technologist 
uses both manual and automated techniques 
to provide diagnostic data to the physicians. 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum 
is a 4 year program. During the first two years, 
the students must complete core curriculum 
courses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, 
humanities and social science. The profes- 
sional medical technology courses are offered 
during the JuniorandSenioryears(7 quarters). 
The junior year is primarily composed of pro- 
fessional medical technology courses in all of 
the major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hema- 
tology, clinical chemistry, blood banking, 
microbiology, serology) taught via lecture and 
laboratory on campus. As part of the senior 
year curriculum the clinical practicum will be 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



161 



provided at the clinical laboratories of Candler 
General Hospital, the South Atlantic Red Cross 
Blood Center, and St Joseph's Hospital, all 
located in Savannah. Upon completion of the 
program, graduates will be eligible to take the 
examination of the Board of Registry for 
Medical Technologists of the American Soci- 
ety of Clinical Pathologists and/or the Clinical 
Laboratory Scientist examination of the Na- 
tional Certification Agency for Medical Labora- 
tory Personnel. 

Insurance and Forms 

Students accepted into the program will be 
required to submit a complete Armstrong State 
College Human Services Student Health 
Appraisal form and to obtain a transcript eval- 
uation by the National Accrediting Agency for 
Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). Prior 
to enrollment in the clinical practicum the stu- 
dent will be required to provide evidence of 
liability insurance and medical coverage. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Medical Technology course. 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course 
only one time and at the next offering 
provided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT 
course more than once or more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the 
program with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must also maintain an overall 
adjusted Grade Point Average of 2.0 or 
better. A student who falls below the 2.0 
GPS will be placed on "Suspension" for one 
quarter. If the student's GPA is not raised by 
the end of the next quarter, then the student 
will be dismissed from the program. 

5. The student must complete the Profes- 
sional coursework within three (3) consec- 
utive years from the date of their initial 
admission to the Medical Technology Pro- 
gram. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

(Hours 
A. General Requirements 96 
Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

i 



2 One course selected from ART 

200. 271.272. 273. ENG 222. 

MUS200; PHI 200 

Area II 20 

1 BIO 101 or 111 and 102 or 112 .. 10 
2. MAT 101,220 10 

Area III 20 

1 HIS 114, 115 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO201.PSY 101, SOC 

201 5 

Area IV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129,281 15 

2. Three courses selected from: CS 
110, 11 5; ZOO 208, 209; PHY 

21 2, 21 3 or science course 
approved by program director. ... 1 5 
Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 211 .... 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 1 03 

1. Upper Division Sequences 25 

BIO 351, 353 10 

CHE 341, 342, 380 15 

2. Professional Courses 78 

MT 31 0, 320, 330, 340. 350, 360. 
370, 380, 390, 420, 430, 440 

450, 460, 470, 480, 490 78 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 204 



OFFERINGS 

MT 310— Urinalysis and Body Fluids (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
chemical and microscopic constituents of 
urine and other body fluids and the clinical 
significance of the test results. 

MT 320— Clinical Microbiology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of pro- 
gram director. 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to 
disease. Major emphasis is placed on the iso- 
lation and identification of bacteria responsi- 
blefor human diseases. Also included is sensi- 
tivity testing and mycobacteriology. 

MT 330— Clinical Hematology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 



162 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



A qualitative and quantitative study of the 
formed elements of the blood. To include the 
complete blood count and specialized test 
procedures. This course will also include the 
basic principles of hemostasis and blood 
coagulation. 

MT 340— Clinical Immunohematology I 
(3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of basic immunohematologic prin- 
ciples and their application to the preparation 
and administration of whole blood and blood 
components. To include the selection and 
processing of donors, cross matching proce- 
dures, an antibody identification. 

MT 350— Clinical Chemistry I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380, 342 and MT 360 or 
permission of program director. 

A comprehensive study of the physiological 
principles, methodology and clinical signifi- 
cance of the biochemicals and elements 
found in the body fluids. 

MT 360— Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A basic study of the principles and operation 
of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
placed on the individual components and the 
inter-relationship of the components. Electron- 
ics will be included. 

MT 370— Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of the principles and procedures 
used in the isolation, identification and quanti- 
tation of diagnostically significant antigens 
and antibodies. 

MT 380— Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and 
laboratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 390— Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program 
or permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory 
isolation and identification of fungi that can 
invade humans. 



MT 400— Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of pro- 
gram director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology top- 
ics designed to meet the needs of the student. 
Credit will depend upon the work to be done. 
May be repeated up to 1 quarter hours. 

MT 420— Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
cal practicum and completion of MT 320. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of 
special topics in microbiology. 

MT 430— Clinical Hematology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
cal practicum and completion of MT 330. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of 
special topics in hematology. 

MT 440— Clinical Immunohematology II 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
cal practicum and completion of MT 340. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of 
special topics in immunohematology. 

MT 450— Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clini- 
cal practicum and completion of MT 350. 
Advanced level lecture presentations of 
special topics in clinical chemistry. 

MT 460— Clinical Practicum I (0-28-7) 

Prerequisite: Completion of respective MT 
courses. 

A structured clinical laboratory experience 
where the students integrate theory and appli- 
cation under supervision in the various areas 
of medical technology. This will provide time 
and facilities to allow the student to develop 
speed, confidence, and organization and to 
analyze and solve technical problems. 

MT 470— Clinical Practicum II (0-28-7) 

Continuation of MT 460. 

MT 480— Clinical Practicum III (0-32-8) 

Continuation of MT 470. 

MT 490— Management and Education 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Completion of MT 460 and MT 
470. 

Basic concepts of laboratory management, 
leadership and education. 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



163 



Radiologic Technologies 

Faculty 

Tilson. Elwin, Program Director 
Gibson, Sharyn 



Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive 
term that is applied to the science of adminis- 
tering ionizing radiation and other forms of 
energy to provide technical information and 
assistance to the physician in the diagnosis 
and treatment of diseases and injuries. This 
field offers four specific career specialities: 
radiography, nuclear medicine technology, 
radiation therapy technology and diagnostic 
medical sonography. At present, the Radio- 
logic Technologies Program offers an Asso- 
ciate Degree in the specialty area of 
radiography. 

Program Goals 

The specific goals of the Program are as 
follows: 

1 . To educate superlative clinicians. In addi- 
tion to mastering basic skills necessary to 
perform routine radiographic examinations, 
the Program's graduate will possess skills 
necessary to perform non-routine and 
special radiographic procedures. 

2. To expose the student to an in-depth anal- 
ysis of the art and science of radiography. 
The student will receive not only an indepth 
exposure to radiography but also to related 
natural and social sciences. 

3. To give the students a well rounded liberal 
arts education. In addition to the profes- 
sional component of the curriculum, the 
student receives a well rounded liberal arts 
exposure so that the student will be able to 
effectively integrate into the society. 

Insurance, Forms, Transportation 

Student radiographers participate in Clinical 
Education experiences at local hospitals and 
other community agencies and are responsi- 
ble for providing their own transportation. The 
Program requires students to submit a com- 
pleted health history form and evidence of lia- 
bility insurance priorto participating in Clinical 
Education. Specific information regarding 
these requirements will be distributed to can- 
didates admitted to the Program. 



Progression Requirements 

progression through the Program, the 
following must be maintained 
1 Science courses (ZOO 208. 209, 21 5, CHE 
201, CS 115, PHY 201, 202) 
a A passing grade in each course ("D*' or 

better). 
b A "C" or better in at least four of these 
courses. 

c. A student may repeat only one of these 
courses. 

d. Students who must repeat more than 
one science course because of grade of 
"F" will be suspended from the Program 

2. Radiography courses 

a. A "C" or better in each Radiography 
course. 

b. A student may repeat only one Radiog- 
raphy course. 

c. Students who must repeat more than 
one Radiography course will be dis- 
missed from the Program. 

3. The maintenance of an overall grade point 
average of 2.0 is required throughout the 
program. When a student falls below the 
adjusted GPA of 2.0, the student will be placed 
on probation, suspended, or dismissed after a 
review by the faculty of the Program. 

Attendance and Advanced Standing 

A student must matriculate each quarter, 
including Summer Quarter, to remain in the 
Program. If, because of illness or other exten- 
uating circumstances, a student needs to be 
away from school for a quarter, the student 
must seek formal approval from the Program 
Director for such an absence. If such approval 
is not sought and granted, the student will be 
dropped from active status and must reapply 
for admission before continuing in the 
Program. 

The Radiologic Technologies Program is 
committed to a philosophy of educational flex- 
ibility to meet the needs of the profession. Indi- 
viduals who are graduates of Certificate (hos- 
pital) Programs and individuals working in the 
profession who are not certified by the Ameri- 
can Registry of Radiologic Technologists may 
receive advanced standing by a process of 
exemption examinations and CLEP examina- 
tions. Please see the Program for details. 



164 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC 
TECHNOLOGIES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 38 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 5 

MAT 101 5 

Area III 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS 113 5 

Area IV 5 

CHE 201 5 

Area V 3 

Any three physical education 

credits 3 

Approved elective 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 64 

RAD 103, 104, 111, 112 

113, 114, 121, 122, 123 32 

RAD 200, 204, 205, 221,222, 
223,224,225 32 

C. Courses in Related Fields 30 

CS 1 1 5 5 

PHY 201, 202 8 

ZOO 208. 209, 215 15 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 130 

Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 103— Radiation Protection (2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program. 

This course is designed to give the radiog- 
raphy student an understanding of radiation 
protection methods and the effects of radiation 
exposure. Topics included will be measure- 
ment and protection methods for various types 
of radiation as well as a discussion of somatic 
and genetic effects. Emphasis will be given to 
NCRP recommendations. 

RAD 104— Principles of Radiographic 
Exposure (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program. 

Factors influencing radiologic quality and 
conditions influencing exposures are pre- 
sented. Attenuating devices, beam restricting 
devices, and accessory equipment are dem- 
onstrated. Technic charts and formation are 
vehicles for the application of the radiologic 
process. 



RAD 111— Radiographic Procedures I 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program. 

This course introduces the student to the 
basic theory and principles of radiographic 
procedures of the extremities, shoulder girdle, 
and pelvic girdle. Emphasis is placed on osteo 
anatomy, spatial relationships, patient posi- 
tioning, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the radiographic study. Basic 
medical terminology will be included. 

RAD 112— Radiographic Procedures II 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program and RAD 111. 

The theory and principles of radiographic 
examinations of the chest and abdomen are 
studied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic 
examinations of the visceral organs requiring 
the use of contrast media, spatial relation- 
ships, patient positioning, equipment manipu- 
lation, and quality evaluation of the study. 

RAD 113— Radiographic Procedures III 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program and RAD 112. 

The theory and principles of radiographic 
examinations of the spines, facial bones and 
cranium are studied. Emphasis is placed on 
the osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, 
patient positioning, equipment manipulation, 
and quality evaluation of the study. 

RAD 114— Radiographic Procedures IV 
(3.5-1.5-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program and RAD 113. 

The theory and principles of non-routine 
radiographic examinations are studied. Topics 
included are studies of the neurovascular sys- 
tem, central nervous system, heart, breast, 
reproductive organs, and additional non- 
routine examinations involving contrast media 
or specialized instrumentation. Emphasis will 
be given to preparation of special procedures 
suites, sterile technique, and utilization of spe- 
cialized equipment. 

RAD 121— Clinical Educaiton I (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the 
Program, permission of the instructor, and 
CPR certified. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to 
areas involving the field of radiology, and 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



165 



orientation to the clinical setting are pre- 
sented This is a supervised clinical practice in 
performing radiographic procedures, radiation 
protection, patient care, equipment orienta- 
tion, radiographic technique, darkroom proce- 
dures, and film quality evaluation Compe- 
tency evaluation of routine radiographic exam- 
inations is included 

RAD 122-Cllnical Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites RAD 121 and permission of 
the instructor 

This is a supervised clinical practice in per- 
forming radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
routine radiographic examinations. 

RAD 123 — Clinical Education III (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of 
the instructor. RAD 1 04 and RAD 1 1 3 must be 
taken as a corequisite or prerequisite. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
routine radiographic examinations. 

RAD 200— Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the 
Program. 

The student is introduced to basic nursing 
techniques as they relate to the patient in the 
Radiology Department. Topics included are 
psychological needs of patients, meeting 
physical requirements of patients, transporting 
and moving of patients, monitoring of patients, 
suctioning, catheterization, administration of 
injections, I.V. maintenance, and dealing with 
emergency medical situations. 

RAD 204— Advanced Radiographic 
Exposure (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 104. 

This course is a continuation of RAD 104. 
This is a more in-depth look at the factors 
influencing radiographic quality and condi- 
tions influencing exposures. Emphasis is 
given to specialized equipment and tech- 
niques, computer based imaging systems, and 
emerging modalities. 

RAD 205— Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testing 
and instrumentation, record keeping systems, 
and statistical analysis of equipment and 
supply usage. Emphasis will be given to testing 



procedures, QA program implementation, and 
federal government guidelines 

RAD 221— Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites RAD 123 and permission of 
the instructor 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations 

RAD 222— Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of 
instructor 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations 

RAD 223— Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of 
the instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 224— Clinical Education VII (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 223 and permission of 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 225— Clinical Education VIII (6-32-12) 

Prerequisites: Successful completion of all 
required Radiologic Technologies courses or 
permission of instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures and an 
exposure to various specialized areas within 
the profession of Radiologic Technology. 
Emphasis is placed on the competency eval- 
uation of radiographic examinations and dem- 
onstration of basic skills in various specialized 
areas within the profession. Course includes 
seminar in which pertinent professional topics 
and the transition from student to graduate 
technologist will be discussed. 



L 



166 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Respiratory Therapy 

Faculty 

Bowers, Ross. Department Head 

Di Benedetto, Robert, Medical Director 

Mazzoli. Andrew, Director of Clinical Education 

Smith, William 

Taft. Arthur 



For the two-year (seven consecutive quar- 
ters) program leading to the Associate in 
Science degree in Respiratory Therapy, the 
student must complete a curriculum of 61 
quarter hours in academic courses and 60 
quarter hours within the major. The AS. 
degree from an accredited Respiratory Ther- 
apy program qualifies the graduate for entry 
into the Registry credentialing system. The 
Registry is the highest professional credential 
available in the field of respiratory therapy. The 
credentialing process is a two-step nationally 
administered examination. Step 1 is a com- 
prehensive written exam to be taken shortly 
after graduation. The graduate who passes 
this exam will earn the entry level credential 
C.R.T.T. and will be eligible to enter the registry 
credentialing system. The registry exam con- 
sists of a written and a clinical simulation com- 
ponent. The candidate who passes both parts 
of the registry exam will earn the credential 
Registered Respiratory Therapist. It will take 
the candidate at least one year following gra- 
duation to complete the Registry. During the 
year following graduation the candidate must 
work at least 20 hours per week in a respiratory 
therapy department which has a Medical 
Director. 

Progression Requirements 

1 . A grade of *'C" or better must be earned in 
each core curriculum (academic) course. 
No more than one repeat grade per course 
will be acceptable. 

2. A grade of "C" or better must be earned in 
each Respiratory Therapy course. No more 
than one repeat grade per course will be 
acceptable. 

3. A Respiratoyr Therapy course in which the 
student makes a "D" or "F" must be 
repeated at its next offering. Because of 
curriculum structure, each Respiratory 
Therapy course is offered only one time per 
year. The student who must repeat a Respi- 



ratory Therapy course will be out of the 
program for three quarters until the course 
can be repeated 

4. If a student fails to make a "C" or better in 
any course that is repeated, this will be 
grounds for dismissal from the Respiratory 
Therapy Program. A student who has been 
dismissed from the program for any reason 
will not be eligible for readmission. 

5. An overall GPA of 2.0 or better is required to 
graduate from the Respiratory Therapy 
Program. 

Attendance Regulations 

A student must matriculate each succes- 
sive quarter to remain in the program. If the 
student needs to be away from school for a 
quarter the student must seek formal approval 
from the Program Director for such an 
absence. If approval is not sought and granted, 
the student will be dropped from active status 
and must reapply for admission to the Respira- 
tory Therapy major before continuing in the 
program. The student who applies for read- 
mission must meet the existing requirements 
of the program. 

Advanced Standing 

The Respiratory Therapy Program has a 
comprehensive advanced standing policy. 
The program utilizes transfer credit, credit by 
examination, and credit for developmental 
experiences as a mechanism for granting 
advanced standing. A maximum of 25 credit 
hours may be clepped in the A.S. degree pro- 
gram. The program maintains a philosophy of 
educational flexibility to meet the needs of the 
profession. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN 
RESPIRATORY THERAPY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 28 

1. ENG 101. 102 10 

2. MAT 101 5 

4. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

B. Pre-Professional Courses 33 

1. ZOO 208. 209, 211 13 

2. BIO 210 5 

3. CHE 201. 202 10 

4. One course selected from: ANT 
201,SOC201,orPSY101 5 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



167 



C Courses in Respiratory Therapy 60 

1 RT 101, 102, 103, 104, 105. 106, and 
107; HIS 110 34 

2 RT 201 , 202. 203, 204. 205. 206. 

and 207 27 

D Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 122 

OFFERINGS 

RT 101— Introduction to Respiratory 
Therapy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Direct admission into the 
Respiratory Therapy Program. 

An introductory course in the evolution of 
the respiratory therapy profession and the 
modern respiratory therapy department. The 
student will: study physical principles related 
to gases: manufacture and storage of medical 
gases; gas administration equipment; oxygen 
delivery systems; environmental control sys- 
tems; humidifiers; nebulizers; oxygen control- 
ling devices and oxygen analyzers. 

RT 102— Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is designed to give the student 
an in-depth look at drugs that directly affect 
the pulmonary system. During this course the 
student will study: routes of drug administra- 
tion, pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, 
mucokinesisandmucokinetic drugs, broncho- 
spasm and bronchodilators, cholinergic drugs, 
cromolyn sodium, corticosteroids, antibiotics, 
antitiberculan drugs, respiratory stimulants 
and depressants, anesthetics and neuromus- 
cular blockers. 

RT 103— Basic RT Skills I (3-10-5) 

Winters. Prerequisites: CHE 201 and RT 
101. 

This course is designed to develop clinical 
competence in administering basic respira- 
tory therapy. The student will study: CPR, 
infection control, cleaning and sterilization of 
RT equipment, aerosol therapy, aerosol gen- 
erators, post-op pulmonary complications, 
incentive spirometry, IPPB and basic patient 
monitoring skills. The student will be able to 
demonstrate clinical competence in each ther- 
apeutic modality. 

RT 104— Basic RT Skills II (3-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 201 , ZOO 208, 
RT103. 
This course is designed to develop addi- 



tional clinical competence in administering 
basic respiratory therapy The student will 
study chest physiotherapy/bronchial drain- 
age; suctioning technique, pulmonary rehabili- 
tation, artificial airways, airway management, 
intubation technique, weaning techniques and 
management of post extubation complica- 
tions. The student should be able to demon- 
strate clinical competence in each therapeutic 
modality 

RT 105— Diagnostic Techniques I (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites CHE 201. ZOO 208, 
RT103. 

This course is designed to introduce the 
student to techniques used to diagnose pul- 
monary and cardiovascular disease. The stu- 
dent will study: basic spirometry, tests 
designed to measure TLC, tests designed to 
diagnose early small airway disease, tests 
designed to diagnose diffusion abnormalities, 
ventilation/perfusion scans, angiograms, bron- 
choscopy and blood gases. 

RT 106— Pulmonary Medicine/Pathology 
(5-0-5) 

Summer. Prerequisites: ZOO 209. RT 105 
and/or permission of the instructor 

This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with the current state of the art in diagnos- 
ing and managing pulmonary abnormalities. 
The student will study the: etiology, epidemiol- 
ogy, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, 
diagnosis, complications, management and 
prognosis of pulmonary diseases. The student 
will observe slides and handle pathologic 
specimens during this course. The course will 
primarily be taught by leading physicians in the 
community. 

RT 107— Diagnostic Techniques II (0-16-2) 

Summer. Prerequisites: ZOO 209 and RT 
105. 

This course is designed to be the clinical 
component of RT 105. The student should be 
able to demonstrate clinical competence in 
the following respiratory skills: arterial stick, 
interpretation and management of blood gas 
abnormalities, interpretation of pulmonary 
function tests, bedside pulmonary function 
screening, preparation of a patient for bron- 
choscopy and cleaning/maintenance of a 
bronchoscope. 

RT 201— Critical Care Equipment (3-10-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 210 and RT 107 
and/or permission of instructor. 



168 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






This course is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with an in-depth look at the principles, 
assembly, operation and modification of criti- 
cal care equipment. The student will study: the 
functional analysis of mechanical ventilators, 
assembly and modification of ventilator cir- 
cuits, arterial lines, swan ganz catheters, 
transducers, oscilloscopes, spirometers, pneu- 
motachometers and alarm systems. The stu- 
dent should be able to demonstrate lab exper- 
tise with this equipment by the end of the 
course. 

RT 202— Patient Assessment (3-10-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 210 and RT 107 
and/or permission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to teach the student 
how to do a pulmonary physical exam on a 
patient. The student will study how to take a 
patient history, ausculatation, palpation and 
percussion of the chest wall. The student will 
also study lab exams and nonpulmonary 
assessment of the patient. The student should 
be able to demonstrate clinical competence in 
physical assessment by the end of this course. 

RT 203— Adult Critical Care I (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: ZOO 21 1 and RT 201 , 
202. 

This course is designed to focus on the care 
of the patient in the intensive care unit. The 
student will study patient monitoring, hemody- 
namic monitoring, ventilator management, 
and clinical management of diseases and 
conditions commonly seen in ICU. The stu- 
dent should be able to identify clinical signs of 
respiratory distress and respond appro- 
priately. The student should be able to demon- 
strate clinical competence in the ICU by the 
end of this course and RT 204. 

RT 204— Adult Critical Care II (0-16-2) 

Winter. Prerequisites: ZOO 21 1 and RT 201 , 
202. 

This course is designed to be the clinical 
component of RT 201 and 203. The student 
should be able to demonstrate clinical compe- 
tence in all aspects of intensive respiratory 
care by the end of this course. 

RT 205— Management of the Respiratory 
Care Department (2-0-2) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 202, RT 203, 204 
or by permission of the instructor. 

This course is designed to introduce the 
student to basic management responsibilities 
within the respiratory care department. The 



student will study: JCAH guidelines, quality 
control/audit, staffing/scheduling problems, 
evaluation systems, communicaton/interview- 
ing skills, budget preparations, and how to do 
time and motion studies. The student should 
be able to demonstrate competence in han- 
dling clinical simulation problems by the end of 
this course. 

RT 206— Pediatrics and Neonatal Care I 
(4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 202, RT 203, 
204. 

This course is designed to focus on pulmo- 
nary problems commonly seen in the pediatric 
patient and the high risk newborn. The student 
will study: development of the fetus, anatomic 
differences between the fetus and newborn 
infant, problems associated with delivery, eval- 
uation of the fetus in utero and following deliv- 
ery, pulmonary diseases associated with the 
newborn infant and their management. The 
student will also study equipment commonly 
used in the care of the pediatric and neonatal 
patient. 

RT 207— Pediatrics and Neonatal Care II 
(0-24-3) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 202, RT 203. 
204. 

This course is designed to be the clinical 
compoent of RT 206. The student should be 
able to demonstrate clinical competence in all 
aspects of pediatric and neonatal care by the 
end of this course. 



FACULTY ROSTERS 



Permanent, Full-Time Members of the 
Teaching Corps or Administrative Staff 

(This list includes only individuals who enjoy 
faculty voting privileges. The number in paren- 
theses after the names represents the initial 
year of employment at Armstrong State 
College.) 

Adams, Joseph V. (1970) 

Dean of Arts and Sciences 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Alabama 

M.A., Baylor University 

B.A., Tennessee Temple College 



FACULTY 



169 



Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed.. University of Georgia 
B.S.. Armstrong State College 

Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

Associate Professor Elementary Education 
Ed D., University of Georgia 
MA, University of Georgia 
A.B.. Johnson C. Smith University 

Anderson, Donald D. (1966) 

Dean for Community Services 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D.. Auburn University 
MA, George Peabody College 
B.S.. Georgia Southern College 

Arens, Olavl (1974) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., Columbia Unviersity 
M.A., Columbia University 
A B , Harvard University 

Babits, Lawrence E. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of History and Archaeology 
Ph.D., Brown University 
M.A., University of Maryland 
B.A., University of Maryland 

Ball. Ardella P. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.S., Atlanta University 

A.B., Fisk University 

Barnard, Jane T. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science 

M.S., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D.. University of Florida 
M.Ed., State University of New York 
B.S.. Savannah State College 

Bell, Dorothy G. (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., Emory University 
B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia 

Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
B.S., University of Dayton 



Blalock, Virginia R. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Elementary Education 

S.Ed.. Florida State University 

MA , Columbia University 

B.A.. Savannah State College 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 

B.S.. Georgia State College 

MHS, Armstrong State College 

Brewer, John G. (1968) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.. University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Brockmeler, Krlstlna C. (1981) 

Instructor of Library Science 
M.S., Florida State University 
MA, Vanderbilt University 
B.A., University of Virginia 

Brooks, S. Kent (1976) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D.. George Washington University 
M.Ph., George Washington University 
M.A., University of Texas 
B.A., University of Texas 

Brower, Moonyean S. (1967) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
M.A., University of Massachusetts 
B.S., University of Massachusetts 

Brown, George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
M.S.S.W.. Atlanta University 
B.S.W., Armstrong State College 
A.B., Armstrong State College 

Brown, Hugh R. (1968) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
MAT., St. Michaels College 
B.S.. Xavierof Ohio 

Buck, Joseph A., Ill (1968) 

Vice President for Student Affairs and 
Development 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., Florida State University 
B.A.. Auburn University 

Buck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.N. . Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. . Boston University 



170 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Burgess, Clifford V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., George Peabody 
A.B., Mercer University 

Burnett, Robert A. (1978) 

President 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Wofford College 

Burroughs, Nelda F. (1981) 

Instructor of Library Science 

MA, University of South Carolina 
B.A., North Carolina Central University 

Butler, Frank A. (1985) 

Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic 
B.S.E.S., University of Miami 

Campbell, Michael (1984) 

D.A., Ball State University 
M.A., Trenton State College 
B.S., Lebanon Valley College 

Cochran, John H., Jr. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Atlanta University 
B.A., Paine College 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Fordham College 

Cottrell, Ellen (1976) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.A., Agnes Scott College 

Coursey, Teresa (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
B.S., West Liberty State College 

Coyle, William E. (1957) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Georgetown University 
A.B., Emory University 

Cyphert, Daniel S. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.S., Vanderbilt University 
B.S., Case Institute of Technology 



Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Head of Development Studies Department 
Associate Professor of Reading 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

M.Ed., Temple University 

B.S., Millersville State College 

David, Marilee (1984) 

DM., Indiana University 
MM., University of Illinois 
B.M., University of Illinois 

Douglass, W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
M.A., Syracuse University 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Duncan, John D. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Emory University 

M.A., University of South Carolina 

B.S., College of Charleston 

Dutko, Kathleen (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.A., New York University 
B.S.N., Niagara University 

Ealy, Steven D. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
B.A., Furman University 

Easterling, William L. (1968) 

Professor of French and Spanish 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Middlebury College 
B.S., Western Carolina 
Diplome, Sorbonne 

Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Evans, Patricia A. (1983) 

Instructor of Health Information Management 
B.S., Florida International University 

Findels, John (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

Fleming, Caroline (1977) 

Instructor of Dental Hygiene 
B.S., Armstrong State College 
A.S., Midland Technical College 



FACULTY 



171 



Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M Ed , Georgia Southern College 
BS.Wmthrop College 

Fox, Lynne (1984) 

Instructor of Library Science 
MLS. University of Michigan 
B.A.. University of Colorado 

Galloway, Herbert F. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Secondary Education 
Ed.D , University of Georgia 
M.Ed.. University of Georgia 
MM., Florida State University 
B.M.. Florida State University 

Geoffroy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S.. University of South Carolina 
B. A. , Westfield State College 

Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Instructor of Radiologic Technologies 
B.S., St. Joseph's College 
A. A., Armstrong State College 

Gill, Gloria (1979) 

Instructor of Physical Education 
M.A., University of Alabama 
B.S.. Middle Tennessee State University 

Gottfried, Bradley M. (1984) 

Head of Biology Department 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., Miami University 
M.S.. Western Illinois University 
B.A., West Chester State College 

Gross, Jimmie (1967) 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.D. Southern Theological 
B.A., Baylor University 

Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Louisiana State University 

Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 



Harbin, Mickie S. (1981) 

■matics and 
Con ; 

Ph D . University of Texas (Arlington) 
M A , University of Texas (Arlington) 
B A , University of Texas (Arlington) 

Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.Ed , Georgia State University 
B.S.. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D.. Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 

Harris, Karl D. (1976) 

Assistant Profesor of English 
M.A., University of Tennessee 
B.A., Carson-Newman College 

Harris, Robert L. (1981) 

Associate Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Washington 
MM., University of the Pacific 
B.M., University of the Pacific 

Hepner, Freddie S. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Armstrong State College 

Hough, Bonny E. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
Ph.D., Washington University 
M.M., Washington University 
B.A., Pomona College 

Hudson, Anne L. (1971) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S., Tulane University 
B.A.. Hollms College 

Hunnicutt, George S. (1969) 

Registrar 

M.S.. East Tennessee State University 
B.S., East Tennessee State University 



172 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Appalachian State University 

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.S.. University of Georgia 

Johanning, Gary (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
B.S., University of Missouri 

Jones, Gerald A. (1984) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 
M.S.. Mississippi State University 
B.A.E., Mississippi State University 

Jones, James Land (1968) 

Professor of English and Philosophy 
Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., University of Tulsa 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., University of Virginia 

Kilhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Purdue University 
M.Ed., Washington State University 
B.S., Elizabethtown College 

Killorin, Joseph I. (1947) 

Professor of Literature and Philosophy 
Ph.D., Columbia University 
M.A., Columbia University 
B.A., St. John's College 

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 
B.S.. University of Tennessee (Chattanooga) 

Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.. University of Georgia 
B.S.. University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.A.. LaGrange College 



Lariscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Lawson, Cornelia V. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Arkansas 

M.A., University of Southern Mississippi 

B.S., Florida State University 

Lee, Byung Moo (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Yon Sei University 

Levett, Nettie M. (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N.. Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Florida A & M University 

Magnus, Robert E. (1972) 

Director of Criminal Justice Graduate Program 

Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., Mississippi State University 
B.G.E., University of Omaha 

Martin, Grace B. (1980) 

Head of Psychology Department 
Assistant Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 

Martin, William B. (1980) 

Instructor of English 
M.A., Duke University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Massey, Carole M. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

Mazzoli, Andrew J. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Medical University of South Carolina 
B.S.. State University of New York Medical 
Center 

McCarthy, John C, Jr. (1962) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.B.A., University of Georgia 
B.B.A., University of Miami 



FACULTY 



173 



McClanahan, Billie F. (1978) 

Assistant Profesor of English 
M A , University of Georgia 
B.A.. Armstrong State College 

McCracken, Thomas C. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.A.L.S.. University of Denver 
B S.. Florida State University 

Megathlin, William L. (1971) 

Head of Government Department 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D.. University of Georgia 

M.Ed.. University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 

Meredith, James R. (1983) 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
M.S., University of Southern California 
B.S.. United States Military Academy 

Miller, Mary (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Virginia 

Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Rutgers University 
M.S., Rutgers Unviersity 
B.A., Houghton College 

Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
J.D., University of Florida 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.A., University of Florida 

Nash, Charles R. (1979) 

Dean of Education 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., University of Southern Mississippi 
B.S.Ed., Jackson State College 

Newberry, S.Lloyd (1968) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Newman, John F. (1968) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Florida 
M.A., Georgetown University 
B.A., University of Maryland 



Noble, David (1969) 

Associate Professor of German and Latin 

PhD. McGill University 

A M , Boston University 

A.B.. Boston University 

Diploma Litterarum Latmarum. Pontificia 

Universitas Gregonana 

Nordquist, Richard F. (1980) 

Instructor of English 

MA, University of Leicester 
B.A.. State University of New York 

Norsworthy. Gary (19800 
Dean, Coastal Georgia Center 

Ph.D.. Florida State University 

M.A., Florida State University 

B.A., Florida State University 

Norwich, Vicki H. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Middle Tennessee State University 

Palefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Psychology 
Ed.S., Georgia Southern College 
Ed.M., Temple University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Parsons, Dennis E. (1982) 

Director of Health Science Program 
Professor of Health Science 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.A., Union College 

B.S.. Union College 

Patchak, Jane A. (1974) 

Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
MA. Western Michigan University 
B.A., Central Michigan University 

Patterson, Robert L. (1966) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., University of Kentucky 
B.A.. Kentucky Wesleyan 

Pingel, Allen L. (1969) 

Professor Biology 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
MAT., University of North Carolina 
B.A.. University of North Carolina 

Pruden, George B., Jr., (1982) 

Assistant Professor of History 
Ph.D., American University 
M.A., American University 
M.Ed.. University of South Carolina 
B.A., Wake Forest 



174 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Raymond, Richard (1983) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Miami University 
M.A., University of Wyoming 
B.A., University of Wyoming 

Repella, James F. (1976) 

Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., Unviersity of Pennsylvania 
B.S.Ed., Temple University 

Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
M.A., University of Oregon 
B.A., University of Oregon 

Richters, Stephen P. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
Ph.D., Brown University 
M.S., Brown University 
B.S., Vassar College 

Robbins, Paul (1966) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Robinson, Aurelia D. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Education 
D.Ed., University of Oklahoma 
M.A., Atlanta University 
A.B., Spelman College 

Roth, Lorie (1983) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Kent State University 
M.A., Kent State University 
B.A., Kent State University 

Roesel, Rosalyn L. (1984) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., North Texas State University 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

Russell, Carol (1977) 

Instructor of Dental Hygiene 
B.S., Armstrong State College 
AS., Armstrong State Colege 

Satterfield, Nell B. (1969) 

Associate Professor of Sociology 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee 
A.B., University of North Carolina 



Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Assistant Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Ohio University 
B.F.A , Carnegie-Mellon University 

Schmitz, Catherine (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Rush University 
B.S.N., Duke University 

Shipley, Charles (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 
M.A., University of North Dakota 
B.A., University of North Dakota 

Silcox, Elaine (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.S.N., University of Florida 

Simon, Emma T. (1974) 

Head of Dental Hygiene Department 
Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 

M.H.E., Medical College of Georgia 

B.S., Armstrong State College 

Sims, Roy J. (1955) 

Head of Physical Education Department 
Professor of Physical Education 

Ed.D., Louisiana State University 

M.S., University of Tennessee 

B.S., David Lipscomb College 

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.', Armstrong State College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

Instructor of Respiratory Therapy 

B.S., Medical University of South Carolina 

Stegall, John L. (1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
M.B.A., University of Georgia 
B.S., Indiana State University 

Stephens, Jacquelyn W. (1979) 

Professor of Elementary Education 
Ed.D., University of Oklahoma 
M.S., Illinois State University 
B.S., Savannah State College 



FACULTY 



175 



Stevens, Linda B. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Special Educaiton 
Ed.D.. University of Florida 
M S , University of Southern Mississippi 
B S , University of Southern Mississippi 

Stokes, William W. (1967) 

Head of Secondary Education Department 
Professor of Education 

Ed.D.. University of Florida 

M.Ed.. University of Florida 

B A , University of Flordia 

Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D.. Emory University 
MA., Purdue University 
A.B.. Randolph-Macon Woman's College 

Stratton, Cedric (1965) 
Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of London 

D O - M~**: I I I-:. ■*■■ ■ 

Strozier, Robert I. (1965) 

Head of Language. Literature, and 

Dramatic Arts Department 
Professor of English 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.A.. Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

Suchower, John (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Drama-Speech 
M.A., University of Detroit 
B.A.. Fairfield University 

Taft, Arthur (1982) 

Instructor of Respiratory Therapy 
B.A., University of Texas 

Tanenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S.. Medical College of Georgia 

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959) 

Professor of Physical Educaiton 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
B.S., University of Tennessee 

Thorne, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Stetson University 



Tilson, Elwln R. (1982) 

Director of Radiologic Technologies Program 

Assistant Professor of Radiologic Technologies 

M S , San Francisco State University 

B S . Arizona State University 

Timberlake. Sara E. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

MSN . Medical College of Georgia 
B S N , Medical College of Georgia 

Ward, Paul E. (1968) 

Head of Elementary Education Department 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D , University of Georgia 
M.Ed.. University of Georgia 
B.S., Georgia Teachers College 

Warlick, Roger K. (1970) 

Head of History Department 
Professor of History 

Ph.D., Boston University 

B.A., Arizona State University 

Welsh, JohnA., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Davidson College 

White, Charles C, Jr. (1963) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A.. Southern Illinois University 
B.S.. East Carolina University 

White, Susan S. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Speech Correction 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Winthrop College 

White, Virginia (1966) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ed.D.. University of Georgia 
MAT., Emory University 
A.B.. Vanderbilt University 

Whiten, Morris L. (1970) 

Professor of Physics 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B S . University of Georgia 

Williamson, Jane B. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed.. Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N. . University of Georgia 

Worthington, Clarke S. (1967) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Northern Illinois University 
B.A., University of Arizona 



176 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Teaching Associates 

Smith, Pamela E. (1984) 

Teaching Associate biology 
B.S., Armstrong State College 



Emeriti Faculty 

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983) 

Professor of English Emerita 

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982) 

President Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1959-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982) 

Professor of History Emerita 

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Lubs, Margaret (1948-1978) 

Professor of Languages Emerita 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Persse, Harry (1952-1981) 

Professor of Music Emeritus 

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

Professor of Education Emeritus 

Stanfield, Jule (1952-1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
Emerita 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 




Armstrong 

State 
College 



1985-1986 
GRADUATE CATALOG 



11935 ABERCORN STREET 

SAVANNAH, GEORGIA 

31419—1997 



178 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Special Note to Readers 

This Table of Contents applies only to the 
graduate section of this merged catalog. A 
separate Table of Contents in the Undergrad- 
uate Section applies to undergraduate con- 
tents. The Index applies only to graduate 
contents. 

Contents 

History, Purpose, Programs 1 78 

Graduate Admissions 1 79 

Graduate Academic Regulations 1 83 

Graduate Fees 1 86 

Graduate Degree Requirements 1 87 

Graduate Degree Programs 1 89 

Graduate Faculty 225 

Graduate Index 227 



Departmental Coordinators 

Biology Gottfried, Bradley 

Chemistry Harris, Henry 

Education-Elementary Ward, Paul 

Education-Physical Sims, Roy 

Education-Secondary Stokes, William 

English Strozier, Robert 

Government 

Criminal Justice Magnus, Robert 

Political Science McCarthy, John 

Health Science Parsons, Dennis 

History & Political Science . . . Warlick, Roger 
Mathematics Vacant 



History 

The development of graduate education at 
Armstrong State College is linked to a history 
of graduate course offerings in Savannah 
which has involved several institutions of the 
University System of Georgia. Prior to 1968, 
only off-campus extension courses from the 
University of Georgia and other institutions 
were offered in Savannah. In the summer of 
1 968, Savannah State College began offering 
courses in residence for their new master's 
degree in elementary education. This program 
was accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and was approved by 
the Georgia State Board of Education. 

In the Fall of 1 971 , Armstrong State College 



and Savannah State College joined efforts to 
offer a joint program of graduate work. The 
combined faculties, library holdings, and facili- 
ties of the Colleges made possible the expan- 
sion of the graduate program to include a Mas- 
ter of Business Administration Degree Program; 
to add secondary options in the Master of 
Education degree program; and to supersede 
most of the off-campus courses offered in 
Savannah by other institutions. This Joint 
Graduate Studies Program of Savannah State 
College and Armstrong State College was fully 
accredited by the Southern Association of Col- 
leges and Schools, with its degree programs in 
education approved by the Georgia State 
Department of Education. 

Effective Fall, 1 979, the Joint Graduate Stud- 
ies Program was terminated by action of the 
Board of Regents, and Armstrong was autho- 
rized to continue its graduate offerings with a 
significant modification. All business adminis- 
tration programs, courses, and faculty were 
transferred to Savannah State College, and 
simultaneously, all teacher education pro- 
grams, courses, and faculty were transferred 
to Armstrong State College. 

In Winter, 1 981 , the Master of Health Science 
program was established. In Fall, 1981, the 
Master of Science degree with a major in Crim- 
inal Justice was approved by the Board of 
Regents. The graduate course work for the MS 
in Criminal Justice Program was initiated in the 
Fall quarter 1982. Specialist in Education De- 
gree programs in ^Elementary, Special, and 
Secondary Education were approved during 
Summer 1 984, effective Fall 1 984. The gradu- 
ate program leading to an M.A. in History was 
initiated in the Spring Quarter, 1985. 

Purpose 

The Graduate Program of Armstrong State 
College is dedicated to service through educa- 
tional programs, community involvement, and 
to faculty and student research, scholarship 
and creativity. By offering advanced prepara- 
tion to those who serve in the schools and in 
other professional activities, the program con- 
tributes to the development of professional 
people, and through them, to the well being of 
those whom these professionals serve. The 
philosophy of the Graduate Program affirms 
the dignity and worth of individuals and the 
realization that professional men and women 
must be productive, articulate, and pro-active. 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



179 



Degree Programs 

The following degrees are offered by the 
College 

Master of Arts in History with concentrations 
in: 

American History 

European History 

Historic Preservation 
Master of Education with majors in: 

Biology (Deactivated) 

Business Education 

Chemistry (Deactivated) 

Early Elementary Education 

English 

General Science Education 

History (Deactivated) 

Mathematics 

Middle School Education 

Physical Education 

Political Science (Deactivated) 

Social Studies 

Special Education— Behavior Disorders 

Special Education— Learning Disabilities 

Special Education— Speech/Language 
Pathology 
(English is available as an option without 
teacher-certification requirements.) 
Master of Health Science with options in: 

Administration 

Computer Science 

Education 

Health Education 

Public Policy 
Master of Science in Criminal Justice 
Specialist in Education with majors in: 

Behavior Disorders 

Early Elementary Education 

English 

Learning Disabilities 

Middle School Education 

Science 

Social' Studies 

ADMISSIONS 



undergraduate course requirements, or other 
requirements for degree-seeking students Re- 
fer to the departmental sections for specific 
information on these requirements 

General requirements for degree-seeking 
students include the following: applicants for 
all Master of Education programs must provide 
satisfactory scores on either the General Test 
of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or 
the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). Satisfactory 
undergraduate grades must be presented by 
all degree-seeking students Applicants for the 
Master of Health Science program must pro- 
vide satisfactory scores on either the Gradu- 
ate Record Exam (GRE), the Graduate Man- 
agement Admissions Test (GMAT), or the 
Miller Analogies Test (MAT). Applicants for the 
MS Degree in Criminal Justice must provide a 
satisfactory score on the General Test of the 
Graduate Record Exam (GRE) or the Miller 
Analogies Test (MAT). Applicants for the MA. 
Degree in History must provide satisfactory 
scores on both the Aptitude and the History 
Subject Tests of the Graduate Record Exam 
(GRE). 

Admission to some programs may require 
satisfactory scores on either the appropriate 
Specialty Area of the NTE or the appropriate 
Subject Test of the GRE. For details of such 
requirements, consult the appropriate depart- 
mental entry in the Catalog or the Department 
Head. 

Applicationsforthe above examinations are 
usually available at the College and will be 
given to students who come to the College to 
obtain them. Students who wish to write for an 
application form or to submit an application for 
the GRE or GMAT should contact: Educational 
Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. 
Students who wish to take the MAT should 
contact the appropriate Dean's office. Stu- 
dents should request that their test scores be 
sent to the Graduate Admissions Office, Arm- 
strong State College, Savannah, Georgia 
31406. 



Requirements— Masters Level 

Applicants desiring admission on a degree- 
seeking status must present satisfactory under- 
graduate academic records and satisfactory 
scores on appropriate admissions examina- 
tions. Some of the graduate degree programs 
have specialized test requirements, specified 



Categories of Admission 
Regular Degree Status 
Definition 

Regular Admission means that a student 
has met all admission requirements and is 
admitted to a degree program with full gradu- 
ate status. 



180 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Requirements 

A student who has earned a baccalaureate 
degree from an accredited college, who has 
completed all of the prerequisites for his 
planned graduate field of study, and who 
meets the other requirements of the Graduate 
Program may be admitted on Regular Admis- 
sion status. These requirements include min- 
imum undergraduate grade-point averages in 
combination with certain minimum test scores. 

For M.Ed, programs, a minimum GPA of 2.5 
and a minimum test score of 44 on the MAT or 
800 on the GRE Aptitude examination are 
required. 

For the M.H.S. program, a minimum GPA of 
2.5, and a minimum test score of 800 on the 
GRE, 450 on the GMAT, and 40 on the MAT 
are required. For further information, consult 
with the Director of the Health Science 
Program. 

For the Criminal Justice program, a min- 
imum GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of 
either 900 on the aptitude tests of the GRE or 
51 on the MAT. For further information consult 
with the Head of the Department of Criminal 
Justice. 

For the M.A. in History program, a minimum 
GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in history courses) 
and GRE scores of 1000 in the Aptitude and 
500 in the History Subject Tests are required. 
For further information, consult with the coor- 
dinator of the History Graduate Program. 

Degree programs providing teacher certifi- 
cation have other admission requirements, 
including: (1) a recommendation from the 
school in which a student has been employed 
as a teacher or has completed a student 
internship, and (2) eligibility for fourth level cer- 
tification in the field of study. (For further infor- 
mation on admission to certification programs, 
consult the Office of the Dean of Education.) 



Provisional Degree Status 
Definition 

Provisional Admission means that a student 
has applied for admission to a degree program 
and has some condition affecting his status 
such as low grades or test scores. The student 
is admitted to a degree program but must meet 
certain conditions before achieving full gradu- 
ate status (i.e., Regular Admission). 



Requirements 

For Provisional Admission, a student must 
hold a baccalaureate degree and meet the 
other admission requirements of the Graduate 
Program. These requirements include mini- 
mum undergraduate grade point averages in 
combination with certain minimum test scores. 

For the Master of Education programs, stu- 
dents who fail to meet Regular may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to the fol- 
lowing formulas: 

(GPA x 1 00) + (MAT x 1 0) = 560 or more 
(GPA x 1 00) + (GRE General) = 1 000 or 

more 

In no case, however, may the GPA be less 
than 2.2, the MAT less than 27, or the GRE less 
than 700. 

For the M.H.S. (and criminal justice pro- 
grams), students who fail to meet Regular 
Admission score requirements may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to estab- 
lished formulas. 

For the M.A. in History program, the min- 
imum GRE requirement for Provisional Admis- 
sion is 800 for the Aptitude and 450 for the 
History Subject Test. The GPA requirement is 
2.5 overall and 2.75 in history. For further 
information, consult with the coordinator of the 
History Graduate Program. 

For area test scores required by any depart- 
ment, see the appropriate departmental entry. 

Additional Stipulations for 
Provisional Admission 

As with Regular Admission, recommenda- 
tion forms and other aspects of the Admis- 
sions Procedures must be adhered to. 

Provisionally admitted students may be re- 
quired to remove any specific deficiencies that 
are ascertained by taking undergraduate sup- 
porting courses before these students are 
allowed to attempt graduate courses within the 
program to which they have been admitted. 
Students may remain admitted on a provi- 
sional basis until they have attempted 15 
hours of approved graduate work in residence. 
If they satisfactorily complete the initial, 
approved 15 hours of graduate work with no 
grade less than a "B"— of which 1 hours must 



GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 



181 



be in the professional sequence— and submit 
the NTE Specialty test score, if required, these 
students may submit a written request to move 
into Regular status 

Upon satisfying the NTE Specialty test 
score, if required, and upon completing 25 
hours of approved course work in residence 
with a "B" average of better, of which 1 5 hours 
must be in the major field of study, any provi- 
sionally admitted student will be eligible for 
Regular status. If the student does not have a 
"B'* average or better upon completing these 
25 hours of course work, he or she will be 
dropped as a degree-seeking student and 
prohibited from enrolling in further graduate 
courses 

Post Baccalaureate and 
Post Graduate— Non-degree 
Status 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate ad- 
mission are provided for those students who 
may not wish to pursue a graduate degree, 
including teachers whose main purpose is to 
obtain credits necessary for teacher certifica- 
tion and/or for students who may desire to 
enter a degree program but who have missing 
data. Requirements for Post Baccalaureate 
Admission include documentary evidence of a 
baccalaureate degree and submission of nec- 
essary application papers. The student must 
also have to meet specific prerequisites to 
enroll in courses in certain departments. Post 
Graduate Admission requirements are the same 
except that a graduate degree is required. 

No more than fifteen graduate hours earned 
while enrolled as a Post Graduate or Post 
Baccalaureate student may be applied toward 
a master's degree. 

A student admitted on non-degree status 
who wishes to be advanced to a degree status 
category of admission bears the responsibility 
for: 

1 . Meeting all requirements for degree status 
which are in effect at the time the student 
submits the required data and documents 
for degree status. 

2. Notifying the appropriate Dean in writing of 
the intent and desire to advance to degree 
status. 

Action by the Dean to advance a non-degree 
student to a degree status category is contin- 
gent on the student meeting the above respon- 



sibilities, and the student is cautioned to main- 
tain a careful check on his or her status 

Transient Students Entering 
Armstrong 

Transient students must arrange to have 
written authorization sent to the appropriate 
Dean from their dean, department head, or 
registrar at the graduate school in which they 
are enrolled in order to be accepted as a tran- 
sient student and to register in the Graduate 
Program. They must also submit the applica- 
tion for admission form and the $10 fee as 
described in the Admission Procedures. If they 
wish to become degree-seeking students, 
they must request appropriate admission in 
writing and must submit the necessary docu- 
ments. 



Readmission 

Any student in the Graduate Program who 
did not matriculate (i.e., register) during the 
quarter immediately preceding the quarter in 
which he next intends to matriculate must pro- 
cess a readmission form with the Registrar's 
Office. The only students exempted from this 
requirement are those students who are initially 
admitted for graduate study in the quarter im- 
mediately preceding the quarter of their first 
matriculation. For further information, inquire 
at the Office of the Registrar 

Procedures 

All admission documents should be sent to 
the Graduate Admissions Office. These include 
the application and the ten dollar fee. Tran- 
scripts should reach the Graduate Admissions 
Office twenty days prior to registration. 

The following materials and procedures are 
part of the requirements for admission to the 
Graduate Program. 

1 . The application-for-admission form, avail- 
able in the offices of the Deans, must be 
completed and submitted. Required of all 
applicants twenty days prior to registration. 

2. Two official transcripts showing all college 
credits earned for the undergraduate de- 
gree should be sent directly from the college 
which awarded the degree to the appropri- 
ate Dean's office. Required of all applicants 
except transient students who may submit 



182 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



letter of authorization from their graduate 
school twenty days prior to registration. 

3. Test scores, as appropriate and as required 
for the major, must be submitted. Required 
of degree-seeking students only. 

4. Completed recommendation forms must 
be submitted; these forms are available in 
the appropriate Dean's office. For appli- 
cants entering teacher certification pro- 
grams, at least one recommendation must 
be from supervisory personnel who ob- 
served the student in a teaching internship 
or as an employed teacher. These recom- 
mendations are required of degree-seeking 
students only. 

5. A ten dollar application fee is required of all 
students. 

Admission to graduate study does not imply 
automatic acceptance of the student as a 
candidate for any Master's degree. See sec- 
tion on candidacy for degree. 



Requirements for Admission 
to Specific Programs 



(a) the undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the score on the 
General Test of the GRE equals 1 050, 
or 

(b) the undergraduate grade point aver- 
age (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
1 00 and added to the Miller Analogies 
Test (MAT) score multiplied by 10 
equals 650. 

In no event may the undergraduate grade 
point average (last 90/60 hours) be less than 
2.2, the score on the General Test of the GRE 
be less than 750. or the score on the Miller 
Analogies Test be less than 37. 

Education (MEd) 

Students entering the early elementary, mid- 
dle school, physical, secondary and the special 
education programs must satisfy all general 
admission requirements of the Graduate Pro- 
gram. Students in MEd certification programs 
in early elementary, middle school, physical 
education, secondary education, and speech 
and language pathology must also be eligible 
for fourth level (NT4) certification in the intend- 
ed master's level teaching field. 



Criminal Justice (M.S.) 

While an undergraduate degree in criminal 
justice is not a prerequisite to admission, it is 
essential that each student pursuing the M.S. 
in Criminal Justice have adequate prepara- 
tion. Therefore, students who lack the neces- 
sary background may be required to complete 
additional undergraduate coursework. 

Students entering the M.S. in Criminal Jus- 
tice Program must meet the general require- 
ments of the College and the following: 

For Regular Admission— Students must 
have earned a minimum of 2.5 undergraduate 
grade point average on all work attempted dur- 
ing the last 90 quarter hours (or 60 semester 
hours), and must present a minimum score of 
either 

(a) 900 on the General Test of the Grad- 
uate Record Examination (GRE), or 

(b) 51 on the Miller Analogies Test(MAT). 
For Provisional Admission— If students fail 

to meet either the minimum undergraduate 
grade point average or entrance test require- 
ments for Regular admission they may be 
considered for Provisional admission if either 



Business Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Busi- 
ness Education must meet the general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program 
and must take and make a minimum score of 
560 on the Business Education Specialty Area 
Test of the National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE). Students may be provisionally admitted 
to the program if their Business Education 
Specialty Area Test of the NTE is not less than 
540. 

Science Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Sci- 
ence Education must meet the general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program 
and must take the Science Education Spe- 
cialty Area Test of the National Teacher Exam- 
inations (NTE) in order to qualify for degree- 
seeking status. 

English (MEd) 

All students entering the MEd program in 
English must present, in addition to the general 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



183 



requirements, the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion Subject Test in Literature in English, al- 
though no minimum score is prescribed. 

Health Science (MHS) 

Students entering the MHS program must 
meet the general admission requirements of 
the Graduate Program and must score 800 on 
the Graduate Record Exam or 450 on the 
Graduate Management Admission Test or 40 
on the Miller Analogies Test. 

History (M.A.) 

Students entering the M.A. program in His- 
tory must satisfy all general admission require- 
ments of the Graduate Program and the fol- 
lowing: 

For Regular Admission 

(a) 35 hours of undergraduate history 

(b) GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in history) 

(c) GRE Aptitude Test score of 1000 

(d) GRE History Subject Test score of 
500 

For Provisional Admission: 

(a) 25 hours of undergraduate history 

(b) GPA of 2.5 overall (2.75 in history) 

(c) GRE Aptitude Test score of 800 

(d) GRE History Subject Test score of 
450 

For specific prerequisite courses in history 
or historic preservation see the department 
description of the program. 



In order for a Provisionally Admitted student 
to gain Regular Status without passing the 
departmental entrance examination, the stu- 
dent must satisfy the general requirements of 
the Graduate School, including the stipulation 
that the first 25 graduate hours must be com- 
pleted with at least a *'B" average, and that at 
least 15 of these hours must be in approved 
mathematics courses. 



ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 



Student Responsibility- 
Masters Level 

The student is charged with the responsibil- 
ity for taking the initiative in meeting all aca- 
demic requirements and in maintaining a care- 
ful check on progress toward earning a degree. 
The student is responsible for discharging 
obligations to the business office and the li- 
brary and for adhering to the rules and regula- 
tions appertaining to graduate students in par- 
ticular and to all students enrolled in a unit of 
the University System of Georgia. It is the stu- 
dent's responsibility to abide by catalog re- 
quirements. A student's claim that he or she 
has been granted an exception to these re- 
quirements must be documented before the 
merits of the claim can be evaluated. 



Mathematics (MEd) 

All students entering the MEd program in 
mathematics must satisfy all general admis- 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program, 
must take the NTE Specialty Area Test in 
Mathematics or the GRE Subject Test in Math- 
ematics, and must satisfy a prerequisite of 25 
quarter hours of college mathematics at or 
beyond the level of calculus, in order to obtain 
degree-seeking status. 

To gain Regular Admission, a student must 
obtain a minimum score of 580 on the NTE 
Specialty Area Test or 520 on the GRE Subject 
Test. No minimum is required for Provisional 
Admission. Students whose scores on the 
NTE Specialty Area Test or the GRE Subject 
Test are too low for Regular Admission can 
also gain Regular Admission by passing a 
department entrance examination. 



Academic Advisement 

Upon admission to graduate study, each stu- 
dent will be referred to a departmental office 
for advisor assignment Consultation with the 
assigned advisor is required prior to registra- 
tion. Each student must process appropriate advise- 
ment papers which are available from his or 
her assigned advisor and which provide the 
advisor clearance required for registration. 

Transient students report to the Office of the 
appropriate dean for advisement and advisor 
clearance. 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate stu- 
dents obtain advisor clearance by processing 
the non-degree advisement form with their 
assigned advisors. During the quarter in which 
a Post Baccalaureate student achieves degree- 
seeking status, he or she must process the 
Program of Study form. 






184 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Degree-seeking students, both Regular and 
Provisional Admission students, must process 
the Program of Study form with their assigned 
advisor no later than the end of their first quar- 
ter of enrollment. A temporary advisor clear- 
ance statement may be provided by the advi- 
sor which will be valid only for the student's 
initial registration. This temporary clearance 
should be processed on non-degree advise- 
ment form, with appropriate notations made to 
indicate that it is temporary. 

The Program of Study shows the essential 
courses the student will take, transfer courses 
that might apply to the degree, and prerequi- 
site courses or other prerequisites. The Pro- 
gram of Study must be followed by the student 
in fulfilling degree requirements. However, the 
student can take courses additional to those 
on his Program of Study and may enroll in the 
courses on the Program of Study during quar- 
ters other than those which might be shown on 
his Program of Study form. Moreover, the stu- 
dent may officially modify his Program of Study 
with the concurrence of his advisor and depart- 
ment head. 

Students should note that any departure 
from the catalog requirements for a degree 
must be approved by the appropriate dean. 

Foreign Student Advisement 

Specialized advisement is available for for- 
eign students from the Graduate Foreign Stu- 
dent Advisor, Dr. William Easterling, located in 
room 108-A, Gamble Hall. 

Registration 

Before a student may register for graduate 
courses, the individual must be formally admit- 
ted as a graduate student (although some 500 
and 600 level courses may be taken by quali- 
fied undergraduate seniors upon complying 
with requirements and procedures stipulated 
by and available in the Dean's Offices). If cir- 
cumstances require it, the student must be 
readmitted (see section on Admissions, para- 
graph on Readmissions). In order to register, a 
student will be required to show at registration 
a permit to register card, which must be signed 
by the advisor. 

Transfer of Credits 

Credit may be transferred from another insti- 
tution, provided: 



1 . that only up to 1 5 hours of graduate credit 
taken while in a non-degree status may be 
applied to a degree program. 

2. that each course equates with a course in 
the curriculum of the Graduate Program or 
is an acceptable elective. 

3. that the credit was earned in an accredited 
graduate program. 

4. that a grade of B or better was earned in 
each course. 

5. that the credit was earned no more than six 
years prior to completion of all degree 
requirements. 

6. that no more than fifty percent of the 
required credits shall be transferred for use 
towards a master's degree (i.e., no more 
than 50% of either the required professional 
education credits or other credits in the 
master's programs). 

Information about the amount of credit trans- 
ferable for a particular degree program, can be 
located in the appropriate departmental entry. 

Procedures for Processing 
Transfer Credits 

Requests by students to receive transfer 
graduate credit must be supported by two 
copies of the graduate transcript showing the 
credits requested. The formal and final re- 
quests for receiving transfer credit is part of 
the Application for Candidacy which the stu- 
dent must process upon the completion of 25 
hours of graduate work. This application is 
obtained in the Graduate Office. The two 
graduate transcripts should be sent to the 
office of the appropriate dean. 

Advisement on transfer of credit is routinely 
provided on the Program of Study form which 
every degree-seeking student must complete 
with his advisor in the first quarter of enroll- 
ment. Formal approval of transfer credit is 
granted via the student's Application for Can- 
didacy which requires approval by the stu- 
dent's advisor, Department Head, and appropri- 
ate dean. 

Prospective students may write to the Depart- 
ment Coordinator in their area of study to obtain 
advisement on transfer of credit. 



Reports and Grades 

In the Graduate Program grades assigned 
are A, B, C, D, F, (failure), I (incomplete), W 
(withdrew with no penalty), and WF (withdrew 



GRADUATE ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



185 



I failing). The grade of W does not enter into 
computing a student's grade point average. 

Stipulations applicable to symbols used in 
the Graduate Program include: 

I— incomplete. May be awarded (only in 

1 emergency cases) by an instructor, who will 

also stipulate the conditions for its removal. A 

grade of I must be removed by completing the 

course by midterm of the following quarter or it 

j becomes an automatic F. 

W— withdrawal without penalty. May be 
awarded by an instructor up to the mid-quarter 
period in a course. Regents' policy stipulates 
that "Withdrawals without penalty will not be 
permitted after the mid-point of the total grad- 
ing period (including final examinations) except 
in cases of hardship as determined by the 
appropriate official of the respective institu- 
tion." Withdrawals after midterm require ap- 
proval of the Graduate Dean. 

WF— withdrew failing. May be awarded by 
an instructor anytime that a student withdraws 
from a course after the drop/add period; man- 
datory after midquarter except for hardship 
cases as stipulated above for grades of W. 

V— audit. Use of this symbol is subject to the 
discretion of the individual graduate depart- 
ments, and the departments may require that a 
student receive the permission of the instruc- 
tor to audit a course prior to registering for the 
course. Moreover, an auditing student must 
pay the usual fees, must register for the 
course, and may not transfer from audit to 
credit status (or vice versa). 

S and U— satisfactory and unsatisfactory; 
see above. Specific courses receiving these 
grades are identified in departmental course 
listings. Comprehensive examinations are giv- 
en these grades also. 

K— credit by examination. Use of this sym- 
bol is subject to the discretion of the individual 
graduate departments. 

Students expecting to receive grades of V or 
K must insure that they are enrolled in an ap- 
propriate course or activity for which V or K 
grades are awarded by the appropriate depart- 
ment. If this catalog does not show in the 
departmental entries that the given depart- 
ments have authorized the use of V or K. then a 
student expecting to receive a V in a course 
should obtain written verification from the ap- 
propriate instructor prior to registering for the 
course that V will be awarded. 

Grade point averages are calculated on all 



graduate work attempted, and no credits with a 
grade below C may apply toward a degree 

Course Eligibility 

Courses numbered 500 through 699 are 
open to qualified Undergraduate seniors, with 
approval of their respective department heads, 
and to graduate students. In such courses, the 
quantity and quality of the work required of the 
graduate students will be on the same level as 
that required in those courses offered exclu- 
sively for graduate students. Courses num- 
bered 700 and above are open only to gradu- 
ate students. Candidates for degrees must 
take at least fifty percent of their courses at the 
700 level. 



Academic Probation and 
Standing 

Any student who falls below a 3.0 (B) aver- 
age shall be on Academic Probation. 

Any student in a degree program on Regular 
Admission status who does not achieve a 3.0 
graduate cumulative GPA after completing 25 
or more graduate hours shall be placed on 
Academic Probation and must achieve a 3.0 
graduate GPA in order to return to Regular 
Admission status. Any student on Academic 
Probation who earns less than a B in any 
course or who accumulates 75 hours while on 
Academic Probation shall be dropped as a 
degree-seeking student and shall be placed 
on permanent non-degree status. 

Any student on Provisional Admission sta- 
tus who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate 
cumulative GPA upon completing 25 graduate 
hours shall be dropped as a degree-seeking 
student and shall be placed on permanent 
non-degree status. 

Any student on Post Baccalaureate status 
who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumula- 
tive GPA shall be placed on Academic Proba- 
tion. 

Any student whose graduate cumulative 
GPA falls below 2.5 after completing 25 or 
more hours shall be prohibited from taking 
further graduate work. 

Course Load & Limitation 

A full-time graduate student is defined as 



186 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



one who is registered for 1 or more graduate 
credit hours. 

A graduate student may not carry more than 
15 hours per quarter. Exceptions must be 
approved in writing by the advisor. Students on 
Academic Probation or on Provisional Admis- 
sions status should carefully plan their course 
loads in consultation with their advisors. 

Withdrawing; Dropping, 
Adding Courses 

Withdrawal is, in the technical sense, drop- 
ping all courses and processing a formal with- 
drawal from the College. A student may with- 
draw from school (or drop a single course) at 
any time during the quarter. Only by formally 
withdrawing, however, can a student become 
eligible for the refund of fees as explained in 
the section on fees. The student bears the 
responsibility of contacting the graduate office 
to effect a withdrawal and of contacting his 
professor(s) to determine what grade(s) will be 
assigned (W or WF). 

Dropping a course should be formalized 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. If a student is taking 
only one course, the drop is, technically, a 
withdrawal and should be treated as such. 

Adding a course may be accomplished 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. Courses may be 
added only during the late registration days at 
the beginning of the quarter and not at any 
other time during the quarter. The student 
must pay the appropriate fee for the additional 
course, unless a course equivalent in credit 
hours is being dropped simultaneously. 

Administrative Withdrawals 

The College reserves the right to effect the 
withdrawal of any student at any time during a 
course of studies if the student does not meet 
financial obligations or the required standards 
of scholarship, or if he fails in any way to meet 
the standards of the Graduate Program. 



CATES Courses 

Armstrong State College participates in the 
Coastal Area Teacher Education Service, a 
consortium of area public school systems and 
institutions of the University System of Georgia 



offering graduate and undergraduate courses 
in teacher education. 

A student who wishes to apply CATES course 
credit to his degree program must obtain ap- 
proval from his advisor to take a course for 
degree credit prior to taking the course. With- 
out this prior approval, the course is subject to 
being treated as a transfer course, in which 
case, the Transfer of Graduate Credits poli- 
cies and procedures described in the catalog 
will be followed. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code, published in the under- 
graduate section of this catalog, applies to 
graduate students as well as undergraduate 
students. All students, graduate and under- 
graduate, must agree to abide by the rules of 
the code. 



FEES 



Application 

An application fee of $1 0.00 is paid by each 
graduate student at the time of initial applica- 
tion for admission. This fee is not required of 
former students from either Armstrong State 
College or Savannah State College. The accep- 
tance of the application fee does not constitute 
acceptance of the student into the graduate 
program. This fee, which is paid at Armstrong 
State College, is not refundable. 

Matriculation Fee 

The Matriculation Fee for students register- 
ing on campus for the normal course load of 
fifteen hours is $320.00. Students carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours on campus in a 
quarter will pay at the rate of $27.00 per quar- 
ter hour in Matriculation Fees. Students who 
register for off-campus credit hours will pay at 
the rate of $29.00 per credit hour. Matriculation 
Fees are waived for residents of Georgia upon 
presentation of written documentation that 
they are 62 years of age or older. 

Out-of-State Tuition 

Non-residents of Georgia must pay a fee of 
$640.00 per quarter in addition to all regular 



GRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 



187 



fees Students carrying fewer than 12 credit 
hours in a quarter who are not legal residents 
of the State of Georgia will pay at the rate of 
$47 00 per quarter hour Out-of-State Fee in 
addition to regular fees Students who register 
for off-campus credit courses will pay at the 
rate of $47 00 per quarter hour Out-of-State 
Fee in addition to regular fees Out-of-State 
tuition fees are waived for active duty military 
personnel and their dependents stationed in 
Georgia and on active duty, except military 
personnel assigned to this institution for edu- 
cational purposes 

Residency Requirements 

The University System of Georgia residency 
requirements as they pertain to undergraduate 
and graduate students are published in the 
undergraduate section of this catalog. Please 
consult the index for the proper reference. 

Student Activity 

Athletic 

Late Registration 

Graduation 

Transcript 

All preceding fee catagories listed are the 
same for graduate students as they are for 
undergraduate students. Please consult the 
index for the proper references. 

Refunds 

Financial Obligations 

Notice of Fee Changes 

All preceding policy categories listed are the 
same for graduate students as they are for 
undergraduate students. Please consult the 
index for proper references. 

Financial Aid 

Students are invited to contact the Office of 
Financial Aid at the College for information on 
federal and state programs of financial assis- 
tance to college students. 

Veterans Benefits 

Information of interest to veterans can be 
i obtained by writing or calling the Office of Veter- 
ans Affairs at Armstrong State College. 



Once accepted into the graduate program. 
a veteran should contact the Veterans* Office 
for processing instructions. Since processing time 
varies, a first quarter student should expect a 
four to six week delay in receiving the first 
benefit check First quarter student veterans 
should consider this delay when making 
financial arrangements to attend school 

For purposes of G.I. Bill benefits, ten quarter 
hours are considered to be a full load. A load of 
five graduate quarter hours entitles the gradu- 
ate student to half-time benefits. 



DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 

MASTERS LEVEL 



Time Limitation 

Students working toward a master's degree 
must complete all requirements for the degree 
within a period of not more than six years from 
the date of first enrollment. Extension of time 
may be granted upon recommendation of the 
student's major department, but only in cases 
of unusual circumstances. 

Course and Residence 
Requirements 

Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
quarter hours of graduate credit, thirty of which 
must be earned in residence, is necessary for 
all masters degrees. Courses to be counted for 
a degree may be accumulated on a full-time or 
part-time basis. No credits with grades below 
"C" may count toward a degree. At least fifty 
percent of the courses for a degree must be at 
the 700 level or above. 

Students should note that the sixty-hour re- 
quirement is a minimum requirement. Degree 
students with academic weaknesses should 
recognize that they may have to complete 
more than sixty hours to fulfill all curriculum 
requirements and comply with all academic 
regulations. 



Degree Candidacy 

Upon successful completion of twenty-five 
quarter hours of graduate work taken in resi- 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



dence and at least one quarter prior to making 
application for the degree, the student is re- 
quired to file an application for admission to 
candidacy. The student will submit the com- 
pleted application to his advisor. Application 
forms are available in the appropriate Dean's 
or departmental offices. 

Approval of the application will be based 
upon verification that the student: 

1. has been admitted to full graduate status 
(i.e., Regular Admission). 

2. has maintained a minimum of a "B" average 
in all work attempted. 

3. has met any other requirements stipulated 
for his degree program. 

Application for the Degree 

At the time specified on the academic calen- 
dar, the student must file an application for the 
master's degree with the appropriate major 
department. Note that the application for the 
degree must be preceded by the application 
for candidacy by at least one quarter. Applica- 
tion forms are available in the appropriate 
Dean's or department offices. Applications for 
the degree should be submitted two quarters 
prior to the expected date of graduation. 

General Requirements for 
the Master's Degree 

General requirements for obtaining a mas- 
ter's degree follows: 

1 . Admission to full graduate status, i.e., Regu- 
lar Admission. 

2. Admission to candidacy for the degree. 

3. Satisfactory completion of at ieast sixty 
hours of approved graduate level work. 

4. Maintenance of a 3.00 GPA. 

5. Satisfactory completion of a comprehen- 
sive examination or thesis or both. 

6. Completion of an application for the degree 
at the time specified. 

For the MEd degree, the following require- 
ment applies: 

1. Satisfactory completion of certification re- 
quirements. (Some MEd programs have 
options for no certification.) 

MEd Certification Programs 

Although some MEd degree programs have 
an option for no certification, generally these 
degrees are designed to comply with the 



requirements for teacher certification at the 
fifth year level in the various areas of speciali- 
zation. The degree ordinarily is granted only to 
students who qualify for T-5 certification (or 
equivalent certification for other states), which 
in turn entails meeting T-4 certification require- 
ments (Georgia). Students who use graduate 
credits to meet T-4 certification requirements 
may be required to take graduate courses 
beyond the 60 hours required for the M.Ed, 
degree in order to meet T-5 certification re- 
quirements. Since the M.Ed, program requires 
60 hours, which is 15 more than the 45 min- 
imum required for the T-5 by the State Educa- 
tion Department, 1 5 of the 60 graduate hours 
may be used to fulfill T-4 certification require- 
ments. However, none of the 1 5 hours so used 
can then be applied toward meeting the 45 
hours specified for the T-5. 

Detailed information concerning programs 
and procedures relating to graduate teacher 
certification may be obtained from Education 
Offices. 

MEd Non-Certification 
Programs 

Building on the basic, academic structure of 
the typical MEd degree programs, departments 
may offer MEd programs without applying all of 
the stipulations for certification programs. The 
curriculum essentials of a non-certification de- 
gree program are: 

1. At least fifteen hours of education course 
work. 

2. At least twenty-five hours of major area 
course work. 

Such programs do not meet certification 
requirements by the State of Georgia. 

Thirty Hour Plan for a 
Second MEd Degree 

Students who have already earned a mas- 
ter's degree can, under certain circumstan- 
ces, earn a second master's degree in the Graduate 
Program by completing as few as 30 quarter 
hours of graduate work in residence. Essential 
elements of the second master's degree plan 
are: 

1 . All general requirements (e.g., Regular Ad- 
mission status, adherence to general aca- 
demic regulations, "B" average, compre- 
hensive examination, etc.) and all specific 



GRADUATE BIOLOGY 



189 



curncular requirements (i.e.. departmental 
prerequisites for courses, specific courses, 
etc ) currently applicable to a master's de- 
gree will apply to the second degree sought, 
except as explicitly noted as follows: 
For the Second master's degree: 
A The student must take at least 30 quarter 
hours in residence additional to course 
work that was used in fulfilling require- 
ments for a previous master's degree. 
Additional hours may be necessary in 
order to fulfill curricular requirements or 
for such purposes as teacher certifica- 
tion in programs designed as Approved 
Programs for Georgia State Certification. 

B. The 30 (or more) hours in residence 
must meet existing requirements on 
recency of credit. For the other hours 
(hours applied to both the first degree 
and to the second degree), fifteen hours 
will have no age limit, but the remaining 
hours must be no more than twelve years 
old when requirements for the second 
master's degree are completed. 

C. A curriculum plan for a second degree 
that is consistent with existing catalog 
plans must be prepared by a depart- 
ment head or by a graduate advisor with 
his or her department head's endorse- 
ment. A copy of this plan will be sent to 
the Office of the Dean of the School of 
Education and will be given to the stu- 
dent. For this purpose, current advise- 
ment forms, with appropriate modifica- 
tions may be used. The plan must show 
the 30 (or more) hours to be taken in 
residence and the previous graduate 
hours that are to apply to the second 
degree. 



School of Arts and 
Sciences 

Adams, Joseph, Dean 

MASTERS LEVEL 



Biology 

Faculty 

Gottfried, Bradley, Department Head 
Beumer, Ronald 
Guillou, Laurent 
Pingel, Allen 
Thome, Francis 



The biology MEd program has been deacti- 
vated, but the department continues to present 
limited graduate course offerings. Students 
should check with the biology department for 
complete information on course offerings. 

OFFERINGS 
Biology Offerings 

BIO 610— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Complete sequence in Organ- 
ic Chemistry and five hours of Physiology. 

A consideration of the functional relation- 
ships between microscopic anatomy and cell 
chemistry, emphasizing permeability, metabo- 
lism, and growth. 

BIO 640— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in 
biology. 

The study of cells, their cytoplasm and 
nuclei, growth, differentiation, and reproduc- 
tion. 

BIO 650— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: At least 1 5 quarter hours credit 
in upper division biology (bctany or zoology) 
courses. 

Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

BIO 680— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Three upper division courses 
in biology (botany or zoology). 

A survey of the principles of ecology and 
their application to the welfare of man, coordi- 
nated with a study of populations and communi- 
ties in the field. 



190 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 610— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BOT 203 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 

A survey of physiological processes occur- 
ring in plants and the conditions which affect 
these processes. 

BOT 625— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: BOT 203. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, 
and evolutionary relationships. 

BOT 701— Plant Diversity I: Non-Vascular 
Plants (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 1 5 quarter hours credit 
in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the 
algae, fungi, mosses, and liverworts, including 
identification of common species, field and lab- 
oratory methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT 702— Plant Diversity II: Vascular 
Plants (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 1 5 quarter hours credit 
in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the 
primitive vascular plants, ferns, gymnosperms, 
and angiosperms, including field and labora- 
tory methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT/EDN 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for the general 
science major. 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with prin- 
ciples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life. 

Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 525— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, 
interrelations, and natural history of the major 
invertebrate groups. 

ZOO 556— Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of the 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 610— General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 



An introduction to the general physiological 
processes of vertebrates. 

ZOO 625— Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 325 or permission of 
instructor and department head. 

Studies in the identification and ecologic 
distribution of marine invertebrates as exem- 
plified by collections from the southeastern coast- 
al region. 

ZOO 629— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 41 and one other senior 
division course in biology. 

Physiology of the endocrine glands, their 
control of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

ZOO 635— Comparative Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 

Studies in various groups of animals of the 
functions or organ systems involved in the 
maintenance of homeostasis under varying 
conditions within normal habitats and of in vitro 
reactions of tissues and systems under labora- 
tory conditions. 

ZOO 710— Applied Human Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing plus a 
course in human, general, or vertebrate physi- 
ology, and organic or biological chemistry. 

A consideration of human physiological re- 
sponses to normal and abnormal stressors of 
the external and internal environment, includ- 
ing local and systemic adaptations to stressors. 
Specific malfunctions and adjustments will be 
treated where feasible and appropriate. 

Laboratory sessions will feature the empiri- 
cal demonstration of physiologic concepts 
and their applications to human function, lar- 
gely through controlled experimentation. 

The lecture may be taken in conjunction 
with Nursing 605 lab for credit in Nursing 605. 
That lab will share some common sessions 
with ZOO 710. 

ZOO 721— Animal Diversity I: 
Invertebrates (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 1 5 quarter hours credit 
in zoology. 

Structure, function, and ecologic relation- 
ships of the major invertebrate phyla. (Not 
open to students with credits in invertebrate 
zoology.) 



GRADUATE CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



191 



ZOO 722— Animal Diversity II: 
Vertebrates (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites at least 1 5 quarter hours credit 
in zoology. 

Structure, function, and ecologic relation- 
ships of the vertebrates, with emphasis on 
amphibious and terrestrial forms. 

ZOO 731— Ecological Associations (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 25 quarter hours credit 
in junior-senior level courses in biology. 

Environmental relationshipsamong and be- 
tween groups of organisms and their environ- 
ments. 

ZOO/EDN 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for general sci- 
ence majors. 

Modern approaches to teaching the biologi- 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of 
life processes in the animal kingdom. 

Courses at Marine Science Center 

The following courses are offered at the 
Marine Science Center on Skidaway Island 
and are open to both graduate and undergrad- 
uate students. These courses are coopera- 
tively sponsored by Armstrong State College, 
Georgia Institute of Technology, Georgia State 
University, Georgia Southern College, and the 
University of Georgia. 

BIO 630— Estuarine Ecology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: CHE 
128, 129; ZOO 204; two courses in biology 
numbered 300 or above; or permission of 
instructor. MAT 104 recommended. 

The evolution and development of estuar- 
ies, substrates, physical processes, communi- 
ties, ecosystem functions, ecosystem dynam- 
ics and analysis. The study area will include 
the estuarine complex of the Carolinian pro- 
vince as exemplified along the coast of 
Georgia. 

ZOO 605— Ichthyology (6-6-5) 

Summer (five weeks). Prerequisites: ZOO 
204 and one course in zoology numbered 300 
or above, or permission of instructor. 

The taxonomy, distribution, ecology, and 
evolution of fishes with special reference to 
the fishes of eastern North America. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry, Department Head 
Brewer, John 
Robbins, Paul 
Stratton, Cedric 
Whiten, Morris 

The chemistry MEd program has been deac- 
tivated, but the department continues to offer 
limited graduate course offerings. Students 
should check with the chemistry department 
for complete information on course offerings. 

OFFERINGS 
Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 501— Chemistry of Life (59 -5) 

An introductory course covering selected 
areas of applied biochemistry. This course is 
not recommended for chemistry, biology, or 
premedical students. 

CHE 541-542— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

These courses include the study of aliphat- 
ics, aromatic hydrocarbons and their deriva- 
tives, polyfunctional compounds, and polynu- 
clear hydrocarbons. Organic reactions are 
emphasized in terms of modern theory. 

CHE 543— Organic Chemistry (4-3-5) 

A continuation of the organic chemistry 
sequence 541, 542. This course completes 
the fundamental study of organic chemistry 
with a consideration of carbohydrates, amino 
acids, and heterocyclics with their related com- 
pounds. 

CHE 580— Quantitative Instrumental 
(2-9-5) 

A study of the principles of gravimetric, vol- 
umetric, spectrophotometric, and electromet- 
ric methods of analysis. The laboratory will 
provide practice in techniques and application 
of these principles. 

CHE 600— Introduction to Chemical 
Research (2-0-2) 

This course outlines systematic methods of 
literature research and preparation research 
outlines from reference to original articles. 

CHE 622— Inorganic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Modern theory of structures and bonding, 



192 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






acid-base theories, and properties of some 
rare elements and unusual compounds will be 
detailed. The latter includes nonstoichiometric 
compounds, rare gas compounds, and coor- 
dination complexes. 

CHE 641— Organic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Basic organic chemistry to include struc- 
tures, reactions, and reaction mechanisms. 

CHE 651— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

The development of science surveyed from 
antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
the development of ideas, men who made sig- 
nificant contributions, evolution of chemical 
theories and the modern social implications of 
science. 

CHE 661— Biochemistry I (4-0-4) 

A study of the chemical nature of cellular 
constituents and cellular metabolism. Subject 
topics include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, 
enzymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic 
carbohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, 
the tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phos- 
phorylation, and photosynthesis. 

CHE 662— Biochemistry II (4-0-4) 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia and 
nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosyn- 
thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabolic 
regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 663— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

A study of the principles of chemistry app- 
lied in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects to 
include instrumentation and microtechniques. 

CHE 681— Advanced Instrumental I (1-3-2) 

A study of electrometric methods of analysis. 
Topic subjects will include potentiometric, 
coulometric, and polarographic measure- 
ments. 

CHE 682— Advanced Instrumental II 
(1-3-2) 

A study of spectrophotometric and chroma- 
tographic methods analysis. Topic subjects will 
include visible and ultraviolet, spectroscopy, 
gas-liquid chromatography, high performance 
liquid chromatography, flame emission and 
atomic absorption spectroscopy. 

CHE 683— Advanced Instrumental III 
(1-3-2) 

A continuation of the study of spectroscopy. 
Topic subjects will include infrared spectros- 
copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron- 
spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 



CHE 691-692-693— Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

Fundamental principles of physical chemis- 
try including the study of solids, liquids, gases, 
thermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- 
tions. These courses will also cover a study of 
chemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, electro- 
chemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and 
nuclear chemistry. 

CHE 721— Chemistry for High School 
Teachers (4-3-5) 

This course covers CHEM study material 
and also Chemical Bonding. Approach mate- 
rial for high school teachers. 

CHE 731— Development of Chemical 
Theories (3-0-3) 

A study of the basic principles upon which 
well known chemical theories are founded. 
Topics such as the kinetic molecular theory, 
chemical equilibria, and spectroscopy will be 
discussed. 

CHE 794— Chemistry for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on prac- 
tical application at the elementary school 
level. 

CHE 798— Seminar (2-0-2) 

Discussion of selected topics. 



Physical Science Offerings 

AST 601— Astronomy for Teachers (5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include the solar system, 
stellar evolution, stars and star systems, and 
methods in astronomy. 

GEL 601— Geology for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A survey of physical and historical geology. 
Topic subjects will include a geologic history, 
plate tectonics, and identification of minerals 
and rocks. 

MET 601 — Meterology for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the atmosphere, weather, and 
climate. 

OCE 601— Oceanography for Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include origin and struc- 
ture of ocean floors, tides and currents, chem- 
ical and physical properties of sea water, and 
applications of oceanographic research. 



GRADUATE GOVERNMENT 



193 



PHS 795— Earth Science for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the compositions of earth, classifi- 
cation and identification of rocks and minerals 
in a format appropriate for teachers of elemen- 
tary age children 

PHS 701— Principles of Astronomy, 
Geology and Meteorology (5-0-5) 

A study of unifying principles associated 
with the disciplines of astronomy, geology and 
meteorology. Emphasis will be placed on mate- 
rials, demonstrations and testing associated 
with the physical sciences. 

Physics Offerings 

PHY 602— Physics for Secondary School 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of physics appropri- 
ate for teachers of physics and physical sci- 
ence. National curricula such as the Harvard 
Project Physics and PSSC will be studied. 

PHY 603— Physics Laboratory for Science 
Teachers (3-4-5) 

A study of the theory and practice of selected 
laboratory exercises and demonstrations. 

PHY 612— Electronic Measurements 
(3-6-5) 

Introduction to circuit theory and digital /ana- 
log electronics dealing with measurements, 
control concepts, and instruments. 

Course at Marine Science Center 

The following course is offered at the Marine 
Science Center on Skidaway Island and is 
open to both graduate and undergraduate stu- 
dents. This course is cooperatively sponsored 
by Armstrong State College, Georgia Institute 
of Technology, Georgia State University, 
Georgia Southern College, and the University 
of Georgia. 

OCE 630— Applied Oceanography (6-4-5) 

Prerequisites: General Chemistry and Gen- 
eral Biology. Offered Summers. 

The aspects of physical, chemical, and bio- 
logical sciences which are marine oriented as 
applied to specific problems in the ocean and 
its environs. Collection and interpretation of 
field data stressed utilizing vessels and equip- 
ment of the Skidaway Institute of Oceanogra- 
phy. 



Government 

Faculty 

Megathlin, William. Department Head 
Magnus, Robert, Program Director (CJ) 
McCarthy, John, Graduate Course Director 

(POS) 
Coyle, William 
Ealy, Steven 
Murphy, Dennis 
Newman, John 
Rhee, Steve 

General Information 

The Department of Government offers grad- 
uate courses and an M.S. program in Criminal 
Justice and graduate courses in Political Sci- 
ence and Public Administrations studies appli- 
cable to appropriate graduate programs. 

Objectives of Criminal Justice Program 

The Department of Government offers a 
program of study leading to the degree Master 
of Science in Criminal Justice. The objectives 
of the program are: 

1. To provide graduate-level education for 
professional criminal justice policy-makers 
and policy-makers in related fields in order 
to stimulate professionalization within the 
criminal justice system. 

2. To produce scholars better prepared than 
those currently available to meet the chal- 
lenges of the future in research and teach- 
ing. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student will be 
assigned an advisor. The student should meet 
with the advisor as soon as possible after ad- 
mission to establish an approved program of 
study. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students should note carefully the general 
section on transfer of Graduate Credits appear- 
ing in the Academic Regulations of this Cata- 
log. The Criminal Justice Program will nor- 
mally accept two courses (10 quarter hours, 6 
semester hours) for transfer credit. 

Degree Requirements 

The degree MS in criminal justice requires 
the completion of 60 quarter hours of approved 



194 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






coursework. The student will have the option 
of either writing a thesis or doing a field practi- 
cum as part of the program of study. 

Comprehensive Examination 

Each non-thesis candidate for the degree 
MS in criminal justice must pass a written 
comprehensive examination. An oral exami- 
nation may also be scheduled. For specific 
information on the written and oral compre- 
hensive examinations students should con- 
tact their advisor. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF SCIENCE (IN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE) 

Hours 

A. Required Courses 30 

CJ 700. 701 . 702. 703, 705 and 71 6 

B. Required Options 10 

Either CJ 790 and 791 . or CJ 795 

C. Electives from the following 20 

(Not more than two courses out- 
side of CJ. Dual-listed courses, 
e.g.. POS/PA 403 and POS/PA 
603— Public Policy Develop- 
ment, can be used as credit 
towards the degree only if the 
same courses were not taken at 
the undergraduate level.) 
CJ 704, 706, 709, 710, 712, 721. 
722. 723, or 724 
POS/PA 601. 603, 618 or 704 
POS615or705 



TOTAL 



60 



Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 700— Seminar in Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

An analysis of the criminal justice process 
from prevention and arrest to release after in- 
carceration. The philosophies, practices, and 
procedures of agencies responsible for the 
administration of justice are viewed and ana- 
lyzed. 

CJ 701— Advanced Research Methods in 
Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Application of advanced research methods 
to problems in the criminal justice system. 



CJ 702— Criminal Justice Planning and 
Innovation (5-0-5) 

Introduction to planning techniques and their 
impact on criminal justice program develop- 
ment. Policy and decision-making procedures 
pertaining to affiliated agencies and organiza- 
tions are analyzed. Planning involves identifi- 
cation of problem areas, diagnosing causa- 
tion, formulating solutions, alternative strat- 
egies, and mobilizing resources needed to 
effect change. 

CJ 703— Seminar in Crime Causation 
(5-0-5) 

Concentration with the individual offender is 
on the relationship of motives, attitudes, and 
abilities to participate in criminal activity. With 
groups, consideration is given to peer influen- 
ces in the shaping and reinforcement of crimi- 
nal conduct. 

CJ 704— Law and Social Control (5-0-5) 

Investigation of jurisprudential paradigms, 
societal norms and sanctions, and the opera- 
tional interaction among them. Topics to be 
examined include criminal and civil control 
mechanisms and purposes, historical and phi- 
losophical perspectives on power, authority 
and law in society, and alternative means of 
social control. 

CJ 705— Administration and Management 
for Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

New management and administrative re- 
quirements of the criminal justice complex in 
transition. Problems and innovative concepts 
of criminal justice system development, deci- 
sion theory, information needs, planning and 
new managerial perspectives. 

CJ 706— Juvenile Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

Assessment of the policies and practices of 
agencies involved in processing young per- 
sons through the juvenile court system. Atten- 
tion will be paid to the intake procedures of the 
juvenile court; the adjudicational and disposi- 
tional procedures of the juvenile court. 

CJ 709— Police Problems and Practices 
(5-0-5) 

Major current issues of police administra- 
tion including theory in policing, police produc- 
tivity, and policy making. Special attention will 
be afforded police-society relationships as 
they relate to police misconduct, labor union 
issues, and minorities. 



GRADUATE GOVERNMENT 



195 



CJ 710— Institutional Incarceration and 
Treatment (5-0-5) 

Theory, purposes, and practices of correc- 
tional institutions. Problems in control and treat- 
ment will be explored 

CJ 712— Seminar In Community Treatment 
and Services (5-0-5) 

An analysis of probation and other alterna- 
tives to incarceration in the community setting, 
and of the feasibility and effectiveness of treat- 
ment of individuals under sentence in the 
community. 

CJ 716— Criminal Process (5-0-5) 

Intensive examination of criminal adjudica- 
tion, from initial appearance through post- 
conviction appeals and collateral attacks, as 
posited in the context of criminal justice policy. 

CJ 721— ADP Applications in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

An examination of the use of automated 
data processing by criminal justice agencies 
for administrative and operational purposes. 
Special attention will be devoted to micro- 
processor applications. 

CJ 722— Selected Topics in Law and 
Courts (5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing court management and the criminal judi- 
cial process will provide the basis for topic 
selection. 

CJ 723— Selected Topics in Policing 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing the law enforcement and policing function 
will provide the basis for topic selection. 

CJ 724— Selected Topics in Corrections 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing correctional strategies and management 
will provide the basis for topic selection. 

CJ 790 & 791— Field Practicum (2-V-(1-5)) 

Planned program of research observation, 
study and work in selected criminal justice 
agencies. 

CJ 795— Thesis (0-V-(1-10)) 

Planned research and writing directed by 
the student's Thesis Committee. 



Political Science and Public Administra- 
tion Offerings 

POS 500— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Required for POS majors unless met by 
equivalent course. 

This course deals with the methods and tech- 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences. 
Emphasis will be placed on learning how to 
evaluate research. 

POS 506— Local Government (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of city, 
county, and other local governments in the 
United Stated. Special attention will be given to 
the city governments of Savannah, Ga; Charles- 
ton, S.C.; and Gainesville, Fla. Large diverse 
cities, such as Atlanta, Jacksonville, Tampa, 
and Miami will also be compared in a more 
limited fashion and contrasted with Savannah, 
Charleston, and Gainesville. Policies examined 
will include finance (raising and spending mon- 
ey), education, welfare, pollution, transporta- 
tion, and law enforcement. 

POS 507— State Government (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A study of the environment, structure, func- 
tion, political processes, and policies of state 
governments in the United States. Special at- 
tention will be given to the governments of 
Florida, Georgia, and South Carolina and to 
their role in the federal system. Policies exam- 
ined will include finance (raising and spending 
money), pollution, transportation, and law en- 
forcement. 

POS 533— Contemporary Political 
Ideologies (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A general survey and analysis of the impor- 
tant ideological currents of our time with select- 
ed in-depth readings from original sources. 

POS 546— Far Eastern Government and 
Politics (5-0-5) 

Description and comparative analysis of the 
political systems of Communist China and Ja- 
pan. Special attention is given to historical de- 
velopment, political institutions and processes, 
political culture, political socialization, and con- 
temporary problems. 

POS/PA 601— The Politics of the 
Budgetary Process (5-0-5) 

This course examines the procedures, strat- 



196 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



egies, and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. 
It is also concerned with critiques of the several 
types of budgets now in use together with an 
explanation of fiscal and monetary policies as 
they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned 
with the revenue systems in effect together 
with auditing and other controls exercised in 
the budgeting process. 

POS/PA 603— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Primarily concerned with a study of thetheo- 
retical aspects of decision-making (i.e., ration- 
al/comprehensive model, "mixed-scanning" 
model, incremental model, group theory, elite 
theory, and game theory), political aspects of 
policy-making process, and mobilization of po- 
litical support. Some attempt will be made to 
apply the general theory of public policy- 
making to specific settings of civil rights issues, 
welfare policy, urban problems, and national 
defense/foreign policy. 

POS 611— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offers an in-depth survey of the office of the 
Presidency, with the principal emphasis on the 
relations of the executive branch with the 
Congress and the Court system. Some atten- 
tion will be given to the evolution of the Presid- 
ency to its present dominant position in the 
American political process. 

POS 612— Political Parties (5-0-5) 

Operation of political parties in the political 
system. Relationship between party organiza- 
tion, electoral system, and the recruitment and 
advancement of political leaders. 

POS 615— American Supreme Court 
(5-0-5) 

Analysis of the structure and functions of the 
court, including examination of the Court as 
policy maker. 

POS 616— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- 
sion of the Constitution of the United States. 
(Identical with HIS 616.) 

POS 617— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day. (Identical to HIS 61 7.) 

POS/PA 618— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

This course explores the framework of law 



governing administrative agencies including: 
administrative power and its control by the 
courts, the determination and enforcement of 
administrative programs, discretion of admin- 
istrative officials and their powers of summary 
actions, hearings before administrative boards, 
and the respective spheres of administrative 
and judicial responsibility. 

POS 624— Seminar, The Sino-Soviet 
Power Rivalries (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Critical assessment of the early Sino-Soviet 
relations before and after the 1 91 7 Bolshevik 
Revolution, followed by analysis of the roots of 
the Sino-Soviet conflicts in territorial, econom- 
ic, strategic, political, and ideological perspec- 
tives. The implications of this schism for the 
contemporary global security relations will be 
critically examined. Heavy emphasis on re- 
search and oral presentation by the student. 

POS 629— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy, and fac- 
tors, both domestic and foreign, contributing to 
its formulation. 

POS 645— Comparative Economic 
Systems (5-0-5) 

The course will constitute a survey of the 
basic tenets of the major economic systems 
developed in the 1 9th and 20th centuries. The 
role of government and politics will be exam- 
ined, along with the contributions to economic 
and political thought of such men as Smith, 
Marx, Keynes, and Freidman. (Identical with 
ECO 645.) 

POS/PA 704— Topics in Public 
Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 
Designed to probe the chief concepts, theo- 
ries, ideas, and models in Public Administration. 

POS 705— Topics in State and Local 
Government (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

POS 710— Topics in American 
Government (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

POS 720— Topics in International 
Relations (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: undergraduate work in the field 
or permission of the instructor. 

A seminar course with specific titles an- 
nounced as offered. May be repeated for 
credit as topics vary. 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



197 



POS 721— Topics in Modern East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Permission of instructor. 

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
century international, political, economic, so- 
cial, intellectual, or contemporary develop- 
ments in East Asia. May be repeated as topics 
and instructors vary. 

POS 730— Readings in Political Theory 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

POS 740— Seminar in Comparative 
Politics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite Permission of instructor. 

This course is primarily designed to give the 
students an overview of theories of compara- 
tive politics and political development. It deals 
with various methodologies, concepts, and ap- 
proaches that are being used in the analysis of 
comparative politics. Cross-national compari- 
son of selected countries of Western Europe, 
Asia. Middle East, and Africa will be attempted. 

POS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Offered to qualified students subject to the 
following conditions. Prerequisites: A minimum 
of 25 graduate hours, including at least 15 
hours in Political Science graduate courses. 
An application may be obtained in the depart- 
mental office and should be submitted to the 
department by the mid-term preceding the 
quarter in which the independent study will 
begin. Open to students with 3.5 GPA in Politi- 
cal Science graduate courses and at least 3.3 
overall GPA. Admission is by approval of a 
departmental committee. 



History 

Faculty 

Warlick, Roger, Department Head 

Arens, Olavi 

Babits, Lawrence 

Duncan, John 

Gross, Jimmie 

_anier, Osmos 

3 atterson, Robert 

?ruden, George 

Stone, Janet 



M.Ed, and Ed.S. in Social Studies 

For details regarding the M Ed and Ed S 
programs, please refer to the Department of 
Secondary Education portion of the Catalog 

MA. in History 

The Master of Arts in History degree pro- 
gram may be pursued in three areas of con- 
centration: 

Historic Preservation 

American History 

European History 

Objectives 

The program offers students an opportunity 
to achieve a graduate liberal arts degree that 
can support a broad range of personal, profes- 
sional, and educational objectives. Obtaining 
an M.A. in History can lead to employment 
opportunities for students as archivists, local 
history society directors, historic site directors, 
local museum directors, and professionals in 
the field of cultural resource preservation. The 
research skills, experience in analytical think- 
ing, and ability to express oneself orally and in 
writing will be of benefit to a student in seeking 
employment in governmental and military ser- 
vice and teaching at private schools, as well as 
preparing a student for further graduate study. 
The M.A. degree may also lead to job advance- 
ment or more effective performance, as well 
as to great personal satisfaction and intellec- 
tual enrichment. 

Advisement 

On admission to graduate studies students 
should take immediate steps to contact the 
Graduate Coordinator in the Department of 
History. At this time the student's status with 
respect to language requirements, prerequisite 
coursework, any transfer credits, etc., can be 
clarified. Also, an advisor will be assigned so 
that actual planning of the program of study 
can begin. 

Transfer of Credits 

Students may transfer coursework from an- 
other accredited institution providing (1) no 
more than 5 hours be applied toward either the 
concentration field or to "history outside the 
concentration," and (2) that the work offered 
for transfer be deemed appropriate to the pro- 
gram of study by the Department. Under no 
circumstances may credit transferred exceed 
15 hours. 



. 



198 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Language Requirements 

The language requirement must be met by 
satisfactorily passing the reading comprehen- 
sion section of an appropriate national stan- 
dardized test administered by the ASC Depart- 
ment of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts in one of the following: French, German, 
Latin, Russian, or Spanish. This is equivalent to 
passing the appropriate 103-level language 
course. 

Comprehensive Examinations 

Satisfactory performance on both written 
and oral comprehensive exams is required of 
all candidates for the M.A. in History. As course- 
work nears completion specific details on the 
exams should be worked out in coordination 
with the faculty advisor and the Graduate 
Coordinator. 

Thesis/Internship Requirement 

All three concentration fields require either a 
thesis or an internship. Topics and other ar- 
rangements for these projects must be planned 
in consultation between the student, the faculty 
advisor, and the Graduate Coordinator. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

Hours 

A. Concentration in American or in European 
History: 

Prerequisite: History 300 (ASC) or 
undergraduate history methodology 
course 

1. In field of concentration 
(American or European) 

(to include historiography in 
field of concentration) ... 25 

2. History outside concentration. . . 15 

3. Electives in history or approved 
related field courses 10 

4. Thesis 10 



TOTAL 

B. Concentration in Historic Preservation: 
Prerequisites for program or for 
courses in programs: HIS 300 (ASC) 
or undergraduate history methodology 
course, MPS 201 and 420 (ASC) or an 
introductory and an advanced course 
in preservation, MPS 207 (ASC) or 
introductory course in archaeology 



60 



1. In Historic Preservation 
concentration 25 

MPS 621 (American Architect 

ural History) 
MPS 603 (American Material 

Culture) 
MPS 622 (Historical Archaeol- 
ogy) or 

MPS 602 (Practicum in Arch- 
aeological Analysis) 
MPS 61 2 (Administration) 
MPS 725 (Preservation Planning) 

2. Approved history courses 

(to include History 670 or History 
671) 25 

3. Internship (Archaeology 601 

an option) and a research paper 
or Thesis 10 



TOTAL 



60 



N.B. courses taken at the undergraduate 
level may not be repeated for graduate credit. 
At least 50% of the credit toward the M.A. must 
be taken at the 700-level. 



OFFERINGS 

In addition to any specifically noted course 
prerequisites, there is the general prerequisite 
that a student must have completed the equiva- 
lent of 1 5 hours of undergraduate work in his- 
tory to become eligible to take graduate work 
for credit toward the Master of Education 
degree. 

History Offerings 

General 

HIS 500— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Required of all History majors unless an 
equivalent course has been taken previously. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in 
local history. 

HIS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: at 
least 15 graduate hours in History, graduate 
GPA of 3.5 and approval by a departmental 
committee. 

An application may be obtained in the depart- 
mental office and should be submitted, with 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



199 



the signature of the faculty member who will 
supervise the independent study, during pre- 
registration period the quarter before the inde- 
pendent study will be taken Only one inde- 
pendent study may be credited toward the 
history concentration requirement. 

United States History Offerings 

HIS 554— Studies in American Diplomacy 
to WW I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 251 or equivalent. Autumn, 
1986 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from colonial times to World 
War I. 

HIS 555— Studies in American Diplomacy 
Since WW I (5-0-5) 

Winter. 1987. 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the present. 

HIS 616— United States Constitutional 
History I (5-0-5) 

A study of the origins, content, and expan- 
sion of the Constitution of the United States. 
(Identical to POS616.) 

HIS 617— United States Constitutional 
History II (5-0-5) 

A study of more recent constitutional devel- 
opment from the Reconstruction era to the 
present day. (Identical to POS 61 7.) 

HIS 621— American Architectural History 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
tic and modern; slides from Historic American 
Building Survey; landscape architecture. Visit- 
ing speakers and field trips will be used. 

HIS 651— Reform Movements in 
American History (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1987. 

A study of reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 670— Topics in Savannah History 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. 

A research seminar involving intensive ex- 
ploration of local history resources. 

HIS 671— Seminar in Georgia and 
Local History (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985. Prerequisites: HIS 470, 670, 
or permission of the instructor. 



An exposition of the principles and techniques 
of local history followed by an intensive investi- 
gation of selected aspects of the history of 
Savannah and Georgia using primary sources 
and culminating in a research paper. 

HIS 696— American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986 (evening). 

A study of the writing of American history 
from colonial times to the present with empha- 
sis on the historical philosophies and interpre- 
tations of the major schools of thought as well 
as individual historians. 

HIS 752— Studies in American Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985 (evening). Prerequisite Per- 
mission of instructor. 

A reading and research course devoted to 
the examination of topics in the history of 
American thought. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 

HIS 777— Topics in 20th Century U.S. 
History (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1 985 (evening). Prerequisite: Per- 
mission of instructor. 

Covering the most recent period in U.S. His- 
tory, the course emphasizes political, econom- 
ic, and social issues. May be repeated for 
credit as topics vary. 



European History Offerings 

HIS 540— English History, 1495-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn. 1985 (evening). 

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors 
and early Stuarts, including the English Civil 
War. 

HIS 541— English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986 (evening). 

An investigation of the Restoration monar- 
chies, and constitutional revolution of 1688. 
the rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 
1 8th century, the American colonial revolt, and 
England's relationship to the French Revolu- 
tion. 

HIS 547— Age of Absolutism (5-0-5) 

The primary focus of this course is the politi- 
cal, social and intellectual history of western 
Europe during the seventeenth and eighteenth 
centuries. 



200 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 548— Europe in the Nineteenth 
Century (5-0-5) 

A study of the most important social, politi- 
cal, and intellectual directions of European his- 
tory from the Congress of Vienna to the end of 
the nineteenth century. 

HIS 550— Europe in the Twentieth 
Century (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1985; Spring, 1986. 
A study of major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 61 1 —Seminar on the Crusades (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

An examination of the 1 2th and 1 3th century 
Crusade movement through the study of avail- 
able primary source material. 

HIS 628— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1985. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western 
influence on the Muscovite state in the six- 
teenth and seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 631— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1987. Prerequisite: Permission of 
instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsar- 
ism, the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in 
the Russian Civil War. 

HIS 635— History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985. 

This course reviews historically the devel- 
opment of Soviet foreign policy toward Western 
Europe states, notably Germany, and also with 
the non-European world through 1917-1940, 
World War II, and Cold War phases. Special 
attention will be given in this last phase to 
U.S. -Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other 
communist states in Eastern Europe, China, 
and the Third World, and to the recent moves 
toward detente. 

HIS 647— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Autumn, 1985. 

The ideas and events of the Old Regime and 
the Enlightenment in France, with emphasison 
the impact of the French Revolution and the 
career of Napoleon upon the major European 
nations. 

Readings on the French Revolution, with 
special emphasis on conflicting interpretations, 
or research projects may be assigned. 



HIS 695— European Historiography (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

A study of the writers of history in the West- 
ern cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the 
historical philosophies, interpretations, and 
problems raised by the major modern Euro- 
pean historians. 

HIS 733— Topics in Modern Russian 
History (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
century Russian intellectual, political, econom- 
ic, and social history. May be repeated as topic 
varies. 

HIS 745— The Ancient Regime (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Topics will alternate between the Age of 
Louis XIV and the Age of Enlightenment. May 
be repeated for credit as topics vary. 

HIS 750— Topics in Modern Europe (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1986. Prerequisite: Permission of 
instructor. 

Topics will vary among such as the following: 
the Revolutions of 1848, the World of Napo- 
leon III, Bismarck and Modern Germany, World 
War I conflicts and controversy. May be re- 
peated for credit as topics vary. 

Non-Western History Offerings 

HIS 510— Latin America (5-0-5) 

A topical course in Latin-American history 
with consideration given to institutions of the 
areas as well as events and personalities. 

HIS 512— Topics in African History (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1986. 

A treatment of selected topics in African 
civilizations from ancient times, with major empha- 
sis on development of the continent since 
1800. 

HIS 721— Topics in Modern East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Summer, 1986. Prerequisite: Permission of 
instructor. 

Selected topics in the nineteenth and twen- 
tieth century international, political, economic, 
social, intellectual, or contemporary develop- 
ments in East Asia. May be repeated as topics 
and instructors vary. 

N.B. In the M.Ed, and Ed.S. programs courses 
in Russian history also are considered to be 
non-Western. 



GRADUATE LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, DRAMATIC ARTS 



201 



Museum and Preservation Studies 
Offerings 

MPS 601— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaelogy (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
sion of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of 
archaeological methods to a specific field pro- 
ject. Excavation techniques, surveying and 
map making, data collecting and recording, 
archaeological photography, the identification 
and analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation 
or archaeological data will be presented in 
field and laboratory work as well as in lectures 
and readings. Course may be repeated for 
credit. 

MPS 602— Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Autumn, 1985. Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor or director. 

The application of archaeological interpret- 
ative techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special 
attention to the care and storage of collec- 
tions, display in the museum setting, and the 
presentation of archaeologically-derived in- 
formation. 

MPS 621— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

Spring, 1987. 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
tecture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
ticism and modern; slides from Historic Ameri- 
can Building Survey; landscape architecture. 
Visiting speakers and field trips will be used. 

MPS 622— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1986. 

Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of 
instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
the New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of Indus- 
trial and Nautical Archaeology. Special stress 
will be given to archaeological method and 
theory both as a perspective for the writing of 
history and as a component of Historic Preser- 
vation. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Brooks, S. Kent 

Brown, Hugh 

Easterling, William 

Jones, James Land 

Killorin, Joseph 

Noble, David 

Raymond, Richard 

Roth. Lorie 

Objectives 

The Department of Languages. Literature 
and Dramatic Arts, in cooperation with the 
Department of Secondary and Special Educa- 
tion, offers two programs of study leading to 
the Masters of Education degree with concen- 
trations in English, one a certifiable option and 
one a non-certifiable option. The objectives of 
the certifiable program of study are: 

1. To upgrade the teaching of secondary 
school English by increasing the competen- 
cies of English teachers in the areas of 
linguistics, composition, and literature; 

2. To enable teachers of English in secondary 
schools to pursue study that will enrich their 
skills, knowledge, and understanding in the 
teaching of language, composition, and 
literature; 

3. To provide opportunities for professional 
growth and cultural enrichment for individ- 
uals holding the bachelor's degree but hav- 
ing no further degree or certification objec- 
tives; 

4. To enable teachers of English in secondary 
schools to qualify for the T-5 certificate. 

The Department also offers a non-certifiable 
MEd degree with some adjusted objectives 
and requirements. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the program in 
English will be assigned an academic advisor 
from the Department and a professional advi- 
sor from the Department of Secondary Educa- 
tion. As soon as the student is notified of this 
assignment, a conference with each advisor 
should be arranged. 



I^ 



202 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Comprehensive Examination 

Each candidate for the Master of Education 
degree with a concentration in English must 
pass a written comprehensive examination. 
The comprehensive examination will be based 
on the reading list in language and literature 
which the student must secure when he matric- 
ulates. The student may choose to be exam- 
ined under any reading list in force during the 
time of his enrollment. Copies of the reading 
list are available in the departmental office. For 
more specific information concerning the com- 
prehensive examination, contact the depart- 
ment head. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with T-5 certification) 

Hours 

A. English Courses 40 

1. ENG 620, 621,622 15 

2. Approved electives 25 

(A student may count no more 
than fifteen hours of 500 level 
wrok toward the degree. ENG 

600, 601 , 602, 700, and 790 may 
be retaken as the course is reoffered 
with a different topic.) 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN721 or 722 5 

2. EDN 731 ; EDN 741 , 771 16 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: Because the courses in the 
teaching of reading and in exceptional child- 
ren are required for certification, a student 
must present at least one of these as part of his 
undergraduate record before he will be admit- 
ted to candidacy for the MEd degree in English 
or must present the equivalent graduate course 
in addition to the sixty hours normally required 
in the MEd program. 

OFFERINGS 

Only graduate students may take 700 level 
courses. All other courses are open to under- 
graduate and graduate students. 

Drama/Speech and Drama/Speech— 
Film Offerings 

DRS/FLM 351/551— Film and Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content, and perception. 



DRS 450-451-452/650-651-652— Summer 
Theater (5-15-5) 



English Offerings 

ENG 300/500— Early British Literature 
Through 1603 (5-0-5) 

ENG 302/502— British Literature: 
17th Century (5-0-5) 

ENG 304/504— British Literature: 
1600-1800(5-0-5) 

ENG 305/505— 19th Century I: British 
Romantic Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 306/506— 19th Century II: British 
Victorian Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 307/507— 20th Century: British 
Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 308/508— American Literature to 
1830(5-0-5) 

ENG 309/509— American Literature: 
Emerson through Twain (5-0-5) 

ENG 310/510— American Literature: 
Naturalism to the Present (5-0-5) 

ENG 400/600— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

ENG 401/601— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

ENG 402/602— Special Author (5-0-5) 

ENG 605— Chaucer (5-0-5) 

ENG 606— Shakespeare (5-0-5) 

ENG 607— Milton (5-0-5) 

ENG 620/400— Practical Criticism I (5-0-5) 

The course explores how a teacher may use 
a spectrum of critical approaches to illuminate 
works of literature, especially the epic, tragedy 
comedy, and satire. Works are taken from 
"Reading List for the M.Ed. Comprehensive 
Examination in English (Fall, 1 982): Pre-1 800,' 
with the intention of preparing students for this 
examination. 

ENG 621/400— Practical Criticism II (5-0-5) 

The course explores primarily the applica- 
tion of the formalist approach to the works ol 
literature, concentrating on the lyric, the shod 
story, and the novel. Works are taken frorr 
"Reading List for the M.Ed. Comprehensive 
Examination in English (Fall, 1 982): Post-1 800,' 
with the intention of preparing students for this 
examination. 



GRADUATE MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



203 



:NG 622/422— Approaches to Language 
5-0-5) 

A survey of the components of language 
►tudy as well as the various approaches to 
anguage, meaning, and syntax Relationships 
)etween the teacher's language study and 
classroom implementation of various facets of 
[ will be explored. 

ENG 662— Literature: Its Intellectual 
Backgrounds (5-0-5) 

■NG 666— Historical Linguistics (5-0-5) 

ENG 700— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

ENG 701— Studies in British Literature: 
•re 1660 (5-0-5) 

ENG 702— Studies in British Literature: 
'7th and 18th Century (5-0-5) 

•NG 703— Studies in British Literature: 
1 9th and 20th Century (5-0-5) 

■NG 704— Studies in American Literature 
5-0-5) 

ENG 705— Studies in Comparative 
.iterature (5-0-5) 

ENG 790— Independent Study or 
Seminar (5-0-5) 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

faculty 

/acant, Department Head 
Dyphert, Daniel 
Hansen, John 
Harbin, Micki Sue 
<ilhefner, Dale 
vlunson, Richard 
^ichters. Stephen 
Shipley, Charles 

Objectives 

The Department of Mathematics and Com- 
Duter Science, in cooperation with the School 
Df Education, offers a program of study leading 
:o the degree of Master of Education. The ob- 
ectives of this program are: 
1 . To enhance the academic and professional 



competence of mathematics teachers in 
secondary schools. 

2 To develop the skills, confidence, enthusi- 
asm, and understanding that such teachers 
need in order to meet the present scientific 
and technological challenges of modern 
society. 

3. To acquaint secondary mathematics teach- 
ers with the various major branches of 
mathematics which are relevant to modern 
secondary mathematics curricula. 

Advisement 

Shortly after being admitted to the MEd de- 
gree program in mathematics, each student 
will be assigned an advisor. Upon notification 
of this assignment, the student should arrange 
for a conference and begin planning a degree 
program. Failure by the student to consult reg- 
ularly may greatly lengthen the time necessary 
to complete the program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who wish to transfer graduate 
credit for courses taken at other institutions 
should note the general limitations and proce- 
dures of this graduate catalog. Such transfer of 
credit is handled on an individual basis and 
requires the written approval of the student's 
advisor, the department head, and the appropri- 
ate dean. 

Comprehensive Examinations 

During their final quarter, students are re- 
quired to pass an oral comprehensive exami- 
nation, covering the areas in which they have 
had course work. Students exempting the cal- 
culus or geometry course will be expected to 
demonstrate proficiency in these areas on the 
comprehensive examinations. Students should 
notify their advisor and the department head, 
no laterthan midterm of their next-to-final quar- 
ter, of their intention to take the comprehen- 
sive examination during the following quarter. 

The committee administering this compre- 
hensive examination will consist of three mem- 
bers of the graduate faculty of the Department 
of Mathematics and Computer Science chosen 
by the department head, and one member of 
the graduate faculty of the School of Education 
chosen by the Department of Secondary Edu- 
cation. The department head will notify the 
student of the proposed time, date, and place 
of the examination, and the composition of the 
committee. 

Students who fail the oral comprehensive 
examination may request to take a written 



204 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



comprehensive examination one time during 
the same quarter. Passing the written exami- 
nation will satisfy the comprehensive exami- 
nation requirement. Students who fail should 
contact their advisor to plan remedial action. 
All comprehensive examinations beyond the 
first will be written examinations. Students may 
not take written comprehensive examinations twice 
in consecutive quarters. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION WITH A 
MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS 
(with T-5 certification) 

Hours 

A. Mathematics Courses (not to include 
Mat 592) 35 

1. MAT 703 5 

2. MAT 536 or 630 (536 is required 

if student has not taken Euclidean 
geometry 5 

3. One course from: MAT 593, 

796, 797 5 

4. Electives (with advisor 
consultation) 20 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 731, 741, 771 15 

2. EDN 721 or 722 5 

C. Approved Electives (graduate science 
encouraged) _5 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: The requirement for excep- 
tional children (EXC 622) must be met either at 
the graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting 
this or any special need will require additional 
hours beyond the basic sixty. 

OFFERINGS 

All graduate MAT courses, with the excep- 
tion of 550, 592, and 593 require at least 
twenty-five hours of college mathematics at or 
beyond the level of calculus, including at least 
one course in which writing of deductive 
proofs is required. Additional prerequisites for 
some courses appear with the course des- 
cription. 

MAT 536— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 546— Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (4-0-4) 

Design, solution, and interpretation of mathe- 
matical models of problems in the social, life, 



and management sciences. Topics chosen 
from linear programming, dynamic program- 
ming, scheduling theory, Markovchains, game 
theory, queuing theory, and inventory theory. 

MAT 550— Principles of Computer 
Science (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten hours of college mathe- 
matics. 

BASIC syntax, algorithms, flow diagrmas, 
debugging. Internal representation of data and 
instructions, elementary circuits. Programming 
problemsandapplicationsfor the mathematics 
teacher. 

MAT 553— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 1 1 or 1 46 or MAT 550. 

Numerical error; ploynomial interpolation; 
systems of linear equations; numerical inte- 
gration and numerical solution of differential 
equations; matrix inversion; evaluation of deter- 
minants; calculation of eigenvalues and eigen- 
vectors; boundary value problems. 

MAT 592— Modern Mathematics for 
Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the mathematics content to be 
taught in the elementary school, with empha- 
sis on current methods using concrete mate- 
rialsforteaching concepts, skills, and problem 
solving. (This course may not be counted as 
part of the 35 hour mathematics requirements.) 

MAT 593— Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Problems of teaching traditional topics such 
as fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 
ment (especially in the metric system), and 
informal geometry. Emphasis on incorporating 
drill and practice in necessary skills with fresh 
topics like probability and statistics, and with 
appropriate games and laboratory activities. 
Students will become familiar with relevant 
literature by helping to construct a resource 
list. 

MAT 606— Functions of a Complex 
Variable (5-0-5) 

Complex numbers; elementary functions and 
transformations; the Cauchy theory; confor- 
mal mapping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

MAT 616— Theory of Numbers (3-0-3) 

Divisibility and congruence; quadratic reci- 
procity; diophantine equations; number-theo- 
retic functions and their applications; selected 
advanced topics from algebraic and analytic 
number theory. 



GRADUATE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



205 



MAT 630— Transformation Geometry Via 
the Complex Numbers (5-0-5) 

Algebraic operations on the complex num- 
bers and their corresponding geometric inter- 
pretations; a characterization of isometries of 
the complex plane as translations, rotations, 
reflections and guide reflections; a study of 
isometries as groups; similarities; some classic 
theorems 

MAT 670— History of Mathematics (3-0-3) 

A survey of the development of mathemat- 
ics from its empirical beginnings to its present 
state. 

MAT 703— Analysis: Calculus in the first 
Three Dimensions (5-0-5) 

A survey of the basic notions of differential 
and integral calculus for functions in dimen- 
sions one, two. and three. Development of the 
derivative as a linear operator. Special 
emphasis on application and mathematical 
modeling. Some knowledge of linear algebra is 
expected. 

MAT 720— Applied Probability (5-0-5) 

Review of elementary probability. Stochas- 
tic processes, Markov chains, game theory 
and simulation. Several applications are deve- 
loped throughout the course. Some knowl- 
edge of elementary probability is expected. 

MAT 796— Problem Solving (5-0-5) 

Sharpening of problem solving skills; tech- 
niques forteaching problem solving; wide vari- 
ety of problem solving strategies illustrated by 
problems, primarily using high school mathe- 
matics content. 

MAT 797— Teaching of Algebra and 
Geometry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: A college geometry course 
(undergraduate or graduate). 

Major topics in algebra and geometry (such 
as functions, graphs, inequalities, proofs, con- 
structions) and the problems in teaching them. 
Students will be expected to show mastery of 
the content and will make brief classroom 
presentations. 

CS 596— Computer Literacy for 
Educators (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra. 

A study of the use of computers, with empha- 
sis on instructional use. Hardware compo- 
nents of computers, programming, software 
evaluation and the impact of computers on the 
curriculum. Hands-on experience with the use 



of commercial packages and the creation of 
instructional software This course may not be 
counted toward the M Ed in Mathematics 



School of Education 

Nash, Charles, Dean 



MASTERS LEVEL 



Elementary Education 

Faculty 

Ward, Paul, Department Head 
Agykeum, Steve 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Cochran, John H., Jr. 
Dandy, Evelyn 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Stephens, Jacquelyn 

Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
areas as stipulated by the Georgia State De- 
partment of Education. 

By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the depart- 
ments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) 
encouraging the student to do scholarly study 
in advanced professional, specialized and gen- 
eral education subject matter: (2) helping the 
student become acquainted with the most re- 
cent research developments in child growth 
and development and the latest trends in curric- 
ulum: (3) deepening his appreciation for perfor- 
mance in scientific investigation and research: 
and (4) promoting personal and professional 
maturity of the student that wiil be reflected in 
his relationships as he goes about his work in 
the community and in the field of education. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is as- 
signed an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment a confer- 
ence should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu- 



206 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



dent must meet in order to complete the de- 
gree and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are delin- 
eated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on CATES 
courses transfer is published in the same 
section. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of 
the graduate program will administer an oral 
examination to all candidates for the Master's 
degree. The chair of the examining committee 
will be the student's advisor. The student and 
the advisor will select the other two members 
of the examining committee. This committee 
will have at least one representative from one 
of the content areas on the student's degree 
plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with the 
student, the date, time, and place for the exam- 
ination and will report this information and the 
results of the examination to the appropriate 
department head. 

The department head shall notify the Grad- 
uate Office concerning the proposed place, 
date and time of the examination, the composi- 
tion of the Committee, and the result of the 
examination. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EARLY 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Courses Appropriate to the Major .... 40 

1. Content courses to cover three 
areas 25 

2. Major area requirements 15 

a. EEE727 5 

b. EEE747or757 5 

c. EEE 802 or Elementary 

option 5 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDU722 5 

2. EDU 731 , 771 and EDU 741 ... . 15 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: The requirement for excep- 
tional children (EXC 622) must be met either at 
the graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting 
this or any special need will require additional 
hours beyond the basic sixty. 



Reading Certification Program 
(T-5 Reading Endorsement) 

Selected appropriate hours with advisement 
from the following courses: EDN 641, EDU 
645, EDN 743, 744, 753, 754. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MIDDLE 
SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Several specialization programs are offered 
under the aegis of the MEd degree in elemen- 
tary education. These specialized programs of 
study provide, in addition to the graduate major 
in middle school education which leads to T-5 
certification, opportunity for students to qualify 
for certain other kinds of certification. 

Graduate students majoring in middle school 
education must complete a minimum of sixty 
hours of approved courses in the following 
three areas: Professional Education Sequence, 
Specialized Courses, and Approved Electives. 

One course in reading must be taken if not 
taken previously as well as an appropriate 
course in exceptional children if not taken 
previously. 

The specialized content courses may be 
chosen from the following areas: art; music; 
foreign languages; health and physical educa- 
tion; lanaguage arts, including reading, litera- 
ture, speech, linguistics; mathematics and sci- 
ence; and the social studies. Educational 
background, types of teaching experience, 
specific needs, interests and the goals of stu- 
dents will be the determinants for staff advise- 
ment in student selection of content areas. 
Upon the basis of the foregoing factors, stu- 
dents may choose specialized courses from at 
least three (including language arts) content 
areas. 

Hours 

A. Courses Appropriate to the Major and 
Specialization 40 

1. Major field (content) courses 
in middle or elementary 
education 25-30 

2. Approved electives 10-15 

Elective courses are to be selected 
with advisement. For students not 
previously having a course in middle 
school education. EDN 650— The 
Middle School is required. 
Certification Options: 
Compatible with Education pro- 



GRADUATE ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 



207 



grams are certification options 
in the specialized areas which 
follow Students desiring certi- 
fication in either option may take 
the required courses as they 
pursue the master's degree in 
their respective teaching fields. 
a Supervising Teacher 

Services 15 

Specific electives include: EDN 
681,682.683 

b. Reading 25 

Reading Certification Program 
(T-5 Reading Endorsement) 
Selected appropriate hours with 
advisement from the following 
courses: EDN 641, EDU 654, 
EDN 743. 744, 753. 754. 
B. Professional Education Courses 2 

1. EDN 721 or EDU 722 5 

2. EDU 731, 741,771 15 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

Special Note: Most of the following EDN 
courses are provided primarily— but not exclu- 
sively—by the Department of Elementary Edu- 
cation. Generally EDN and EEE courses are 
taught through the Department of Elementary 
Education. EDU and EXC courses are generally 
taught through the Department of Secondary 
Education. 

EDN Offerings 

EDN 618— Literature for the Middle 
School Learner (5-0-5) 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offer- 
ings of literary value and of significance to age 
level of learners found in the middle school. 
Relates literature to all areas of the middle 
school curriculum. 

EDN 621 —Tests and Measurements (5-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating pu- 
pil growth. 

EDN 632— Multicultural Education (5-0-5) 

Educational study as it relates to the Ameri- 
can multi-ethnic society. Particular emphasis 
on ethnic minorities. 

EDN 640— Teaching Language Arts in 
Elementary School (5-0-5) 

Exploration in the four broad areas of the 



language arts Investigation of pertinent re- 
search of the past decade; opportunties for 
enriching experiences with media 

EDN 641— Methods of Teaching Reading 
(5-0-5) 

Basic principles of and methods underlying 
the elementary school reading program 

EDN 642— Reading and Literature for 
Children (5-0-5) 

Designed to acquaint elementary teachers 
with the stimulating language environment of 
the wide world of literature for children. The 
literature approach of language learning seeks 
to assist the teacher in guiding children to 
become active, sensitive learners who explore, 
inquire, and discover. 

EDN 650— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of 
the middle school; characteristics of the mid- 
dle school learner; emphasis upon the nature 
and role of the middle school teacher and 
upon appropriate programs for the needs of 
middle school learners. 

EDN 681— Directed and Evaluating 
Student Teaching (5-0-5) 

Information, skills and understanding re- 
quired for effective supervision of student 
teachers. Selected teachers. 

EDN 682— Internship for Supervising 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Cooperative field experience involving pub- 
lic school teachers, student teachers, college 
personnel. 

EDN 683— Seminar in Supervision (5-0-5) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising 
teachers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers. 

EDN 691— Science for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Opportunities for acquiring scientific knowl- 
edge and methodology appropriate for the ele- 
mentary grades. 

EDN 702— Seminar in Education for 
Staff Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school 
system. Admission to the course must be 
approved by the student's advisor and by the 
department head. 



208 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 
offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities. Credit for this course may 
be approved for either content or elective 
work. With a change in content, this course 
may be repeated for additional credit. 

EDN 721— Advanced Studies in Human 
Growth and Development (5-0-5) 

A comprehensive view of human growth 
and development with emphasis upon the 
recent literature in these fields. 

EDN 741— Curriculum Planning (5-0-5) 

Treatment of curricular trends and issues. 
Emphasis upon criteria needed for curriculum 
planning and development. 

EDN 742— Seminar in Elementary 
Education (5-0-5) 

Opportunities to analyze issues, theories 
and practices in elementary education. 

EDN 743— Problems in Reading (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Content based upon problems met in the 
teaching of reading and fundamental princi- 
ples and methodology of the reading process. 

EDN 744— Diagnosing and Prescribing 
in the Reading Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Designed to evaluate primary issues in dif- 
ferentiated instruction. Examination of tech- 
niques employed in diagnosing and prescrib- 
ing for reading difficulties. 

EDN 753— Remedial Reading Practicum 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 744. 

A study of the various methods and mate- 
rials utilized to test and teach remedial read- 
ers. The student will be required to tutor one 
poor reader. 

EDN 754— Organization and Supervision 
of the Reading Program (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 753. 
Designed to provide an in-depth study of the 
roles of the reading specialist. 

EDN 762— Guidance in Elementary School 
(5-0-5) 

Application of the guidance point of view 
and guidance techniques to the elementary 
school classroom. Emphasis is upon the 
teacher's role in cooperating with professional 
guidance workers. 



EDN/ZOO 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Modern approaches to teaching the biologi- 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of 
life processes in the animal kingdom. 

EDN/BOT 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with prin- 
ciples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life. 

EDN/CHE 794— Chemistry for 
Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic and 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on prac- 
tical application at the elementary school 
level. 

EDN/PHS 795— Earth Science for 
Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the composition of earth, classifica- 
tion and identification of rocks and minerals in 
a format appropriate for teachers of elemen- 
tary-age children. 

EDN 796— Geography for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A critical examination of instructional pro- 
cedures and techniques in teaching geography 
in elementary grades. Selection, organization 
and presentation of structured facts of human 
environment, both cultural and physical. Em- 
phasis given to the conceptual approach in the 
analysis of space and regional interaction. 

EDN 797— Social Studies for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Investigation of newer approaches to social 
studies teaching. Emphasis on related skills as 
map and graph reading. Analysis of behavioral 
objectives for social studies teaching. 

EDN 800— Internship (O-V-V) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Students who hold teaching positions in 
school and/or clinic settings will be super- 
vised by college staff members for one aca- 
demic year. Supervisors will observe and hold 
conferences with each candidate. Students 
must complete one academic year to receive 
credit. 

EDN 804— Practicum in Middle School 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 
Supervised experience with middle grades 
children, level dependent upon prior experi- 



GRADUATE PHYSICAL EDUCATION 



209 



ences of student. Seminars, projects and re- 
search planned according to students" needs 

EDN 810— Leadership in Supervision 
and Administration (5-0-5) 

Tools, techniques and processes that en- 
hance classroom teacher educational deci- 
sion making and leadership are examined 
together with the factors, sources and pro- 
cesses for classroom application. Restricted 
to specialist degree students 

EDU 812— Special Topics in Curriculum 
(5-0-5) 

Guided research and study of current cur- 
riculum issues directly related to the student's 
professional interests and needs. Restricted to 
specialist degree students. 

EDN/EDU816— Internship/Practicum/ 
Project/Thesis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EDU 81 0. EDN 81 2 and EDU 
814. Restricted to specialist degree students. 

Each student will meet the requirements for 
this course according to his/her individual 
needs and the requirements of the separate 
degree programs. In consultation with the pro- 
fessor, the student may be required to com- 
plete an internship or practicum in a school or 
agency, prepare an advanced project on a 
topic of interest, or write a thesis based on a 
proposal developed in the special problems 
course. 

Early Elementary Education (EEE) 
Offerings 

EEE 727— Child Growth and 
Development (5-0-5) 

Lecture and laboratory. Basic concepts and 
problems of child development; observation, 
behavior patterns, child study. 

EEE 728— Movement Exploration and 
Motor Learning in Children (5-0-5) 

Emphasis on understandings, skills, and 
teaching techniques in movement education 
needed in the teaching of young children and 
pre-adolescents. 

EEE 737— Foundations of Early 
Childhood Education (5-0-5) 

Historical developments, philosophy and ob- 
jectives of nursery schools, kindergartens, and 
day care centers; exploration of teacher-child 
and teacher-family interactions, diagnosis and 
evaluation of children. 



EEE 738— The Young Child and His Family, 
School, Community (5-0-5) 

Interaction with community for services and 
resources Family study from many different 
angles, utilizing data from various fields, devel- 
oping skills in procedures and techniques for 
working with parents 

EEE 747— Early Elementary Education 
Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Content, approaches, methods and materi- 
als appropriate for young children as presented 
in interdisciplinary or experience approach 
emphasizing how language arts, science, 
mathematics, social studies, and the creative 
arts are adapted to skills and needs of children. 

EEE 757— Early Elementary Instructional 
Strategies/Methods (5-0-5) 

Review of research and programs; teaching 
strategies for children under ten. Implications 
for program development. Developing skills 
involved in translating concepts into class- 
room practice. 

EEE 758— Creative Activities in Art, 
Music, Dance and Drama (5-0-5) 

Focus on activities in the four designated 
areas, utilization of interdisciplinary approach. 

EEE 802— Practicum in Early Elementary 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Supervised experience with young children, 
level dependent upon prior experiences of stu- 
dent. Seminars, projects and research planned 
according to students' needs. 



Physical Education 

Faculty 

Sims, Roy, Department Head 
Burgess. Clifford 
Cochran, John 
Newberry. Lloyd 
Stokes, William 
Tapp. Lawrence 
Ward. Paul 

Objectives 

The Graduate study in physical education is 
designed to strengthen and extend the stu- 



210 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



dent's knowledge of history, principles and phi- 
losophy of physical education. In addition, it 
will include in-depth study in physiology of exer- 
cise, movement exploration, sports psychol- 
ogy, and kinesio-therapy. The program will 
provide opportunities for students to develop 
an understanding of the application of these 
sciences and areas of knowledge to the growth 
and development of atypical as well as typical 
children. 

The primary emphasis at the master's level 
will be the preparation of better teachers and 
will include meaningful laboratory and appropri- 
ate field experiences. Attention will be given to 
the developmental phases of graduate pro- 
grams for appropriate consideration and em- 
phasis on physical education at the early child- 
hood, elementary, junior high and secondary 
school levels. 
The graduate program will: 
-Contribute to the continual development of 
the community's educational opportunities. 
-Advance the student's technical and ana- 
lytical skills of mechanical analysis and 
motor learning through advanced program 
work and study. 

-Provide an opportunity for the advanced 
study of the physiological functions of the 
human body. 

-Provide for advanced educational skills in 
the methods of planning, teaching methods, 
curriculum development and research tech- 
niques. 

-Provide opportunities for the advancement 
of knowledge in analytical and technical 
skills of movement. 

-Provide an opportunity for continuous pro- 
fessional growth and competency, for ex- 
panding professional and cultural back- 
grounds and for extending knowledge and 
understanding in an area of speciality. 
-Provide an opportunity for personal growth 
and development through group interaction 
and cooperative research studies and meth- 
ods. 

Advisement 

Upon admission to the program each stu- 
dent is assigned an advisor who approves a 
program of study. As soon as the student is 
notified of this assignement a conference 
should be scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

A committee of the faculty of the graduate 
program will administer a comprehensive ex- 



amination to candidates for the Master's de- 
gree. The student's advisor will be the chair of 
the examining committee. This chair, in con- 
sultation with the student, will select the date, 
time, and place for the examination and will 
report this information and the examination 
results to the appropriate college officials. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER IN EDUCATION IN PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Required Education Courses 20 

1. EDU 722,731 10 

2. EDU 741,771 10 

B. Required Physical Education 

Courses 20 

1 . PE 700, 760 8 

2. PE 770, 780, 800 12 

C. Elective Physical Education 

Courses 10 

Two courses selected from: 
PE710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 

790,810; EXC622 10 

(EXC 622 is required if not taken 
in undergraduate program) 

D. Approved Electives 1_0 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

Physical Education Offerings 

PE 700— Advanced Physiology of 
Exercise (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 230 or equivalent Physiol- 
ogy of Exercise. 

A study of the neuromuscular, metabolic, and 
cardiovascular-respiratory responses and ad- 
aptations to exercise. Emphasis is placed on 
the biologic basis of human physical perfor- 
mance and fitness. Laboratory experiences 
include exposure to environmental, ergono- 
metric, metabolic, circulatory, respiratory, and 
body composition measurement techniques. 

PE 710— Psychology of Coaching (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of psychology as 
applied to the problems of coaching today's 
athletes. A reading and research course de- 
signed to help students understand today's 
special situations, individual and team per- 
sonalities and ways to motivate and improve 
performance. 



GRADUATE SECONDARY AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



211 



PE 720— Philosophy of Sports in Society 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the significance of sports in soci- 
ety. The course will focus on the definition and 
clarification of sports and the sporting expe- 
rience in order to determine the place and 
meaning of sports in our lives 

PE 730— Outdoor and Recreational 
Activities (5-0-5) 

In-depth study into the formulation of the 
major factors determining the philosophy of 
recreation, program planning and administra- 
tion of outdoor experiences and recreational 
activities in all aspects of school, church and 
industry Emphasis upon the development of a 
specific recreational program and/or activity. 

PE 740— Social and Psychological 
Aspects of Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the research literature in sociology 
and psychology as it relates to physical activity. 
Emphasis is placed on application to physical 
education and athletics. 

PE 750— Administration and Supervision 
of Physical Education and Athletics (5-0-5) 

Advanced study and research into the rela- 
tionship of athletics and physical education 
programs in the educational community. Spe- 
cific attention is given to personnel, eligibility, 
finance, liability, safety, and policies in direct- 
ing and supervising intramural and interscho- 
lastic athletics. 

PE 760— Readings in Physical Education 
and Athletics (3-0-3) 

A comprehensive review of literature in 
physical education, athletics, and related ar- 
eas, with emphasis on learning to evaluate 
research methods and findings. 

PE 770— Motor Learning (4-2-5) 

This course is designed to acquaint stu- 
dents with research findings and empirical 
evidence regarding the physiological and psy- 
chological implications of motor skills, learning 
theories and other individual differences as 
they influence physical activity. 

PE 780— Mechanical Analysis (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 330 or equivalent Kinesiol- 
ogy. 

A scientific analysis of basic human move- 
ment skills with emphasis on the laws of phys- 
ics and their application in physical education 
and sport. 



PE 790— Methods and Materials (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite PE 443 or equivalent Methods 
and Curriculum in Health and Physical Educa- 
tion 

Selection of level of specialization for in- 
depth study of research materials and current 
trends in physical education teaching methods 

PE 800— Seminar on Current Issues (2-0-2) 

Study of current issues and problems in 
physical education with emphasis on outstand- 
ing studies and research mthe field. Emphasis 
is on student participation to provide them the 
opportunity to exchange and assimilate ideas 
and concepts. 

PE 810— Research in Physical Education 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PE 31 2 or equivalent measure- 
ment and Education in Health, Physical Edu- 
cation and Recreation. 

A study of methods of research in physical 
education. An analysis of selected research 
articles and designs will be emphasized. 



Secondary Education and 
Special Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William. Department Head 

Burgess, Clifford 

Galloway, Herbert 

Newberry, Lloyd 

Robinson. Aurelia 

Stevens. Linda 

Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
areas as stipulated by the Georgia State De- 
partment of Education. Degree programs for 
specific secondary areas of certification such 
as history. English, biology, etc., are described 
in the chapters of this catalog devoted to these 
content areas. The education departments 
participate in each such program but also offer 
several complete programs leading to certifi- 
cation, such as Special Education-Behavior 
Disorders. Reading Specialist, etc. The educa- 



212 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



tion department heads can provide guidance 
for meeting the certification requirements 

By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the de- 
partments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1 ) en- 
couraging the student to do scholarly study in 
advanced professional, specialized and gen- 
eral education subject matter; (2) helping the 
student become acquainted with the most re- 
cent research developments in child growth 
and development and the latest trends in curric- 
ulum; (3) deepening his appreciation for perfor- 
mance in scientific investigation and research; 
and (4) promoting personal and professional 
maturity of the student that will be reflected in 
his relationships as he goes about his work in 
the community and in the field of education. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is as- 
signed an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment, a con- 
ference should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu- 
dent must meet in order to complete the degree 
and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are delin- 
eated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on CATES 
course transfer is published in the same 
section. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of 
the graduate program will administer an oral 
examination to all candidates for the Master's 
degree. The chair of the examining committee 
will be the student's advisor. The student and 
the advisor will select the other two members 
of the examining committee. This committee 
will have at least one representative from one 
of the content areas on the student's degree 
plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with the 
student, the date, time, and place for the exam- 
ination and will report this information and the 
results of the examination to the appropriate 
department head. 

The department head shall notify the Grad- 
uate Office concerning the proposed place, 
date and time of the examination, the composi- 



tion of the Committee, and the result of the 
examination. 

Degree Programs 

Degree programs which are cooperative 
with departments in the School of Arts and 
Sciences and the School of Human Services 
are clearly outlined in the departmental sec- 
tion of this catalog. Departments which are 
cooperative in MEd programs include Biology, 
Chemistry, Health Science. History and Politi- 
cal Science, Languages, Literature and Dra- 
matic Arts, and Mathematics. 

Degree programs in Special Education fol- 
low. 



Business Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Coordinator 

Graduate Education Faculty, Armstrong State 

College 
Business Education Faculty, Savannah State 

College 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each stu- 
dent is assigned an advisor who approves a 
program of study. As soon as the student is 
notified of this arrangement a conference 
should be scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

During the final quarter of residence a can- 
didate must pass a final comprehensive exam- 
ination in the field. The Business Education 
Coordinator shall notify the student, the Dean 
of the School of Education and the appropriate 
official at Savannah State College ten days 
prior to examination concerning the proposed 
place, date and time of examination and the 
composition of the committee. The Examining 
Committee's decision on the candidate's per- 
formance on the Comprehensive Examination 
will be reported as "pass" or "fail" to the Dean 
of the School of Education within three days 
after the examination. 

Students interested in enrolling in the M.Ed, 
in Business Education should contact Dr. 
Stokes. Head of the Secondary Education 
Department at Armstrong State College, or 



GRADUATE BUSINESS EDUCATION 



213 



Drs Harven or Lamb of the School of Business 
at Savannah State College The Business 
Education Program is a cooperative program 
between Savannah State College and Arm- 
strong State College. Course descriptions for 
courses appropriate to this program are found 
in the Graduate Catalog of Armstrong State 
College and the Graduate Catalog of Savannah 
State College under the areas of Education 
and Business, respectively. 

Because of the cooperative nature of the 
Business Education program, students are 
encouraged to stay in close contact with their 
advisors. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at an accredited institution may transfer a 
limited number of credits to be applied toward 
the MEd degree in Business Education. Trans- 
fer of credit is handled on an individual basis. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Business Education Courses 30 

1 . Core Courses 15 

BED 601. 603,611 15 

2. Option Courses 15 

Select Option A or B 

a. Secretarial/Information 

Processing 15 

1. BED 621 5 

2 BED 622 or 623 5 

3. BED elective 5 

b. Basic Business/ 
Accounting 15 

1. BED 631 5 

2. BED 622 or 623 5 

3. BED elective 5 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN721 or 722 5 

2. EDN 731, 741,771 15 

C. Electives 10 

Ten hours from business admin- 
istration, business education, or 
education to complement the 
student's program. An appropriate 
course in exceptional children 
(EXC 622) must be taken, if not 
previously. 

TOTAL 60 



OFFERINGS 

The following courses are available at Sa- 
vannah State College as a part of the coopera- 
tive Business Education Program 

BED 601— Current Problems In Business 
Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the historical perspective or foun- 
dations of business education: current issues, 
problems, trends; curriculum development. 

BED 603— Research Seminar In Business 
Education (5-0-5) 

Analysis of research in business education. 

BED 611— Administration and Supervision 
in Business Education (5-0-5) 

Procedures for the effective administration 
and supervision of business education pro- 
grams. 

BED 621— Vocational Development in 
Shorthand and Typewriting (5-0-5) 

Trends, methods, and procedures in the 
teaching of shorthand and typewriting. 

BED 622— Improvement of Instruction in 
Information Processing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: OAD 340: Word Processing 
Concepts or equivalent background. 

The impact of concepts, practices, and 
trends in word processing and reprographics 
in a comprehensive business education pro- 
gram. 

BED 623— Improvement of Instruction in 
Business Data Processing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for T-4 certification in 
Business Data Processing. 

The impact of concepts, practices, and 
trends in data processing. 

BED 631— Improvement of Instruction in 
Accounting and Basic Business Courses 
(5-0-5) 

Methods, procedures, research, and trends 
in accounting and basic business instruction. 

BED 690— Research and Thesis (0-V-10) 

The identification and development of a 
research topic in the student's area of interest 
with the approval of the Business Education 
Graduate Faculty. 

BED 700— Internship in Teaching (0-V-10) 

Internship teaching in vocational or second- 
ary schools for those with needs in this area. 



L 



214 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Science Education 

Faculty 

Stokes, William, Coordinator 
Beumer, Ronald 
Brewer, John 
Burgess, Clifford 
Guillou, Laurent 
Hansen, John 
Kilhefner, Dale 
Newberry, Lloyd 
Pingel, Allen 
Robinson, Doris 
Stratton, Cedric 
Thorne, Francis 
Ward, Paul 
Whiten, Morris 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each stu- 
dent is assigned an advisor who approves a 
program of study. As soon as the student is 
notified of this assignment a conference should 
be scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the MEd degree with a concen- 
tration in science education, each student is 
required to pass a comprehensive examina- 
tion covering the areas in which he has had 
course work. The examination may be oral or 
written. Oral examinations will last approxi- 
mately one and one-half hours; written exami- 
nations will last approximately three hours. 
This examination will be completed no later 
than mid-term of the quarter preceding that in 
which graduation is anticipated. If the student 
should fail the examination, he may be reex- 
amined orally or in writing, at the discretion of 
the departments in areas of specific weakness 
only. The Coordinator shall notify the student 
and the Dean of the School of Education ten 
days prior to the examination concerning the 
proposed place, date, and time of the examina- 
tion. The results of the examination are to be 
reported to the Dean of the School of Educa- 
tion within three days after the examination. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at an accredited institution may transfer a 
limited number of credits to be applied toward 
the MEd degree in Science Education. Transfer 
of credit is handled on an individual basis. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Science Courses 35 

1. EDN798 £ 

2. Other courses are selected, in 
consultation with the student's ad- 
visor, from the graduate courses 
in biology, chemistry, earth sci- 
ence, mathematics and physics. 
Each student will be required to 
take at least 30 hours of science 
content courses to include at 
least ten hours from each of two 
separate disciplines 3C 

B. Professional Education Courses 2C 

1. EDN721 or 722 £ 

2. EDN 731,741,771 15 

Electives are to be chosen through 
advisement and according to indi- 
vidual needs and may include 
courses in science, education, or 

a suitable third field with the prior 
approval of the student's advisor. 
An appropriate course in excep- 
tional children (EXC 622) must be 
taken, if not previously. 

TOTAL 6C 



Social Studies Education 



Objectives 

The purpose of the graduate program ir 
Social Studies is, first and foremost, to increase 
the academic and professional skills, compe- 
tence, and enthusiasm of secondary teacher* 
in their special fields and in the social studies 
generally. 

In the broadest sense, it is our goal to pro- 
vide continuing intellectual enrichment to ma- 
ture adults of diverse interests, whose desire 
for learning has not ceased and for whom an^ 
degree marks but a stage in a continuing pro- 
cess of personal growth. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission to the program ir 
Social Studies, each student should contad 
the department head to secure an advisor. As 



GRADUATE SCIENCE EDUCATION 



215 



soon as notified of the assigned advisor, the 
student should arrange for a conference and 
begin planning a degree program Failure by 
the student to consult regularly with the advisor 
may greatly lengthen the time necessary to 
complete the program 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at one or more accredited institutions may, 
under certain circumstances, transfer a limited 
number of quarter hours of such credits to be 
applied toward the MEd degree program in 
Social Studies. Such transfer of credits is 
handled on an individual basis and requires the 
written approval of the student's advisor and 
the Department Head. In any case, no more 
than ten hours credit will be considered for 
transfer into the major field. 

Comprehensive Examination 

Satisfactory performance on comprehensive 
examinations, both written and oral, will be re- 
quired of all degree candidates. Candidates 
should notify their major professor and the 
department head of their readiness to be 
examined at the time they apply for the degree 

i.e., no later than mid-term of their next-to- 
final quarter. At this time the department head, 
in consultation with the student, will determine 
the examining committee of three faculty mem- 
bers, including the designated chairman. Fol- 
lowing the department head's receiving of 
consent to serve from the committee members, 
the candidate will then approach them for 
requirements, including reading lists, etc. The 
Committee Chairman in consultation with the 
committee members and candidate, will deter- 
mine the places, dates, and times of the written 
examinations, and of the oral exam. The exam- 
inations normally occur before mid-term of the 
student's final quarter, but never more than 
one quarter after course work for the degree 
has been completed. 

The department head will notify the student 
regarding the result of the examinations. The 
examination papers and/or comments of the 
examining committee will become part of the 
student's permanent file in the Department, 
and the student may request a conference with 
the major professor and advisors for the pur- 
pose of reviewing the examination papers. In 
the event the candidate fails any part of the 
comprehensive examination the department 
reserves the right to require the student to take 



additional courses in areas of weakness, be- 
fore re-examination 

A student may repeat the Comprehensive 
Examinations as many times as necessary to 
demonstrate the required level of competence. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN 
SECONDARY EDUCATION— MAJOR 
IN SOCIAL STUDIES 

Teachers with baccalaureate degrees and 
who are certified in history, political science, or 
other social science disciplines earn T-5 cer- 
tification within the context of a balanced 
social science curriculum. Of the 60 hours (1 2 
courses) required to complete the degree, 40 
will be selected from history, political science 
and economics. These, in addition to 20 hours 
of professional education, courses in the Social 
Sciences are required as follows: 

Hours 

A. History 20 

Including one course each in 
American, European, some area 
of Non-Western History and in 
Historiography. 

B. Political Science 15 

C. Economics 5 



TOTAL 



40 



Those with appropriate undergraduate prep- 
aration but who do not possess a teaching 
certificate may also pursue this degree. Addi- 
tional coursework establishes qualifications 
for T-5 certification. 

Close supervision and individual advisement 
insure that the program will be tailored to the 
needs of each student enrolled in it and will 
provide an adequate foundation for teaching a 
variety of subjects in the Secondary Social 
Studies curriculum. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL 
EDUCATION— BEHAVIOR DISORDERS 

Special Note: The prerequisite forthis degree 
program includes Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622). 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722,731 10 

2. EDN 741,771 10 



216 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



B. Specialization Courses 30 

1. EXC 723, 754, 780, 781 20 

2. EXC 785, 786 10 

C. Related Field Courses 10 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 641,645, 753; EXC 625, 
721,755,760, 770,773,775, 
788,790,791,792 

TOTAL 60 

Special Note: Students are required to com- 
plete a minimum of ten hours practicum (cf. 
specialization courses) in one of the following 
ways: 

A. EXC 785 and EXC 786 may be completed 
over a two quarter period by those students 
who are working full time with Behavior Dis- 
ordered students, or 

B. Students who are not employed full time 
may complete EXC 785 and 786 by working 
2 different quarters in two different settings 
(such as Georgia Regional Hospital, Psy- 
choeducational Center, Behavior Disorders 
classes) for a minimum of 10 hours per 
week for the quarter. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL 
EDUCATION— LEARNING DISABILITIES 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree 
program include Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622), a T-4 Certificate, and one 
year of teaching experience. 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722, 731 10 

2. EDN 741,771 10 

B. Specialization Courses 30 

1. EXC 723, 741,755 15 

2. EXC 770, 775, 788 15 

C. Related Field Courses 10 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 721, 744; EXC 625, 754, 
760, 773, 793 

TOTAL 60 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL 
EDUCATION— SPEECH/LANGUAGE 
PATHOLOGY 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree 
program include Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622) and a T-4 Certificate in 
Speech Pathology or its equivalent. 



Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 15 

1. EDN 721,731 10 

2. EDN 771 5 

B. Specialization Courses 40 

1. EXC 730, 732, 734, 736 20 

2. EXC 737, 738, 739, 740 20 

C. Related Field Courses 5 

One course selected with 
advisement from the following: 
EXC 723, 754, 755, 770, 775, 
760, 790, 791, 792; EDN 641 

TOTAL 60 

OFFERINGS 

Special Note: Most of the following EDU 
courses are provided primarily— but not exclu- 
sively—by the Department of Secondary Edu- 
cation. Generally EDU and EXC courses are 
taught through the Department of Secondary 
Education. EDN and EEE courses are generally 
taught through the Department of Elementary 
Education. 

EDU Offerings 

EDU 620— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

An examination of the values to be found in 
folk tales, classical myths and legends, as well 
as the body of contemporary writing, especially 
created to satisfy interests and needs of ado- 
lescents. 

EDU 621— Tests and Measurements 
(5-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating pu- 
pil growth. 

EDU 645— Reading in the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the rationale for teaching reading as they 
teach their content areas. 

EDU 651— Newer Teaching Media I (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Undergraduate media or per- 
mission of instructor. 

Course in multi-sensory learning and the util- 
ization and preparation of audio-visual mate- 
rials. Includes the areas of programmed in- 
struction, instructional design, and computers 
in education. 

EDU 665— Introduction to Adult 
Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Baccalaureate degree in teach- 
ing field or permission of Department Head. 
An overview of the historical, philosophical 



GRADUATE SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



217 



forces affecting adult education in the United 
States Attention will be given to purposes of 
and practices in the field 

EDU 666— Psychology of Adult Learning: 
How Adults Learn (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 665 

Designed to provide the student of adult 
education with an opportunity to become ac- 
quainted with psychological factors which in- 
fluence the adult's learning behavior. Specifi- 
cally, the course will enable the student of adult 
education to acquire and/or to develop a basic 
understanding of the research and theoretical 
formulations regarding adults as learners. 

Emphasis will be placed upon conditionsthat 
affect the adult learner in terms of his ability, 
potential, motivation, self-perception, role iden- 
tification status and cultural background. 

EDU 668— Adult Education-Strategies 
and Resources (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 666. 

Study and evaluation of methods and mate- 
rials employed in teaching adults. Utilization of 
psychology of teaching the adult learner with 
emphasis upon current teaching strategies for 
the educated and under-educated adult. 

EDU 681— Directed and Evaluating 
Student Teaching (O-V-5) 

Information, skills and understanding re- 
quired for effective supervision of student 
teachers. Selected teachers. 

EDU 682— Internship for Supervising 
Teachers (V-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Cooperative field experience involving pub- 
lic school teachers, student teachers, college 
personnel. 

EDU 683— Seminar in Supervision 
(V-V-5) 

An opportunity for experienced supervising 
teachers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
plans for increasing skills in guiding student 
teachers. 

EDU 690— Teachers, Environment, and 
Free Enterprise Institute (6-7-10) 

This course is designed to assist teachers in 
increasing their understanding of the relation- 
ships of our physical and social environments 
and the free enterprise system. Emphasis will 
be placed upon the incorporation of this knowl- 
edge into classroom subject-matter teaching. 
The course will utilize consultants from gov- 



ernment, public utilities, industry, and educa- 
tion and will be supplemented by field trips 

EDU 702— Seminar in Education for 
Staff Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school 
system. Admission to the course must be 
approved by the student's advisor and by the 
department head. 

This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 
offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities. Credit for this course may be 
approved for either content or elective work. 

With a change in content, this course may be 
repeated for additional credit. 

EDU 711— Philosophy and History of 
Education (5-0-5) 

Traditional and modern philosophical sys- 
tems and their impact on educational theory 
and practice. 

EDU 722— The Nature and Conditions 
of Human Learning (5-0-5) 

An advanced study of the various theories of 
learning with emphasis upon the latest ideas in 
this field. 

EDU 725— Contemporary Problems in 
Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Two or more courses in psy- 
chology or sociology or a combination of the 
two. 

A seminar to explore contemporary prob- 
lems of a psycho-social nature affecting edu- 
cation. 

EDU 731— Social Foundations of 
Education (5-0-5) 

Basic graduate course in the contribution of 
the social sciences to education, focused on 
the significant issues and problems of educa- 
tion. 

EDU 750— Practicum in Health 
Education (1-8-5) 

Supervised, educational activity in a variety 
of settings including, but not limited to public 
health agencies, private health facilities and/or 
public schools. The course will be devoted to 
the design and implementation of health cur- 
riculum and includes a weekly one hour semi- 
nar on campus. 



218 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDU 751— Newer Teaching Media II (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 651 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An advanced course emphasizing design 
and production of instructional materials in a 
laboratory setting. Student will design, pro- 
duce, and try out individual projects using a 
variety of media. 

EDU 761— Principles and Practices of 
Guidance and Counseling (5-0-5) 

Guidance and counseling philosophy, pro- 
cess and techniques with application to indi- 
vidual and group training and therapy. 

EDU 771— Education Research (5-0-5) 

Methodology of educational research and 
its application to instruction and guidance. 

EDU 772— Field-Based Research (V-V-5) 

Research theory and an "on-the-job" re- 
search project dealing with improvement in the 
student's specific situation. 

EDU 773— Individual Research (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty 
advisor, students conduct research relating to 
their professional interests and responsibilities. 

EDU 775— Individual Study in Education 
(O-V-d-5)) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Opportunities provided for supervised re- 
search and independent study in selected 
areas. Research and reading in education to 
meet the needs of students involved. Designed 
for students with a knowledge of research. All 
work offered on an individual basis with the 
approval of department chairman, advisor, and 
instructor concerned. 

EDU 791— Environmental Science (5-0-5) 

Exploration of science principles through 
problem-solving. Designed to make environ- 
mental science situations meaningful. 

EDU 798— Problems in Science Teaching 
(5-0-5) 

Content is based upon problems met in the 
teaching of science with emphasis on the 
scientific method using the inquiry approach. 

EDU 800— Internship (O-V-15) 

Students who hold teaching positions in 
school and/or clinic settings will be super- 
vised by collect staff members for one aca- 
demic year. Supervisors will observe and hold 
conferences with each candidate. Students 



must complete one academic year to receive 
credit. 

EDU 805— School Evaluation (0-V-(5-10)) 

Study of school assessment procedures, 
self-study and follow-up. 

EDU 812— Special Topics in Curriculum 
(5-0-5) 

Guided research and study of current cur- 
riculum issues directly related to the student's 
professional interests and needs. Restricted to 
specialist degree students. 

EDU 814— Special Problems in 
Educational Research (5-0-5) 

The student, in consultation with his advisor, 
will select a special topic for extensive litera- 
ture review and analysis of research findings. 
As a part of this course the student may pre- 
pare a research design and proposal which he 
may follow up with a thesis in the Internship- 
Thesis course. Restricted to specialist degree 
students. 

EDU 816— Internship/Practicum/ 
Project/Thesis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDU 810, EDN 812 and EDU 
814. 

Each student will meet the requirements for 
this course according to his/her individual 
needs and the requirements of the separate 
degree programs. In consultation with the pro- 
fessor, the student may be required to com- 
plete an internship or practicum in a school or 
agency, prepare an advanced project on a 
topic of interest, or write a thesis based on a 
proposal developed in the special problems 
course. Restricted to specialist degree stu- 
dents. 



Economic Education Offerings 

EED 600— Dynamics of the American 
Economy (5-0-5) 

This course is designed for teachers and 
consists of a comprehensive overview of the 
American economic system, with particular 
emphasis upon critical economic issues that 
influence society. Teaching methodology, ap- 
plications, and materials development are pre- 
sented as an integral part of the course. 

EED 610— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

This course is designed for teachers and 
covers the basic elements of personal finance 
needed by individuals and family units in mak- 



GRADUATE SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



219 



ing wise decisions in today's society Con- 
cepts covered include: assessment of individ- 
ual resources, selective spending, credit, taxes, 
insurance, savings, investments, and budget- 
ing The course includes learning activities, 
curriculum development, and skills acquisi- 
tion An introduction to the use of computers in 
personal finance is integrated into the course. 



Education of Exceptional Children (EXC) 
Offerings 

EXC 622— Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

An introductory study of the identification, 
diagnosis, and education of the atypical child. 

EXC 625— Mental Hygiene in Teaching 
(5-0-5) 

A consideration of the forces and influences 
on what constitutes normal behavior in per- 
sonal and social relationships within the school 
setting. Student behavior, teacher behavior, 
and student-teacher interaction dynamics will 
receive major attention. Open to qualified 
undergraduate students, graduate students, 
and teachers seeking renewal of certificates. 

EXC 626— Psychology of Abnormal 
Behavior (5-0-5) 

The study of the various forms of abnormal 
behavior of children; etiology, symptoms, and 
treatment. 

EXC 723— Assessment and Measurement 
of the Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

This course will emphasize the means and 
interpretations of psychological, psychiatric, 
educational, and other evaluations. It will at- 
tempt to help the teacher understand and 
make relevant the test specialists' report. 

EXC 730— Diagnosis and Appraisal of 
Communication Disorders (5-0-5) 

Instruments and procedures in diagnosing 
speech and language disorders. 

EXC 732— Voice Disorders (5-0-5) 

A study of the vocal mechanism and related 
disorders; therapeutic procedures for varying 
kinds of voice disorders are included. 

EXC 734— Language Disorders in 
Children (5-0-5) 

Methods of differential diagnosis and reme- 
diation of the major language disorders of 
children. 



EXC 736— Language Disorders In 
Adults (5-0-5) 

A study of speech and language disorders in 
adults, with emphasis on the pathology, eva- 
luation, and treatment of aphasia. 

EXC 737— Advanced Articulation (5-0-5) 

A study of both functional and organically- 
based disorders of articulation, including etiol- 
ogy, diagnosis, and therapeutic procedures. 

EXC 738— Aural Rehabilitation (5-0-5) 

Rehabilitation principles and procedures in- 
volved in management of the hearing-impaired 
person, including speech reading, auditory 
training, management of hearing aids and 
other amplification systems. 

EXC 739— Practicum I in Speech/ 
Language Pathology (Residence) (0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of com- 
munication disorders in the public school and 
on-campus clinic setting. The course includes 
the development of therapeutic programs, writ- 
ing lesson plans, and conducting therapy with 
direct supervision. 

EXC 740— Practicum II in Speech/ 
Language Pathology (Nonresidence) 
(0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of com- 
munication disorders in off-campus, nonpub- 
lic school settings. Approved settings may include 
hospitals, nursing homes, special day schools, 
and institutions. 

EXC 741— Remedial Reading for the 
Exceptional Child (3-4-5) 

First half of course consists of classroom 
instruction in procedures forteaching reading. 
Second half of course consists of tutoring an 
exceptional child in reading under the instruc- 
tor's supervision. 

EXC 754— Behavioral Intervention 
Procedures for Children (5-0-5) 

To acquaint students with historical back- 
ground, developments, concepts, definitions, 
terminology and techniques of behavioral inter- 
vention as well as application of such proce- 
dures. 

EXC 755— Advanced Research and 
Readings in Special Education (5-0-5) 

The students will be directed in research 
and readings in special education to deepen 
their knowledge of exceptional children and to 
draw conclusions from research to apply to 






220 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



specific situations. Historical perspectives and 
current trends in special education will be 
emphasized. 

EXC 760— Consultation with Parents 
and Professionals (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to broaden the skills 
of the teacher of the exceptional child by im- 
proving communication with regular classroom 
teachers and parents of exceptional children. 

EXC 770— Characteristics of the 
Learning Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or equivalent. 

The emphasis in this course will be on inci- 
dence, etiologies, prevailing characteristics, 
and family interactions of learning disabled 
children. 

EXC 773— Independent Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty 
advisor, students conduct research relating to 
their professional interests and responsibilities. 

EXC 775— Methods of Teaching the 
Learning Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 770. 

The student will survey the various methods 
that have been developed to work with the 
learning disabled student, learn how the meth- 
ods are applied, and design teaching strategies 
for individual learners based on the theoretical 
models. 

EXC 780— Behavior Pathology in 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622. 

A study of the epidemiology, etiology, prog- 
nosis, and treatment of behavior disorders in 
children. An extensive examination of the so- 
cial milieu will characterize the course. 

EXC 781— Education of the Emotionally 
Disturbed (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 780. 

The student will survey the various types of 
programs and approaches historically and cur- 
rently in operation for the emotionally dis- 
turbed child. Emphasis will be placed on those 
programs within the public school setting. 

EXC 785— Practicum I in Special 
Education (0-10-5) 

Five hours to be taken among the first 
twenty-five hours of the student's program. 
During thistime, the student will be requiredto 
interact with behavior disordered children a 



minimum of ten clock hours per week in pro- 
grams designed to ameliorate the disability. 

EXC 786— Practicum II in Special 
Education (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 785. 

Five quarter hours of individual studies under 
the direction of the student's advisor, or the 
advisor's designate. The student will be re- 
quired to work with behavior disordered stu- 
dents for a minimum of ten clock hours per 
week. The program will be designed so that the 
student develops proficiency in a minimum of 
one treatment mode for behavior disordered 
children. The student will be expected to dem- 
onstrate expertise in planning, implementing, 
and continuously reevaluating his/her treat- 
ment approaches. 

EXC 787— Practicum III in Special 
Education (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 786. 

Five hours taken during the final quarter of 
the student's program. The student will be re- 
quired to serve a minimum of ten clock hours 
per week in facilities designed for behavior 
disordered and/or multiple handicapped chil- 
dren. The student will be expected to have 
direct involvement in teaching exceptional chil- 
dren. A portion of this five quarter hours must 
be served in a residential facility. 

EXC 788— Practicum (0-10-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 770 and EXC 775. 

The student will be required to serve a min- 
imum of ten clock hours per week in classes 
designed to teach identified learning disabled 
students. The student will be expected to have 
direct involvement in planning for and teach- 
ing learning disabled children individually and 
in small groups. 

EXC 790— Seminar in Characteristics 
of the Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

The seminar will cover the causes and 
characteristics of the mildly handicapping 
conditions of behavior disorder, learning dis- 
ability, and mental retardation. 

EXC 791— Seminar in Methods for 
Working with Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

This methods course will prepare the teach- 
er to plan effective remediation strategies for 
individuals and groups of children with mild 
behavior disorders, learning disabilities, and 
mental retardation. 



GRADUATE SECONDARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION 



221 



EXC 792— Practlcum In Working with 
the Mildly Handicapped (0-10-5) 

The student will spend a minimum of ten 
hours per week planning for and teaching 
groups of children who are placed in inter- 
related classrooms, i.e., children with behavior 
disorders, learning disabilities, and mental 
retardation. 

EXC 793— Special Education 
Administration (5-0-5) 

A study of the role of leadership personnel 
within general and special education in plan- 
ning and implementing comprehensive edu- 
cational programs for exceptional students. 

EXC 851— Clinical and Academic 
Treatment Decisions (5-0-5) 

An advanced course in the pathology and 
treatment of behavior disordered and severely 
emotionally disturbed children. Case studies 
will be used to teach students how to plan 
interventions for the child's emotional and 
academic progress. 

EXC 852— Group Dynamics, Discipline, 
and Special Topics (5-0-5) 

A study of the effective use of group dynam- 
ics and discipline techniques to prevent and 
treat behavior disordered children in both 
resource and regular classrooms. Special top- 
ics such as medication and special treatment 
programs will also be studied. 

EXC 861— Curriculum for the Learning 
Disabled (5-0-5) 

An examination of various curricula and 
their implementation for the learning disabled. 
Matching task content to learner characteris- 
tics will be emphasized. 

EXC 870— Current Issues and Trends in 
Special Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 755 - Advanced Research 
and Readings in Special Education. 

Major issues and trends in identification and 
service delivery to exceptional children will be 
studied. The students will be directed to cur- 
rent literature for research and its applications 
in the classroom of emerging practices in the 
field. 



Specialist Degree Programs 

Faculty 

Nash, Charles R . Dean 
Coordinators 

Stokes. William, Secondary and Special 
Education 

Ward. Paul; Elementary Education 



Objectives 

This program provides advanced study for 
qualified master teachers. It provides for addi- 
tional professional leadership skills and abili- 
ties complimentary to a variety of educational 
and social agencies within the community. Ac- 
tivities and experiences will be oriented toward 
further developing: 

A. Command of advanced concepts and 
points of view, as well as knowledge and 
skills, in the area of specialization, 

B. The ability to exert leadership as well as 
willingness to accept responsibility in a vari- 
ety of educational situations. 

C. Understanding of human development and 
learning and of the guidance functions 
demanded of the professional teacher. 

D. Competency in the utilization of research 
findings in education and related fields, and 
the ability to design and implement action 
research in these areas, 

E. Insight into the theoretical and foundational 
bases of teaching, 

F. Competency in the communication of ideas 
and facts. 

G. The capacity for humane, sensitive, critical 
inquiry and understanding into the nature 
of multicultural issues related to education. 

Programs of Study 

The Specialist in Education Degree (Ed.S.) 
is offered in the academic areas of: 
Behavior Disorders 
Early Elementary Education 
English 

Learning Disabilities 
Middle School 
Science 
Social Studies 

Degree Requirements 

The course requirements for the Ed.S. de- 
gree are the completion of a program of study 
of forty-five quarter hours with at least a "B" 



222 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



average. A minimum of twenty-five quarter 
hours in the Specialist in Education program 
must be in the instructional field. A committee 
appointed by the respective department head 
will plan the entire program-of-study. Each 
program will be individualized as much as 
possible considering each student's academic 
background and professional objectives. Each 
student is required to do an independent, 
research oriented study/practicum and must 
pass a final comprehensive examination. 

Admission 

Armstrong State College admits persons to 
the Ed.S. who demonstrate levels of educa- 
tional development and achievement which 
are above the average. To this end, admission 
requirements that reflect previous educational 
orientation are established and a judgment of 
admission or rejection is made by a committee 
of the Graduate Faculty based on the appli- 
cant's achievement and educational develop- 
ment. 

For Regular admission to the graduate pro- 
gram to pursue graduate work leading to the 
Specialist in Education Degree and the six- 
year certificate issued by the State Depart- 
ment of Education, the applicant must: 

1 . Possess or be eligible for the professional 
five-year certificate in the proposed field of 
concentration based on a Master's Degree 
from a regionally accredited institution. 

2. Present at least a 3.25 GPA on all graduate 
work attempted. 

3. Present scores on the Aptitude Test of the 
Graduate Record Examinations (minimum 
score of 1 000 combined, and 430 quantita- 
tive and 390 verbal) or a Miller Analogies 
(MAT) score of 49 or above. National Teach- 
er Examinations (NTE) scores taken after 
September 1, 1982, are not acceptable. 
NTE taken prior to this time may be consid- 
ered provided the student has achieved 
575 on the Common and a score above the 
25th percentile on the teaching area exam- 
ination. 

4. Have had at least two years of experience 
in teaching or other appropriate school 
work. 

5. Have three professional recommendations 
submitted. 

Appeal Procedure 

Students who do not meet admission require- 
ments may submit a written request for review 
of his/her application to the Graduate Appeals 



Committee through the Dean of the School of 
Education. The Committee will require the 
appealing student to submit additional evi- 
dence. Additional evidence may be submitted 
by the student and the institution and could 
include scores on other standardized tests 
and records of exemplary academic and pro- 
fessional achievement. The appeals commit- 
tee will make a recommendation on admission 
to the President. 

Transfer of Credit 

Not more than ten (10) graduate specialist 
degree level hours may be transferred into the 
Armstrong specialist degree program. Transfer 
credit may be allowed only if a student was 
accepted into specialist degree study at the 
transferring institution at the time the credit 
was earned. Graduate work completed prior to 
admission to the Ed.S. degree program will not 
be counted toward meeting degree require- 
ments. No grade below "B" may be transferred. 

Application Deadlines 

A formal application and all appropriate 
supporting documents, including official tran- 
scripts, standardized examination scores, let- 
ters of recommendation, etc., must be received 
by the Office of the Dean of the School of 
Education at least 20 working days prior to the 
1st day of class of the quarter in which the 
student plans to matriculate. For fall quarter 
matriculation, all admission materials must be 
received by August 1st. 

Academic Standing 

Any student whose cumulative graduate 
grade .point average (GPA) falls below a 3.00 
(B) average shall be on academic probation. 

Any student whose cumulative graduate 
GPA falls below 2.50 at any time shall be 
placed on academic exclusion and not allowed 
to continue in the Ed.S. degree program. 

Any student whose cumulative graduate 
GPA falls or remains below 3.00 upon, or after, 
the completion of 25 hours of the program-of- 
study for the Ed.S. shall be dropped from Ed.S. 
degree status and not allowed to continue in 
the Ed.S. degree program. 

Time Limitation 

A student working toward the Ed.S. degree 
must complete all requirements for the degree 
within a period of not more than six years from 
the date of admission. A typical program will 
take two to three years to complete. 



SPECIALIST DEGREE PROGRAMS 



223 



Course and Residence Requirements 

A program-of-study for the Ed S degree will 
include, at a minimum, 45 hours of academic 
course credit At least half of the course cred- 
its must be taken in residence at Armstrong 
State College, and must include at least 10 
hours of the professional core and at least 1 5 
hours of the teaching area courses. Prior 
approval from the appropriate department 
head must be obtained for any non-residence 
course. 

At least fifty percent of the courses for the 
Ed S. degree must be taken at or above the 
700 level. 

Advisement 

Close contact with the student's major pro- 
fessor is important in Specialist degree pro- 
gram. Once a program-of-study is developed, 
it is the student's responsibility to follow it and 
to secure the approval of the major professor, 
department and the dean for any changes 
desired. Consultation with the major professor 
is required prior to any registration. 

Curriculum 

The program consists of twenty quarter 
hours of professional courses and twenty-five 
hours in the respective teaching field. The fol- 
lowing professional courses are required: 

1. Special Topics in 

Curriculum 5 Quarter Hours 

2. Leadership in Supervision and 
Administration 5 Quarter Hours 

3. Special Problems in Educational 
Research 5 Quarter Hours 

4. Thesis/Project/Internship/ 

Practicum 5 Quarter Hours 

Special Topics in Curriculum and Leader- 
ship in Supervision and Administration are 
taken early in the program as either a ten-hour 
sequence or as a ten-hour block. Special Prob- 
lems in Educational Research and Internship 
are taken as part of the final ten or fifteen hours 
of the program. The applicant for the Educa- 
tion Specialist Degree will be guided by his 
advisor in selecting study of an independent or 
research nature and must satisfactorily com- 
plete this study prior to graduation. 

The twenty-five hours in the teaching field 
consists of specialization or content courses 
appropriate to the student's educational objec- 

> tives. Based upon a needs assessment, each 
program will be individualized in terms of the 

! background and professional objectives of each 
student. Specialization or content courses, from 



which students and advisors will choose 25 
hours, may be found in the graduate depart- 
mental course listings in the earlier graduate 
section of the Catalog. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Upon completion of fifteen to twenty hours 
of earned credit, it is the responsibility of the 
student to see that an application for admis- 
sion to candidacy is filed with the Dean of the 
School of Education This application is a certi- 
fication by the student's major professor and 
the Advisory Committee that the student has 
demonstrated the ability to do acceptable 
graduate work in the chosen field and has 
made normal progress toward the degree. 
Specific requirements for admission to candi- 
dacy are listed below: 

(a) Verification by the student to the Dean 
of the School of Education that the 
student holds an appropriate Georgia 
T-5 teaching certificate. 

(b) All admission requirements have been 
completed. 

(c) The program of study has been ap- 
proved by the major professor, the Stu- 
dent's Advisory Committee, and the 
Dean of the School of Education. 

(d) An overall grade point average of 
3.000 (unrounded) exists on all grad- 
uate courses taken since completion 
of the baccalaureate degree and also 
on all courses counted toward com- 
pletion of the T-6 Program. No course 
with a grade below "C" can be ac- 
cepted in the program of study at the 
T-6 level, and no more than two grades 
of "C" may be counted. 

Certification 

To be eligible for six-year certification, the 
student must have three years of acceptable 
teaching experience, must have completed an 
approved Specialist Program-of-Study, and 
must meet any other Georgia Department of 
Education requirements. 

Final Clearance 

All requirements for the degree must be 
completed and reported to the Registrar and 
Dean of the School of Education no later than 
one week prior to graduation. The student 
must be registered in the College during the 
quarter in which he completes requirements 
for graduation. 



L 



224 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Comprehensive Examinations 

Oral and written comprehensive examina- 
tions, to be taken by mid-term during the quar- 
ter of graduation, are required of all candidated 
for the Specialist in Education Degree. These 
examinations will be conducted by a commit- 
tee consisting of the applicant's major profes- 
sor, as chairman, and two other members of 
the Graduate Faculty. 

Course Offerings 

Courses required for the specialist degree 
are listed with the masters level offerings. 
Please consult your advisor for courses appro- 
priate to specific emphases. 



School of Health 
Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 



MASTERS LEVEL 



Health Science 

Faculty 

Parsons, Dennis; Program Director 
Beumer, Ronald; Biology Representative 
Clark, Ed; Health Science 
McCarthy, William; Business Representative 
Hudson, Anne; Computer Science 
Stokes, William; Education Representative 
Ealy, Steve; Public Policy Representative 

Objectives 

The Health Science Program is designed to 
enhance the concept of health on behalf of 
individuals and the general public. The curricu- 
lum will emphasize health promotion, wellness 
and prevention rather than the curing of illness. 
The primary format will be an interdisciplinary 
approach which permits a more global view of 
health. More specific objectives are: 

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education. 

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- 
ease prevention; 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators; and. 



4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gain expertise in the health related 
areas of education, administration, man- 
agement, computer science, correctional 
science, or public policy. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the MHS program 
will be assigned an advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment, a con- 
ference between the advisor and advisee 
should be arranged. This meeting will result in 
an approved program of study. 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
MASTER OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. Health Science Courses 40 

1 . HS 500, 550, 660, 670, 700 25 

2. EDU771 5 

3. HS 790, 791 or HS 795 10 

B. Concentration Courses 20 

(one of the following areas in toto) 

1. Health Education 20 

a. HE 500, 650 10 

b. HE 700, 770 10 

2. Computer Science 20 

3. Education 20 

a. EDN 741 5 

b. EDN 632 or EDU 665 5 

c. EDU 731, 750 10 

4. Administration 20 

a. BAD 661, 662 10 

b. BADelectives 10 

5. Public Policy 20 

a. Three courses from: POS 
601,603,618,705 15 

b. POS 750 _5 

TOTAL 60 

OFFERINGS 

Health Education Offerings 

HE 500— Marketing Health— An 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

From the point of view of social scientists 
and business and health professionals, the sel- 
ling of health using educational techniques is 
undertaken. The utilization of concepts of 
health into lifestyle is addressed. The Human 
Development model is used. 

HE 650— Counseling and Health Care: 
Topics in Health Science and 
Developmental Crisis (5-0-5) 

Coping mechanisms appropriate to recurring 



SCHOOL OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS 



225 



problems in healthy living and developmental 
crises are elaborated. Using noninvasive coun- 
seling techniques, these mechanisms are of- 
fered for incorporation into lifestyles. 

HE 700— Selected Topics in Health 
Education (5-0-5) 

Psycho-social, political and economical bar- 
riers to healthy living are identified and attempts 
to overcome them made. Topics are selected 
on the basis of contemporaneity, persistence, 
and impact 

HE 770— Health Promotion through 
Physical Activity (5-0-5) 

A study of the effects of physical activity on 
health enhancement and maintenance. Phys- 
ical assessment methods, equipment and pre- 
scription regimes will be included. A holistic 
approach to health will be the basis theme of 
this course. 

Health Science Offerings 

HE 500— The Health-Illness Continua 
(5-0-5) 

Health and Illness are viewed not as ends of 
one continuum, but as two discrete continua. 
The course will focus on enhancement of 
health and elimination of illness/injury— as a 
function of lifestyle, and be taught from the 
perspective of "Human Development." 

HS 550— Topics in Community Health 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing the enhancement of health and the elimi- 
nation of illness/injury. Lifestyles and socio- 
political factors relative to optional health per 
age and groupings will be emphasized. 

HS 660— Selected Topics in Illness/Injury 
and Rehabilitation— An Interdisciplinary 
Approach (5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems of Illness/Injury 
(e.g., hypertension, stroke, accidents, carci- 
noma, substance/nutrition abuse), their ther- 
apeutic interventions, and their rehabilitation 
regimens are scrutinized. The Human Devel- 
opment model will be utilized. 

HS 670— Selected Topics in Health— An 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

A discussion of the most recent findings 
which enhance health, and the incorporation 
of their findings into a lifestyle. Reduction of 
stress, exercise, nutrition, interpersonal rela- 
tionships and other topics will be taken from 
the Human Development model. 



HS 700— Political Sociology of Health 
Care: The Consumer, The Provider, and 
State, Local, Federal Policies (5-0-5) 

An examination of the economic/political/ 
social milieu in which health care exists Con- 
straints and demands of directing mores and 
legislation and their influences on lifestyles are 
identified and discussed. 

HS 790, 791— Practlcum I & II (1-8-5) 

A two-quarter course giving the student 
opportunity to specialize or to become knowl- 
edgeable in a health, therapeutic, rehabilita- 
tion setting, or combination thereof. HS 790 is 
prerequisite to HS 791. 

HS 795— Thesis (0-V-10) 



Graduate Faculty Roster 



Adams, Joseph 
Agyekum, Stephen 
Arens, Olavi 
Babits, Lawrence 
Battiste, Bettye Anne 
Beumer, Ronald 
Brewer, John 
Brooks, S. Kent 
Brown, Hugh 
Burgess, Clifford 
Burnett, Robert 
Cochran, John 
Coyle, William 
Cyphert, Daniel 
Dandy, Evelyn 
Duncan, John 
Ealy, Steven 
Easterling, William 
Galloway, Herbert 
Gross, Jimmie 
Guillou, Laurent 
Hansen, John 
Harbin, Mickie 
Harris, Henry 
Jones, James Land 
Kilhefner, Dale 
Killorin, Joseph 
Lanier, Osmos 
Lawson, Cornelia 
Magnus, Robert 
McCarthy. John 
Megathlin, William 



226 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Menzel. George 
Munson, Richard 
Murphy, Dennis 
Nash, Charles 
Newberry. S. Lloyd 
Newman. John 
Noble, David 
Parsons, Dennis 
Patterson. Robert 
Pingel, Allen 
Pruden, George 
Raymond, Richard 
Repella. James 
Rhee, Steve 
Richters. Stephen 
Robbins. Paul 
Robinson. Aurelia 
Roth, Lorie 
Shipley. Charles 
Sims, Roy 



Stephens. Jacqueline 
Stevens, Linda 
Stokes, William 
Stone, Janet 
Stratton, Cedric 
Strozier, Robert 
Tapp. Lawrence 
Thorne, Francis 
Ward, Paul 
Warlick, Roger 
Whiten, Morris 

Employment dates and degrees earned for 
each of these faculty are given in the under- 
graduate section of this catalog. 






UNDERGRADUATE INDEX 



227 



Undergraduate Index 



Academic Progress 

Academic Standing 

Accelerated Admission Program 

Accreditations 

Administrative Officers 

Admissions 

Accelerated Program 

Conditional 

Early 

Foreign Students 

General Information 

Readmission 

Regular 

Transfer Applicants 

Transient Students , 

Veterans 

Vocational Rehabilitation 

Admission Requirements to Specific 
Programs 

Dental Hygiene 

Dental Hygiene Education 

Fine Arts 

Health Information Management . 

Health Science 

Medical Technology 

Nursing (Associate) 

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 

Radiologic Technologies 

Respiratory Therapy 

Teacher Education 

Advanced Placement 

Advisement 

Alumni Activities 

Application Fee 

Arls and Sciences (School of) 

Associate Degree General 

Requirements 

Athletics 

Attendance 

Auditing 



34 
22 
12 
. 6 

. 4 

. 8 
12 

. 9 
12 
12 

. 8 
11 

. 9 
10 
11 
12 
, 13 

, 13 
. 15 
. 16 
. 13 
. 16 
. 18 
. 19 
. 13 
. 14 
. 18 
. 17 
119 
. 10 
. 20 
. 37 
. 27 
. 52 

. 43 
. 36 
. 22 
. 24 



Baccalaureate Degree General 

Requirements 

Biology Department 



43 

54 



Calendar (Academic). . 
Chemistry Department. 



. 4 
60 



Classification of Students 21 

Computer Services 36 

Continuing Education 7 

Core Curriculum 38 

Counseling 35 

Course Offerings 

American Civilization 98 

Accounting (SSC) 1 42 

Anthropology 114 

Art 70 

Astronomy 65 

Biology 56 

Botany 58 

Business Administration (SSC) 1 42 

Business Education (SSC) 1 43 

Chemistry 60 

Computer Science 1 08 

Criminal Justice 76 

Dental Hygiene 1 52 

Developmental Studies 45 

Drama/Speech 98 

Economics 82 

Education 

Business 1 42 

EDN (Early Elementary and 

Middle School) 121 

EDU (Secondary) 1 38 

Exceptional Children 140 

Library Media/Science 1 38 

Engineering 64 

English 100 

Entomology 58 

Film 103 

French 103 

Geography 88 

Geology 65 

German 1 04 

Health Education 1 56 

Health Information Management 1 55 

Health Science 1 59 

History 86 

Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 1 44 

Journalism 1 05 

Latin 104 

Library Media 1 38 

Linguistics 1 05 

Mathematics 1 06 

Medical Technology 1 59 

Meteorology 65 

Military Science 46 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog. A separate graduate index applies to the graduate portion 
of this catalog. 



228 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Museum Preservation Studies 94 

Music 72 

Nursing 

Associate Degree (NUR) 1 47 

Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 1 49 

Oceanography 65 

Office Administration (SSC) 1 42 

Philosophy 1 06 

Physical Education 1 25 

Physical Science 65 

Physics 66 

Political Science 82 

Psychology 114 

Public Administration 84 

Radiologic Technologies 1 63 

Reading Skills 46 

Respiratory Therapy 1 66 

Russian 1 05 

Sociology 117 

Spanish 1 05 

Study Techniques 46 

Trade and Industrial Education 

(SSC) 143 

Zoology 58 

Courses 

Auditing 24 

Course Load 21 

Dropping 23 

Lettering System for 44 

Numbering System for 43 

Overload 21 

Repeating 23 

Withdrawing from College 23 

Credit by Examination 10 

Criminal Justice Department 79 

Dean's List 22 

Degree Programs (Categories) 6 

Cooperative 8 

Dual-Degree 7 

Four-Year 7 

Joint Continuing Education Center 7 

Pre-Professional 7 

Two-Year 6 

Degree Programs (Requirements of) 38 

Dental Hygiene Department 1 52 

Developmental Activities 37 

Developmental Studies Department 45 

Dismissal (Academic) 22 



Faculty Roster 1 68 

Fees 27 

Financial Aid 30 

Financial Obligations 30 

Fine Arts Department 67 

Foreign Students 12 

General Studies 52 

Government Benefits 33 

Graduate Catalog 1 78 

Health Information Management 

Program 1 56 

Health Science Program 1 58 

History Department 86 

History of the College 6 

Honor Code 24 

Honors 22 

Housing 36 

Health Professions (School of) 1 46 

Intramurals 36 

Joint Continuing Education Center 7 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 

Arts Department 96 

Lettering System for Courses 44 

Library Media Program 1 38 

Library Services 37 

Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department 1 06 

Mathematics and English Placement 

Tests 43 

Medical Technology Program 1 60 

Military Science Program 46 

Naval Science Program 49 

Notice of Fee Change 29 

Numbering System for Courses 43 



This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog. A separate graduate index applies to the graduate portion 
of this catalog. 



UNDERGRADUATE INDEX 



229 



Nursing Department (Associate) 147 

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 1 50 

Orientation 34 

Physical Education Department 1 24 

Physical Education Requirements 42 

Placement Services 35 

Placement Tests (English and 

Mathematics) 43 

Political Science 82 

Probation (Academic) 22 

Psychology Department 114 

Purpose of the College 6 

Radiologic Technologies Program 1 63 

Refunds 30 

Regents' Testing Policy 41 

Regents' Testing Program 41 

Registration 

Late Fee 29 

Reports and Grades 22 

Residency Reclassification 29 

Residency Requirements 28 

Respiratory Therapy Department 1 66 

Scholarships 34 

Secondary Education Department 1 30 



Stud 

Activities 

Cooperative Program 8 

Government 36 

Organizations 35 

Publications 36 

Study Load 21 

Teacher Education Programs 118 

Testing 35 

English and Mathematics 

Placement Tests 43 

Regents' Testing Policy 41 

Services 35 

Transfer Students 

Financial Aid 32 

Requirements of Applicants 10 

Transient Students 11 

Veterans 

Admissions 12 

Financial Aid 33 

Vocational Rehabilitation 13 

Withdrawals (Medical) 23 

Withdrawing from College 23 

Writing Center 37 



\ This index applies to only the undergraduate section of this catalog. A separate graduate index applies to the graduate portion 
of this catalog. 



\ 



230 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Graduate Index 



Academic Probation and Standing . 

Academic Regulations 

Administrative Withdrawals 

Admission Requirements to Specific 

Programs 

Admissions 

Advisement 

Application Fee 



185 
182 
186 

182 
178 
183 
186 



Biology Department 

Business Education Program 



189 
212 



Calendar (Academic) 

CATES Courses 

Chemistry and Physics Department 

Course Eligibility 

Course Offerings 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Botany 

Business Education 

Chemistry 

Criminal Justice 

Drama/Speech 

Education 

Business Education 

Early Elementary Education . . . 

Economic Education 

EDN Classes 

EDU Classes 

Exceptional Children (EXC) ... 

Physical Education 

English 

Film 

Geology 

Health Education 

Health Science 

History 

Mathematics 

Meteorology 

Museum Preservation Studies . . . 

Oceanography 

Physical Science 

Physics 



.. 4 
186 
191 
185 

192 
188 
190 
212 
191 
194 
202 

212 
205 
218 
206 
209 
219 
209 
202 
202 
192 
224 
224 
198 
204 
192 
201 
192 
192 
193 



Political Science 

Public Administration 

Zoology 

Courses 

Adding 

CATES 

Dropping 

Load Limitation 

Withdrawal from 

Criminal Justice Department 



195 
194 
190 

186 
186 
186 
185 
186 
182 



Degree Applications 

Degree Candidacy 

Degree Programs 

Degree Requirements 

Departmental Coordinators 



186 
187 
179 
179 
178 



Elementary Education Department 205 



Faculty Roster 

Fees 

Financial Aid 

Financial Obligations 

Foreign Student Advisement. 



225 
186 
187 
187 
184 



General Degree Requirements 1 88 



Health Science Program 

History and Political Science 

Department 

History and Purpose of the College 
Honor Code 



224 

195 
178 
186 



Languages. Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts Department 



201 



Marine Science Center Offerings 
Biology Department 



89 



This index applies to only the graduate section of this catalog A separate undergraduate index applies to the undergraduate 
portion of this catalog 



GRADUATE INDEX 231 



Chemistry and Physics Department 191 Second Masters 1 88 

Mathematics and Computer Science Secondary and Special Education 

Department 203 Department 211 

MEd Programs Specialist in Education Degree 222 

Certification 1 88 

Non-certification 1 88 

Notice of Fee Change 1 87 Thirty-Hour Plan 1 88 

Time Limitation 1 87 

Transcripts 1 87 

Parking Regulations 37 Transfer of Credits 1 84 

Physical Education Department 209 



Veterans Benefits 1 87 

Refunds 1 86 

Registration 1 84 

Reports and Grades 1 84 Withdrawals (Administrative) 1 85 

Residency Requirements 1 87 



This index applies to only the graduate section of this catalog A separate undergraduate index applies to the undergraduate 
portion of this catalog. 







1. Administration 

2. Lane Library 

3. Gamble Hall 

4. Jenkins Hall 

5. Hawes Hall 

6. Health/Physical Education 

7. Plant Operations 

8. MCC Annex 

9. SolmsHall 

10. Victor Hall 

1 1 . Memorial Center 

12. Fine Arts Building 
1 3. Health Professions 

14. Student/Visitor Parking 

15. Tennis Courts 

16. Intramural Fields 



O O OB 

o c O 

rr S O 

<D<< 30 

<D " > 

00 00 _| 

* o m 

° 2 
o o 



CO -* > 

: co g 



Q) oo 



</> 



>s 

O- 3 

O (ft 

? g 

<2o 

£2.5" 



0) 

mi 

o 

CD 
O 

0)' 



CO 

I 



o 



2 \ 



CO 



i 

1 












H I 






&V*>/V&#& 






■ 



■ 



■ I 



■ 



■ 



■ 



raw